You are on page 1of 833

THE REPUBLIC OF UGANDA

MINISTRY OF HEALTH
Practical
Guideline for
Dispensing at Higher
Level Health Centres
2015

National Guidelines for Medicines


Information at HC IV and Hospitals
Published by the Ministry of Health Uganda
First Edition: 2015

Any part of these guidelines may be reproduced in any


form without the prior permission of the publisher, pro-
vided that this is not for profit and that due acknowl-
edgement is given.
Any reproduction for profit must be given prior permission
from the Ministry of Health.

Copies may be obtained from the:


Assistant Commissioner for Health Services
Pharmacy Division, Ministry of Health
Plot 6 Lourdel Road, P.O.Box 7272
Kampala, Uganda
Tel: +256-414-345322
Fax: +256-414-231572

Email: serumorries@gmail.com
Website: www.health.go.ug

Disclaimer
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information
in this book is accurate, complete, and conforms to the
current therapeutic practice. However, the publisher, edi-
tor, and contributors cannot be held responsible for any
errors, omissions, individual patient responses to recom-
mended therapies, or other consequences that may arise
from its use.
THE REPUBLIC OF UGANDA
MINISTRY OF HEALTH

Practical
Guideline for
Dispensing at Higher
Level Health Centres
2015

National Guidelines for Medicines


Information at HC IV and Hospitals
Table of Contents
Abbreviations.................................................................... 16
Foreword .......................................................................... 20
Preface .............................................................................. 22
Acknowledgements .......................................................... 24
Good Prescribing Practice................................................. 26
Good Dispensing Practice ................................................. 30
Information in Monographs ............................................. 40
MONOGRAPHS ................................................................. 49
A .................................................................................... 49
ABACAVIR (ABC) ....................................................... 49
ABACAVIR + LAMIVUDINE (ABC+3TC) ...................... 51
ACETAZOLAMIDE ...................................................... 51
ACETYLSALICYLIC ACID (ASPIRIN) ............................. 53
ACYCLOVIR (ACICLOVIR) ........................................... 55
ADENOSINE ............................................................... 57
ADRENALINE (EPINEPHRINE) .................................... 59
ALBENDAZOLE .......................................................... 59
ALBUMIN, HUMAN ................................................... 60
ALCOHOL WITH GLYCERIN ........................................ 62
ALLOPURINOL ........................................................... 63
ALPRAZOLAM............................................................ 66
AMIKACIN ................................................................. 68
AMINOPHYLLINE ....................................................... 70
AMIODARONE........................................................... 72
AMITRIPTYLINE ......................................................... 76
AMLODIPINE ............................................................. 78
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 1
AMOXICILLIN ............................................................. 80
AMOXICILLIN + CLAVULANIC ACID............................ 82
AMPHOTERICIN B ..................................................... 84
AMPICILLIN ............................................................... 87
AMPICILLIN + CLOXACILLIN ....................................... 89
ANTHRAX VACCINE ................................................... 90
ANTI-D IMMUNOGLOBULIN, HUMAN ...................... 91
ANTIRABIES IMMUNOGLOBULIN, HUMAN .............. 93
ANTIRABIES VACCINE, HUMAN DIPLOID .................. 95
ANTITETANUS IMMUNOGLOBULIN, HUMAN (TIG) .. 97
ANTIVENOM SERA POLYVALENT .............................. 98
ARTEMETHER ............................................................ 99
ARTEMETHER + LUMEFANTRINE ............................ 100
ARTESUNATE........................................................... 101
ARTESUNATE + AMODIAQUINE .............................. 104
ASCORBIC ACID ....................................................... 106
ASPARAGINASE ....................................................... 107
ASPIRIN (ACETYLSALICYLIC ACID)............................ 110
ATAZANAVIR + RITONAVIR (ATV/r)......................... 110
ATENOLOL ............................................................... 111
ATORVASTATIN ....................................................... 113
ATRACURIUM BESILATE .......................................... 115
ATROPINE................................................................ 118
AZATHIOPRINE ........................................................ 121
AZITHROMYCIN ....................................................... 124
B .................................................................................. 126
BCG VACCINE .......................................................... 126
BECLOMETHASONE................................................. 128
BENDROFLUMETHIAZIDE ........................................ 130
BENZATHINE BENZYLPENICILLIN............................. 131
BENZHEXOL (TRIHEXYPHENIDYL) ............................ 133
2 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
BENZOIC ACID + SALICYLIC ACID (WHITFIELD’S
OINTMENT) ............................................................. 135
BENZOYL PEROXIDE ................................................ 136
BENZTROPINE ......................................................... 138
BENZYL BENZOATE.................................................. 139
BENZYLPENICILLIN .................................................. 141
BETAMETHASONE................................................... 143
BISACODYL .............................................................. 146
BISMUTH SUBGALLATE COMPOUND ..................... 148
BLEOMYCIN............................................................. 149
BROMOCRIPTINE .................................................... 151
BUPIVACAINE .......................................................... 154
C .................................................................................. 156
CALAMINE............................................................... 156
CALCIUM CHLORIDE (DIHYDRATE) ......................... 157
CALCIUM FOLINATE (FOLINIC ACID) ....................... 159
CALCIUM GLUCONATE............................................ 161
CALCIUM LACTATE.................................................. 162
CANDESARTAN CILEXETIL ....................................... 163
CAPREOMYCIN ........................................................ 165
CAPTOPRIL .............................................................. 166
CARBAMAZEPINE .................................................... 168
CARBIMAZOLE ........................................................ 171
CARBOPLATIN ......................................................... 172
CARVEDILOL ............................................................ 174
CEFALEXIN (CEPHALEXIN) ....................................... 178
CEFIXIME................................................................. 180
CEFTRIAXONE ......................................................... 181
CEFUROXIME .......................................................... 184
CETIRIZINE .............................................................. 187
CETRIMIDE + CHLORHEXIDINE ................................ 188
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 3
CHARCOAL (ACTIVATED) ......................................... 189
CHLORAMBUCIL ...................................................... 190
CHLORHEXIDINE...................................................... 195
CHLOROQUINE BASE............................................... 198
CHLORPHENIRAMINE (CHLORPHENAMINE) MALEATE
................................................................................ 199
CHLORPROMAZINE ................................................. 201
CICLOSPORIN .......................................................... 203
CIPROFLOXACIN ...................................................... 208
CISATRACURIUM ..................................................... 211
CISPLATIN................................................................ 213
CLOFAZIMINE .......................................................... 217
CLOMIFENE ............................................................. 219
CLONAZEPAM ......................................................... 221
CLOTRIMAZOLE ....................................................... 223
CLOXACILLIN ........................................................... 225
COAL TAR ................................................................ 226
CODEINE PHOSPHATE ............................................. 228
COLCHICINE ............................................................ 230
CORTISONE ACETATE .............................................. 232
COTRIMOXAZOLE .................................................... 234
CYCLOPENTOLATE................................................... 236
CYCLOPHOSPHAMIDE ............................................. 238
CYCLOSERINE .......................................................... 241
CYTARABINE ............................................................ 242
D .................................................................................. 245
DACARBAZINE ......................................................... 245
DACTINOMYCIN (ACTINOMYCIN D) ........................ 247
DARROW'S SOLUTION ............................................ 249
DAPSONE ................................................................ 249
DAUNORUBICIN ...................................................... 251
4 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
DESFERRIOXAMINE MESILATE (DESFEROXAMINE
MESILATE) ............................................................... 253
DESFLURANE ........................................................... 256
DEXAMETHASONE .................................................. 258
DEXAMETHASONE + TOBRAMYCIN ........................ 261
DEXTRAN 70............................................................ 262
DEXTROSE (GLUCOSE) ............................................ 263
DIAZEPAM............................................................... 263
DICLOFENAC ........................................................... 266
DIETHYLCARBAMAZINE .......................................... 268
DIGOXIN .................................................................. 271
DIHYDROARTEMISININ + PIPERAQUINE ................. 273
DIMERCAPROL ........................................................ 275
DITHRANOL ............................................................. 277
DOBUTAMINE ......................................................... 278
DOCETAXEL ............................................................. 280
DOMPERIDONE ....................................................... 282
DOPAMINE.............................................................. 284
DOXORUBICIN (ADRIAMYCIN) ................................ 286
DOXYCYCLINE.......................................................... 288
DPT VACCINE .......................................................... 290
DPT-HepB-Hib ......................................................... 292
DROPERIDOL ........................................................... 293
E .................................................................................. 296
EFAVIRENZ (EFV) ..................................................... 296
EMTRICITABINE (FTC) ............................................. 298
ENALAPRIL .............................................................. 299
ENOXAPARIN .......................................................... 302
EPHEDRINE ............................................................. 305
EPINEPHRINE (ADRENALINE) .................................. 307
ERGOCALCIFEROL (VITAMIN D2) ............................. 309
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 5
ERGOMETRINE MALEATE ....................................... 311
ERGOTAMINE .......................................................... 312
ERYTHROMYCIN ...................................................... 314
ETHAMBUTOL (E) .................................................... 317
ETHINYLESTRADIOL + LEVONORGESTREL ............... 319
ETHINYLESTRADIOL + NORETHISTERONE ............... 319
ETHINYLESTRADIOL + NORGESTREL ....................... 319
ETHIONAMIDE ........................................................ 322
ETHOSUXIMIDE ....................................................... 324
ETOMIDATE............................................................. 326
ETONOGESTREL ...................................................... 328
ETOPOSIDE .............................................................. 330
F................................................................................... 332
FACTOR VIII CONCENTRATE (HUMAN COAGULATION
FACTOR VIII) ............................................................ 332
FACTOR IX (COAGULATION FACTORS II, VII, IX, X)
COMPLEX CONCENTRATE ....................................... 333
FENTANYL ............................................................... 334
FERROUS SALT ........................................................ 337
FERROUS SALT + FOLIC ACID................................... 339
FLUCLOXACILLIN + AMOXICILLIN ............................ 341
FLUCONAZOLE ........................................................ 342
FLUCYTOSINE .......................................................... 346
FLUMAZENIL ........................................................... 347
FLUOROURACIL ....................................................... 350
FLUOXETINE ............................................................ 352
FLUPHENAZINE DECANOATE .................................. 354
FOLIC ACID (VITAMIN B9) ........................................ 356
FRAMYCETIN ........................................................... 357
FUROSEMIDE .......................................................... 359
G .................................................................................. 362
6 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
GANCICLOVIR EYE OINTMENT ................................ 362
GANCICLOVIR SODIUM ........................................... 363
GEMCITABINE ......................................................... 365
GENTAMICIN........................................................... 368
GENTIAN VIOLET (METHYLROSANILINIUM CHLORIDE)
................................................................................ 371
GLIBENCLAMIDE ..................................................... 371
GLIMEPIRIDE ........................................................... 373
GLUCOSE (DEXTROSE) ............................................ 374
GLUTARALDEHYDE.................................................. 376
GLYCERYL TRINITRATE ............................................ 378
GLYCOPYRROLATE (GLYCOPYRRONIUM BROMIDE)380
GOSERELIN .............................................................. 382
GRANISETRON ........................................................ 384
GRISEOFULVIN ........................................................ 386
H .................................................................................. 388
HALOPERIDOL ......................................................... 388
HALOPERIDOL DECANOATE .................................... 391
HALOTHANE............................................................ 393
HEPARIN ................................................................. 394
HEPATITIS B VACCINE ............................................. 397
HYALURONIDASE .................................................... 399
HYDROGEN PEROXIDE ............................................ 404
HYDROXOCOBALAMIN (VITAMIN B12) .................... 406
HYDROXYETHYLCELLULOSE (ARTIFICIAL TEARS) .... 407
HYDROXYUREA (HYDROXYCARBAMIDE) ................ 408
HYOSCINE BUTYLBROMIDE .................................... 410
I ................................................................................... 413
IBUPROFEN ............................................................. 413
IFOSFAMIDE ............................................................ 415
IMIPRAMINE ........................................................... 416
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 7
INDOMETHACIN ...................................................... 419
INSULIN ................................................................... 421
IODINE..................................................................... 424
IODINE + POTASSIUM IODIDE ................................. 425
IRINOTECAN ............................................................ 427
ISOFLURANE............................................................ 428
ISONIAZID (H) .......................................................... 430
ISOSORBIDE DINITRATE .......................................... 433
IVERMECTIN ............................................................ 435
K .................................................................................. 436
KETAMINE ............................................................... 436
KETOCONAZOLE ...................................................... 440
L ................................................................................... 441
LABETALOL .............................................................. 441
LACTULOSE ............................................................. 444
LAMIVUDINE (3TC).................................................. 446
LAMOTRIGINE ......................................................... 448
LEVODOPA + CARBIDOPA ....................................... 452
LEVOFLOXACIN ....................................................... 454
LEVONORGESTREL .................................................. 456
LEVOTHYROXINE ..................................................... 459
LIGNOCAINE (LIDOCAINE) ....................................... 461
LISINOPRIL............................................................... 463
LITHIUM CARBONATE ............................................. 465
LOPERAMIDE........................................................... 468
LOPINAVIR/RITONAVIR (LPV/r) ............................... 469
LORAZEPAM ............................................................ 471
LOSARTAN ............................................................... 474
M ................................................................................. 476
MAGNESIUM SULPHATE ......................................... 476

8 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


MAGNESIUM TRISILICATE COMPOUND ................. 478
MALATHION............................................................ 479
MANNITOL .............................................................. 481
MEASLES VACCINE .................................................. 482
MEBENDAZOLE ....................................................... 483
MEDROXYPROGESTERONE ACETATE...................... 485
MEFLOQUINE .......................................................... 486
MELARSOPROL ....................................................... 489
MENINGOCOCCAL VACCINE CONJUGATE (A + C) ... 490
MERCAPTOPURINE ................................................. 491
MEROPENEM .......................................................... 493
METFORMIN ........................................................... 495
METHIONINE .......................................................... 497
METHOTREXATE ..................................................... 498
METHYLDOPA ......................................................... 501
METHYLPHENIDATE ................................................ 503
METHYLPREDNISOLONE SODIUM .......................... 505
SUCCINATE.............................................................. 505
METHYLROSANILINIUM CHLORIDE ........................ 508
(GENTIAN VIOLET) .................................................. 508
METHYLTHIONINIUM CHLORIDE ............................ 509
(METHYLENE BLUE) ................................................ 509
METOCLOPRAMIDE ................................................ 511
METRONIDAZOLE ................................................... 513
MICONAZOLE .......................................................... 516
MIDAZOLAM ........................................................... 518
MISOPROSTOL ........................................................ 522
MITOMYCIN ............................................................ 524
MORPHINE .............................................................. 526
MOXIFLOXACIN....................................................... 528
MULTIVITAMIN ....................................................... 530

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 9


MUSTINE (MECHLORETHAMINE)............................ 531
N .................................................................................. 533
NALIDIXIC ACID ....................................................... 533
NALOXONE .............................................................. 534
NALTREXONE .......................................................... 536
NEOMYCIN + BACITRACIN ...................................... 538
NEOMYCIN + BETAMETHASONE ............................. 539
NEOMYCIN + DEXAMETHASONE ............................ 541
NEOSTIGMINE ......................................................... 542
NEVIRAPINE (NVP) .................................................. 545
NICLOSAMIDE ......................................................... 547
NIFEDIPINE .............................................................. 548
NIFURTIMOX ........................................................... 551
NITROFURANTOIN .................................................. 552
NITROUS OXIDE ...................................................... 553
NOREPINEPHRINE (NORADRENALINE) ................... 555
NORETHISTERONE .................................................. 557
NORMAL IMMUNOGLOBULIN, HUMAN ................. 559
NYSTATIN ................................................................ 561
O .................................................................................. 563
OFLOXACIN ............................................................. 563
OLANZAPINE ........................................................... 565
OMEPRAZOLE.......................................................... 567
ORAL REHYDRATION SALTS (ORS) .......................... 569
OSELTAMIVIR PHOSPHATE ..................................... 572
OXYGEN .................................................................. 574
OXYTOCIN ............................................................... 576
P .................................................................................. 579
P-AMINOSALICYLIC ACID ........................................ 579
PANCURONIUM BROMIDE...................................... 580

10 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


PAPAVERETUM + HYOSINE ..................................... 582
PARACETAMOL ....................................................... 584
PENICILLAMINE ....................................................... 585
PENTAMIDINE ISETHIONATE .................................. 588
PETHIDINE............................................................... 590
PHENOBARBITAL..................................................... 593
PHENOXYMETHYLPENICILLIN ................................. 595
PHENYLEPHRINE EYE DROPS .................................. 597
PHENYLEPHRINE HYDROCHLORIDE ........................ 598
PHENYTOIN ............................................................. 600
PHYTOMENADIONE (VITAMIN K) ........................... 603
PILOCARPINE .......................................................... 604
PIOGLITAZONE ........................................................ 606
PIRACETAM ............................................................. 608
PNEUMOCOCCAL POLYSACCHARIDE CONJUGATE
(PCV) VACCINE ........................................................ 610
PODOPHYLLUM RESIN ............................................ 611
POLIO VACCINE ....................................................... 612
POLYGELINE SOLUTION .......................................... 614
POTASSIUM CHLORIDE ........................................... 615
POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE ............................... 617
POVIDONE IODINE .................................................. 618
PRALIDOXIME ......................................................... 621
PRAZIQUANTEL ....................................................... 623
PREDNISOLONE ...................................................... 624
PROCAINAMIDE ...................................................... 627
PROCAINE BENZYLPENICILLIN (PPF) ....................... 629
PROCARBAZINE ....................................................... 631
PROCHLOPERAZINE MALEATE ................................ 632
PROGUANIL............................................................. 634
PROMETHAZINE...................................................... 635

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 11


PROPANTHELINE ..................................................... 638
PROPOFOL .............................................................. 639
PROPRANOLOL........................................................ 642
PROTAMINE ............................................................ 645
PROTHIONAMIDE.................................................... 647
PYRAZINAMIDE (Z) .................................................. 648
PYRIDOXINE (VITAMIN B6) ...................................... 650
PYRIMETHAMINE .................................................... 651
Q .................................................................................. 654
QUININE .................................................................. 654
R .................................................................................. 657
RABEPRAZOLE ......................................................... 657
RANITIDINE ............................................................. 659
REMIFENTANIL ........................................................ 661
RETINOL (VITAMIN A) ............................................. 665
RIFAMPICIN (R) ....................................................... 667
RIFAMPICIN + CLOFAZIMINE + DAPSONE ............... 671
RIFAMPICIN + DAPSONE ......................................... 671
RIFAMPICIN + ISONIAZID ........................................ 671
RIFAMPICIN + ISONIAZID + PYRAZINAMIDE ........... 672
RIFAMPICIN + ISONIAZID + PYRAZINAMIDE +
ETHAMBUTOL ......................................................... 672
RISPERIDONE .......................................................... 672
RITUXIMAB.............................................................. 675
ROCURONIUM BROMIDE ........................................ 677
ROTAVIRUS VACCINE .............................................. 679
S................................................................................... 680
SALBUTAMOL.......................................................... 680
SALICYLIC ACID ........................................................ 683
SEVOFLURANE ........................................................ 685

12 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


SILVER NITRATE ...................................................... 686
SILVER SULPHADIAZINE .......................................... 687
SODIUM BICARBONATE .......................................... 689
SODIUM CHLORIDE ................................................. 690
SODIUM CROMOGLYCATE ...................................... 692
SODIUM HYALURONATE......................................... 693
SODIUM LACTATE COMPOUND.............................. 694
SODIUM STIBOGLUCONATE ................................... 696
SODIUM THIOSULPHATE ........................................ 698
SODIUM VALPROATE .............................................. 698
SPIRONOLACTONE .................................................. 702
STILBOESTROL (DIETHYLSTILBESTROL) ................... 704
STREPTOKINASE ...................................................... 705
STREPTOMYCIN (S) ................................................. 708
SULFADOXINE + PYRIMETHAMINE (SP) .................. 710
SULPHUR + SALICYLIC ACID .................................... 711
SURAMIN SODIUM ................................................. 712
SUXAMETHONIUM (SUCCINYLCHOLINE) ................ 714
T .................................................................................. 717
TAMOXIFEN ............................................................ 717
TEMOZOLOMIDE .................................................... 719
TENOFOVIR (TDF) ................................................... 721
TENOFOVIR + EMTRICITABINE (TDF+FTC) .............. 723
TENOFOVIR + LAMIVUDINE (TDF+3TC) .................. 723
TENOFOVIR + EMTRICITABINE + EFAVIRENZ
(TDF+FTC+EFV) ....................................................... 723
TENOFOVIR + LAMIVUDINE + EFAVIRENZ
(TDF+3TC+EFV) ....................................................... 724
TESTOSTERONE ENANTATE .................................... 724
TETANUS TOXOID (TT) ............................................ 726
TETRACAINE (AMETHOCAINE) ................................ 727
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 13
TETRACYCLINE ........................................................ 729
THALIDOMIDE ......................................................... 731
THIAMINE (VITAMIN B1) ......................................... 733
THIOGUANINE (TIOGUANINE) ................................ 734
THIOPENTAL SODIUM ............................................. 735
TIMOLOL MALEATE ................................................. 738
TINIDAZOLE ............................................................. 740
TRAMADOL ............................................................. 742
TRIAMCINOLONE ACETONIDE ................................ 743
TRIFLUOPERAZINE .................................................. 744
TOBRAMYCIN .......................................................... 747
TUBERCULIN, PURIFIED PROTEIN ........................... 748
DERIVATIVE (PPD) ................................................... 748
V .................................................................................. 749
VANCOMYCIN ......................................................... 749
VECURONIUM BROMIDE ........................................ 752
VINCRISTINE ............................................................ 754
VITAMIN A (RETINOL) ............................................. 756
VITAMIN B1 (THIAMINE) ......................................... 756
VITAMIN B6 (PYRIDOXINE) ...................................... 756
VITAMIN B9 (FOLIC ACID) ........................................ 756
VITAMIN B COMPOUND ......................................... 757
VITAMIN B COMPOUND (STRONG) ........................ 757
VITAMIN K1 (PHYTOMENADIONE) .......................... 758
W ................................................................................. 758
WARFARIN .............................................................. 758
WHITFIELD'S’OINTMENT......................................... 761
X .................................................................................. 761
XYLOMETAZOLINE................................................... 761
Y .................................................................................. 762
14 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
YELLOW FEVER VACCINE ........................................ 762
Z .................................................................................. 764
ZIDOVUDINE (AZT) .................................................. 764
ZIDOVUDINE + LAMIVUDINE .................................. 766
ZIDOVUDINE + LAMIVUDINE + NEVIRAPINE ........... 767
ZINC SULPHATE ....................................................... 767
ZUCLOPENTHIXOL DECANOATE.............................. 768
Calculation of Doses for Children ................................... 771
Integrated Management of Childhood Illness (IMCI)
Medicines ....................................................................... 775
Medicines for Integrated Community Case Management
(ICCM) of Childhood Illness ............................................ 778
UN Life Saving Commodities for Mothers and Children. 778
Adverse Drug Reaction Reporting .................................. 780
Glossary .......................................................................... 786
References ...................................................................... 800
Amendment Form .......................................................... 802
Index ............................................................................... 804
Notes............................................................................... 825

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 15


Abbreviations

Abbreviations
µg Microgram
3TC Lamivudine
ABC Abacavir
ACEI Angiotensin Converting Enzyme Inhibitor
ACT Artemisinin-based combination therapy
ADHD Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder
ADR Adverse drug reaction
AIDS Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome
ALT Alanine Aminotransferase
APTT Activated Partial Thromboplastin Time
AST Aspartate Aminotransferase
ARV Antiretroviral medicine
ATV Atazanavir
ATV/r Atazanavir/ritonavir
AV Atrioventricular
AZT Azidothymidine (zidovudine)
BCG Bacillus Calmette-Guerin
BNF British National Formulary
BP Blood Pressure
bpm Beats per minute
BPC 73 British Pharmaceutical Codex 1973
CBC Complete Blood Count
CMV Cytomegalovirus
CNS Central Nervous System
COC Combined Oral Contraceptive
DPT Diphtheria, Pertussis and Tetanus
DVT Deep Vein Thrombosis
ECG Electrocardiogram
16 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
Abbreviations
EFV Efavirenz
eGFR estimated Glomerular Filtration Rate
ENL Erythema Nodosum Leprosum
FDC Fixed Dose Combination
FTC Emtricitabine
g Gram
GFR Glomerular Filtration Rate
GI Gastrointestinal
GnRH Gonadotropin Releasing Hormone
HBsAg Inactivated Hepatitis B surface antigen
HepB Hepatitis B vaccine
Hib Haemophilus influenza type B
HIV Human Immunodeficiency Virus
HMG-CoA 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl coenzyme A
ICCM Integrated Community Case Management
IgA Immunoglobulin A
IgM Immunoglobulin G
IM Intramuscular
IMCI Integrated Management of Childhood Ill-
ness
INR International Normalized Ratio
IRIS Immune Reconstitution Inflammatory
Syndrome
IU International units
IV Intravenous
Kg Kilogram
L litre
LFTs Liver Function Tests
LPV/r Lopinavir/ritonavir
MAOI Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitor

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 17


Abbreviations
MB leprosy Multibacillary Leprosy
MDR TB Multi-Drug Resistant Tuberculosis
mg Milligram
ml millilitre
MRSA Methicillin-Resistant Staphylococcus
aureus
MTCT Mother-to-Child Transmission
MU Million Units
NADPH Nicotinamide Adenine Dinucleotide Phos-
phate, reduced form
NDA National Drug Authority
NG Nasogastric
NNRTI Non-nucleoside Reverse Transcriptase In-
hibitor
NRTI Nucleoside Reverse Transcriptase Inhibitor
NtRTI Nucleotide Reverse Transcriptase Inhibitor
NSAID Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug
NVP Nevirapine
ORS Oral Rehydration Salts
PB leprosy Paucibacillary Leprosy
PCA Patient-Controlled Analgesia
PCP Pneumocystis carinii pneumonia
PEP Post-exposure Prophylaxis
PI Protease Inhibitor
PID Pelvic Inflammatory Disease
PO Per os (Oral administration)
PPD Tuberculin, Purified Protein Derivative
PPE Palmar-Plantar Erythrodysesthesia
PPF Procaine benzylpenicillin
PPH Post-partum Haemorrhage

18 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Abbreviations
PPI Proton Pump Inhibitor
PSBI Possible Serious Bacterial Infection
RHZE Rifampicin + Isoniazid + Pyrazinamide +
Ethambutol
RMNCH Reproductive, Maternal, Neonatal and
Child Health
RTV Ritonavir
SC Subcutaneous
SLE Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
SP Sulfadoxine + Pyrimethamine
SPC Summary of Product Characteristics
tab(s) Tablet(s)
TB Tuberculosis
TCI Target Controlled Infusion
TDF Tenofovir Disoproxil Fumarate
TPMT Thiopurine Methyltransferase
TT Tetanus toxoid
UCG Uganda Clinical Guidelines
UN United Nations
UNCoLSC United Nations Commission on Life-saving
commodities
WHO World Health Organisation

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 19


Foreword

Foreword
To achieve the maximum benefit of medicines, they must
be used appropriately. One cause of medicine misuse is
the lack of adequate and timely medicine information to
the patient. Poor dispensing and inadequate instructions
on how to take medicine can nullify health workers’ previ-
ous efforts to provide appropriate treatment to the pa-
tient.
Uganda for a long time lacked a reference guide dedicated
to providing medicines information to health workers and
dispensing staff. Few health workers have access to com-
monly known medicine information sources, such as the
British National Formulary (BNF) or reputable websites on
the Internet, and therefore collecting useful information
would be time intensive for health workers.
It is the mandate of the Ministry of Health and Pharmacy
Division in particular to ensure that medicines are used
appropriately and that up-to-date, unbiased, accurate, and
evidence-based information about medicines are provided
to health care professionals, patients, and any Ugandan
seeking such information.
In this regard, the Practical Guideline for Dispensing at
Higher Level health centres (PGD HL) 2015, therefore, is
well-timed to address the country’s pressing challenges of
accessing medicines information. This comes as follow-on
to the Practical Guideline for Dispensing at lower level
health facilities (PGD 2014) that was developed and dis-
seminated to all health centres II and III, but would not
serve the needs of higher level health centres, where a
wider spectrum of medicines is used.
The PGD HL 2015 target users are all health professionals
involved with prescribing, monitoring, dispensing and ad-
ministering medicines.

20 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Foreword
The information herein has been aggregated across sever-
al reliable and evidence-based sources such as the Sum-
mary of Product Characteristics (SPCs), British National
Formulary, Martindale and World Health Organisation
Model Formulary. It has been summarised and adapted to
harmonise with the Uganda Clinical Guidelines 2012, the
Essential Medicine and Health Supplies List for Uganda
2012 and the most current treatment guidelines from the
ministry of health programmes. This information will help
the health workers ensure that patients derive optimal
benefits from medicines.
The PGD HL 2015 is easy to use, allowing the dispenser to
easily understand its information and share it with pa-
tients.
I hope the Practical Guideline for Dispensing will become
an essential reference tool for health workers in the
Ugandan health care system. As for all new documents,
there is still room for improvement. So I urge you, the user
of the guidelines, to share your experiences with the book
and suggest ways to improve the PGD HL 2015. To facili-
tate this process, a feedback form has been included at
the back of this book to propose changes to the publica-
tion.
The Ministry of Health and all those involved in the devel-
opment of these guidelines sincerely hope that the PGD
will significantly contribute to improving the dispensing
process, and ultimately, to patient safety.

Dr. Elioda Tumwesigye


Hon. Minister of Health
Ministry of Health

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 21


Preface

Preface
The Practical Guideline for Dispensing for Higher Level
Health Centres (PGD HL) 2015 is a medicine-centred refer-
ence book designed to provide dispensing staff with the
most critical information of medicines used at health cen-
tres (HC) IV and hospitals.
The PGD HL 2015 is a vital tool for all health workers and
especially dispensers to use in their daily tasks of adminis-
tering medicines. It provides information and instructions
on medicines, such as general use, dosage, side effects,
interactions, and use during pregnancy and breastfeeding.
The PGD HL also describes the dispensing procedures
needed to ensure that a patient receives the appropriate
medicine and proper instructions on its use. The PGD high-
lights the importance of analysing the prescription and
interpreting it correctly, choosing the correct medicine
and packaging it to minimise contamination and maintain
quality, correctly labelling the medicine, and providing pa-
tients with medicines information in a confidential man-
ner.
The PGD HL 2015 is not a textbook of pharmacology. It
has been designed as a rapid reference and only the
most crucial medicines information that a dispenser
needs to perform his or her duties and help patients ad-
here to their treatment has been included. The PGD HL
has been designed in a format that makes the book easy
to use and the information simple to find. The booklet’s
portable size makes it easy to consult in any circum-
stance or location and should therefore be available in all
places where dispensing of medicines takes place.
The medicines included here are those that are recom-
mended in the Uganda Clinical Guidelines (UCG) 2012,
the Essential Medicine and Health Supplies List for Ugan-
da (EMHSLU) 2012 as well the current treatment guide-
22 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
Preface
lines as provided by the various MOH programmes. This
ensures that the dispensers at those facilities can re-
trieve information about any medicine that a patient will
be prescribed.
The medicine monographs include a reference to the
EMHSLU 2012 section where the medicine is categorised.
This allows the dispenser to refer to the section in case
an alternative medicine is needed because the medicine
is unavailable or is contraindicated for a particular pa-
tient’s use.
I hope that the PGD HL–– together with the UCG and
EMHSLU –– will be a useful guideline that enables the
dispenser to correctly dispense appropriately prescribed
medicines and provide adequate instructions to the pa-
tient. The dispensers are, after all, the last health work-
ers to talk to the patients, and failure to take their re-
sponsibility seriously can compromise the effectiveness
of the medicine and patient safety.
It is the hope and expectation of the Ministry of Health
that health workers’ familiarisation with and daily use of
this book will greatly improve their practices, so that pa-
tients receive the best service possible.

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 23


Acknowledgements

Acknowledgements
The Practical Guideline for Dispensing at Higher Level
Health Centres (PGD HL) 2015 is produced by the Ministry
of Health, Pharmacy Division with technical assistance
from the U.S. Agency for International Development
(USAID)-funded Uganda Health Supply Chain (UHSC) Pro-
gram.

I would like to thank everyone who was involved in the


development of the PGD HL 2015. Special thanks go to the
health workers who took time to attend the review meet-
ing to ensure correctness and completeness of infor-
mation:
 Kenneth Tumusiime, Pharmacist, Jinja RRH
 Dr. Harriet Nambuya, Consultant, Jinja RRH
 Daniel Isabirye, Dispenser Jinja RRH
 Yusuf Mbaizwe, Clinical Officer, Bugembe HC IV Jinja
 Stella Nanyonga, Senior Pharmacist, Naguru CUFH
 Dr. Kabweru Wilberforce, Surgeon, Naguru CUFH
 Carolynn Kamakune, Pharmacist, Mengo Hospital
 Dr. Arike Joseph, Medical Officer Obongi Hospital
 Dr. Vunya George, Moyo Hospital
 Azo Margaret; Nursing Officer, Moyo Hospital
 Mondia Michael, Dispenser, Moyo Hospital
 Ndhaye Richard, Clinical Officer, Namutumba HC III
 Walujjo Emmanuel, Nursing Officer, Nsinze HC IV
 Tabu Fred, Senior Dispenser, Nsinze HC IV
 Dr. Okino David, Anyeke HC IV, Oyam
 Apio Grace, Nursing Officer, Anyeke HC IV, Oyam
 Olal Lameck, Ngal HC III, Oyam

24 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Acknowledgements
 Okori Emmanuel, Dispenser,Anyeke HC IV, Oyam
 Nekesa Bridget, Nursing Officer, Namatala HC IV
 Lilian Nakyobe, Dispenser, Busiwu HC IV Mbale
 Kakooza Francis, Medical Officer, Kayunga Hospital
 Mulwana Johnie, Medical Officer, Kayunga Hospital
 Chemutia Patrick, Pharmacist, Kayunga Hospital
 Babirye Teddy, Nursing Officer, Kayunga Hospital
 Wolwa Micheal, Medical Officer, Nabiswera HC IV
 Kirunda Daniel, Clinical Officer, Wabigalo HC IV
 Kyakuwaire Florence, Nursing Officer, Nakasongola
 Munyaneza Louise, Dispenser, Nakasongola DLG
 Julian Abeso, Paediatrician, Mbale RRH
 Catherine Namulindwa, Pharmacist, Makerere Univer-
sity Department of Pharmacy
 Monica Amuha, Senior Technical Officer, UHSC
 Anthony Kirunda, Technical Advisor, UHSC
Special appreciation goes to Dr. Dickens Akena, Dr. Charles
Mondo, Dr. Denis Acullu, and Dr. Geoffrey Wabulembo for
their expert review of psychiatry, cardiovascular, oncology
and ophthalmology medicines.
I want to acknowledge Linacy Nampa, Juliet Kitutu and
Martin Oteba for developing the PGD HL 2015 and Kim
Hoppenworth for technical layout editing.
Lastly, I want to thank Dr. Birna Trap for valuable support
throughout the development process.

Morries Seru
Assistant Commissioner for Health Services
Ministry of Health, Pharmacy Division
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 25
Good Prescribing Practice

Good Prescribing Practice


When medicine is required to treat a disease, the pre-
scriber must write a prescription to inform the dispenser
which medicine to dispense to the patient. A prescription
is therefore an instruction from a prescriber to a dis-
penser.
The prescriber is responsible for choosing the right medi-
cine for the patient. The dispenser is responsible for dou-
ble-checking that the prescription is appropriate and that
the patient receives the right medicine with adequate in-
formation on how to take the medicine correctly (see
Good Dispensing Practice).
The dispenser can only do his or her job if the prescription
is readable and complete (see Figure 1). A prescription is
complete if it contains the following information:
 Date of prescription

 Patient name

 Patient age

 Sex of patient

 Patient number

 Diagnosis

 Generic medicine name

 Dosage

o Dosage form

o Strength

o Amount

o Frequency

o Duration

 Name, signature, and contact/address of prescriber

26 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Good Prescribing Practice

Figure 1: Example of a readable and complete prescription


MINISTRY OF HEALTH M.F.5

NWOYA HEALTH CENTRE III


OUT-PATIENTS DEPARTMENT

NAME Peter Mulwale O.P NO 8567


AGE 31 years SEX Male
DATE DIAGNOSIS Malaria
TREATMENT NOTES
31/01/14 Rx
Artemether/Lumefantrine
4 tabs bd x 3/7

Paracetamol tabs
1g every 6 hours x 3/7

Drink plenty of fluids.

Dr. Kato Tadeo


Tel:0712345678
THIS FORM SHOULD BE KEPT BY THE PATIENT AND BROUGHT
AT EVERY VISIT.

An incomplete, unreadable, or inaccurate prescription


should not be dispensed. Instead, the dispenser should
return it to the prescriber for clarification, completion, or
correction.

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 27


Good Prescribing Practice
When assessing if the medicine prescribed is appropriate
for the patient, you need to consider:
 Age or weight (especially for children) – Is the dose

right for the patient?


 Other medicines he/she is taking – Does the medi-

cine interact with other medicines that the patient is


taking?
 Pregnancy – Can the medicine be used during preg-

nancy?
 Breastfeeding – Can the medicine be used while

breastfeeding?
When reading a prescription, you should consider the fol-
lowing:
 Prescription is written by a person who is authorized

to prescribe
 Medicine prescribed is included on the essential

medicines list for Uganda


 Prescribed medicines and dosage forms are availa-

ble and recommended for use at your level of care


 If brand name or abbreviations are used, you know

(without any doubt) what the generic name of the


medicine prescribed is
 When prescription contains medicines that can po-

tentially be abused or if it is not written in ink, make


sure that no changes have been made to the pre-
scription
Prescribers commonly use abbreviations in the prescrip-
tions. The abbreviations often relate to the frequency and
duration of the treatment.

28 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Good Prescribing Practice
Table 1: Common and acceptable abbreviations used in pre-
scription writing
Abbreviation Meaning
bd Two times daily
od Once daily
om Every morning
on Every night
prn As needed
qds Four times daily
qqh Every four hours
stat Immediately
tds Three times daily
tid Three times daily
1/7 Corresponds to one day. Any number
out of seven indicates number of days
2/52 Corresponds to 2 weeks. Any number
out of 52 indicates number of weeks
1/12 Corresponds to one month. Any number
out of 12 indicates number of months
30 mg/kg Dose per kilogram of the patient's body
weight
25 mg/m2 Dose per square metre of patient’s body
surface area
Prescriptions can have different measurement units. They
must be interpreted correctly. Giving 1mg instead of 1µg
can be very dangerous to the patient. Table 2 is showing
the relationship between different units of measure.
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 29
Good Dispensing Practice
Table 2: Units of Measurement
Abbreviation In full Equal to
1 kg 1 kilogram 1,000 g
1g 1 gram = 1,000mg = 0.001 kg
1 mg 1 milligram = 1,000µg = 0.001 g
1 µg 1 microgram = 0.001 mg
1L 1 litre = 1,000 mL
1 mL 1 millilitre = 0.001 L

For more information on good prescribing, refer to the


introductory sections of the Uganda Clinical Guidelines
2012 (UCG), particularly pages lxi - lxxvi.

Good Dispensing Practice


The dispenser plays a very important role in ensuring that
medicines are used appropriately and that patients benefit
from treatment. All efforts and resources to make medi-
cines available at health facilities will be wasted if the pa-
tient is not given the correct medicine, dose, and infor-
mation needed to make sure that he or she takes the med-
icines correctly. Dispensing includes all the activities that
occur between the time the dispenser receives the pre-
scription and when the dispenser hands it to the patient.
Good dispensing takes time.
Good dispensing practices ensure that each patient re-
ceives:
 His/her correct medicine

 The correct dosage and quantity

30 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Good Dispensing Practice
 Clear information on how to take it
 Correctly labelled, well-packaged container to main-
tain medicine quality
Good dispensing practices involve a series of steps, which
are to:
1. Receive and validate prescription
2. Understand and interpret the prescription
3. Prepare and label medicines to dispense to patient
4. Make a final check
5. Record action taken
6. Issue medicine to patient with clear instruction and
advice

Good dispensing takes time!

Do not rush the dispensing process, but


take time to avoid dispensing errors and
to ensure that the patient receives
the correct medicine and appropriate instructions.

Step 1: Receive and validate the prescription


This step is particularly important if you prepare several
prescriptions at one time before calling patients to receive
their medicines. Before dispensing medicines, you must
confirm the patient’s name, so that each patient receives
the medicine specifically prescribed for him or her.
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 31
Good Dispensing Practice
Step 2: Understand and interpret the prescription
Understanding and interpreting the prescription can be
life-saving as it prevents patients from receiving the wrong
medicine, strength, or dose. Appropriate understanding
and interpretation include:
 Reading the prescription

 Interpreting any abbreviations

 Confirming the right medicine, dose, and duration

for the patient considering his/her disease, age or if


patient is pregnant or breastfeeding
 Calculating dose correctly (including number of tab-

lets)
 Identifying important medicine interactions

Dispensing errors can kill!

Prescribers’ unreadable handwriting can cause


dispensing errors. Guessing the wrong name or
dose can be fatal.

If you have any doubt about what is prescribed


you must crosscheck with the prescriber.

If you cannot read the prescription, if you are in doubt, or


if you identify anything that needs to be changed (e.g.

32 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Good Dispensing Practice
wrong dose or important interaction), you must contact
the prescriber and agree on changes to the prescription.
The dispenser or another person, if possible, must double-
check all dose calculations.
Step 3: Prepare and label medicines to dispense to patient
Preparing and labelling the package are not only central in
the dispensing process, but also a legal requirement. This
step must include double-checking or self-checking to
avoid dispensing mistakes.
Label the dispensing envelopes and then prepare to select
the medicines. See Figure 3 on page 35.

Do not select a container according to its


colour or location.
Do not have more than one container open at a
time. Close the container after collecting the med-
icine to preserve the quality of the medicine by
preventing contamination and moisture getting
into the medicine.

When preparing the prescribed medicine, you must:


 Select the stock container (pack or tin) by reading the

label properly and crosschecking the medicine’s name


and strength with the prescription. Make sure the
medicine has not expired. Dispensers should read the
container label at least twice during this process.

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 33


Good Dispensing Practice
 Count the medicine quantity from the container. Do
not use bare hands to count; this is not hygienic and
can contaminate the medicine. Instead, use a tablet
counting tray, clean piece of paper, or a tin lid with a
spatula to count tablets and capsules.
 Pack tablets and capsules in the dispensing envelope.
Double-check that the labelling done earlier is correct.

Figure 2: Selection from a shelf: Read the label every time

34 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Good Dispensing Practice

Labelling should include:


 Patient name
 Medicine name (generic name in full; no ab-
breviations)
 Dosage form and strength
 When, and how long to take the medicine
 Special instructions (e.g. how to take the
medicine)
 Health facility name
 Date of dispensing
Figure 3: Properly labelled dispensing envelope

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 35


Good Dispensing Practice
Step 4: Make a final check
This is the final check before you give the medicine to the
patient. Ideally, a different person than the one preparing
the prescription should perform this check, but self-
evaluation can be used when there is only one dispenser
at work. The final check includes:
 Reading and interpreting the prescription, including

appropriateness of dose prescribed and medicine


interactions
 Checking the dispensed medicine against the pre-

scription and the stock containers used


 Checking that label is correct and all information is

filled in
Figure 4: Final check of steps; prevent mistakes

36 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Good Dispensing Practice
Step 5: Record the action taken
Records of dispensed medicines are a legal requirement
and also necessary to account for and verify stocks, and
trace any problems with medicines issued to patients.

Patients usually keep their prescriptions or personal exer-


cise books and therefore, the dispenser should record the
details of the medicines dispensed in the prescription and
dispensing log (HMIS form 016) or in the antiretroviral
(ARV) dispensing log before giving the medicines to pa-
tients. All fields of the prescribing and dispensing log
should be filled out correctly. For further guidance, refer
to the Essential Medicines and Health Supplies Manual
(Part 6; pages 65-66).

The information that must be recorded in the prescribing


and dispensing log is:

 Date of dispensing
 Patient number as assigned from OPD/IPD register
 Diagnosis/symptoms
 Name of medicine
 Quantity prescribed (P) and quantity dispensed (D)
of each medicine
 Initials of the prescriber
 Initials of the dispenser

Step 6: Issue medicine to patient with clear instructions


and advice
Medicines are only effective if taken correctly. The dis-
penser is the last health care worker to talk to the patient,
so he or she must assure that the patient knows how to
take the medicine correctly.

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 37


Good Dispensing Practice

Good dispensing takes time!

You should spend enough time issuing instructions to


the patient, and give a chance to the patient to ask
questions if they have any.

Most importantly, the patient needs to know the route of


administration, dose, how often and for how long they
should take the medicine. Further, you must also tell the
patient other information that maximizes the effect of
treatment, but which might not appear on the label. This
includes:

 When to take the medicine (e.g. with or without


food, separate from other medicines or specific
foods/drinks, time of day)
 How to take the medicine (e.g. swallow whole,
chew, with plenty of water)
 How to store the medicine (e.g. room temperature
or in fridge) and what to do with expired medicine
 When to return to the health facility (e.g. for further
check-up or in case of specific side effects)

The patient should also know why the medicine must be


taken; this can increase adherence to the treatment. In-
forming patients about common side effects and how to
handle them helps keep them from stopping treatment
early.
It is good practice to end the dispensing process with the
patient repeating how to take the medicine. This shows

38 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Good Dispensing Practice
the dispenser that the patient has understood the instruc-
tions.
Figure 5: Ensuring patient understanding

Treat every patient with respect. The dispensing staff must


provide privacy for having undisturbed conversations with
patients. They should be able to ask questions without
fear of being overheard.
You can ensure privacy by:
 Having the waiting patients at least 2 metres away
from the dispensing area so that they cannot
eavesdrop.
 If possible paint a line on the floor and patients
should stay behind that line until it is their turn to
be dispensed to.

All information about a patient’s diagnosis and medicine


use is confidential. This means that you should not share
information about patients to anyone else.
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 39
Information in Monographs

Information in Monographs
The monograph section includes all medicines in the Es-
sential Medicines and Health Supplies List for Uganda
(EMHSLU) 2012. There are also monographs for all the
medicines supplied by National Medical Stores, and new
medicines for various diseases adopted since EMHSLU
2012, such as medicines for multi-drug resistant tubercu-
losis.
The medicine monographs are arranged in alphabetical
order according to the generic medicine name. Different
dosage forms of the same medicine are included in the
same monograph. When more than one generic name is
commonly used, there is only one monograph, but it lists
all acceptable generic names. Fixed-dose combinations are
included in the monograph section but reference is made
to the individual medicine monographs.
For each medicine monograph, the following information
is provided:
 Name of medicine (generic and other names)

 Level of care

 Vital, Essential, Necessary (VEN) classification

 Reference to EMHSLU 2012

 Therapeutic description

 Dosage forms

 Uses

 Dosage and duration

 Preparation and reconstitution

 Contra-indications

 Side effects

 Interactions

40 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Information in Monographs
 Patient instructions
 Use during pregnancy
 Use during breastfeeding
 Storage
 Cautions
Information provided under each sub-heading is described
in the following sections.
Figure 6: Header of medicines monographs

Name of medicine
The generic name is included in the header. Commonly
used abbreviations and other names are included in
brackets.
Level of care
The level of care indicated here is the lowest level at which
the EMHSLU 2012 recommends the medicine is used.
VEN classification
VEN classification is a method of classifying medicines
based on health impact.
VEN classification divides medicines into three groups de-
fined as:
 Vital (V) — Medicines used to manage life-

threatening diseases.
 Essential (E) — Medicines effective in managing less

severe but widespread illnesses.


Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 41
Information in Monographs
 Necessary (N) — Medicines used to manage diseas-
es with less impact on the population or medicines
whose costs are high compared to their treatment
benefit.
Vital medicines have first priority in procurement as they
are lifesaving or critical for achieving targeted health out-
comes and should always be available if possible. Essential
medicines have second priority in procurement; if these
medicines are unavailable, the patient could suffer pain or
great discomfort. Necessary medicines are important and
good to have; however, they have third priority when de-
ciding how funds should be used in procurement of medi-
cines.
Reference section in EMHSLU 2012
The number in the header refers to the section(s) where
the medicine is included in the EMHSLU 2012. The refer-
ence is included for easy reference to the EMHSLU.
Therapeutic description
Therapeutic medicine group or type of medicine and a
brief explanation of how the medicine works
Dosage forms
This section lists only those dosage forms listed in EMHSLU
2012 or supplied by NMS. All dosage forms for ARVs and
priority medicines for childhood illnesses are included.
Uses
The section lists which conditions and diseases can be
treated with the medicine according to the Uganda Clinical
Guidelines (UCG) 2012. Only relevant uses of the medicine
are listed.
Dose and duration
These are the doses and duration for the medicines’ uses
42 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
Information in Monographs
as recommended in UCG 2012 or World Health Organiza-
tion (WHO) model formulary 2008 (if doses and duration
are not indicated in UCG 2012).
For each condition, dose is included for adults and children
of different ages, where appropriate. For ARVs, adoles-
cents are defined as children 15 years-old and above.
The dose includes the quantity, frequency, and duration of
therapy. Route of administration is also included, which
can be oral, intravenous (IV), intramuscular (IM), subcuta-
neous (SC), rectal, topical, or vaginal.
Preparation and reconstitution
This section is only included for medicines that need prep-
aration before use, such as dilution. Injectables, mouth-
wash, irrigations, or disinfectants may need preparation
before use.
The section includes:
 What diluents to use (and what not to use)

 How to mix

 Quantities to use

When preparing injectable medicines, you should never


mix two or more medicines in the same syringe (e.g.
ampicillin and metronidazole). This is because the med-
icines can inactivate each other or react to form com-
plexes that can be unsafe to the patient.
You should carefully examine all injectable solu-
tions/preparations before administering them to a pa-
tient. If you see a precipitate in the ampoule/vial, do
not give the injection.
Contra-indications
Contra-indications are situations where the medicine
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 43
Information in Monographs
should not be used. Contra-indications can be certain age
groups (e.g. children or elderly) or specific conditions, such
as liver disease or pregnancy. They can also be due to a
drug-drug interaction, where two medicines cannot be
used at the same time to avoid harmful effects to the pa-
tient. For easier overview of the medicines, interactions
have been listed in a separate section of the monographs.
An example is that all vaccines are contraindicated during
severe acute illness (mild illness is not a contra-indication).
When a medicine is contra-indicated, it is important to
ensure that the prescriber is aware of the contra-
indication and that he or she decides if the benefits of the
treatment outweigh the risks.
Side effects
Most medicines have unwanted effects on patients. These
effects are called side effects because they may occur
alongside the medicine’s intended effect of treating a dis-
ease.
The monographs include common side effects that occur
when the medicine is used at recommended doses. In ad-
dition, they include less common, but very serious side
effects (e.g. Stevens-Johnson syndrome). Rare side effects
and those that occur in overdose are not included.
This section uses certain terms to refer to a group of relat-
ed side effects to make the section briefer. The terms are
included in the glossary. These terms are:

 Stomach upset: Nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea, gastric


irritation and abdominal pain
 Allergic reaction: Rash, itching, sneezing, swelling of
skin, fever and joint pain

44 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Information in Monographs
 Irregular heartbeat: Fast heartbeat, slow heartbeat
and uneven heartbeat (arrhythmias)
 Difficulty in sleeping: Insomnia and bad dreams
 Menstrual disturbances: Heavy bleeding, no bleeding,
reduced bleeding days, prolonged bleeding days and
spotting
 Blood disorders: Anaemia, low white blood cell count,
low neutrophil and low platelet count
 Electrolyte imbalance: High/low sodium, potassium,
calcium, bicarbonate and acid levels in blood
If a medicine causes a severe and specific effect, then the
monograph lists that side effect instead of or in addition to
the group term (e.g. severe nausea from metronidazole).
Interactions
Medicines can interact with other medicines or food,
which can affect the treatment outcome and patient safe-
ty.
The monograph lists medicine-medicine interactions with
a short explanation of the interaction. The interaction may
change the effect or toxicity of either or both of the medi-
cines. Only significant, negative interactions that affect the
treatment or patient safety are included.
Interactions can:
 Cancel the effect of either or both medicines

 Increase the therapeutic effect to an unwanted or

dangerous level
 Increase the medicine’s concentration in the blood,

thereby, increasing risk of side effects


 Prevent the gut’s absorption of medicine (e.g. ant-

acids)

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 45


Information in Monographs
You must make the prescriber aware of a potentially seri-
ous interaction that cannot be avoided so the prescriber
can change the prescription if alternatives exist. In these
instances, refer to the caution section, which gives infor-
mation on how to handle the interaction. Note that chang-
ing the prescription or dose due to an interaction needs to
be decided upon with the prescriber.
Patient instructions
One of the dispenser’s most significant responsibilities is
telling the patient how to take the medicine appropriately.
This section includes the most important information that
patients need to know to maximise their treatment and
reduce risks of side effects and interactions.
Patient instructions should include:
 If the medicine is to be taken with food or an empty

stomach or with plenty of water


 What to do or not do while taking the medicine

(e.g. avoid alcohol)


 What side effects to expect and what to do if they

occur
 If a serious side effect occurs, return to the

health facility as soon as possible.


 If a mild side effect occurs, continue treatment,

as the side effect will disappear.


 How to handle possible medicine-medicine interac-

tions (e.g. take antacids two hours before or after


other medicines)
 How to store medicines (e.g.in the fridge or not re-

moved from the blister pack)


You should also tell the patient that completing the
entire treatment is very important, even if symptoms
disappear, especially when taking antibiotics.

46 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Information in Monographs
Patients should also be informed not to take more
medicine than the prescribed amount, as this could
increase side effects or potentially be fatal.
Pregnancy
Some medicines can be used throughout pregnancy, some
not at all, and others only in specific trimesters of the
pregnancy. A dispenser must be aware of recommenda-
tions for use in pregnancy because certain medicines can
have extremely hazardous effects on foetus development.
The section states if pregnant women should never take
the medicine or if they can use the medicines and in which
trimester they can be safely administered.
Some mothers must take certain medicines continuously
(i.e. in chronic diseases such as epilepsy), even though it
may affect the foetus/new-born baby. The prescriber will
weigh benefits and risks when continuing medicines for
chronic diseases in pregnant women.
Specific cautions and recommendations for use in these
special cases are included under “Caution”.
Breastfeeding
Medicines can be secreted in mothers’ milk, thereby ex-
posing infants to their mothers’ medicine treatment. Some
medicines have an insignificant effect on infants, while
others can seriously affect breastfeeding children.
This section gives advice on whether the mother can take
the medicine while breastfeeding.
Some mothers must take certain medicines continuously
during breastfeeding (i.e. in chronic diseases such as epi-
lepsy). If it is not possible for the mother to stop breast-
feeding, specific cautions and recommendations for use of
the medicine are included under cautions.
All breastfeeding mothers should be cautioned to monitor
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 47
Information in Monographs
the child for side effects, if they are taking medicine.
Storage
Most medicines should be stored below 25°C (room tem-
perature) and away from light and moisture. However,
some medicines require particular storage conditions. This
section is only included for medicines with special storage
conditions, for example those that need to be refrigerated.
For medicines that are reconstituted or diluted, the sec-
tion includes how long the diluted solution can be kept.
To ensure the quality of the medicine, medicine in blister
packages must be stored in the blister and once removed,
used immediately. For creams and ointments, the lid must
be closed immediately after use to avoid contamination.
All medicine must be stored out of children's reach and
away from light and moisture. Make sure the patient is
aware of that.
Caution
This section provides precautions unique to each medi-
cine. The caution section is marked with to draw at-
tention to this last but important section.
Cautions may include:
 Dosage adjustments if the patient has liver and kid-

ney disease or is elderly


 How to handle important interactions

 How to recognise and handle possible side effects

(especially serious side effects)


 How to recognise and treat cases of overdose

 Preferred medicine if the medicine in the mono-

graph is not the first choice treatment


 Alternative medicines that can be used in case the

medicine in the monograph is contraindicated or


unsuitable.
48 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
ABACAVIR (ABC) A
MONOGRAPHS
A
ABACAVIR (ABC) HC IV V 30.1
Nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NRTI) antiretro-
viral medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablets: 60 mg, 300 mg

 Syrup: 20 mg/ml

Uses
 HIV/AIDS

Dose and duration


 HIV infection, first line treatment

Children < 3 years: dose as in table below (in combination


with 3TC + NVP)
Children 3–10 years or adolescents <35 kg: dose as in table
below (in combination with 3TC + EFV)
Weight (kg) Dose (Tablets of 60 mg)
3–5.9 1 tab every 12 hours
6–9.9 1½ tabs every 12 hours
10–13.9 2 tabs every 12 hours
14–14.9 2½ tabs every 12 hours
20–24.9 3 tabs every 12 hours
25–34.9 Use adult dose
 HIV infection, second line treatment
Adult and children >35 kg: 300 mg every 12 hours

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 49


A MONOGRAPHS

(in combination with 3TC + LPV/r or 3TC + ATV/r)


Children < 10 years: 8 mg/kg every 12 hours
(in combination with 3TC + LPV/r)
Contra-indications
 Severe liver disease

 Chronic alcoholism

 Severe kidney disease

Side effects
 Hypersensitivity reaction

 Lactic acidosis

 Liver damage

 Rash

 Stomach upset

Patient instructions
 Take medicine at the same time every day

 Report immediately to a health worker if any skin rash,

fever, nausea, diarrhoea, difficulty in breathing, cough,


headache, or feeling of sickness/weakness occur
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Stop the medicine immediately if any hypersensitivity
reaction occurs (usually occurs in the first 6–8 weeks). Do
not restart even after the symptoms have resolved

50 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ABACAVIR + LAMIVUDINE (ABC+3TC) A
ABACAVIR + LAMIVUDINE (ABC+3TC) HC IV E 30.4
Combination of two NRTI antiretroviral medicines
Dosage forms
 FDC tablet: ABC 60 mg + 3TC 30 mg

 FDC tablet: ABC 300 mg + 3TC 150 mg

 For more information, see individual medicine


monographs

ACETAZOLAMIDE RR E 21.7
Anti-glaucoma and diuretic medicine. Reduces production of
aqueous humour in the eye hence reducing intraocular pres-
sure; used as an adjunct to topical anti-glaucoma medicines
Dosage forms
 Tablets: 250 mg

Uses
 Open-angle glaucoma

 Secondary glaucoma

 Peri-operatively in angle-closure glaucoma

Dose and duration


 All uses

Adult: 0.25‒1 g daily in divided doses for as long as is


required
Contra-indications
 Chronic angle-closure glaucoma

 Hypersensitivity to sulphonamides

 Hyponatraemia

 Hypokalaemia

 Hyperchloraemic acidosis

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 51


A MONOGRAPHS

 Renal impairment
 Severe hepatic impairment
Side effects
 Stomach upset, taste disturbances, loss of appetite

 Paraesthesia (tingling feeling in hands and feet)

 Headache, dizziness

 Thirst, increased frequency of urination

 Reduced libido

 Depression

 Metabolic acidosis and electrolyte disturbances on long-

term therapy
 Rash

 Blood disorders

Interactions
 Carbamazepine (increased risk of hyponatraemia;

increased concentration of carbamazepine)


 Digoxin (hypokalaemia increases cardiac toxicity of

digoxin)
 Enalapril (enhanced hypotensive effect)

 Lidocaine (hypokalaemia antagonises action of lidocaine)

 Lithium (increased excretion of lithium)

Patient instructions
 Do not drive or operate machinery while taking this med-

icine
 Report any unusual skin rash especially when acetazola-

mide is used for long-term therapy


Pregnancy
st
 Do not use especially in the 1 trimester

52 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ACETYLSALICYLIC ACID (ASPIRIN) A
Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 May mask deterioration of angle-closure glaucoma
 May cause metabolic acidosis in patients with renal im-
pairment
 Reduce dose in the elderly
 Use with extreme caution in breast-feeding women
 Monitor blood cell count and electrolyte levels periodical-
ly when used for long-term therapy

ACETYLSALICYLIC ACID (ASPIRIN) 2.1, 7.1,


HC II E
12.1
Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID) with analgesic
(pain relief) and antipyretic (reduces fever) properties. In low
doses, it is also an antiplatelet.
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 300 mg

 Tablet: 75 mg

Uses
 Mild pain (headache, pain of menstruation, muscle and

bone pains)
 Fever

 Rheumatic fever

 Rheumatoid arthritis

 Secondary prevention of cerebrovascular disease and

myocardial infarction
 Prophylaxis of ischaemic heart disease

 Acute migraine attacks

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 53


A MONOGRAPHS

Dose and duration


 Pain and fever

Adult: 300–600 mg every 8 hours or when necessary


for 1–3 days
 Treatment of acute migraine attacks

Adult: 300–900 mg at first attack, repeated every 4–6


hours if necessary (maximum 4 g daily)
 Rheumatoid arthritis

Adult: 1.2 g every 8 hours until symptoms are relieved


(give with omeprazole 20 mg once a day if patient experi-
ence serious gastrointestinal intestinal discomfort)
 Rheumatic fever

Adult: 600–900 mg every 4–6 hours or when necessary


(maximum 4 g daily)
 Secondary prevention of cerebrovascular disease and

myocardial infarction
Adult: 75 mg once daily for life
 Ischaemic heart disease, myocardial infarction

Adult: 300 mg as a single dose


Contra-indications
 Children <16 years

 Asthmatic patients

 Allergy to aspirin or NSAID

 Peptic ulcer

 Gout

 Bleeding disorders

 Severe kidney or liver disease

Side effects
 Stomach upset

 Worsens asthma

54 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ACYCLOVIR (ACICLOVIR) A
 Allergic reactions (rash)
 Worsens peptic ulcers
 Tinnitus (ringing in the ears)
 Increased risk of bleeding
 Reye’s syndrome (in children)
Interactions
 Warfarin (increased risk of bleeding)

 Methotrexate (increased risk of bleeding)

 NSAIDs (increased risk of side effects)

Patient instructions
 Take with food to reduce gastrointestinal disturbances

 Take with plenty of water

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

ACYCLOVIR (ACICLOVIR) HC IV E 6.5, 21.5


Antiviral medicine for herpes virus infections
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 200 mg

 Cream: 5%

 Eye ointment: 3%

Uses
 Herpes simplex

 Herpes zoster (varicella-zoster)

Dose and duration


 Non-genital Herpes simplex

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 55


A MONOGRAPHS

Adult and child >2 years: 200 mg every 4 hours (400


mg in immunocompromised patients) for 5 days or un-
til healing is complete
Child 1 month–2 years: 100 mg every 4 hours for 5
days or until healing is complete
 Herpes simplex infection of the eyes

Apply 1 cm of ointment every 6 hours. Continue for at


least 3 days after healing is complete
 Herpes simplex infection of lips and face (Herpes labialis)

Adult and child: treatment should ideally be started


when lesions first appear. Apply a thin film of cream to
the lesions and surrounding skin 5 times a day every 4
hour during the day for 5 days. Continue treatment for 5
more days if healing has not occurred
 Genital herpes simplex

Adult: 800 mg every 8 hours for 5 days (10 days in


immunocompromised) or until healing is complete
 Varicella and herpes zoster

Adult: 800 mg every 4 hours for 7 days or until lesions


are healed in immunocompromised patients
Child 6–12 years: 800 mg every 6 hours for 7 days
Child 2–6 years: 400 mg every 6 hours for 5 days
Child 1 month–2 years: 200 mg every 6 hours for 5
days
Side effects
 Stomach upset

 Headache, feeling of tiredness

 Rash

 Local irritation (for cream or eye ointment)

56 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ADENOSINE A
Patient instructions
 Take plenty of water during treatment

 Wash hands before and after applying cream

 Avoid unnecessary rubbing or touching of lesions, to

avoid aggravating or transferring infection


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

ADENOSINE RR E 12.2
Antiarrhythmic medicine
Dosage forms
 Injection: 3 mg/ml

Uses
 Supraventricular tachycardia

 Diagnosis of supraventricular arrhythmias

Dose and duration


Give injection into a central or large peripheral vein to ensure
that the medicine reaches the systemic circulation. Follow
injection by a rapid sodium chloride 0.9% flush
 All uses

Adult and child > 12 years: initially 3 mg as a rapid IV bolus


(over 2 seconds). If necessary, give additional 6 mg after
1‒2 minutes followed by 12 mg after a further 1‒2 minutes
if necessary until tachycardia is terminated
Child 1 month‒12 years: initially 0.1 mg/kg. Repeat injec-
tion every 1‒2 minutes if necessary, increasing dose by

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 57


A MONOGRAPHS

0.05‒0.1 mg/kg until tachycardia is terminated or maxi-


mum single dose of 0.5 mg/kg (12 mg)
Child 0‒1 year: initially 0.15 mg/kg; if necessary repeat in-
jection every 1‒2 minutes increasing dose by 0.05‒0.1 mg
/kg until tachycardia is terminated or maximum single dose
of 0.3 mg/kg (12 mg) has been given
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to adenosine

 Sick sinus syndrome

 Second or third degree AV (Atrioventricular) block

 Asthma

 Chronic obstructive lung disease

 Severe hypertension

 Long QT syndrome

 Decompensated states of heart failure

Side effects
 Bradycardia, sinus pause, skipped beats, AV block, atrial

arrhythmias, ventricular excitability disorders, hypoten-


sion, flushing
 Dizziness, headache

 Dyspnoea

 Nausea

 Chest pressure/pain

 Anxiety

Interactions
 Dipyridamole (increased effects/ toxicity of adenosine)

 Aminophylline (antagonise effects of adenosine)

 Theophylline (antagonise effects of adenosine)

 Antiarrhythmics (increased myocardial depression)

58 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ADRENALINE (EPINEPHRINE) A
 Antipsychotics (increased ventricular arrhythmias when
given with antipsychotics that prolong QT interval)
 Beta-blockers (increased myocardial depression)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Cardio-respiratory resuscitation equipment must be read-
ily available if adenosine is to be used
 Patient should avoid food or drink containing xanthenes
(e.g. tea, coffee, cola, chocolate) at least 12 hours before
adenosine is to be used

ADRENALINE (EPINEPHRINE) HC II V 3
See epinephrine

ALBENDAZOLE HC I V 6.1.1
Broad spectrum antihelminthic with activity against almost all
types of intestinal worms
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 400 mg

Uses
 Intestinal worms (round worm, thread worm, hookworm,

strongyloidiasis, tapeworm, whipworm)


Dose and duration
 All worms (except strongyloidiasis)

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 59


A MONOGRAPHS

Adult and child >2 years: 400 mg single dose


Child 1–2 years: 200 mg single dose
In severe infections a 3-day course may be given to
clear worm infestation. Repeat doses every 6 months.
 Strongyloidiasis

Adult and child >10 kg: 400 mg 1–2 times daily for 3
days
Contra-indications
 Children <1 year

Side effects
 Stomach upset

Patient instructions
 Chew tablet or swallow whole with water

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

ALBUMIN, HUMAN RR E 11.2


A solution containing electrolytes and protein derivatives
from plasma, serum, or normal placentas of which at least
95% of the protein is albumin
Dosage forms
 Solution for intravenous infusion: 25 %

Uses
 Severe hypoalbuminaemia associated with hypovolemia

and generalised oedema where salt and water restriction


with plasma volume expansion are required

60 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ALBUMIN, HUMAN A
 Adjunct in the treatment of hyperbilirubinaemia by
exchange transfusion in the newborn
 Paracentesis of large volume ascites associated with por-

tal hypertension
Dose and duration
 All uses

Dose should be individualized depending on severity,


patient size and continuous fluid and protein losses
Preparation
 Dilute with 5% glucose or 0.9% sodium chloride

 Do not dilute with water for injections to avoid fatal

haemolysis in patients
Contra-indications
 Cardiac failure

 Severe anaemia

 Hypersensitivity to albumin

Side effects
 Hypersensitivity reactions such as urticaria, anaphylaxis

 Headache

 Nausea, vomiting, increased salivation

 Fever

 Tachycardia, hypotension

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
o
 Store below 30 C. Do not freeze

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 61


A MONOGRAPHS

Caution
 Do not administer through already used infusion set or
with simultaneous infusion of protein hydrolysate
 Administer slowly in cardiac and circulatory disease to
avoid rapid rise in blood pressure and cardiac failure.
Monitor cardiac and respiratory function
 Correct dehydration during administration
 Discontinue immediately on suspicion of allergic reaction
or anaphylaxis. Stop the infusion immediately in case clin-
ical signs of cardiovascular overload (headache, dysp-
noea, jugular vein congestion), increased blood pressure,
raised venous pressure or pulmonary oedema occur
 Dilution with water for injections may cause potentially
fatal haemolysis in the patient

ALCOHOL WITH GLYCERIN HC I E 15.2


Disinfectant used to kill bacteria on skin
Dosage forms
 Solution: 70% ethanol

Uses
 Disinfection of skin before injections, putting an IV cannu-

la, getting a blood sample, and surgical procedures


 Disinfection of rubber covers of infusion bottles and med-

icine vials (except those of vaccines)


 Disinfection of hands

Dose and duration


 Apply undiluted solution directly to the skin area

62 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ALLOPURINOL A
Contra-indications
 Do not use on mucous membranes, wounds or burns as it

is painful, irritating, and slows the healing process


 Do not use on children <1 month old

Side effects
 Dry and irritated skin

Interactions
 Other disinfectants (increased risk of side effects)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
 Close bottles tightly to avoid evaporation of contents

Caution
 Do not use on dirty or soiled skin (with blood, body
fluids); wash skin first
 Alcohol is flammable

ALLOPURINOL H E 2.2
Xanthine-oxidase inhibitor which reduces production of uric
acid
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 100 mg

Uses
 Prophylaxis of gout

 Prophylaxis of hyperuricaemia associated with cancer

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 63


A MONOGRAPHS

chemotherapy
 Prophylaxis of hyperuricaemic nephropathy
 Enzyme disorders that lead to overproduction of urate

e.g. Lesch-Nyhan syndrome


Dose and duration
 Prophylaxis of gout, hyperuricaemic nephropathy, over-

production of urate
Adult: initially 100 mg daily after food; then increase by
100 mg weekly according to plasma or urinary uric acid
levels to a daily maintenance dose of 100–900 mg (mild
conditions 100–200 mg daily, in moderate conditions
300–600 mg daily, in severe conditions 700–900 mg dai-
ly). Give doses above 300 mg in divided doses
 Prophylaxis of hyperuricaemia associated with cancer

Adult: Maintenance doses same as above. Adjust dose


according to response. Start treatment 24 hours before
chemotherapy and continue for 7–10 days there after
Child 1 month–15 years: 10–20 mg/kg daily (max 400 mg
per day) after food
Note: In moderate renal impairment, reduce dose to100–
200 mg; in severe renal impairment, use maximum 100
mg daily
Contra-indications
 Known hypersensitivity to allopurinol

 Treatment of an acute gout attack

Side effects
 Gastrointestinal disorders

 Rash, Stevens-Johnson syndrome

 Toxic epidermal necrolysis

64 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ALLOPURINOL A
 Haemolytic anaemia
Interactions
 Azathioprine (increased effects/toxicity of azathioprine)

 Didanosine (increased plasma concentration of didano-

sine)
 Mercaptopurine (increased toxicity of mercaptopurine)

Patient instructions
 Take at least 2–3 litres of water daily

 Take medication after food

 May impair ability to operate machinery or drive

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Reduce dose in hepatic impairment
 Withdraw treatment if rash occurs and reintroduce it if
rash is mild: discontinue promptly if rash recurs
 Delay treatment until an acute attack has completely
subsided (i.e. 2–3 weeks after the acute attack)
 Initiation of allopurinol may precipitate an acute attack of
gout: use together with a suitable NSAID (not a salicylate
or ibuprofen), or colchicine and continue for at least 1
month after correction of hyperuricaemia
 Treat acute attacks that develop during treatment with-
out interrupting treatment with allopurinol

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 65


A MONOGRAPHS

ALPRAZOLAM RR N 24
Benzodiazepine medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 0.5 mg, 0.25 mg

Uses
 Short-term treatment of anxiety

Dose and duration


 Anxiety

Adult > 18 years: 0.25–0.5 mg every 8 hours; increase if


necessary to maximum 3 mg per day for up to 4 weeks,
then review patient, and extend treatment up to a maxi-
mum of 8–12 weeks. If longer duration is required, re-
evaluate patient and consider risk of dependence
Elderly: 0.25 mg every 8–12 hours increased gradually if
required
Contra-indications
 Known hypersensitivity to benzodiazepines

 Myasthenia gravis

 Severe respiratory insufficiency

 Sleep apnoea syndrome

 Severe hepatic insufficiency

 Children < 18 years

Side effects
 Sedation, dizziness, headache, hypersomnia, insomnia,

fatigue, irritability, lethargy, memory impairment


 Confusion, disorientation, anxiety, depression

 Dysarthria (difficult or unclear articulation of speech)

 Balance disorder, abnormal coordination, tremor, ataxia

 Decreased appetite

66 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ALPRAZOLAM A
 Decreased or increased libido, sexual dysfunction
 Blurred vision
 Nausea
 Skin irritation
 Weight loss or gain
Interactions
 Clozapine (serious adverse events when used concomi-

tantly)
 Indinavir, ritonavir (plasma concentration of alprazolam

possibly increased)
Patient instructions
 Ensure that you have 7–8 hours of uninterrupted sleep

after taking alprazolam


 Do not drive or operate dangerous machinery until you

know how this medication affects you


Pregnancy
 Do not use (see caution)

Breast-feeding
 Do not use (see caution)

Caution
 Do not withdraw medication abruptly. Reduce doses off
gradually i.e. not more than 0.5 mg every 3 days
 Only use in pregnancy if the clinical condition of the

patient requires treatment with alprazolam


 Give with caution in renal and hepatic impairment. May

precipitate coma in hepatic impairment.


 Do not use alprazolam alone in treatment of depression

as it may precipitate or increase risk of suicide


 Use with caution in patients with a history of alcohol or

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 67


A MONOGRAPHS

drug abuse
 May induce retrograde amnesia; patients should plan to
have 7–8 hours of uninterrupted sleep after ingestion
 Discontinue use if patient develops agitation, irritability,
aggressiveness, delusion, rages, nightmares, hallucina-
tions or other adverse psychological effects

AMIKACIN H E 6.2.4
Broad-spectrum aminoglycoside antibacterial with activity
against Pseudomonas aeruginosa and some Gram-positive
organisms
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 1000 mg

Uses
 Serious Gram-negative infections resistant to gentamicin

 Multi-drug resistant tuberculosis (MDR-TB)

Dose and duration


 All indications (serious Gram-negative infections resistant

to gentamicin)
Adult and child over 12 years: by IM or by slow IV injec-
tion or by infusion over 30–60 minutes, 15 mg/kg daily in
a single or 2 divided doses (max 1.5 g/ day) for 7–10 days
Child 4 weeks–12 year: by IM or slow IV, 15–20
mg/kg/day as a single dose or divided into 2 equal doses
for 7–10 days
Neonate: Give a loading dose of 10 mg/kg followed by 7.5
mg/kg every 12 hours for 7–10 days
Premature infant: by IM or IV injection or IV infusion over
1–2 hours, 7.5 mg every 12 hours for 7–10 days
68 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
AMIKACIN A
 Multi-drug resistant tuberculosis
Adult and child: 15−20 mg/kg daily. Max 750 mg in chil-
dren and 1000 mg in adults
Note: For multiple daily dose regimen, one-hour serum
concentration should not exceed 30 mg/litre; pre-dose
concentration should be less than 10 mg/litre. For once
daily dose regimen, pre-dose concentration should be
less than 5 mg/litre
Contra-indications
 History of hypersensitivity or serious toxic reactions to

aminoglycosides
 Hypersensitivity to amikacin

 Myasthenia gravis

Side effects
 Anaphylaxis

 Ototoxicity

 Nephrotoxicity

Interactions
 Alcuronium (enhanced effects of alcuronium)

 Ciclosporin (increased risk of nephrotoxicity)

 Cisplatin (increased risk of nephrotoxicity)

 Furosemide (increased risk of ototoxicity)

 Neostigmine (antagonism of neostigmine effects)

 Pyridostigmine (antagonism of pyridostigmine effects)

 Suxamethonium (antagonism of suxamethonium effects)

 Vecuronium (enhanced effects of vecuronium)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 69


A MONOGRAPHS

Breast-feeding
 Can be used (see caution)

Caution
 Ensure adequate hydration of the patient during therapy
 Use with caution in pre-existing renal insufficiency, hear-
ing or vestibular damage or diminished glomerular filtra-
tion. Monitor renal, vestibular and auditory function
 Use ideal weight for height to calculate dose in obese
people to avoid excessive dosage
 Serum concentration monitoring is required especially in
the elderly, in obesity and cystic fibrosis or if high doses
are given or in renal impairment
 Parenteral treatment should not exceed 7 days if possible
to minimise side effects
 Increase dose interval in renal impairment. Reduce dose
in severe renal impairment
 For MDR-TB, amikacin can be used in pregnancy and
breastfeeding as benefits outweigh risks

AMINOPHYLLINE HC III N 25.1


Xanthine used to treat and prevent difficult breathing
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 100 mg

 Injection: 25 mg/ml

Uses
 Asthma

 Reversible airways obstruction (e.g. in anaphylaxis)

 Chronic bronchitis

70 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


AMINOPHYLLINE A
Dose and duration
 Acute severe asthma

Adult: 250 mg by slow IV injection (over 20 minutes)


Child: 5 mg/kg by slow IV injection (over 20 minutes)
 Asthma regular maintenance therapy

Adult: Initially, 200 mg every 12 hours; after 1 week,


increase to 400–500 mg every 12 hours
Child >3 years: Initially, 6 mg/kg every 12 hours; after
1 week, increase to 12 mg/kg every 12 hours
Some children with chronic asthma may require 13–20
mg/kg every 12 hours
 Anaphylaxis

6 mg/kg by slow IV injection (over at least 20 minutes)


Side effects
 Irregular heartbeat

 Headache, sleep disturbances

 Stomach upset

 Itchy skin rash

Interactions
 Ciprofloxacin (increased risk of side effects)

 Erythromycin, azithromycin (increased risk of side effects)

 Fluconazole (increased risk of side effects)

Pregnancy
rd
 Do not use in 3 trimester

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Do not use IV aminophylline in patients already taking
oral aminophylline
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 71
A MONOGRAPHS

 Rapid IV injection can cause irregular heartbeat and con-


vulsions
 Second line treatment to salbutamol
 Use ideal body weight (not actual weight) to calculate
dose in obese patients

AMIODARONE NR E 12.2
Class III anti-arrhythmic medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 100 mg, 200 mg

 Sterile concentrate: 50 mg/ml

Uses
 Supraventricular arrhythmias

 Ventricular arrhythmias

 Ventricular fibrillation

 Pulseless ventricular tachycardia in cardiac arrest refrac-

tory to defibrillation
Dose and duration
 Supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias

By mouth
Adult and child above 12 years: 200 mg every 8 hours for
1 week, then reduce to 200 mg every 12 hours for anoth-
er 1 week. Usual maintenance dose 200 mg once daily or
minimum required to control arrhythmia
Child 1 month–12 years: initially 5–10 mg/kg (max 200
mg) every 12 hours for 7–10 days, then reduce to
maintenance dose of 5–10 mg/kg once a day (max 200
mg per day)
Neonate: initially 5–10 mg/kg every 12 hours for 7–10
72 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
AMIODARONE A
days, then reduce to maintenance dose of 5–10 mg/kg
once a day
By IV infusion
Adult: initially 5 mg/kg over 20–120 minutes while moni-
toring ECG. Give subsequent infusion if required depend-
ing on response up to max 1200 mg in 24 hours
Child 1 month–18 years: initially 5–10 mg/kg over 20
minutes–2 hours then by continuous infusion 0.3
mg/kg/hour, increased according to response to maxi-
mum dose of 1.5 mg/kg/hour (max 1200 mg in 24 hours)
Neonate: initially 5 mg/kg over 30 minutes then 5 mg/kg
over 30 minutes every 12–24 hours
 Ventricular fibrillation and pulseless ventricular tachycar-

dia in cardiac arrest refractory to defibrillation (with epi-


nephrine)
Adult: by IV injection, initially 300 mg (diluted in 20 ml
glucose 5%). An additional dose of 150 mg by IV injec-
tion can be given if required after at least 15 minutes,
followed by an IV infusion of 900 mg over 24 hours
Child 1 month–18 years: 5 mg/kg (max 300 mg) over at
least 3 minutes
Neonate: 5 mg/kg over at least 3 minutes
Preparation
 Dilute with 5% glucose. Concentration of solutions for IV

infusion should not be less than 300 mg of amiodarone


per 500 ml of glucose 5% (0.6 mg/ml) for stability and
they should not exceed a concentration of 3 mg/ml
Contra-indications
 Sinus bradycardia, sino-atrial heart block or sinus node

disease in patients without pacemaker


Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 73
A MONOGRAPHS

 Thyroid dysfunction or history of thyroid dysfunction


 Known iodine or amiodarone hypersensitivity
 IV use in severe respiratory failure, circulatory collapse or
severe arterial hypotension
 Bolus injection in congestive heart failure or cardiomyo-
pathy
Side effects
 Hypothyroidism, hyperthyroidism

 Dose-dependent bradycardia, torsades de pointes

 Corneal microdeposits

 Nausea, vomiting, taste disturbances

 Raised serum transaminases, acute liver failure, jaundice

 Extrapyramidal tremor

 Nightmares, sleep disorders

 Pulmonary toxicity

 Photosensitivity, skin pigmentation

 Dose dependent bradycardia, hypotension

 Increased heart rate immediately following injection

 Injection site reactions, phlebitis

Interactions
 Increased risk of arrhythmias when amiodarone is given

with:
Disopyramide, dronedarone, flecainide, erythromycin,
levofloxacin, citalopram, amitryptyline, imipramine, ar-
temether with lumefantrine, chloroquine, mefloquine
and quinine, haloperidol, chlorpromazine, trifluoperazine,
fluphenazine, atazanavir, ritonavir, lithium and pentami-
dine isethionate
 Beta blockers (increased myocardial depression)

 Diltiazem, verapamil (increased risk of bradycardia, AV

74 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


AMIODARONE A
block and myocardial depression)
 Digoxin (increased plasma concentration of digoxin)
 Colchicine (increased risk of colchicine toxicity)
 Simvastatin (increased risk of myopathy)
 Warfarin (enhanced anticoagulant effect of warfarin)
 Phenytoin (increased plasma concentration of phenytoin)
Patient instructions
 Avoid exposure to direct sunlight during treatment and

and for several months after discontinuing amiodarone


due to possibility of photosensitivity reactions. Use a
wide spectrum sunscreen
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use (discontinue breastfeeding)

Caution
 Do not dilute with sodium chloride 0.9% solution
 Amiodarone has a very long half-life and steady state
may be achieved over many weeks or months
 Reversible corneal microdeposits develop in most pa-
tients on amiodarone. They are usually asymptomatic but
if vision is impaired or if optic neuritis or neuropathy oc-
curs, stop treatment immediately to prevent blindness
and seek expert advice.
 Amiodarone contains iodine and can cause disorders of
thyroid function. Monitor thyroid function before starting
treatment and every 6 months thereafter. Withdraw
treatment temporarily if thyrotoxicosis develops
 Monitor liver function before and every 6 months during
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 75
A MONOGRAPHS

treatment with amiodarone due to risk of hepatotoxicity.


In case of severe liver toxicity, discontinue amiodarone
 Excessive doses may lead to severe bradycardia and con-
duction disturbances
 Only use in pregnancy if there is no alternative in life-
threatening or pregnancy-threatening arrhythmias as
amiodarone may cause neonatal goiter

AMITRIPTYLINE HC III V 24
Sedating tricyclic antidepressant
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 10 mg, 25 mg

Uses
 Anxiety

 Depression

 Neuropathic pain

 Migraine prophylaxis

Dose and duration


 Anxiety

Adult: 25–50 mg once at night


 Depression

Adult and child >16 years: Initially, 75 mg daily in


divided doses or as a single dose at bedtime increased
gradually as necessary to 150–200 mg
Reduce dose in elderly
 Neuropathic pain

Initially 12.5–25 mg at night or every 12 hours depend-


ing on response

76 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


AMITRIPTYLINE A
 Migraine prophylaxis
Initially 12.5–25 mg at night, increased if necessary to
maintenance of 50–75 mg at night (max 150 mg)
Contra-indications
 Recent heart attack

 Arrhythmias

 Depression in children <16 years

 Manic phase in bipolar disorders

 Severe liver disease

 Epilepsy

 Diabetes

Side effects
 Sedation

 Abdominal pain, inflammation of the mouth

 Irregular heartbeat, oedema and hypertension

 Restlessness and fatigue

 Increased size of pupils and intra-ocular pressure

Interactions
 Alcohol (increased sedative effect)

Patient instructions
 Take at night

 Do not take with alcohol

 Drowsiness may affect ability to perform skilled tasks,

such as operating machinery or driving


Pregnancy
st rd
 Do not use in 1 and 3 trimesters

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 77


A MONOGRAPHS

Caution
 Overdose can lead to death. Signs of overdose are dry
mouth, blurred vision, constipation, urinary retention,
anxiety, confusion, and sleep disorders
 Reduce dose in liver disease and for elderly
 Avoid abrupt withdrawal to avoid withdrawal syndrome

AMLODIPINE RR E 12.3
Dihydropyridine calcium channel blocker which relaxes vascu-
lar smooth muscles in coronary and peripheral arteries
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 5 mg, 10 mg

Uses
 Hypertension

 Angina prophylaxis

Dose and duration


 Hypertension and angina prophylaxis

Adult and child above 12 years: initially 5 mg once a day


increased if necessary after 2–4 weeks to a maximum of
10 mg once a day
Hepatic impairment: initially 2.5 mg once a day
Child 1 month–12 years: initially 0.1–0.2 mg/kg once a
day, increased as is necessary at intervals of 1–2 weeks
up to 0.4 mg/kg once a day (max 10 mg once a day)
Contra-indications
 Severe hypotension

 Cardiogenic shock

 Unstable angina

78 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


AMLODIPINE A
 Significant aortic stenosis
 Hypersensitivity to amlodipine or other dihydropyridines
Side effects
 Somnolence, dizziness, headache

 Fatigue

 Abdominal pain, nausea

 Palpitation, flushing

 Ankle swelling, oedema

 Stevens-Johnson syndrome

Interactions
 Phenobarbital (probably reduced effect of amlodipine)

 Ritonavir (increased plasma concentration of amlodipine)

 Prazosin (enhanced hypotensive effect, increased risk of

first dose hypotension)


 Simvastatin (possible increased risk of myopathy)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Monitor infant if mother uses amlodipine during breast
feeding
 Avoid abrupt withdrawal to avoid exacerbation of angina
 Use caution when increasing dose in the elderly
 Use with caution in patients with cardiac failure
 Tablets containing different salts are interchangeable

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 79


A MONOGRAPHS

AMOXICILLIN HC II V 6.2.1
Broad spectrum penicillin antibacterial with good absorption
after oral administration
Dosage forms
 Dispersible tablet: 250 mg

 Tablet and capsule: 250 mg and 500 mg

 Powder for oral suspension: 125 mg/5 ml

Uses
 Acute bronchitis

 Acute kidney infection

 Bacterial tonsillitis

 Bites (human, animal or reptile)

 Bladder and upper urinary tract infections

 Cellulitis and erysipelas

 Dental abscess

 Epistaxis

 Helicobacter pylori

 Infective endocarditis (prophylaxis)

 Mouth infection

 Laryngitis

 Low to moderate severity pneumonia

 Meningitis

 Otitis media

 Peritonsillar abscess Pneumonia

 Sinus infection

 Skin infection

 Typhoid fever

 Initial pre-referral dose for severe bacterial infection in

case injectable medicines unavailable

80 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


AMOXICILLIN A
Dose and duration
 Pneumonia in children

Child 1–5 years: 500 mg twice a day for 5 days


Child 2–11 months: 250 mg twice a day for 5 days
 All other bacterial infections

Adult: 500 mg every 8 hours


Child 5–18 years: 250 mg every 8 hours
Child 1–5 years (10–19kg): 250 mg every 8 hours
Child 2–12 months (4–10kg): 125 mg every 8 hours
Child 1–<2 months (3–<4kg): 62.5 mg every 8 hours
Child <1 month (<3kg): 31.25 mg every 8 hours
In severe infections, double the dose
Use Duration
Otitis media, bladder infection, acute 5 days
bronchitis, laryngitis, dental abscess
Bacterial tonsillitis, mouth infection 6 days
Pneumonia, sinus and skin infection 7–10 days
Helicobacter pylori (as part of triple 10–14 days
therapy for peptic ulcers)
Typhoid fever, upper urinary tract 14 days
infection
Chronic typhoid fever 4–6 weeks
Acute kidney infection 10 days

Contra-indications
 Penicillin allergy

 Cephalosporin allergy (possible cross-sensitivity)

Side effects
 Stomach upset

 Allergic reactions

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 81


A MONOGRAPHS

Interactions
 Methotrexate (increased methotrexate toxicity)

Patient instructions
 Take with food and plenty of water to reduce stomach

upset
 Use oral suspension within 1 week

 If severe skin rash occurs, stop treatment immediately

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Amoxicillin is absorbed better than ampicillin from gut
 Reduce dose in patients with severe kidney disease

AMOXICILLIN + CLAVULANIC ACID RR E 6.2.1


Broad spectrum penicillin in combination with clavulanic acid,
a beta lactamase inhibitor
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 250 mg of amoxicillin + 125 mg of clavulanic acid;

500 mg of amoxicillin + 125 mg of clavulanic acid


 Syrup: (amoxicillin 200 mg + clavulanic acid 28.5 mg)/5 ml

Uses
 Respiratory tract infections

 Otitis media

 Genitourinary infections

 Abdominal infections

 Cellulitis

82 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


AMOXICILLIN + CLAVULANIC ACID A
 Animal bites
 Severe dental infections
 Osteomyelitis due to Haemophilus influenza

 Surgical prophylaxis

Dose and duration


 All uses

Adult and child > 12 years: 375 mg every 8 hours (500


mg/125 mg every 8 hours in severe infection) for 5–14
days
Child 6–12 years:
Renal impairment: 250 mg/125 mg every 12 hours or 500
mg/125 mg every 12 hours in severe infections
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to penicillins

 History of severe hypersensitivity to other beta-lactams

 History of jaundice or hepatic dysfunction associated with

penicillin- or amoxicillin- with clavulanic acid


Side effects
 Mucocutaneous candidosis

 Nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea

 Hepatitis, cholestatic jaundice

 Stevens-Johnson syndrome

 Toxic-epidermal necrolysis, exfoliative dermatitis

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 83


A MONOGRAPHS

Caution
 In renal impairment, there is a risk of crystalluria and
convulsions with high doses of amoxicillin+ clavulanic ac-
id (particularly during parenteral therapy). Reduce dose if
creatinine clearance is less than 30 ml/minute
 Maintain adequate hydration with high doses to reduce
risk of crystalluria
 Monitor liver function in liver disease
 Risk of cholestatic jaundice is more common in male pa-
tients 65 years and older. Duration of treatment should
not exceed 14 days
 Discontinue treatment if rash or feverish generalised ery-
thema with pustules occurs at initiation of treatment

AMPHOTERICIN B H V 6.3
Broad spectrum polyene antifungal used for severe systemic
and deep mycoses. It is active against Candida spp., Aspergil-
lus spp., Cryptococcus neoformans, Histoplasma capsulatum,
Blastomyces dermatitidis, Coccidioides immitis, Paracoccidioi-
des brasiliensis, Mucor, Absidia, and Phicopes spp.; it is also
active against algae Prototheca spp. and against the Leishma-
nia protozoa
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 50 mg

Uses
 Cryptococcal meningitis

 Systemic candidiasis

 Aspergillosis

 Histoplasmosis

84 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


AMPHOTERICIN B A
 Coccidioidomycosis
 Para coccidioidomycosis
 Mucormycosis

 Sporotrichosis

 Blastomycosis

 Chronic mycetoma

 Visceral leishmaniasis

 Disseminated cryptococcosis in children

Dose and duration


 Systemic fungal infections

Adult and child: Initial test dose, 1 mg over 20‒30


minutes, followed by 250 micrograms/kg daily; gradually
increased to 1 mg/kg daily. For severe infections, dose may
be increased up to 1.5 mg/kg daily or on alternate days.
Give by slow IV infusion over 4‒6 hours
Preparation
Note: Follow manufacturer’s instructions
 Mix powder with 10 ml of water for injection, shake vig-

orously to produce a colloidal solution, then dilute further


in glucose 5% to a concentration of 100 micrograms per
ml.
 Incompatible with sodium chloride 0.9% or other electro-

lyte solutions so do not use them for dilution


Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to amphotericin B

Side effects
 Stomach upset, anorexia

 Fever and chills

 Hypokalaemia, hyponatremia, hypomagnesaemia, hyper-

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 85


A MONOGRAPHS

glycaemia, hypocalcaemia, hyperbilirubinemia


 Headache
 Tachycardia, hypotension, vasodilation, flushing

 Shortness of breath, chest pain

 Muscle and joint pain, back pain

 Anaemia

 Impaired kidney function and toxicity

 Anaphylaxis, rash

 Pain and thrombophlebitis at injection site

Interactions
 Ciclosporin (increased risk of kidney toxicity)

 Dexamethasone (increased risk of hypokalaemia)

 Digoxin (hypokalaemia due to amphotericin B increases

cardiac toxicity of digoxin)


 Hydrocortisone (increased risk of hypokalaemia)

 Prednisolone (increased risk of hypokalaemia)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Toxicity is common. Test dose required, and monitor pa-
tient closely for at least 30 minutes after the test dose for
anaphylaxis
 Monitor liver, kidney, blood counts and plasma electro-
lytes while using this medicine
 Avoid rapid infusions as they can lead to arrhythmias
 Do not use to treat common skin infections
 Corticosteroids may be used only if they are needed to
86 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
AMPICILLIN A
control reactions to amphotericin B
 Prolonged treatment is usually necessary to eliminate in-
fection

AMPICILLIN HC III V 6.2.1


Broad spectrum penicillin antibacterial
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 500 mg in vial

 Capsules: 250 mg

Uses
 Severe meningitis

 Severe pneumonia

 Septicaemia

 Mastoiditis

 Amnionitis

 Acute pyelonephritis

Dose and duration


Slow IV injection given over 3–5 minutes or IV infusion given
over 20–30 minutes
 Severe meningitis

Adult: 3 g IV every 6 hours for 3 weeks (may be given


up to 6 weeks)
Child: 50 mg/kg (max 500 mg) every 6 hours for 3
weeks (may be given up to 6 weeks)
 Neonatal meningitis and septicaemia (in combination

with IV gentamicin)
Treat for 7–10 days
Neonates >7 days: 50 mg/kg every 8 hours
Neonates <7 days: 50 mg/kg every 12 hours
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 87
A MONOGRAPHS

 Severe pneumonia (first line for IMCI; in combination with


IV gentamicin)
Infant 1 week–2 months: 25–50 mg/kg every 8 hours
for at least 5 days
Neonates <7 days: 25–50 mg/kg every 12 hours for at
least 5 days
 Other uses

Adult: 2g IV every 6 hours for 10-14 days


Child: 25-50mg/kg every 6 hours for 10–14 days
Preparation
Injection: Dissolve in 5 ml water for injection
Infusion: Dissolve in 0.9% sodium chloride or 5% glucose
Contra-indications
 Penicillin allergy

 Cephalosporin allergy

Side effects
 Stomach upset

 Allergic reactions (rash)

Interactions
 Methotrexate (increased risk of methotrexate)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
 Ampicillin is stable for 12 hours in 0.9% sodium chloride

and for 4 hours in 5% glucose

88 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


AMPICILLIN + CLOXACILLIN A
Caution
 In case of allergic reaction, stop treatment immediately
 Reduce dose in severe kidney disease

AMPICILLIN + CLOXACILLIN H N 6.2.1


Combination of two broad spectrum penicillin antibiotics
Dosage forms
 Capsule: Ampicillin 250 mg + Cloxacillin 250 mg

 Powder for solution for injection: Ampicillin 250 mg +

Cloxacillin 250 mg
Uses
 Post-operative wounds and skin infections

 Pulmonary infections

 Bronchopneumonia

 Acute exacerbations of chronic bronchitis

 Puerperal fever

 Bacteraemia associated with or suspected to be associat-

ed with any of the infections above


Dose and duration
 All uses

Give slow IV over 3–4 minutes for 5–14 days


Adult and child over 10 years: 500–1000 mg every 6
hours by mouth
OR 500–1000 mg every 4–6 hours by IV or IM injection
Child 2-10 years: 250–500 mg every 6 hours
OR 250-500 mg every 4–6 hours by IM or IV injection
Child < 2 years: 250 mg every 6 hours by mouth
OR 250 mg every 4–6 hours by IV/IM injection
Neonate: 90 mg every 4 hours
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 89
A MONOGRAPHS

Preparation
 For IM, dissolve 500 mg of powder in 1.5 ml of water for

injection
 For IV injection, dissolve 500 mg in 10 ml of water

 For more information, see individual medicine mono-

graphs of ampicillin and cloxacillin

ANTHRAX VACCINE RR V 19.3.2


Bacillus anthracis antigens
Dosage forms
 Suspension for injection: o.125 ml/0.5 ml

Uses
 Immunisation against anthrax

Dose and duration


 Immunisation against anthrax

Adult: By IM injection in deltoid region, initial course 3


doses of 0.5 ml given once every 3 weeks, followed by a
4th dose after another 6 months and then a booster dose
of 0.5 ml once every 12 months
By SC injection, 3 doses of 0.5 ml given once every 2
weeks, followed by 0.5 ml given at 6, 12, and 18 months.
Annual booster injections of the vaccine are recommend-
ed thereafter in patients at high risk of contact/ infection
Contra-indications
 History of anaphylaxis with anthrax vaccine

 Severe hypersensitivity

Side effects
 Injection site reactions

90 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ANTI-D IMMUNOGLOBULIN, HUMAN A
 Fever
 Gastro-intestinal disturbances
 Headache, irritability, loss of appetite, fatigue, malaise

 Muscle pain

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Postpone immunisation in patients with acute illness

ANTI-D IMMUNOGLOBULIN, HUMAN RR E 19.2


Antibodies obtained from plasma of rhesus-negative mothers
who have been immunised against the anti-D antigen
Dosage forms
 Solution for injection: 250 micrograms/ml

Uses
 Prevent a rhesus -negative mother from forming antibod-

ies to foetal rhesus-positive cells


 Treatment of rhesus negative patients following transfu-

sion of rhesus positive blood or blood products


Dose and duration
Given as a deep IM injection into the deltoid
 Rhesus-negative woman for prevention of Rh0(D) sensiti-

zation following birth of rhesus-positive infant


Adult: 100 micrograms immediately or within 72 hours of
delivery; for transplacental bleed of over 4 ml foetal red
cells, extra 20–25 micrograms per ml of foetal red cells
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 91
A MONOGRAPHS

 Following any potentially sensitizing episode (e.g. still-


birth, abortion, amniocentesis) up to 20 weeks’ gestation
Adult: 50 micrograms per episode (after 20 weeks of gesta-
tion, give 100 micrograms) immediately or within 72 hours
 Antenatal prophylaxis

Adult: 100 micrograms given at weeks 28 and 34 of preg-


nancy; if the infant is rhesus-positive, a further dose is still
needed immediately or within 72 hours of delivery
Or a single dose of 300 microgram at 28 weeks pregnancy
 Following rhesus incompatible blood transfusion

Adult and child: 20–25 micrograms per ml of transfused


rhesus positive red blood cells (50 micrograms per 3 adult
doses of platelets)
Contra-indications
 Treatment of idiopathic thrombocytopenia purpura in

rhesus negative or splenectomised patients


 Hypersensitivity

Side effects
 Headache, malaise

 Fever

 Injection site pain and tenderness

 Allergy and anaphylaxis

Interactions
 Live virus vaccine (efficacy of vaccine may be impaired)

Patient instructions
 Report any signs/ symptoms of allergy such as hives, urti-

caria, tightness of chest, wheezing, hypotension to your


doctor immediately

92 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ANTIRABIES IMMUNOGLOBULIN, HUMAN A
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
o
 Store in a refrigerator at 2–8 C. Do not freeze

Caution
 Do not administer intravenously (risk of shock)
 Do not administer to a new born infant
 Observe patient for at least 20 minutes after administra-
tion
 Discontinue immediately if allergic or anaphylactic type
reactions occur
 Immunisation with live virus vaccines should be post-
poned until 3 months after administration of anti-D
immunoglobulin

ANTIRABIES IMMUNOGLOBULIN, HUMAN H V 19.2


Immunoglobulin preparation used for passive immunisation
against rabies
Dosage forms
 Solution for injection: 150 IU/ml

Uses
 Post-exposure prophylaxis of rabies infection

Dose and duration


 Post-exposure prophylaxis of rabies infection

Adult and child: 20 IU/kg. Infiltrate as much as possible in and


around the cleaned wound(s); if wound is not visible or has
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 93
A MONOGRAPHS

healed, or if the whole volume cannot be infiltrated, give the


remainder IM into the gluteal muscle
Side effects
 Injection site swelling and pain

 Anaphylaxis

Interactions
 Live attenuated virus vaccines (may interfere with the de-

velopment of an immune response for up to 3–4 months


after immunisation.
 Serological testing (may show misleading positive)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
o
 Store in the original container at 2–8 C. Do not freeze

Caution
 Repeat doses should not be given
 Epinephrine should always be immediately available dur-
ing immunisation
 If administration of rabies vaccine is started before the
immunoglobulin, the immunoglobulin should be given
within 7 days of starting the course of vaccine
 If rabies vaccine and the immunoglobulin are to be ad-
ministered at the same time, use separate syringes and at
separate sites of injection

94 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ANTIRABIES VACCINE, HUMAN DIPLOID A
ANTIRABIES VACCINE, HUMAN DIPLOID H V 19.2
Inactivated rabies virus prepared in cell culture
Dosage forms
 Powder and solvent for suspension for injection: ≥ 2.5

IU/ml after reconstitution


Uses
 Prophylactic immunisation against rabies

 Treatment of patients following suspected rabies contact

Dose and duration


 Prophylactic immunisation against rabies

Adult and child: 1 ml dose given IM or intradermally on


days 0, 7 and 28. The 3rd dose can be given earliest on day
21. In persons with continuing risk, a booster dose should
be given at 1 year and successive doses every 3–5 years
 Treatment of patients following suspected rabies contact

Adult and child: By IM route, 1 dose given on days 0, 3, 7,


14 and 28
Alternative Dosing: 2 doses on day 0 (one on each deltoid
or thigh) followed by 1 dose on days 7 and 21
Alternative Dosing: By intradermal injection, doses of 0.1
ml administered at 8 separate sites on day 0, followed by
doses of 0.1 ml in each upper arm and each lateral thigh
on day 7, and 1dose of 0.1 ml in one upper arm on days
30 and 90.
Contra-indications
Pre- exposure
 Known systemic hypersensitivity reaction to any compo-

nent of rabies Vaccine


 Febrile and/or acute disease

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 95


A MONOGRAPHS

Post-exposure
 None

Side effects
 Headache, dizziness, malaise

 Injection site reactions

 Lymphadenopathy

 Nausea, diarrhoea, vomiting, abdominal pain

 Joint pain, muscle pain

 Allergic skin reactions

 Apnoea in premature infants

Interactions
 Corticosteroids and immunosuppressive treatments (may

interfere with antibody production)


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
o
 Store at 2–8 C in a refrigerator. Do not freeze.

Caution
 The vaccine may contain traces of neomycin so it should
be administered with caution in individuals with hyper-
sensitivity to neomycin or other aminoglycosides
 Use in patients with bleeding disorders like haemophilia
or thrombocytopenia ONLY when potential benefit out-
weighs risk

96 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ANTITETANUS IMMUNOGLOBULIN, HUMAN (TIG) A
ANTITETANUS IMMUNOGLOBULIN,
HC IV V 19.2
HUMAN (TIG)
Immunoglobulin to neutralise toxins
Dosage forms
 Injection: 500 IU

Uses
 Post-exposure prophylaxis of tetanus infection

 Treatment of tetanus infection

Dose and duration


 Post-exposure prophylaxis

Adult and child > 10 years: 250 IU by IM injection.


Dose can be increased to 500 IU in infected wounds
where treatment can’t be achieved in 24 hours or in
deep or contaminated wounds with tissue damage and
reduced oxygen supply
Child 5‒10 years: 125 IU by IM injection
Child < 5 years: 75 IU by IM injection
Double the dose if more than 24 hours have elapsed or
if there is risk of heavy contamination or after burns
 Treatment of tetanus infection

Adult and child: 150 IU/kg by IM injection given at


multiple sites
Side effects
 Swelling and pain at injection site

 Buccal ulceration

 Glossitis

 Chest tightness

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 97


A MONOGRAPHS

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Use in combination with DPT or TT vaccine to prevent in-
fection
 Fully immunized patients who have had a booster in the
last 10 years do not need treatment with antitetanus
immunoglobulin

ANTIVENOM SERA POLYVALENT


H E 19.2
(EAST AND CENTRAL AFRICA)
Antivenom immunoglobulin containing mixture of 11 Bitis,
Naja, Echis and Dendroaspis species
Dosage forms
 Solution for injection: 10 ml vial

Uses
 Treatment of snake bites and spider bites

Dose and duration


 Treatment of venomous snake bites and spider bites

Consult manufacturer’s literature


Side effects
 Serum sickness

 Anaphylaxis with hypotension, urticaria, shock

 Dyspnoea

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

98 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ARTEMETHER A
Storage
o
 Store at 2–8 C in a refrigerator. Do not freeze.

Caution
 Resuscitation facilities should be immediately available
during use

ARTEMETHER HC III E 6.4.3


Artemisinin derivative antimalarial
Dosage forms
 Injection: 80 mg/ml, 100 mg/ml

Uses
 Severe P. falciparum malaria

 Initial treatment of uncomplicated malaria when persis-

tent vomiting prevents use of the oral route


Dose and duration
 Severe P. falciparum malaria and initial treatment of

uncomplicated malaria
Adult and child >6 months: Loading dose of 3.2 mg/kg
by IM injection on first day followed by 1.6 mg/kg once
daily for 3 days
As soon as patient can take orally, change to oral route
and give a 3-day course of first line ACT
Contra-indications
 Same as for artemether + lumefantrine

Side effects
 Same as for artemether + lumefantrine

Interactions
 Same as for artemether + lumefantrine

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 99


A MONOGRAPHS

Pregnancy
st
 Do not use in the 1 trimester

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Do not administer by IV route

ARTEMETHER + LUMEFANTRINE HC II V 6.4.3


Antimalarial; artemisinin-based combination therapy (ACT)
Dosage forms
 Tablets: Artemether 20 mg and lumefantrine 120 mg

Uses
 First line therapy for uncomplicated P. falciparum malaria

Dose and duration


Adult >34 kg: 4 tablets every 12 hours for 3 days
Child 25–34 kg: 3 tablets every 12 hours for 3 days
Child 15–24 kg: 2 tablets every 12 hours for 3 days
Child 5–14 kg: 1 tablet every 12 hours for 3 days
Contra-indications
 Children <4 months of age or <5 kg body weight

 Severe liver disease

 Severe kidney disease

Side effects
 Stomach upset

 Headache and dizziness

 Irregular heartbeat

100 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ARTESUNATE A
Interactions
 Azithromycin and erythromycin (increased risk of irregu-

lar heartbeat)
 Ciprofloxacin (increased risk of irregular heartbeat)

Patient instructions
 Take with a fatty meal or milk

 If vomiting occurs within one hour of administration, re-

peat the full dose


Pregnancy
st
 Do not use in 1 trimester

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Use oral quinine in 1st trimester pregnancy and in children
<4 months of age or <5 kg body weight
 Artemether + lumefantrine should not be used for
malaria prophylaxis

ARTESUNATE HC III V 6.4.3


Artemisinin derivative antimalarial
Dosage forms
 Suppositories: 50 mg and 200 mg

 Injection: Ampoules containing 60 mg anhydrous ar-

tesunic acid with a separate ampoule of 5% sodium


bicarbonate solution
Uses
 Pre-referral treatment for severe malaria (artesunate

suppositories)
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 101
A MONOGRAPHS

 Initial treatment of uncomplicated malaria when persis-


tent vomiting precludes oral route.
 First line treatment for severe malaria (IV artesunate)

Dose and duration


 Pre-referral treatment of severe malaria

Child and adult: 10–20 mg/kg rectally as a single dose


before referring the patient. See dose in table below
 Uncomplicated malaria

Child and adult: 10–20 mg/kg rectally once daily. See


dose in table here:

Regimen
Weight Age Artesunate
50 mg 200 mg
(kg) (years) Dose (mg)
supp. supp.
5 - 8.9 0–1 50 mg 1 –
9 – 19 1 - 3½ 100 mg 2 –
20 – 29 3½ - 5 200 mg – 1
30 – 39 6 - 12 300 mg 2 1
40 – 59 >12 400 mg – 2
60 – 80 800 mg – 4
>80 1200 mg – 6
As soon as patient can take orally, change to oral route
and give a 3-day course of first line ACT
 Severe malaria

Adult and child > 20kg: 2.4 mg/kg


Child ≤ 20 kg: 3 mg/kg
Initially, give by slow IV injection over 5 minutes as in
the table below. Follow by full dose of first line ACT

102 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ARTESUNATE A
Time of Administration
First dose: On At 0 hours
admission
Second dose At 12 hours
Third dose At 24 hours
Then: Once a day until patient is able to take orally
Preparation
 Dissolve artesunic acid powder in 5% sodium bicarbonate

solution for injection. Dilute the mixture in 5 ml of 5%


glucose or 0.9% sodium chloride solution. Solutions
should be freshly prepared prior to administration.
Side effects
 Stomach upset

 Headache, dizziness

 Tinnitus

Patient instructions
 May impair ability to perform skilled tasks, such as driv-

ing or operating machinery


Pregnancy
st
 Do not use in the 1 trimester

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Buttocks should be held together for at least 1 minute to
ensure retention after rectal insertion
 If suppositories are expelled from rectum within 30

minutes of insertion, repeat the treatment


 2–3 capsules can be rectally inserted at the same time.

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 103


A MONOGRAPHS

If 4 or more capsules are needed, first insert 3 capsules,


then wait 10 minutes before inserting more
 Flush IV line with 3 ml of sodium chloride 0.9% after giv-
ing artesunate

ARTESUNATE + AMODIAQUINE HC IV E 6.4.3


Artemisinin combination therapy antimalarial. First line al-
ternative for uncomplicated malaria
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 50 mg artesunate + 153 mg amodiaquine

Uses
 Uncomplicated malaria

Dose and duration


 Uncomplicated malaria (First line alternative to arteme-

ther + lumefantrine)
Take once daily as in table below
Dosage of artesunate tablets
Age Day 1 Day 2 Day 3
5-11 months 25 mg 25 mg 25 mg
(=½ tab) (=½ tab) (=½ tab)
1-6 years 50 mg 50 mg 50 mg
(=1 tab) (=1 tab) (=1 tab)
7-13 years 100 mg 100 mg 100 mg
(=2 tabs) (=2 tabs) (=2 tabs)
>13yrs 200 mg 200 mg 200 mg
(=4 tabs) (=4 tabs) (=4 tabs)

104 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ARTESUNATE + AMODIAQUINE A
Dosage of amodiaquine
Age Day 1 Day 2 Day 3
5-11 months 76 mg 76 mg 76 mg
(=1/2 tab) (=1/2 tab) (=1/2 tab)
1-6 years 153 mg 153 mg 153 mg
(=1 tab) (=1 tab) (=1tab)
7-13 years 306 mg 306 mg 306 mg
(=2 tabs) (=2 tabs) (=2 tabs)
>13yrs 612 mg 612 mg 612 mg
(=4 tabs) (=4 tabs) (=4 tabs)
Contraindications
 Liver disease

Side effects
 Stomach upset

 Headache, dizziness, fatigue

 Itching

 Liver damage

 Blood disorders (low white blood cell count)

Patient instructions
 Take plenty of fluids during treatment

Pregnancy
st
 Do not use in the 1 trimester

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Monitor for jaundice and fever, mouth ulcers or tonsillitis
that may develop during treatment
 Discontinue treatment if the above symptoms occur
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 105
A MONOGRAPHS

ASCORBIC ACID HC II N 27
Antioxidant vitamin necessary for formation of collagen to
hold cells together. Ascorbic acid improves resistance to infec-
tion and improves iron absorption
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 100 mg

Uses
 Adjunct to desferrioxamine in iron excretion

 Prevention and treatment of scurvy

 Metabolic disorders (tyrosinaemia type III, transient tyro-

sinaemia of the newborn, glutathione synthase deficiency,


Hawkinsinuria)
Dose and duration
 Adjunct to desferrioxamine in iron excretion

Start treatment 1 month after starting desferrioxamine


therapy
Adult: 200 mg once daily
Child 1 month–18 years: 100–200 mg once daily 1 hour
before food
 Prevention of scurvy

Adult: 100 mg once daily


 Treatment of scurvy

Adult and child over 12 years: 500–1000 mg daily in 1–2


divided doses
Child 4–12 years: 250–500 mg daily in 1–2 divided doses
Child 1 month–4 years: 125–250 mg daily in 1–2 divided
doses
 Metabolic disorders

Child 1 month–18 years: 200–400 mg daily in 1–2 divided

106 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ASPARAGINASE A
doses, adjusted as necessary. Up to 1 g daily may be
required
Neonate: 50–200 mg daily, adjusted as necessary
Contra-indications
 Hyperoxaluria (excessive urinary oxalate)

Side effects
 Nausea, diarrhoea

 Headache, fatigue

 Hyperoxaluria

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
 Store in a cool dry place away from light

 Avoid contact with metal

Caution
 Avoid rapid withdrawal as it may result into deficiency due
to increased renal clearance
 Doses larger than 1 g should not be used in pregnancy

ASPARAGINASE NR N 8.2
Cytotoxic anticancer medicine. Crisantaspase is asparaginase
that is derived from Erwina chrysanthemi.
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 10,000 IU

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 107


A MONOGRAPHS

Uses
 Acute lymphoblastic anaemia

Dose and duration


 Acute lymphoblastic anaemia

Can be given by IV, IM or SC injection


For all patients the usual dose is 6,000 units/m2 body
surface area (200 units/kg of body weight), three times
a week for 3 weeks
Contra-indications
 History of pancreatitis related to asparaginase therapy

 Previous allergic reaction to L-asparaginase

Side effects
 Hypersensitivity (rashes, urticaria, laryngeal oedema,

bronchospasm, hypotension)
 Anaphylaxis

 Coagulation abnormalities (e.g. thromboses)

 Bleeding disorders

 Liver dysfunction, altered liver enzyme parameters

 Pancreatic disorders

 Lethargy, sleepiness, confusion, dizziness, neurotoxicity,

convulsions, headache
 Dyspnoea

 Diarrhoea

 Nausea and vomiting

 Fever, chills, generalised body pain

 Swelling of limbs

 Injection site reactions (pain, swelling, redness)

 Hyperglycaemia

108 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ASPARAGINASE A
Interactions
 Methotrexate (cancelled effect of methotrexate)

 Prednisolone (decrease in fibrinogen and antithrombin III

clotting factors. Increased risk of thromboses)


 Vincristine (increased risk of anaphylaxis and toxicity)

Patient instructions
 Report immediately to health worker if you experience

hypersensitivity or bleeding disorders


Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Storage
 Store between 2‒8°C. Do not freeze.

Caution
 Discontinue treatment immediately if hypersensitivity oc-
curs
 Facilities for management of anaphylaxis should be readily
available
 Monitor patient closely when used in combination with
other hepatotoxic medicines
 Monitor patient closely when used in combination with
other medicines that cause bleeding disorders (warfarin,
steroids, NSAIDS)
 Monitor liver function tests during treatment
 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in cytotoxic medicines

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 109


A MONOGRAPHS

ASPIRIN (ACETYLSALICYLIC ACID) HC II E 2.1


See acetylsalicylic acid

ATAZANAVIR + RITONAVIR (ATV/r) H N 30.3


Protease inhibitor (PI) antiretroviral medicines; ritonavir is a
booster that increases the effect of atazanavir.
Dosage forms
 Tablet: ATV 300 mg + RTV 100 mg

Uses
 HIV/AIDS

Dose and duration


 HIV infection, second line treatment for adults and chil-

dren 10–15 years of ≥35 kg (in combination with AZT +


3TC or ABC + 3TC or TDF + 3TC)
Adult or child >35 kg: 300 mg/100 mg ATV/r once daily
Contra-indications
 Children <3 years

 Severe liver disease

Side effects
 Jaundice

 Rash

 Irregular heartbeat, chest pain

 Mouth ulcers, dry mouth, stomach upset

 Difficulty in sleeping, headache, fatigue

Interactions
 Simvastatin, atorvastatin (increased risk of muscle dam-

age)
 Rifampicin (reduced ATV efficacy)

110 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ATENOLOL A
 Nevirapine (reduced ATV efficacy)
 Efavirenz (reduced ATV efficacy)
 Ketoconazole (increased ketoconazole level in blood)

 Omeprazole (reduced ATV efficacy)

 Antacids, e.g. magnesium sulphate compound (reduced

absorption of ATV)
 Quinine (increased risk of quinine toxicity)

 Ergometrine (increased ergometrine toxicity)

Patient instructions
 Take with or after food

 Take medicine at the same time every day

 Take magnesium sulphate compound 2 hours apart from

ATV
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Discuss therapy with HIV treatment specialist before
starting patient on ATV/r
 If patient is using oral contraceptives, advise patient to
use another method of contraception or make sure they
use formulation with 50 micrograms ethinylestradiol

ATENOLOL H V 12.1, 12.3


B-blocker with antihypertensive and antidysrhythmic activity
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 50 mg, 100 mg

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 111


A MONOGRAPHS

Uses
 Moderate to severe hypertension(Stage 2)

Dose and duration


 Moderate to severe hypertension (stage 2)

Adult: 25–100 mg daily


Contra-indications
 Coronary artery vasospasm (Prinzmetal’s angina)

 Hypotension

 Marked bradycardia

 Sick sinus syndrome

 Cardiogenic shock

 Metabolic acidosis

 Second and third degree atrioventricular block

 Severe peripheral arterial disease

 Uncontrolled heart failure

 Severe asthma and severe chronic obstructive pulmonary

disease
 Untreated pheochromocytoma

Side effects
 Gastrointestinal disturbances, constipation

 Bradycardia, cold extremities

 Fatigue, sweating

 Bronchospasm

Interactions
 Alpha blockers (enhanced hypotensive effect)

 Amiodarone (AV block and myocardial depression)

 Epinephrine (severe hypertension)

 Lidocaine (increased myocardial depression)

 Nifedipine (enhanced hypotensive effect)

112 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ATORVASTATIN A
 Procainamide (increased myocardial depression)
 Verapamil (asystole, severe hypotension, heart failure)
Pregnancy
st nd
 Do not use in 1 and 2 trimesters
Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Atenolol should not be withdrawn abruptly
 Reduce dose in renal failure
 May mask the signs of hypoglycaemia and thyrotoxicosis

ATORVASTATIN H V 12.6
Lipid-lowering agent. It is a statin (3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl
coenzyme A (HMG-CoA) reductase inhibitor
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 10 mg

Uses
 Primary hypercholesterolemia

 Familial hypercholesterolemia

 Combined (mixed) hyperlipidaemia

 Prevention of cardiovascular events in patients at high

risk of first cardiovascular event


Dose and duration
 Primary hypercholesterolemia, combined hyperlipidaemia

Adult: 10 mg once daily increased if necessary at intervals


of at least 4 weeks to max daily dose of 80 mg once daily
Child 10–18 years: 10 mg once daily increased if neces-
sary at intervals of at least 4 weeks to max 20 mg
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 113
A MONOGRAPHS

 Familial hypercholesterolemia
Adult: 10 mg once daily increased if necessary at intervals
of at least 4 weeks up to 40 mg once daily (max 80 mg)
Child 10–18 years: same as above (max 80 mg in homo-
zygous familial hypercholesterolemia)
 Prevention of cardiovascular events

Adult: initially, 10 mg once daily adjusted according to re-


sponse
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to atorvastatin

 Active liver disease or unexplained rise in serum transam-

inases exceeding 3 times the upper normal limit


Side effects
 Nasopharyngitis, epistaxis, pharyngolaryngeal pain

 Allergic reactions, anaphylaxis

 Stevens-Johnson syndrome

 Hyperglycaemia

 Headache

 Constipation, flatulence, dyspepsia, nausea, diarrhoea

 Joint and muscle pain, spasms and swelling, back pain

 Abnormal liver function tests (LFTs)

 Depression

 Sexual dysfunction

 Interstitial lung disease

Interactions
 Clarithromycin (increased concentration of atorvastatin)

 Fusidic acid (risk of myopathy and rhabdomyolysis)

 Itraconazole, posaconazole, ciclosporin, fenofibrate (in-

creased risk of myopathy)

114 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ATRACURIUM BESILATE A
Patient instructions
 Seek medical attention if you develop signs of interstitial

lung disease such as: difficulty in breathing, cough and


weight loss
Pregnancy
 Do not use (see caution)

Breast-feeding
 Do not use (see caution)

Caution
 Manage hypothyroidism adequately before starting
treatment with a statin
 Use with caution in patients with a history of liver disease
or with a high alcohol intake. Do liver function tests be-
fore treatment, at 3 months and at 12 months of treat-
ment, and when there are signs of hepatotoxicity
 Risk of congenital anomalies when used during pregnan-
cy. Uses adequate contraception during treatment with
atorvastatin and for 1 month afterwards
 Manufacturer advises avoid use in breast-feeding
 Use with caution in haemorrhagic stroke

ATRACURIUM BESILATE H V 20
Benzylisoquinolinium non-depolarising neuromuscular block-
er with intermediate duration of neuromuscular blockade
Dosage forms
 Solution for injection: 10 mg/ml

Uses
 Neuromuscular blockade for surgery

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 115


A MONOGRAPHS

 Neuromuscular blockade during intensive care


Dose and duration
 Neuromuscular blockade during intubation and surgery

Adult and child above 1 month: by IV injection, initially


0.3–0.6 mg/kg, then 0.1–0.2 mg/kg as required
OR
Initially by IV injection, 0.2–0.6 mg/kg followed by IV in-
fusion, 0.3–0.6 mg/kg/hour adjusted according to re-
sponse
Neonate: initially by IV injection 0.3–0.5 mg/kg followed
either by IV injection, 0.1–0.2 mg/kg repeated as neces-
sary or by IV infusion, 0.3–0.4 mg/kg/hour adjusted ac-
cording to response
 Neuromuscular blockade during intensive care

Adult and child above 1 month: by IV injection, initially


0.3–0.6 mg/kg then by IV infusion 0.27–1.77 mg/kg/hour
(usual dose 0.65–0.78 mg/kg/hour)
Neonate: initially by IV injection 0.3–0.5 mg/kg followed
either by IV injection, 0.1–0.2 mg/kg repeated as neces-
sary or by IV infusion, 0.3–0.4 mg/kg/hour adjusted ac-
cording to response; higher doses may be necessary
Preparation
 Dilute with sodium chloride 0.9%, glucose 5% or ringer’s

lactate solution
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to atracurium

Side effects
 Flushing, transient hypotension, tachycardia, bradycardia,

hypertension

116 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ATRACURIUM BESILATE A
 Injection site reactions
 Urticaria, itching, anaphylactoid reactions
 Bronchospasm, wheezing

Interactions
 Aminoglycosides, clindamycin, polymixin B (effects of

atracurium enhanced)
 Phenytoin (effect of atracurium reduced by long-term use

of atracurium; acute use of phenytoin may increase the


effect of atracurium)
Patient instructions
 Do not drive or operate dangerous machinery within 24

hours of administration
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used (see caution)

Storage
o
 Store in a refrigerator at 2–8 C. Do not freeze

 Use diluted solutions immediately or store diluted solu-

tions in a refrigerator for not more than 24 hours


Caution
 Monitor infant if breast feeding is started within 24 hours
after administration of atracurium
 Only use in pregnancy when absolutely necessary
 Use with caution in patients with hypersensitivity to oth-
er neuromuscular blocking drugs due to risk of allergic
cross-reactivity
 Use lower doses in patients with myasthenia gravis or

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 117


A MONOGRAPHS

hypothermia
 In patients with burns, dose increase may be required
 Use with caution in patients with other neuromuscular
disorders and electrolyte imbalances since effect is un-
predictable
 Reduce rate of administration in patients with cardiovas-
cular disease
 In obesity, dose should be calculated on the basis of ideal
body weight to avoid excessive dosage
 Administer with adequate general anaesthesia or with
adequate sedation
 Do not administer intramuscularly
 Flush vein with normal saline after administration. If
same cannula is used for other medicines, flush the
cannula with water for injections or normal saline

ATROPINE HC IV V 1.3, 4.2, 21.8


Antimuscarinic. Antidote for organophosphate poisoning. Eye
drops are mydriatic
Dosage forms
 Injection: 1 mg/ml

 Eye drops: 1%

Uses
 Organophosphate poisoning

 Control side effects of anaesthetics (excessive salivation

and bronchial secretions)


 Inflammatory conditions of the eyes (iritis, uveitis)

 Cycloplegia (specialist use only)

 Control effects of neostigmine in reversal of neuro-

118 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ATROPINE A
muscular block (specialist use only)
Dose and duration
 Organophosphate poisoning

Adult: 2 mg IM or IV (according to the severity of the poi-


soning
Child: 20 micrograms/kg per dose
Repeat dose every 20‒30 minutes until signs of atropin-
isation occur (pupil dilatation, hot dry skin, dry mouth,
fast pulse)
 Premedication before anaesthesia

Adult: by IV injection; 300‒600 micrograms immediately


before induction of anaesthesia
Child: 20 micrograms/kg (maximum 600 micrograms)
OR
By SC or IM injection;
Adult: 300‒600 micrograms 30‒60 minutes before induc-
tion of anaesthesia
Child: 20 micrograms/kg (maximum 600 micrograms)
 Intra-operative bradycardia (low heartbeat < 50

beats/minute)
Adult: 300‒600 micrograms (larger doses in emergencies)
by IV injection
Child 1‒12 years: 10‒20 micrograms/kg by IV injection
 Control effects of neostigmine in reversal neuromuscular

block (specialist use only)


Adult and child >12 years: 600‒1200 micrograms by IV
injection
Neonate and child up to 12 years: 20 micrograms/kg by
IV injection (max 600 micrograms)

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 119


A MONOGRAPHS

 Iritis, Uveitis
Adult: Apply 1 drop in the eyes every 6 hours
Child: Apply 1 drop in the eyes every 8 hours
Contra-indications
 Angle-closure glaucoma

 Pyloric stenosis

 Prostate enlargement

 Paralytic ileus

 Myasthenia gravis

Side effects
 Dry mouth, constipation

 Blurred vision, eye irritation when looking at light

 Raised intra-ocular pressure, oedema and conjunctivitis

after prolonged use


 Dry skin

 Difficulty in urination

Interactions
 Amitriptyline (Increased side effects of atropine)

 Chlorpheniramine (Increased side effects of atropine)

 Promethazine (Increased side effects of atropine)

 Chlorpromazine (Increased side effects of atropine)

 Glyceryl trinitrate (Reduced absorption of sublingual

gylceryl trinitrate due to dry mouth)


 Metoclopramide (Reduced effect of metoclopramide)

Patient instructions
 When using eye drops, do not drive or operate machinery

until vision is clear


Pregnancy
 Can be used

120 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


AZATHIOPRINE A
Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Use may cause acute angle glaucoma in elderly, long-
sighted patients, and infants under 3 months

AZATHIOPRINE NR V 8.1
Immunosuppressive medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 50 mg

 Powder for injection: 100 mg

Uses
 Rheumatoid arthritis

 Psoriatic arthritis

 Suppression of transplant rejection

 Inflammatory bowel disease

 Severe refractory eczema

 Generalised myasthenia gravis

 Autoimmune diseases

 Systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE)

Dose and duration


Only use the IV route if oral route is not possible. Give IV in-
jection over 1 minute followed by 50 ml sodium chloride in-
travenous infusion
 Suppression of transplant rejection

Adult: by mouth or IV injection, up to 5 mg/kg on the day


of surgery, then reduced according to response to a
maintenance dose of 1–4 mg/kg per day or by IV infusion,

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 121


A MONOGRAPHS

1–2.5 mg/kg/day adjusted according to response.


Maintain therapy indefinitely
Child 1 month–18 years: by mouth or IV infusion
maintenance dose of 1–3 mg/kg given 1–2 times a day,
adjusted according to response
 Severe refractory eczema
Adult: by mouth, normal or high thiopurine methyl trans-
ferase (TPMT) activity, 1–3 mg/kg per day: intermediate
TPMT activity, 0.5–1.5 mg/kg per day
 Generalised myasthenia gravis (in conjunction with a
steroid)
Adult: 0.5–1 mg/kg/day increased over 3–4 weeks to 2.0–
2.5 mg/kg/day
 Other conditions
Adult: by mouth or IV infusion, 1–3 mg/kg/day adjusted
according to response
Child 1 month–18 years: by mouth, 1 mg/kg once a day,
adjusted according to response (max 3 mg/kg)
Consider withdrawal if there is no improvement within 3
months
Preparation
 Reconstitute powder according to manufacturer’s in-

structions
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to azathioprine or mercaptopurine

Side effects
 Viral, fungal and bacterial infections

 Bone marrow suppression, leucopoenia, thrombocytope-

nia

122 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


AZATHIOPRINE A
 Hepatotoxicity
 Nausea, anorexia
 Stevens-Johnson syndrome

Interactions
 Allopurinol (increased effects and toxicity of azathioprine

 Cotrimoxazole, trimethoprim (increased risk of haemato-

logical toxicity)
 Live vaccines (reduced immune response to vaccine)

 Warfarin (anticoagulant effect possibly reduced)

Patient instructions
 Swallow your tablets at least 1 hour before or 3 hours af-

ter food or milk


 Report any signs of bone marrow suppression such as

unexplained bruising or bleeding, purpura, infection or


sore throat to your doctor
 Take with plenty of fluid

 Report immediately to health worker if jaundice occurs

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Monitor full blood counts every week, or more frequently

in high doses, in renal and hepatic failure for the first 4


weeks and at least every 3 months thereafter
 Reduce dose in the elderly, when given with allopurinol

and in renal and hepatic impairment


 Withdraw treatment immediately if interstitial nephritis

occurs
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 123
A MONOGRAPHS

 Intravenous injection is alkaline and very irritant, only use


this route if oral route is not possible
 Transplant patients who become pregnant should con-
tinue with azathioprine under close supervision. It can
cause premature birth, spontaneous abortion and low
birth weight and teratogenicity
 Only use in breast feeding if likely benefit outweighs risk

AZITHROMYCIN HC II N 6.2.1
Macrolide antibacterial with fewer gastrointestinal side-effects
than erythromycin
Dosage forms
 Paediatric oral suspension: 200 mg/5 ml

 Tablet: 250 mg, 500 mg

Uses
 Gonococcal eye infection

 Trachoma

 Bacterial tonsillitis and bronchitis (second line to amoxicil-

lin, e.g. in penicillin-allergic patients)


 Uncomplicated genital chlamydial infections

 Non-gonococcal urethritis

 Upper respiratory tract infection

 Otitis media

 Skin and soft-tissue infection

 Lyme disease

Dose and duration


 Trachoma and gonococcal eye infection (in combination

with doxycycline and tetracycline eye ointment)


Adult >45 kg: 1 g single dose
124 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
AZITHROMYCIN A
Adult <45 kg and child >6months: 20 mg/kg single dose
 Bacterial tonsillitis and bronchitis
Adult and child >45 kg: 500 mg once daily for 3 days
Child >6 months: 10 mg/kg once daily for 3 days (Maxi-
mum 500 mg per day)
 Uncomplicated genital chlamydial infections and non-

gonococcal urethritis
Adult: 1 g single dose
Contra-indications
 Allergy to azithromycin or erythromycin

 Liver disease

 Kidney disease

Side effects
 Stomach upset, tooth and tongue discoloration, taste dis-

turbances
 Dizziness, drowsiness, headache, weakness, paraesthesia

 Leucopoenia

Interactions
 Artemether/lumefantrine (increased risk of irregular

heartbeat)
Patient instructions
 Tablets should be taken at least 1 hour before or 2 hours

after food
 Oral suspension can be taken with food

 Give at least 2 hours apart from magnesium trisilicate

compound
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 125


B MONOGRAPHS

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Avoid use in severe liver disease
 Use with caution in renal failure with eGFR less than 10
ml/minute/1.73 m2

B
BCG VACCINE HC II V 19.3.1
Live attenuated freeze-dried anti-tuberculosis vaccine
used in routine childhood immunisation
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 1.5 mg vial with 1.5 ml diluents

Uses
 Prevention against tuberculosis

Dose and duration


Give intradermal (just below the skin) injection into the ex-
ternal face of the right upper arm
Child <11 months: 0.05 ml as a single dose as soon after birth
as possible
Child >11 months: 0.1 ml as a single dose
Preparation
 Dissolve with entire vial of the diluents packaged along

with the vaccine. Do not use other diluents


Contra-indications
 Immunocompromised patients (e.g. patients with HIV

infection and patients on anticancer medicines)


126 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
BCG VACCINE B
 Extensive septic skin diseases
 Acute complicated malnutrition
 Severe acute febrile illness (minor infections are not

contraindications)
 Infants exposed to smear positive tuberculosis until after

they have completed 6 months of isoniazid prophylaxis


 Acute tuberculosis

Side effects
 Pain on injection site

Interactions
 All skin disinfectants (inactivate vaccine)

Patient instructions
 The ulcer that forms at the injection site is a normal and

expected reaction that heals by itself. It should not be


covered with anything. It will leave a permanent scar
Pregnancy
 Not applicable

Breast-feeding
 Not applicable

Storage
 Keep both powder and diluent at 2–8°C; never freeze the

diluent.
 Keep the reconstituted vaccine between 2–8°C for NOT

more than 4 hours


Caution
 Clean injection site with boiled cooled water and allow air
drying. Do not use disinfectants (risk of inactivation of
vaccine)

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 127


B MONOGRAPHS

 Do not mix with other vaccines in the same syringe


 Inject the vaccine in the same place for each child to
make it easy to find the BCG scar. Avoid injecting towards
the tip of the shoulder

BECLOMETHASONE HC IV E 25.1, 28.2


Corticosteroid
Dosage forms
 Inhaler: 50 micrograms/metered dose inhalation

 Nasal spray (aqueous suspension): 50 mi-

crograms/metered spray
Uses
 Asthma

 Nasal allergy

Dose and duration


 Step 2 asthma treatment

Inhale 100‒400 micrograms every 12 hours. Double the


dose during exacerbations
 Step 3 asthma treatment

Inhale 0.4‒1 mg every 12 hours


 Step 4 asthma treatment

Up to 2 mg daily in divided doses


 Nasal allergy

Adult and child >6 years: 100 micrograms (2 sprays) into


each nostril every 12 hours (max 400 micrograms i.e. 8
sprays per day) until symptoms are controlled; then (50
micrograms) 1 spray into each nostril every 12 hours
Contra-indications
 Allergy to beclomethasone

128 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


BECLOMETHASONE B
Side effects
 Candidiasis of mouth and throat, throat irritation, cough

 Adrenal suppression on prolonged use of high doses

 Local side effects of nasal application include nasal dry-

ness, irritation of the nose and throat, and epistaxis


Patient instructions
 Use the inhaler every day to ensure adequate control

of asthma
 If wheezing increases straight after inhalation, use the

salbutamol inhaler immediately to get relief. Do not


use the inhaler again and report incident to the health
worker
 After inhalation, rinse mouth with water and spit out

or clean the child’s teeth to reduce risk of oral


candidiasis
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Avoid high doses; only continue with high doses if there is
a clear benefit over the lower doses
 Instruct patient in proper use of inhaler
 Paradoxical bronchospasm may occur with an immediate
increase in wheezing after inhaling. This should be treat-
ed immediately with a fast-acting inhaled bronchodilator
(salbutamol). Discontinue use of beclomethasone imme-
diately and , and if necessary initiate alternative therapy
 Avoid nasal preparations in presence of untreated nasal
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 129
B MONOGRAPHS

infections and after nasal surgery (unless healing has


occurred) and in pulmonary tuberculosis

BENDROFLUMETHIAZIDE HC III E 16
Thiazide diuretic
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 5 mg

Uses
 Mild hypertension (stage 1)

 Moderate to severe hypertension (as part of combination

therapy)
Dose and duration
Adult: 2.5–5 mg each morning
Contra-indications
 Low plasma sodium and potassium

 High plasma calcium levels

 Gout

 Diabetes

 Severe liver disease

 Severe kidney disease

Side effects
 Mild stomach upset

 Dehydration, dry mouth, thirst

 Weakness, drowsiness, headache

 Muscle pains or cramps

 Low blood pressure, dizziness when standing up quickly

 Electrolyte imbalance, raised blood glucose levels

 Gout

130 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


BENZATHINE BENZYLPENICILLIN B
Interactions
 Calcium salts (increased risk of high calcium blood levels)

Patient information
 Increases urination so take medicine in the morning to

avoid interfering with sleep


 If patient feels dizzy while on medicine, they should lie

down immediately, then report to health worker


 Avoid standing up suddenly to avoid dizziness

 Eat a lot of fresh fruits (bananas, mangoes, oranges)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Use low doses in elderly as they are at higher risk of side
effects

BENZATHINE BENZYLPENICILLIN HC III E 6.2.1


Broad spectrum penicillin antibacterial with prolonged action
(15 to 20 days)
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 2.4 MU (= 1.44 g benzyl penicillin)

Uses
 Severe streptococcal sore throat and tonsillitis

 Syphilis (except neurosyphilis

 Prophylaxis of congenital syphilis in newborn when

mother tests positive

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 131


B MONOGRAPHS

Dose and duration


Given as deep intramuscular (IM) injection
 Streptococcal sore throat and tonsillitis

Adult: 1.2 MU as single dose


Child <30 kg: 30,000 IU/kg as single dose
 Early syphilis (infection of less than 2 years)

Adult: 2.4 MU IM single dose; divide the dose into 2


injections (half dose into each buttock)
 Late syphilis (asymptomatic infection lasting more than 2

years)
Adult: 2.4 MU IM (half dose into each buttock) once
per week for 3 weeks
 Prophylaxis of congenital syphilis in newborn

Neonate: 50,000 IU/kg IM single dose; follow up every


2 weeks
Preparation
 Dissolve powder in 8 ml of water for injection; shake sus-

pension before administration


Contra-indications
 Penicillin allergy

 Cephalosporin allergy (cross-sensitivity may occur)

 Neurosyphilis

Side effects
 Stomach upset

 Allergic reaction

 Jarisch-herxheimer reaction in syphilis (rash, fever, feel-

ing of sickness)
Interactions
 Methotrexate (increased risk of methotrexate toxicity)

132 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


BENZHEXOL (TRIHEXYPHENIDYL) B
Patient information
 Report to the health facility immediately if skin rash de-

velops after receiving the injection


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
 Once reconstituted, suspension must be kept refrigerated

at 2–8°C and used within 24 hours


Caution
 Never give IV injection or infusion as heart problems may
occur. Use IM route only
 Do not mix with other injections in the same syringe
 Prevent Jarisch-herxheimer reaction in syphilis with 3
doses of 20 mg oral prednisolone every 12 hours
 Benzathine penicillin should not be confused with benzyl
penicillin which has a short duration of action (6 hours)

BENZHEXOL (TRIHEXYPHENIDYL) HC II V 9, 24
Antimuscarinic that reduces extra-pyramidal Parkinson-like
symptoms caused by antipsychotic medicines. The symptoms
include movement problems, stiffness, and shaking.
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 2 mg

 Syrup: 5 mg/5 ml

Uses
 Extra-pyramidal symptoms caused by antipsychotic

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 133


B MONOGRAPHS

medicines, such as chlorpromazine and haloperidol


Dose and duration
 Medicine-induced extra-pyramidal side-effects

Adult: initially 2 mg every 12 hours, increased by 2 mg


every 3‒5 days according to response; usual mainte-
nance dose is 5‒15 mg in every 8 or 6 hours daily.
Contra-indications
 Glaucoma

 Urinary and prostate problems

 Muscle weakness and fatigue

 Intestinal obstruction

 Liver disease

 Kidney disease

 Involuntary, repetitive body movements (tardive

dyskinesia)
Side effects
 Constipation, dry mouth, stomach upset

 Blurred vision

 Urinary retention

 Problems with producing and understanding language,

awareness, reasoning, decision-making, and judgement


Interactions
 Other antimuscarinic medicines e.g. atropine (increased

risk of side effects)


 Antihistamines (increased risk of side effects)

Patient instructions
 May impair ability to perform skilled tasks, such as driving

or operating machinery

134 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


BENZOIC ACID + SALICYLIC ACID (WHITFIELD’S OINTMENT) B
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Should not be given routinely to patients receiving anti-
psychotic medicines in the absence of Parkinson-like side
effects
 Use lower doses in elderly; higher doses cause confusion
 Avoid use of benzhexol for Parkinson’s disease as it can
cause toxicity in elderly and make dementia worse

BENZOIC ACID + SALICYLIC ACID (WHIT-


HC II N 13.1
FIELD’S OINTMENT)
Benzoic acid is an antifungal and salicylic acid is a keratolytic
agent
Dosage forms
 Ointment: Benzoic acid 6% + salicylic acid 3% ointment

Uses
 Ringworm on skin and scalp

Dose and duration


 2 applications per day for 4–6 weeks depending on clini-

cal response
Contra-indications
 Wet lesions

 Open wounds

 Broken skin

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 135


B MONOGRAPHS

Side effects
 Skin irritation

Patient information
 Wash hands before and after use

 Apply a thin layer to affected area and rub in gently

 Continue applying to the area for 14 days after lesions

have resolved
 May cause skin irritation and inflammation; usually mild,

so continue treatment
 In case of contact with eyes or mucous membranes, flush

with plenty of clean water


 Do not apply to breasts if breast-feeding

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 In case of secondary bacterial infection, start appropriate
local disinfectant or systemic antibiotic before applying
Whitfield's ointment
 Use in combination with griseofulvin in the event of
severe infection

BENZOYL PEROXIDE HC IV N 13.4


Keratolytic with bacteriostatic activity against Propionibacte-
rium acnes bacteria that causes acne
Dosage forms
 Lotion/cream: 5%

136 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


BENZOYL PEROXIDE B
Uses
 Acne vulgaris

Dose and duration


 Acne

Adult and child: apply 1‒2 times daily after washing face
with soap and water until symptoms disappear. Start with
thin applications and increase amount gradually after ini-
tial irritation reduces
Contra-indications
 Wet lesions

Side effects
 Dry skin, erythema, peeling of skin, burning sensation,

itching, skin irritation


 Allergic reaction

Patient information
 Wash hands before and after use

 Initial irritation of skin usually goes away so do not stop

treatment
 Benzoyl peroxide may increase sensitivity to sunlight,

avoid or minimise prolonged exposure to sunlight


 In case of contact with eyes or mucous membranes, flush

with plenty of clean water


 May discolour clothing, hair and skin

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 137


B MONOGRAPHS

Caution
 In severe acne, a topical or oral antibiotic should be used
along with benzoyl peroxide

BENZTROPINE HC IV E 4.2, 9
Anticholinergic that reduces extra-pyramidal Parkinson-like
symptoms caused by antipsychotic medicines. The symptoms
include movement problems, stiffness, and shaking.
Dosage forms
 Injection: 1 mg/ml

Uses
 Extra-pyramidal side effects of antipsychotic drugs

 Control tremors and rigidity in Parkinson’s disease

Dose and duration


Adults: 1‒2 mg IM or IV. Repeat dose if symptoms re-
appear
Contra-indications
 Glaucoma

 Urinary and prostate problems

 Alcoholics

 Children less than 3 years

 Intestinal obstruction

Side effects
 Constipation, dry mouth, stomach upset

 Blurred vision

 Urinary retention

 Confusion, loss of memory, hallucinations

 Problems with producing and understanding language,

138 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


BENZYL BENZOATE B
awareness, reasoning, decision-making, and judgement
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Use lower doses in elderly as medicine can easily cause
confusion
 Injection used in emergency situations to provide quick
relief. For regular control of extra-pyramidal side effects,
use benzhexol tablets

BENZYL BENZOATE HC II N 13.4


Pediculocide and scabicide that kills lice and parasites that
cause scabies
Dosage forms
 Lotion for application: 25%

Uses
 Scabies

 Lice infestation

Dose and duration


No bathing while using the medicine
 Scabies

Adult: Apply undiluted lotion all over the whole body


(including scalp, neck, head, and ears) every 24 hours
for 3 days
Child: Use diluted lotion and apply as for adults

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 139


B MONOGRAPHS

 Lice infestation
Apply to affected areas of the body
Repeat after 12 hours
Wash off after 24 hours
Repeat treatment after 7–14 days to kill any lice that
may have emerged from the eggs
Note: Treat whole family
Preparation
 For use on children: Dilute lotion with an equal part of

water to give 12.5% strength


Contra-indications
 Children <2 years

Side effects
 Skin irritation, burning sensation, rashes

Patient instructions
 Shave off hair if used for head lice. If head not shaved,

massage well into scalp.


 Avoid contact with eyes

 Avoid use on face, broken skin, open wounds, or mucous

membranes
 Apply properly in between fingers, toes, behind ears, and

under the nails


 Wash hands thoroughly before and after use

 Do not swallow; it is poisonous

 Do not apply to breasts if breast-feeding

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

140 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


BENZYLPENICILLIN B
Caution
 Benzyl benzoate is second line. First line is malathion
(0.5% aqueous lotion)

BENZYLPENICILLIN HC II V 6.2.1
Broad spectrum penicillin antibacterial with rapid action and
elimination
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 600 mg = 1 million IU = 1 MU

Uses
 Severe pneumonia

 Severe otitis media

 Severe throat infections

 Severe meningitis

 Septicaemia

 Tetanus

 Severe bacterial bronchiolitis

 Quinsy (peritonsillar abscess)

 Pre-referral treatment for severe bacterial infection and

possible serious bacterial infection (PSBI) in infants


Dose and duration
In severe infections, double the dose
 Severe meningitis

Adult: 3–4 MU IV or IM every 4 hours for 10–14 days


Child: 100,000 IU/kg/dose for 10–14 days
Severe cases may need up to 21 days treatment
for neonates and for at least 21 days and up to 42 days
for immunosuppressed adults
 Septicaemia (given in combination with gentamicin)

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 141


B MONOGRAPHS

Infants >7 days: 50,000-75,000 IU/kg IV every 4–6


hours for 21 days
Neonates <7 days: 50,000 IU IV every 8 hours for 21
days
 Tetanus

Adult: 1–2 MU every 6 hours for 10 days


Child: 50,000–100,000 IU/kg/dose for 10 days
Neonate: 100,000 IU/kg every 12 hours for 10 days
 Severe pneumonia in infant 1 week–2 months old (in

combination with chloramphenicol)


Give first dose 50,000 IU/kg IM
Refer immediately (if at HC II)
 Pneumococcal pneumonia (with PPF)

Give 50,000 IU/kg IM every 6 hours for 2 days


 Quinsy (with amoxicillin)

Give 2 MU IM every 6 hours for 2 days


 Pre-referral treatment for severe bacterial infection and

possible serious bacterial infection in infants (PSBI) (with


chloramphenicol)
Give first dose of benzyl penicillin 50,000 IU/kg IM Re-
fer immediately (if at HC II)
If referral not possible: give 50,000 IU/kg IM every 6
hours for at least 5 days
Preparation
Dissolve powder in water for injection; shake suspension be-
fore administration
Contra-indications
 Penicillin allergy

 Cephalosporin allergy (cross-sensitivity may occur)

142 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


BETAMETHASONE B
Side effects
 Stomach upset

 Allergic reaction

Interactions
 Methotrexate (increased risk of methotrexate toxicity)

Patient instructions
 Report to the health worker immediately if skin rash de-

velops after receiving the injection


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
 Once reconstituted, suspension must be kept refrigerated

(2–8°C) and used within 24 hours


Caution
 In case allergic reactions occur, stop treatment immedi-
ately
 When given by IV route, give injection slowly via the infu-
sion tube or by IV infusion
 Benzylpenicillin should not be confused with benzathine
penicillin, which has a long duration of action (15–20
days)

BETAMETHASONE HC IV E 8.3, 13.3, 21.3, 28.1


Long-acting synthetic corticosteroid
Dosage forms
 Injection: 4 mg/ml

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 143


B MONOGRAPHS

 Cream/ointment: 0.1%
 Eye/ear drops: 0.1%
Uses
 Allergic and inflammatory conditions of skin, eyes, ears

 Foetal lung maturation in mothers with pre-term labour

 Acute allergic reactions and anaphylactic reactions

 Status asthmaticus

 Adrenal insufficiency (specialist use only)

Dose and duration


 Lung maturation in preterm births

Adult (give to mother): Slow IV injection 5.7 mg/ml as


betamethasone sodium phosphate 3.9 mg (in solution) or
betamethasone acetate 3 mg (in suspension) in an aque-
ous vehicle
 Eczema ,psoriasis and skin allergies

Apply a thin layer of cream every 12 hours until im-


provement is seen
 Eye or ear inflammation (without infection)

Apply 1‒2 drops every 2 hours until controlled; reduce


frequency to 2‒4 times daily
 Acute allergic reactions including anaphylactic reactions,

status asthmaticus, adrenal insufficiency


Adult and child over 12 years: 4–20 mg by slow IV injec-
tion over 30–60 seconds every 6–8 hours or as required
Child 6–12 years: 4 mg every 6–8 hours
Child 1–6 years: 2 mg every 6–8 hours
Infants up to 1 year: 1 mg every 6–8 hours
Contra-indications
 Topical application in bacterial, fungal or viral infection

144 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


BETAMETHASONE B
and in glaucoma
 Otitis externa with perforated eardrum
 Systemic administration in systemic infections unless
specific anti-infective therapy
 Hypersensitivity
Side effects
Systemic side effects are less likely to occur in topical applica-
tion. They include:
 Growth suppression in infants, children and adolescents

 Menstrual irregularity, amenorrhoea

 Adrenal suppression on prolonged use

 Moon face, hirsutism, weight gain

 Impaired carbohydrate tolerance, sodium and water re-

tention
 Increased susceptibility and severity of infection with

suppression of clinical symptoms and signs, opportunistic


infections, recurrence of dormant tuberculosis
 Osteoporosis, vertebral and long bone fractures, tendon

rapture, proximal myopathy, avascular osteonecrosis


 Affective disorder, psychotic reactions

 Increased intra-ocular pressure and glaucoma

 Abdominal distension

 Oesophageal ulceration

 Impaired skin healing

 Hypersensitivity reactions, Stevens-Johnson syndrome

Patient instructions
 Do not apply more than twice daily

 Keep away from eyes

 Avoid prolonged use especially on the face and in chil-

dren
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 145
B MONOGRAPHS

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Administer the lowest effective dose for the minimum
period, as a single morning dose to minimise side effects.
 Avoid prolonged use to prevent adrenal suppression
 In mild skin allergies, use hydrocortisone cream instead
 If there is infection as well, use the products that are
combined with an antibiotic e.g. neomycin
 Should not be used in management of head injury or
stroke since benefit is unlikely and may even be harmful
 Use with caution in patients with recent myocardial in-
farction because of risk of myocardial rupture, in patients
with osteoporosis, diabetes, epilepsy
 Should not be withdrawn abruptly after prolonged
treatment

BISACODYL HC III E 17.5


Stimulant laxative that increases intestinal movements
Dosage forms
 Enteric coated tablet: 5 mg

 Suppository: 5 mg

Uses
 Short term, symptomatic treatment of constipation

 Prevention of constipation in patients taking opioid anal-

gesics (e.g. morphine, codeine)

146 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


BISACODYL B
 Tape worm infestation (adjunct to antihelmitics)
Dose and duration
 Constipation

Give until patient passes stool; maximum 7 days


Adult: 10 mg once daily at night
Child: 5 mg once daily at night
 Tape worm infestation

Adult: 10 mg given 2 hours after treatment with an anti-


helminthic e.g. albendazole
Child: 5 mg 2 hours after treatment with an antihelmin-
thic
 Prevention of constipation in patients taking opioid anal-

gesics
Start 48 hours after beginning of opioid treatment and
continue until end of opioid treatment
Adult: 10 mg once daily at night
Child: Insert suppository 5 mg once daily at night
Contra-indications
 Intestinal obstruction

 Undiagnosed bowel pain

 Absent bowel sounds

 Haemorrhoids

Side effects
 Abdominal cramps

 Diarrhoea

Patient instructions
 Swallow tablets whole (do not crush or chew)

 Drink plenty of water/fluids and eat lots of fruits and

vegetables

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 147


B MONOGRAPHS

 Effect of tablets is not instant; expect reaction after 6–12


hours after swallowing
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 In children 6 months to 3 years old, do not use oral route.
Use rectal route.
 Avoid prolonged use as it can impair normal functioning
of colon and cause low potassium levels in blood

BISMUTH SUBGALLATE COMPOUND HC IV N 17.3


Soothing astringent preparation that provides symptomatic
relief in rectal and anal disorders
Dosage forms
 Suppository: 320 mg

Uses
 Haemorrhoids

 Anal itching

Dose and duration


Insert 1 suppository rectally every 12 hours for 5 days
Contra-indications
 Intestinal obstruction

 Undiagnosed bowel pain or bleeding

 Absent bowel sounds

 Children

148 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


BLEOMYCIN B
Side effects
 Mild local irritation

Patient instructions
 Do not swallow the suppository

 Drink plenty of water/fluids and eat lots of fruits, fibres

and vegetables
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Avoid prolonged use as it can impair normal functioning
of colon and cause low potassium levels in blood
 Bismuth subgallate may be combined with other medi-
cines such as zinc oxide and hydrocortisone in products
such as Anusol®

BLEOMYCIN RR V 8.2
Cytotoxic anticancer
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 15,000 IU

Uses
 Squamous cell carcinoma

 Hodgkin’s disease and other malignant lymphomas

 Testicular teratoma

 Malignant effusions of serous cavities

Dose and duration


Consult product leaflet and patient’s treatment protocol
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 149
B MONOGRAPHS

Contra-indications
 Acute pulmonary infection

 Reduced lung function

 Previous hypersensitivity to bleomycin

Side effects
 Pulmonary toxicity (fibrosis)

 Pain at injection site

Interactions
 Clozapine (increased risk of agranulocytosis)

 Cisplatin (increased risk of pulmonary toxicity)

Patient instructions
 Report immediately any shortness of breath or difficulty in

breathing
 Report immediately any unexplained bleeding or infection

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Storage
 Store at 2−8°C. Protect from light

Caution
 Reduce dose in renal impairment
 Pulmonary toxicity is dose-related and age-related, occur-
ring more commonly at cumulative doses greater than
300,000 units and in the elderly.
 Pulmonary toxicity also increased in patient receiving high
dose oxygen during surgical anaesthesia
 Use lower doses if patient is receiving concurrent

150 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


BROMOCRIPTINE B
radiotherapy to the chest
 Exercise caution when handling; irritant to tissues
 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in cytotoxic medicines

BROMOCRIPTINE RR N 18.6
Ergot derived dopamine receptor agonist which also inhibits
release of prolactin and growth hormone by the pituitary
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 2.5 mg

Uses
 Parkinson’s disease

 Galactorrhoea

 Prolactinoma

 Acromegaly

 Hypogonadism

 Menstrual cycle disorders and female infertility

 Suppression or prevention of lactation

Dose and duration


 Parkinson’s disease

Adult: 1–1.25 mg at night in the 1st week, 2–2.5 mg at


night in the 2nd week, 2.5 mg every 12 hours for the 3rd
week, 2.5 mg every 8 hours for the 4th week, then in-
creasing by 2.5mg every 3–14 days according to response
to a usual range of 10–30 mg daily
 Prevention or suppression of lactation

Adult: 2.5 mg on the day of delivery (prevention)or 2.5


mg once a day for 2–3 days (suppression);
Then 2.5 mg every 12 hours for 14 days
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 151
B MONOGRAPHS

 Hypogonadism, galactorrhoea, infertility


Adult: initially 1–1.25 mg at bedtime, increased gradually
to the usual dose of 7.5 mg (max 30 mg) daily in divided
doses (usual dose 2.5 mg every 12 hours in infertility
without hyperprolactinaemia)
 Acromegaly

Adult: initially 1–1.25 mg at bedtime, increased gradually


at 2 to 3 day intervals as follows: 2.5 mg every 8 hours to
2.5 mg every 6 hours to 5 mg every 6 hours
child 7 years and older: titrate initial dose according to
growth hormone levels and increase dose gradually up to
a maximum dose of 10 mg in children 7–12 years and 20
mg in children 13–17 years
 Prolactinoma

Adult: initially 1–1.25 mg at bedtime, increased gradually


at 2−3 day intervals as follows: 2.5 mg every 8 hours to
2.5 mg every 6 hours to 5 mg every 6 hours (max 30 mg
daily)
Child 7 years and older: 1 mg every 8–12 hours gradually
increasing the dose to keep plasma prolactin adequately
suppressed (max 7–12 years: 5 mg, 13–17 years: 20 mg)
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to ergot alkaloids

 Long term treatment in cardiac valvulopathy

 Uncontrolled hypertension

 Pre-eclampsia, eclampsia, pregnancy induced hyperten-

sion
 Hypertension in postpartum women or in puerperium

Side effects
 Headache, drowsiness

152 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


BROMOCRIPTINE B
 Nausea, constipation
 Nasal congestion
Patient instructions
 Take your medication during or immediately after a meal

 Avoid driving or operating machinery cautiously since you

might experience sudden onset of day time sleepiness


Pregnancy
 Can be used (see caution)

Breast-feeding
 Do not use (see caution)

Caution
 Use with caution in patients with Raynaud’s syndrome,
cardiovascular disease or a history of mental disorder and
peptic ulcer particularly in acromegalic patients; with-
draw treatment if gastro-intestinal bleeding occurs
 Use with caution for lactation suppression in postpartum
women on antihypertensive therapy and avoid other er-
got alkaloids
 Exclude pituitary tumour before treating a patient with
hyperprolactinaemia
 Oral contraceptives may increase prolactin concentration
 Discontinue medication immediately if hypertension,
continuous headache, or signs of CNS toxicity develop
 Breast feeding should be avoided for about 5 days if lac-
tation prevention fails
 It is advisable to withdraw bromocriptine after the first
missed menstrual period if pregnancy occurs, but due to
the risk of rapid expansion of pituitary tumors during
pregnancy, monitor patients to detect signs of pituitary
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 153
B MONOGRAPHS

extension and reintroduce bromocriptine if necessary

BUPIVACAINE H V 1.2, 21.6


Local anaesthetic with long duration of action
Dosage forms
 Injection (with preservative): 0.5% (5 mg/ml)

 Injection: 0.5% (5 mg/ml)

 Solution for injection: 0.25% (Specialist use at RR)

Uses
 Regional anaesthesia except intravenous regional anaes-

thesia
Dose and duration
 Regional anaesthesia

Adult and child over 12 years: see table below

Type of block Concentration (%) Dose (mg)


Local infiltration 0.25 max 150 (60 ml)
Peripheral nerve 0.5 max 150 (30 ml)
block
Lumbar epidural 0.5 50-100(10-20
block in surgery ml)
Lumbar epidural 0.25-0.5 60 (12 ml)
block in labour
Caudal block in 0.25-0.5 max 150 (30 ml)
surgery
Caudal block in 0.25-0.5 max 100 (20 ml)
labour

154 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


BUPIVACAINE B
Contra-indications
 Inflamed or infected skin

 Concomitant anticoagulant therapy

 Severe anaemia or heart disease

 Spinal or epidural anaesthesia in dehydrated or hypovo-

lemic patients
Side effects
 Nausea, vomiting

 Urinary retention

 Hypotension, bradycardia, cardiac arrest

 Tingling or pricking sensation and dizziness

 Respiratory depression

 Allergic reaction, anaphylactic shock

Interactions
 Propranolol (increased risk of bupivacaine toxicity)

 Lidocaine( Increased myocardial depression)

 Procainamide (Increased myocardial depression)

Pregnancy
st
 Do not use in 1 trimester

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Bupivacaine containing preservative should not be used
for caudal, epidural or spinal block, or intravenous re-
gional anaesthesia (Bier’s block)
 Should not be applied to the middle ear due to risk of
ototoxicity
 Use lower doses in the elderly and debilitated

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 155


C MONOGRAPHS

C
CALAMINE HC II E 13.3
Topical anti-pruritic that relieves itching in many skin diseases
Dosage forms
 Lotion: 15% with zinc oxide 5%

Uses
 Chicken pox

 Severe local reaction after insect bite or sting

 Herpes zoster (shingles)

 Skin allergy

Dose and duration


Apply until symptoms reduce
 Chicken pox

Apply every 12 hours


 Severe local reaction after insect bite

Apply every 6 hours


 Herpes zoster

Apply 2–3 times daily


 Skin allergy

Apply 1–2 times daily


Contra-indications
 Wet lesions

 Superinfected skin

Side effects
 Skin irritation

Patient instructions
 Shake the bottle well before use

156 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CALCIUM CHLORIDE (DIHYDRATE) C
 Clean the skin well before applying the lotion
 For external use only
 In case of contact with eyes or mouth, flush immediately

with plenty of clean water


 To avoid contamination, close the bottle properly imme-

diately after using


 Do not apply to breasts if breastfeeding

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 For severe skin itching, calamine lotion is often not effec-
tive. Instead, use hydrocortisone cream or chlorphenira-
mine tablets

CALCIUM CHLORIDE (DIHYDRATE) H E 26.2


Calcium salt used in electrolyte imbalances
Dosage forms
 Aqueous solution for slow intravenous infusion: 10% w/v

Uses
 Treatment of hypocalcaemic tetany

 Adjunctive therapy in severe hyperkalaemia

 Depression in magnesium sulphate overdose

Dose and duration


Given as a slow intravenous injection
 Treatment of hypocalcaemic tetany.

Adult: 500–1000 mg (5–10 ml) at intervals of 1–3 days


Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 157
C MONOGRAPHS

Child : 20 mg/kg (0.2 ml/kg); max 10 ml/day


 Adjunctive therapy in severe hyperkalaemia
Adult: 500–1000 mg (5–10 ml) at intervals of 1–3 days
Child: 0.2 ml/kg (max 10 ml/day)
 Depression in magnesium sulphate overdose
Adult: 500 mg (5 ml) administered promptly
Contra-indications
 Hypercalcaemia

 Hypercalciuria

 In patients receiving cardiac glycosides like digoxin

 Renal calculi or history of renal calculi

 Hypersensitivity to any of the components

Side effects
 Rapid IV injections associated with tingling sensations,

calcium taste, hot flushes, risk of arrhythmias


 Burning sensation

 Hypertension, venous thrombosis

 Hypercalcaemia

Interactions
 Calcium channel blockers (decreased efficacy of CCBs)

 Biphosphonates (reduced absorption of biphosphonates)

 Thiazide diuretics (increase the risk of hypercalcaemia)

 Digoxin (Precipitation of arrhythmias)

 Tetracyclines (Reduced absorption of tetracyclines)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

158 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CALCIUM FOLINATE (FOLINIC ACID) C
Caution
 Solutions of calcium chloride are extremely irritant and
should not be injected IM or SC

CALCIUM FOLINATE (FOLINIC ACID) RR E 4.2


Antidote to methotrexate. Counteracts folate antagonism
and speeds up recovery from methotrexate induced mucosi-
tis or myelosuppression (‘folinic acid rescue’)
Dosage forms
 Injection: 3 mg/ml

Uses
 Methotrexate induced mucositis and myelosuppression

 Methotrexate overdose

 Palliative treatment of advanced metastatic colorectal

cancer
Dose and duration
 Prevention of methotrexate-induced adverse effects, usu-

ally started 12‒24 hours after start of methotrexate infu-


sion
Adult and child: By IM or IV injection or by IV infusion, up
to 120 mg in divided doses over 12–24 hours, then 12–15
mg by IM injection, or 15 mg by mouth every 6 hours for
48–72 hours
 Methotrexate over dosage

Started as soon as possible, preferably within 1 hour of


administration of methotrexate,
Adult and child: by IV injection or infusion, dose equal to
or higher than that of methotrexate, at rate not exceed-
ing 160 mg/minute
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 159
C MONOGRAPHS

 Colorectal cancer (in combination with fluorouracil)


Consult specialist literature
Preparation
 Solutions for intravenous infusion may be diluted with

0.9% sodium chloride or 5% glucose


Contra-indications
 Intrathecal injection of calcium folinate

 Pernicious anaemia or other anaemias due to Vitamin B 1

deficiency (see caution)


 Known hypersensitivity to calcium folinate

Side effects
 Allergic reactions

 Pyrexia after parenteral administration

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
o
 Store at 2–8 C in a refrigerator in the original container

Caution
 Do not administer simultaneously with methotrexate
 Treatment may mask pernicious anaemia and other
anaemias resulting from vitamin B12 deficiency
 Do not inject more than 160 mg of calcium folinate per
minute

160 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CALCIUM GLUCONATE C
CALCIUM GLUCONATE HC III E 4.2, 26.2
Antidote for magnesium sulphate toxicity
Dosage forms
 Injection: 1 g (100 mg/ml; 10% solution) in 10 ml am-

poule
Uses
 Magnesium sulphate overdose

Dose and duration


 Magnesium sulphate overdose

1–2 g by slow IV injection (over 5 minutes)


Repeat as necessary until respiratory rate increases
(above 16 breaths per minute)
Contra-indications
 Severe kidney disease

 Hypercalcaemia

 Severe hypercalciuria

Side effects
 Tingling sensations, feeling hot and sweaty, dizziness

 Injection site reactions (pain, abscess, death of tissue)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Patient should lie down before the injection and remain
lying for 30–60 minutes after
 Do not give injection too fast or for prolonged periods
 Do not use if a precipitate is present in the ampoule
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 161
C MONOGRAPHS

 Do not administer by IM or SC route

CALCIUM LACTATE HC III N 27


Calcium supplement
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 300 mg

Uses
 Prevention and treatment of calcium deficiency

 Muscle cramps associated with pregnancy

Dose and duration


 Calcium deficiency

Give 300–600 mg every 8–12 hours before meals


 Muscle cramps associated with pregnancy

Give 600 mg every 8 hours for 5 days


Contra-indications
 Conditions with too much calcium in urine or blood

Side effects
 Stomach upset, dry mouth

 Increased thirst, increased urination

 Allergic reaction

 Irregular heartbeat

Interactions
 Iron salts (reduced absorption)

 Ciprofloxacin (reduced absorption)

 Furosemide (risk of kidney stones and high calcium blood

levels)
 Zinc sulphate (reduced absorption)

162 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CANDESARTAN CILEXETIL C
Patient instructions
 Do not take at the same time with ciprofloxacin, zinc, or

iron salts; take at least two hours apart


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

CANDESARTAN CILEXETIL NR N 12.3


Angiotensin II receptor blocker antihypertensive medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 8 mg

Uses
 Essential hypertension

 Heart failure with impaired left ventricular systolic func-

tion
Dose and duration
 Hypertension

Adult: 8 mg once a day. Dose can be increased at inter-


vals of 4 weeks if there is inadequate response, to 16 mg
once a day (max 32 mg once a day). Usual maintenance
dose 8 mg once a day
Child 6–18 years: initially 4 mg once a day increased to
maximum dose of 8 mg in patients <50 kg and 16 mg in
patients ≥ 50 kg
Intravascular volume depletion: initially, 4 mg once a day
Renal and mild to moderate hepatic impairment: initial-
ly, 4 mg once a day adjusted according to response

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 163


C MONOGRAPHS

 Heart failure
Adult: initially 4 mg once a day; doubled every 2 weeks to
a target dose of 32 mg or the highest tolerated dose
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to candesartan
nd
 2 and 3rd trimesters of pregnancy
 Severe hepatic impairment and/or cholestasis

 Children below 1 year of age

 Primary hyperaldosteronism

Side effects
 Respiratory tract infections, cough, nasopharingitis, oro-

pharyngeal pain
 Dizziness, vertigo, headache

 Rash

 Sinus arrhythmia

 Nasopharingitis, oropharyngeal pain

 Pyrexia

 Hyperkalaemia

 Hypotension

 Renal impairment

Interactions
 Aliskiren (increased frequency of adverse effects: avoid

concomitant use)
 Ciclosporin, potassium sparing diuretics, aldosterone an-

tagonists, potassium salts (increased risk of hyperkalae-


mia)
 Lithium (increased plasma concentration of lithium)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

164 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CAPREOMYCIN C
Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Careful titration of doses and thorough monitoring of
blood pressure is required during dialysis
 Use with special caution in patients with haemodynami-
cally relevant aortic or mitral valve stenosis, or obstruc-
tive hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, renal artery stenosis,
 Can cause fetotoxicity and birth defects when used in
pregnancy

CAPREOMYCIN H E 6.2.4
Polypeptide antibiotic produced by Streptomyces capreolus
which is active against Mycobacterium tuberculosis
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 1000 mg

Uses
 Multi-drug-resistant tuberculosis (MDR-TB)

 Tuberculosis (second-line)

Dose and duration


 Tuberculosis (second-line; in combination with other

medicines)
Adult: 1 g daily (max 20 mg/kg/day) by deep IM injection
only for 2–4 months followed by 1 g IM 2–3 times a week
Renal impairment: Reduce dose
Preparation
 Dissolve in 2 ml of 0.5% sodium chloride IV infusion or

water for injections. Allow 2–3 minutes for complete

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 165


C MONOGRAPHS

dissolution
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity

Side effects
 Hypersensitivity reactions e.g. urticaria, rashes

 Leukocytosis or leucopoenia

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
0
 Store below 25 C

Caution
 Use with caution in auditory and hepatic impairment
 Monitor renal, hepatic, auditory, vestibular function and
electrolytes
 Reduce dose in renal impairment
 Only use in pregnancy if benefit outweighs risk

CAPTOPRIL H E 12.3
Angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitor (ACEI) antihyperten-
sive medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 25 mg

Uses
 Congestive heart failure

 Moderate to severe hypertension(stage 2)

166 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CAPTOPRIL C
Dose and duration
 Congestive heart failure

Adult: initially, 6.25–12.5 mg 2–3 times daily, and then in-


creased gradually at intervals of 2 weeks (max 150 mg daily
in divided doses)
Child 12–18 years: 12.5–25 mg 2–3 times daily (max 150
mg daily in divided doses)
Child 1 month–12 years: 0.1–0.3 mg/kg 2–3 times a day
(max 1 month–1 year, 4 mg/kg and 1–12 years, 6 mg/kg)
Neonate: 0.01–0.05 mg/kg 2–3 times daily (max 2 mg/kg
daily in divided doses or 0.3 mg/kg in neonate less than 37
weeks postmenstrual age)
 Moderate to severe hypertension (in combination with

another antihypertensive)
Adult: initially, 12.5–25 mg every 12 hours and then in-
creased gradually every 2 weeks if necessary up to maxi-
mum dose of 150 mg daily in 2 divided doses
Volume depletion, cardiac decompensation, renovascular
hypertension: initially, 6.25–12.5 mg daily as a single dose
then twice daily; (max 100 mg daily in 1–2 divided doses)
Elderly: 6.25 mg every 12 hours
Neonate and child 1 month–18 years: Dose same as in
Congestive Heart Failure
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity

 History of angioedema with previous ACEI therapy

 Hereditary or idiopathic angioneurotic oedema


nd
 2 and 3rd trimester of pregnancy
Side effects
 Sleep disorders

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 167


C MONOGRAPHS

 Persistent dry irritating cough


 Nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain, taste disturbances
 Dyspnoea

 Rash

 Angioedema

 Hyperkalaemia, hypoglycaemia

 Cardiogenic shock, cardiac arrest

Interactions
 Ciclosporin (increased risk of hyperkalaemia)

 Diuretics (increased hypotensive effect)

 Potassium-sparing diuretics and aldosterone antagonists

(increased risk of severe hyperkalaemia)


 Lithium (increased plasma levels and toxicity of lithium)

 Potassium salts (increased risk of severe hyperkalaemia)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 In neonates, infants and children, a test dose of 0.15
mg/kg must be given first before initiating treatment
 Reduce dose in renal failure and in concomitant use with
potassium-sparing diuretics

CARBAMAZEPINE HC III V 5
Anticonvulsant
Dosage forms
 Tablets: 200 mg; 100 mg (chewable)

168 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CARBAMAZEPINE C
Syrup: 100 mg/5 ml
Uses
 Epilepsy (grand mal and partial seizures)

 Nerve pain

Dose and duration


 Grand mal and temporal lobe epilepsy

Adult: Initially, 100–200 mg 1–2 times daily. Increase


as needed in 100 mg increments every 2 weeks until
reaching usual maintenance dose of 800–1200 mg in
divided doses
Child 12–18 years: Initially, 100–200 mg 1–2 times dai-
ly, increased gradually as needed to usual mainte-
nance dose of 400–600 mg two to three times daily
Child 1 month–12 years: Initially, 5 mg/kg at night or
2.5 mg/kg every 12 hours increased by 2.5–5 mg/kg
every 3–7 days if necessary. Usually maintenance dose
of 5 mg/kg 2–3 times daily; in some cases up to 20
mg/kg daily may be needed

 Nerve pain
Initially 100 mg 1–2 times daily, increased gradually
according to response. Usual dose is 200 mg 3–4 times
daily (up to 1.6 g per day may be needed)
Contra-indications
 History of bone marrow depression

 Problems with heartbeat

Side effects
 Dizziness, drowsiness, headache

 Movement disorders (staggering, shaking)

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 169


C MONOGRAPHS

 Blurred vision
 Skin rashes
 Stomach upset

Interactions
 Amitriptyline (reduced effect of carbamazepine)

 Chlorpromazine (reduced effect of carbamazepine)

 Oral contraceptives (reduced contraceptive effect)

 Erythromycin (increased risk of side effects)

 Isoniazid (increased risk of side effects and liver toxicity)

 Phenytoin (increased risk of side effects)

Patient instructions
 Drowsiness and dizziness usually disappear. Do not drive

or operate machinery if these symptoms occur


 Report to the health worker immediately if any yellowing

of eyes or skin, rash, fever, mouth ulcers, bruising, or


bleeding occur
 Do not drink alcohol during treatment

Pregnancy
st rd
 Do not use in 1 and 3 trimester

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Give vitamin K to new-born baby if mother has taken car-
bamazepine during pregnancy
 Avoid sudden withdrawal as it might cause seizures

170 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CARBIMAZOLE C
CARBIMAZOLE H V 18.8
Antithyroid drug
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 5 mg

Uses
 Management of hyperthyroidism (thyrotoxicosis)

Dose and duration


 Management of hyperthyroidism (thyrotoxicosis)

Adult: 20–60 mg daily in 2–3 divided doses until patient


becomes euthyroid. Then reduce dose gradually to a
maintenance dose of 5–15 mg once daily for 6–18
months
Or Blocking-replacement regimen: maintain dose at 20–
60 mg daily after patient is euthyroid and add L-thyroxine
to the regimen. Therapy is given for 12–18 months
Child 12–18 years: 30 mg daily in single or divided doses
until euthyroid then gradually reduce the dose to a
maintenance dose of 9–18 mg daily in single or divided
doses for 12–24 months
Neonate and child up to 12 years: 0.75 mg/kg daily in
single or divided doses until euthyroid (max 1 mg/kg daily
in neonate and 30 mg daily in child). Then gradually re-
duce the dose to a maintenance dose of 0.225–0.45
mg/kg daily in single or divided doses for 12–24 months
Contra-indications
 Severe blood disorders

 Severe hepatic disorders

Side effects
 Bone marrow depression including neutropoenia,

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 171


C MONOGRAPHS

eosinophilia, leucopoenia and agranulocytosis


 Insulin autoimmune syndrome (with pronounced decline
in blood glucose level)
 Nausea, abdominal discomfort, taste disturbance

 Headache, malaise

 Fever

 Rash, pruritus

 Joint pain

Patient instructions
 If symptoms and signs such as sore throat, mouth ulcers,

bruising, fever, malaise or non-specific illness develop,


stop the medication and consult your doctor immediately
Pregnancy
st
 Do not use in 1 trimester

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Use with caution in mild to moderate hepatic impairment
 Use the lowest dose that can control the hyperthyroid
state in pregnancy and breast feeding

CARBOPLATIN RR E 8.2
Platinum compound anticancer
Dosage forms
 Solution for infusion: 10 mg/ml

Uses
 Ovarian cancer

 Small cell lung cancer

172 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CARBOPLATIN C
Dose and duration
Dose depends on renal function
In previously untreated adults with normal renal function,
usual dose is 400 mg/m2, given as a single IV infusion over
15‒60 minutes.
Do not repeat therapy until at least 4 weeks after previous
dose
Contra-indications
 Severe myelosuppression

 Severe renal impairment

 Patients with bleeding tumours

 Previous allergy to platinum compounds

Side effects
 Infections and infestations

 Blood disorders and haemorrhage

 Nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain

 Kidney damage

 Liver damage

 Electrolyte disturbances

 Hypersensitivity

 Visual disturbance

 Ototoxicity

 Cardiovascular disorder

 Respiratory disorder

 Musculoskeletal disorder

 Urogenital disorder

 Asthenia

Interactions
 Yellow fever vaccine (risk of fatal generalised disease)

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 173


C MONOGRAPHS

 Live vaccines (risk of systemic disease)


 Aminoglycosides, polymixins, vancomycin (increased risk
of ototoxicity and nephrotoxicity)
 Clozapine (increased risk of agranulocytosis)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breastfeeding

Storage
 Store between 2‒8°C

Caution
 Monitor complete blood count before, during and after
therapy
 Reduce dose by 20‒25% in patients with previous myelo-
suppressive therapy
 Consider dose reduction or scheduling changes when used
in combination with other myelosuppressive medicines to
minimise side effect
 Do not use needles or giving sets made of aluminium parts
as it forms precipitates with carboplatin
 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in cytotoxic medicines

CARVEDILOL RR E 12.1
Non-selective beta and alpha-1 blocker with an arteriolar
vasodilating action
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 6.25 mg, 12.5 mg

174 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CARVEDILOL C
Uses
 Stable heart failure due to left ventricular systolic dys-

function
 Hypertension

 Angina

Dose and duration


 Hypertension

Adult: 12.5 mg once a day increased after 2 days to the


usual dose of 25 mg once a day. Dose may be increased
as is required every 2 weeks up to a maximum dose of 25
mg every 12 hours
Elderly: initially 12.5 mg once a day and the dose adjusted
according to response at intervals of 2 weeks or more
 Angina

Adult: initially, 12.5 mg every 12 hours increased after 2


days to 25 mg every 12 hours (max 50 mg every 12 hours)
Elderly: 12.5 mg every 12 hours increased after 2 days to
a maximum dose of 25 mg every 12 hours
 Heart failure (adjunct therapy)

Adult: initially, 3.125 mg every 12 hours; increased at in-


tervals of 2 weeks up to 6.25 mg every 12 hours (max 25
mg every 12 hours in severe heart or body weight < 85 kg
and 50 mg every 12 hours in patients > 85 kg))
Child 2–18 years: initially 0.05 mg/kg (max 3.125 mg)
every 12 hours, doubled at intervals of at least 2 weeks
up to 0.35 mg/kg (max 25 mg) every 12 hours
Contra-indications
 Acute or decompensated heart failure requiring intrave-

nous inotropes
 Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease with bronchial

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 175


C MONOGRAPHS

obstruction
 Clinically significant hepatic dysfunction
 Bronchial asthma

 Prinzmetal’s angina

 Marked bradycardia (< 50 bpm)

 Severe hypotension (systolic BP below 85 mmHg)

 Sick sinus syndrome


nd
 2 and 3rd degree atrio-ventricular block (unless a per-
manent pacemaker is in place)
 Cardiogenic shock

 Metabolic acidosis

 Severe peripheral arterial disease

 Untreated pheochromocytoma

 Hypersensitivity to carvedilol

Side effects
 Bronchitis, pneumonia, upper respiratory tract infection

 Urinary tract infection, micturition abnormalities

 Weight gain

 Hypercholesterolemia, anaemia, impaired glucose control

in patients with pre-existing diabetes


 Depression, dizziness, headache

 Visual impairment, decreased lacrimation, eye irritation

 Cardiac failure, bradycardia, hypotension

 Oedema, hypervolemia, fluid overload

 Dyspnoea, pulmonary oedema, asthma in predisposed

patients
 Nausea, diarrhoea, vomiting, dyspepsia, abdominal pain

 Pain in extremities, pain, fatigue

 Renal failure and renal function abnormalities

176 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CARVEDILOL C
Interactions
 Adrenaline, dobutamine (increased risk of severe hyper-

tension and bradycardia)


 Ciclosporin (plasma concentration of ciclosporin in-

creased)
 Clonidine (increased risk of withdrawal hypertension)

 Prazosin, alfuzosin (enhanced hypotensive effect)

 Amiodarone, flecainide (increased risk of bradycardia,

atrio-ventricular block and myocardial depression)


 Nifedipine (risk of severe hypotension and heart failure)

 Diltiazem (increased risk of AV block and bradycardia)

 Verapamil (increased risk of asystole, severe hypotension

and heart failure)


Patient instructions
 Take your medication for heart failure with food and

enough water
 Do not drive or operate heavy or dangerous machinery if

you feel dizzy


Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Avoid abrupt withdrawal of carvedilol. Withdraw gradual-
ly over 2 weeks
 When clonidine and carvedilol are used together, with-
draw carvedilol several days before slow withdrawal of
clonidine
 Monitor renal function during dose titration in heart fail-
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 177
C MONOGRAPHS

ure patients who also have renal impairment, low blood


pressure, ischaemic heart disease or vascular disease
 Carvedilol may mask symptoms of thyrotoxicosis, acute
hypoglycaemia hence need for close monitoring of dia-
betics also using carvedilol
 Reduce dose of carvedilol if bradycardia occurs
 Carvedilol may aggravate or exacerbate skin symptoms in
patients with psoriasis
 Carvedilol reduces placental perfusion hence severe ad-
verse foetal consequences in the neonate. Only use if
necessary and stop treatment 2–3 days before expected
birth and monitor new-born for the first 2–3 days of life

CEFALEXIN (CEPHALEXIN) H E 6.2.1


First generation orally active cephalosporin antibacterial
Dosage forms
 Suspension: 125 mg/ml

Uses
 Urinary tract infection (second line)

 Respiratory tract infections

 Otitis media

 Sinusitis

 Skin and soft tissue infections`

Dose and duration


 Prophylaxis of recurrent urinary tract infection

Adult: 125 mg at night


 All other uses

Treatment should continue for 3–10 days


178 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
CEFALEXIN (CEPHALEXIN) C
Adult: 500 mg every 8–12 hours. In severe infections,
give 1–1.5 g every 6–8 hours
Child 5–12 years: 250 mg every 8 hours
Child 1–5 years: 125 mg every 8 hours
Child 1 month–1 year: 125 mg every 12 hours
Neonate 21–28 days: 25 mg/kg (max 125 mg) every 6
hours
Neonate 7–21 days: 25 mg/kg (max 125 mg) every 8
hours
Neonate under 7 days: 25 mg/kg (max 125 mg) every 12
hours
Contra-indications
 Porphyria

 Galactose intolerance

 Cephalosporin hypersensitivity

Side effects
 Diarrhoea, nausea, vomiting, abdominal discomfort

 Headache

 Allergy, Rash, Stevens-Johnson syndrome

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Use with caution in patient with sensitivity to beta-lactam
antibacterials: discontinue if an allergic reaction occurs
 Use with caution in impaired renal function; may require

lower doses
 Cefalexin can lead to false positive Coomb’s test

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 179


C MONOGRAPHS

CEFIXIME H N 6.2.1
Oral third generation broad-spectrum cephalosporin
antibacterial
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 200 mg

Uses
 Urethral discharge syndrome (male)

 Abnormal vaginal discharge syndrome

 Lower abdominal pain syndrome (female)

 Pelvic inflammatory disease (PID)

 Upper and lower respiratory tract infections

Dose and duration


 Urethral discharge syndrome, abnormal vaginal discharge

syndrome
Adult: 400 mg as a single dose
 Upper and lower respiratory tract infections

Adult and child over 10 years: 200–400 mg daily in 1–2


divided doses for 7 days
Child 5–10 years: 200 mg once daily for 5−7 days
Child 1–4 years: 100 mg once daily for 5−7 days
Child 6 months–1 year: 75 mg once daily for 5−7 days
 Lower abdominal pain syndrome, pelvic inflammatory

disease (PID)
Adult: 400 mg daily in 1–2 divided doses for 5–10 days
Note: In renal failure with creatinine clearance ˂20
ml/min, do not exceed 200 mg daily
Contraindications
 Hypersensitivity to cephalosporins

180 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CEFTRIAXONE C
Side effects
 Nausea, vomiting, abdominal discomfort

 Headache

 Stevens-Johnson syndrome, allergic reaction, anaphylaxis

Interactions
 Warfarin (possibly enhanced anticoagulant effect)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Give with caution in patients with penicillin hypersensi-
tivity due to likelihood of cross-sensitivity.
 In patients with history of cephalosporin induced hae-
molytic anaemia, avoid re-administration
 Discontinue cefixime in case acute renal failure or tubu-
lointerstitial nephritis occurs
 Reduce dose in moderate to severe renal impairment

CEFTRIAXONE HC III V 6.2.1


Third generation broad spectrum cephalosporin antibacterial
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 1 g

Uses
 Acute bacterial meningitis

 Septicaemia

 Pneumonia

 Abnormal vaginal/urethral discharge syndrome

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 181


C MONOGRAPHS

 Pelvic inflammatory disease


 Severe gonococcal infection
 Gonococcal eye infection in new born infant

 Dysentery

Dose and duration


IV injection should be given slowly over 2–5 minutes. Give IV
infusion over 30–60 minutes in neonates
 Meningitis (first line treatment)

Adult: 2 g IV or deep IM injection daily in 1 or 2 divided


doses for 14 days
Child: 50–100 mg/kg daily in 1 or 2 divided doses for
14 days
Neonate: 20–50 mg/kg daily in 1 or 2 divided doses
(maximum 50 mg/kg) for 14 days
 Septicaemia

Adult: 2 g IV or deep IM injection daily in 1 or 2 divided


doses for 10 days
Child: 50–100 mg/kg daily in 1 or 2 divided doses for
10 days
Neonate: 20–50 mg/kg daily in 1 or 2 divided doses
(max 50 mg/kg) for 10 days
 Moderate to severe pneumonia (second line to ampicillin

and gentamicin)
Adult: 1–2 g IV or deep IM injection daily in 1 or 2 di-
vided dose for 7 days
Child: 50 mg/kg daily in 1 or 2 divided doses for 7 days
Neonate: 20–50 mg/kg daily in 1 or 2 divided doses
(max 50 mg/kg) for 7 days
 Abnormal vaginal/urethral discharge syndrome (in com-

bination with metronidazole and doxycycline)


182 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
CEFTRIAXONE C
Adult: 1 g single dose by deep IM injection
 Pelvic inflammatory disease; persistent urethral/vaginal
discharge syndrome
Adult: 1 g once daily by deep IM injection for 3 days
 Severe gonococcal infection
Adult: 1 g by deep IM injection once daily for 7 days
 Gonococcal eye infection in new born infant (in combina-
tion with azithromycin)
25 mg/kg single dose by deep IM injection

(max 125 mg)


 Dysentery (second line for severely ill children)

50–80 mg/kg IV once daily for 3 days


Contraindications
 Allergy to cephalosporin

 Neonates with jaundice, low albumin levels, or acidosis

Side effects
 Stomach upset

 Headache

 Allergic reaction

 Blood disorders

Interactions
 Calcium or calcium-containing fluids (risk of calcium-

ceftriaxone deposits in urine and lungs; see caution)


 Warfarin (increased anticoagulant effect)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 183


C MONOGRAPHS

Caution
 Rapid injection can cause severe nausea and dizziness
 Give doses of >50 mg/kg in children and >1 g in adults
by IV infusion
 IM doses of >1 g should be divided over 2 injection sites
 When used with calcium or calcium-containing fluids
(e.g. Ringer’s Lactate), there is risk of calcium-
ceftriaxone deposits in urine and lungs. Higher risk in
neonates dehydrated or immobilised patients.
 Reduce dose in patients with severe kidney and liver
disease
 Ceftriaxone is second line to ampicillin and gentamicin in
severe pneumonia
 Avoid using ceftriaxone for indications not indicated or
when first line medicines are available to avoid develop-
ment of resistance
 Give with caution in patients with penicillin sensitivity,
may have cross-sensitivity

CEFUROXIME RR N 6.2.1
Broad spectrum second generation cephalosporin
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 500 mg

 Oral suspension: 125 mg/ml

 Powder for solution for injection: 750 mg

Uses
 Respiratory tract infections

 Urinary tract infections

 Otitis media

184 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CEFUROXIME C
 Skin and soft-tissue infections
 Sinusitis
 Pre- and post-surgery prophylaxis

Dose and duration


 All infections

Treat for 5–10 days. Treatment may be extended to 14–


21 days in some severe cases
Adult and child above 12 years: 250 mg every 12 hours
(500 mg every 12 hours in more severe lower respiratory-
tract infections or if pneumonia suspected)
Child 2–12 years: 15 mg/kg (max 250 mg) every 12 hours
Child 3 months–2 years: 10 mg/kg (max 125 mg) every 12
hours
 Pre- and post-surgery prophylaxis

Give by deep IM or IV injection (over 3–5 minutes) or infu-


sion (over 30 to 60 minutes). In neonates or for doses
above 750 mg, use IV route only
Adult: 1.5 g by IV injection up to 30 minutes before
the procedure. 3 more doses of 750 mg IM or IV may
be given every 8 hours for high-risk procedures
Child 1 month–18 years: 50 mg/kg (max 1500 mg) up to
30 minutes before the procedure. 3 more doses of 30
mg/kg (max 750 mg) may be given by IM or IV injection
every 8 hours for high-risk procedures
 Severe infections

Adult: 750 mg every 6–8 hours ( max 1500 mg)


Child 1 month–18 years: 20 mg/kg (max 750 mg) every 8
hours (50–60 mg/kg (max 1500 mg)
Neonate 21–28 days: 25 mg/kg every 6 hours
Neonate 7–21 days: 25 mg/kg every 8 hours
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 185
C MONOGRAPHS

Neonate under 7 days: 25 mg/kg every 12 hours


Double the dose in very severe infections
Note: In renal failure, increase dosing interval to every 12
hours; in severe renal failure, give once daily
Contraindication
 Hypersensitivity to cephalosporin

 History of severe hypersensitivity to other beta-lactam

antibacterial agents
Side effects
 Candida overgrowth

 Eosinophilia

 Dizziness, headache

 Transient rise in liver enzymes

 Diarrhoea, nausea, abdominal discomfort

 Stevens-Johnson syndrome

Interactions
 Warfarin (possibly enhanced anticoagulant effect)

Patient instructions
 Take your medication after food for optimum absorption

 Do not crush the tablets. Swallow them whole

 Shake the reconstituted suspension well before use

 Store the reconstituted suspension in a refrigerator. Do

not freeze. Discard any remaining suspension after 10


days (3 days if stored at room temperature)
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

186 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CETIRIZINE C
Storage
 After reconstitution, store in a refrigerator between

2–8oC for not more than 10 days


Caution
 Reduce dose in severe renal impairment
 Use with caution in patients with non-severe hypersensitivi-

ty to penicillins and other beta-lactam agents


 Prolonged use may result in the overgrowth of other non-

susceptible microorganisms like enterococci and clostridi-


um difficile, which may require interruption of treatment

CETIRIZINE H N 3.0
Non-sedating antihistamine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 10 mg

Uses
 Symptomatic relief of allergy

Dose and duration


 Symptomatic relief of allergy

Adult and child > 12 years: 10 mg once daily


Child 6–12 years: 5 mg every 12 hours
Child 2–6 years: 2.5 mg every 12 hours
Child 1–2 years: 250 µg/kg every 12 hours
In renal failure: Reduce dose to ½ in mild failure; ½ nor-
mal dose on alternate days in moderate failure
Contraindications
 Severe renal failure

 Hypersensitivity to cetirizine or hydroxyzine

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 187


C MONOGRAPHS

Side effects
 Somnolence, headache, fatigue, dizziness

 Dry mouth

Patient instructions
 Drowsiness may occur and affect perfomance of skilled

tasks like driving


 Avoid alcohol since it may enhance drowsiness

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Avoid in severe renal failure due to increased risk of coma

CETRIMIDE + CHLORHEXIDINE HC II N 15.1


Skin disinfectant and wound cleanser. Cetrimide cleans and
chlorhexidine disinfects
Dosage forms
 Solution: 0.15% cetrimide and 0.015% chlorhexidine

Uses
 Disinfection of wounds

Dose and duration


 Apply undiluted solution to affected area

Side effects
 Skin irritation

Interactions
 Povidone-iodine (cancelled effect)

188 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CHARCOAL (ACTIVATED) C
 Hydrogen peroxide (cancelled effect)
Patient instructions
 Avoid contact with eyes

 Do not use in body cavities (the organs inside the body)

 Do not use on breasts if breast-feeding

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

CHARCOAL (ACTIVATED) HC II E 4.1


Oral antidote that binds many poisons in the stomach and
prevents their absorption into the body
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 250 mg

Uses
 Prevention of absorption of poisons

 Active elimination of some poisons after they have been

absorbed
Dose and duration
 Prevention of absorption of poisons

Adult: 50 g (200 tablets of 250 mg)


Child: 25 g (100 tablets of 250 mg); use 50 g if severe
poisoning
 Active elimination of some poisons

Give as above but repeat every 4 hours


Preparation
 Grind tablets into a fine powder before mixing with

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 189


C MONOGRAPHS

100–200 ml of water to make a suspension then drink


Contraindications
 Poisoning with kerosene

 Poisoning with acids

 Poisoning with malathion

 Alcohol poisoning

 Insecticide poisoning

 Metal salts including iron and lithium salts poisoning

Side effects
 Black stools

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 The sooner charcoal is given, the more effective it is, but
it may still be effective up to 2 hours after ingestion of
the poison
 Use with caution in a drowsy or comatose patient and in
cases of reduced gastric motility
 Treat any vomiting with an anti-emetic as vomiting may
reduce the effectiveness of the charcoal and lead to aspi-
ration of the poisoning agent

CHLORAMBUCIL RR E 8.2
Alkylating agent. Cytotoxic anticancer medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 2 mg

190 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CHLORAMBUCIL C
Uses
 Non-Hodgkin’s lymphomas

 Hodgkin’s disease

 Chronic lymphocytic leukaemia

Dose and duration


 Hodgkin’s disease

Adult and child: as a single agent: usually 0.2


mg/kg/day for 4‒8 weeks
 Non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma

Adult and child: Initially, 0.1‒0.2 mg/kg/day for 4‒8


weeks. Maintenance therapy is then given by a
reduced daily dosage or intermittent courses of treat-
ment.
 Chronic lymphocytic leukaemia

Adult and child: Initially, 0.15 mg/kg/day until the to-


tal leukocyte count has fallen to 10,000 per µL. Treat-
ment may be resumed 4 weeks after the end of the
first course and continued at a dosage of 0.1
mg/kg/day.
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to chlorambucil

 Patients who have just recently undergone radiotherapy

or received other cytotoxic agents


Side effects
 Rash

 Blood disorders

 Stevens-Johnson Syndrome

 Secondary haematologic malignancies e.g. especially leu-

kaemia and myelodysplastic syndrome on long-term use)

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 191


C MONOGRAPHS

 Seizures in children with nephrotic syndrome


 Nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea, abdominal pain
Interactions
 Live vaccines (risk of systemic disease)

Patient instructions
 Take on an empty stomach (at least 1 hour before or 3

hours after food)


 Report immediately any rash

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Storage
 Store between 2‒8°C

Caution
 Men and women taking chlorambucil should use
adequate contraception
 Monitor blood counts closely
 Withdraw medicine immediately if a rash develops
 Use with caution in children with a history of seizures and
nephrotic syndrome (increased risk of seizures)
 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in cytotoxic medicines

192 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CHLORAMBUCIL C
CHLORAMPHENICOL HC III V 6.2.2, 21.1
Broad spectrum antibacterial reserved for treatment of
severe infections
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 1 g vial

 Ophthalmic ointment: 1%

 Eye drops: 0.5%

 Ear drops: 5%

 Capsule: 250 mg

Uses
 Meningitis

 Septicaemia

 Plague

 Typhoid

 Typhus fever

 Bronchiolitis

 Severe throat infection

 Severe breast infection

 Pre-referral treatment for pneumonia and possible seri-

ous bacterial infection (PSBI) in infants >1 week old


 Severe pneumonia

 Bacterial eye infection

 Ophthalmia of the new born

 Ear infections

Dose and duration


 Meningitis and septicaemia

Adult: 1 g IV every 6 hours for 14 days


Once clinical improvement occurs, reduce dose to
500–750 mg orally every 6 hours to complete the course

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 193


C MONOGRAPHS

Child: 25 mg/kg every 6 hours for 14 days


 Plague, typhoid, typhus fever, pneumonia, breast infec-
tion
Adult: 500 mg IV every 6 hours for 7–10 days
Child: 25 mg/kg per dose every 6 hours for 7–10 days
 Bronchiolitis, throat infection
Child > 2 weeks: 12.5 mg/kg every 6 hours for 5 days
 Pre-referral treatment for pneumonia and PSBI (in combi-
nation with benzyl penicillin)
Child > 1 week: 40 mg/kg IM single dose
Child < 1 week: 20 mg/kg IM single dose
Refer immediately
If referral not possible: Repeat dose every 12 hours for
5 days, then change to an appropriate oral antibiotic
to complete 10 days treatment
 Bacterial eye infections
Adult and child over 2 years: apply eye ointment 3–4
times daily for 7 days or once at night if eye drops are
used during day
Adult and child >2 years: 1 eye drop every 2 hours for
2 days then 1 drop every 4 hours for 3 more days
 Ophthalmia of the new born
Neonate: apply eye drops every 30 minutes
 Ear infections
Apply 2 drops of eye/ear drops into the ear every 8
hours for 14 days
Contraindications
 Severe kidney disease

 Severe liver disease

194 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CHLORHEXIDINE C
Side effects
 Dry mouth, stomach upset

 Skin rash

 Unclear or temporary loss of vision

 Headache

 Anaemia

 Grey baby syndrome

Interactions
 Phenobarbital (reduced effect of chloramphenicol)

 Phenytoin (increased side effects of phenytoin)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Alternative to benzyl penicillin if secondary bacterial in-
fection is suspected
 Avoid repeated courses and prolonged use
 Grey syndrome is most likely to occur in neonates

CHLORHEXIDINE HC II E 13.2, 15.1


Topical disinfectant and anti-infective that kills microorgan-
isms and prevents infection of wounds
Dosage forms
 Cutaneous solution: 2%

 Solution: 0.05%

 Solution (as digluconate): 7.1%

 Chlorhexidine gluconate mouthwash: 0.20%

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 195


C MONOGRAPHS

 Chlorhexidine gluconate solution: 20% (equivalent to


chlorhexidine 4%)
 Cream: 5%

Uses
 Cleansing and prevention of infection of wounds, animal

bites, and skin infections


 General and pre-operative hand and skin disinfection

 Disinfection of instruments

 Oral infections

 Cleaning of umbilical cord stump of a newborn

Dose and duration


 Wounds (deep and extensive), animal bites, skin infec-

tions
Apply 0.05% solution directly to affected area after
cleaning and allowing the wound to dry
 General and pre-operative hand and skin disinfection

Rub 0.05% solution on hands and skin


 Cleaning of umbilical cord stump of newborn

Neonate: apply 7.1% solution or 4% gel to the stump im-


mediately after birth and daily during the first week of life
 Oral infections

Rinse/gargle with mouthwash every 8 hours until


symptoms disappear
 Disinfection of instruments

Soak for at least 30 minutes in 0.05% solution, then


rinse thoroughly with sterile water or 0.9% sodium
chloride
Preparation
 Dilute 5% concentrated chlorhexidine solution with

196 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CHLORHEXIDINE C
distilled water to make required strength
 To make 1 litre of 0.05% solution, add 10 ml of 5%
concentrated solution + 990 ml of clear freshly boiled and
cooled water
Side effects
 Skin irritation

Interactions
 Soap (cancelled effect)

 Hydrogen peroxide (cancelled effect)

 Povidone-iodine (cancelled effect)

Patient instructions
 In case of contact with eyes, wash with plenty of water

 Do not apply to breasts if breast-feeding

 Wash hands with soap and water before applying to the

umbilical cord. Do not put anything else on the cord


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
 Use diluted solution within 1 week

Caution
 Not for use in body cavities (the organs inside the body)
 When used for umbilical cord care, it should be applied
alone; cord detachment may be prolonged for more 1–2
days

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 197


C MONOGRAPHS

CHLOROQUINE BASE HC IV E 6.4.3


Antimalarial and disease modifying antirheumatic medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 150 mg

Uses
 Malaria prophylaxis in sickle cell disease

 Rheumatoid arthritis (specialist use only)

Dose and duration


 Malaria prophylaxis in sickle cell disease

Adults: 300 mg of chloroquine base once weekly


Child: 5 mg/kg once weekly
 Rheumatoid arthritis

Adults: 150 mg of chloroquine base once daily


Child: 3 mg/kg once daily
Contra-indications
 Psoriatic arthritis

 Myasthenia gravis

 Allergy to chloroquine

Side effects
 Stomach upset

 Skin reactions (rash, itching)

 Headache

 Eye damage on long term use

 Irregular heartbeat and convulsions in overdose

Interactions
 Artemether/lumefantrine

 Digoxin (increased concentration of digoxin)

 Mefloquine (increased risk of convulsions)

 Ethosuximide (reduced effect of ethosuximide)

198 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CHLORPHENIRAMINE (CHLORPHENAMINE) MALEATE C
 Carbamazepine (reduced effect of carbamazepine)
 Halothane (increased hypotensive effect)
 Ketamine (increased hypotensive effect)

Patient instructions
 Take after food to minimise nausea and vomiting

 Report immediately to health worker any visual disturb-

ances while on treatment


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Chloroquine should not be used for malaria treatment as
the parasites are resistant to it
 Chloroquine can make psoriasis worse

CHLORPHENIRAMINE (CHLORPHENAMINE)
HC II E 3
MALEATE
Sedating antihistamine that relieves itching caused by several
conditions
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 4 mg

Uses
 Chicken pox

 Herpes zoster

 Snake bite

 Severe local reaction after insect bites and stings

 Eczema

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 199


C MONOGRAPHS

 Skin allergy
 Glue ear (otitis media with effusion)
 Nasal allergy

Dose and duration


 Chicken pox and herpes zoster

Adults: 4 mg every 12 hours for 3 days


Child <5 years: 1 mg every 12 hours for 3 days
 Snake bite

4 mg every 6–8 hours for 3 days


 Insect bites and stings

Give until swelling subsides


Adults: 4 mg every 6 hours; max 24 mg daily)
Child 6–12 years: 2 mg every 6 hours; max 12 mg daily
Child 2–5 years: 1 mg every 6 hours; max 6 mg daily
Child 1–2 years: 1 mg every 12 hours
 Glue ear (otitis media with effusion)

Same as for insect bites for 10 days


 Nasal allergy

Same as for insect bites for 21 days


Contra-indications
 Urinary and prostate disorders

 Glaucoma

 Children <1 year old

Side effects
 Drowsiness, sedation, headache, dizziness

 Dry mouth, constipation

 Urinary retention

 Tinnitus

 Blurred vision

200 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CHLORPROMAZINE C
Interactions
 Alcohol (increased sedation)

 Morphine (increased sedation)

 Chlorpromazine (increased sedation)

 Promethazine (increased sedation)

 Phenobarbital (increased sedation)

 Amitriptyline (increased sedation)

 Diazepam (increased sedation)

Patient instructions
 Do not drive or operate machinery

 Do not drink alcohol

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Chlorpheniramine has no anti-emetic effect
 Less sedating than promethazine

CHLORPROMAZINE HC II V 24
Sedative antipsychotic medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablets: 100 mg; 25 mg

 Injection: 25 mg/ml

Uses
 Mania, delirium

 Control spasms in tetanus

 Excessive vomiting in pregnancy

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 201


C MONOGRAPHS

 Intractable hiccups
 Migraine
Dose and duration
 Mania, delirium

Adult: initially, 100–200 mg every 8 hours, then adjust


according to response. Daily doses up to 300 mg may
be given as a single dose at night
 Control spasms in tetanus (alternating with diazepam)

Adult: 100 mg every 4–6 hours by nasogastric tube


Child: 12.5–25 mg every 4–6 hours by nasogastric
tube. Continue for as long as spasms or rigidity persists
 Intractable hiccups

Adult: 25–50 mg every 6–8 hours


 Excessive vomiting in pregnancy

Adult: 25 mg repeated as needed (at most every 4


hours). If severe, give by deep IM injection every 6
hours or as required
Contra-indications
 Delirium tremens (uncontrolled shaking in acute alcohol

withdrawal)
 Parkinson's disease

 Severe liver disease

 Severe kidney disease

Side effects
 Drowsiness, apathy, nightmares, dizziness, insomnia,

headache
 Confusion, depression

 Extra-pyramidal side effects

 Uncontrolled shaking

202 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CICLOSPORIN C
Interactions
 Alcohol (increased sedation)

 Diazepam (increased sedation)

 Phenobarbital (increased sedation)

 Chlorpheniramine (increased sedation)

Patient instructions
 Do not take alcohol

 Do not drive or operate machinery while on treatment

Pregnancy
rd
 Do not use in 3 trimester

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Reduce dose to half or third in elderly patients
 Avoid abrupt withdrawal (may cause withdrawal
symptoms)
 Health workers should avoid direct contact with chlor-
promazine. Do not touch or crush the tablets, and handle
injectable solutions with care.
 Do not initiate treatment for mania and delirium; refer
patient to be seen by a specialist. Only give refill doses
 Benzhexol is used to treat extra-pyramidal side effects of
chlorpromazine

CICLOSPORIN NR N 8.1
Immunosuppressive medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 25 mg

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 203


C MONOGRAPHS

 Capsules: 100 mg
 Concentrate for intravenous infusion: 50mg/ml
Uses
 Prevention of graft rejection

 Prophylaxis of graft-versus-host disease

 Nephrotic syndrome

 Inflammatory bowel disease

 Rheumatoid arthritis

 Psoriasis

 Atopic dermatitis

Dose and duration


Adjust dose according to plasma ciclosporin concentration
and renal function. Lower doses are required when ciclo-
sporin is used with other immunosuppressants
 Organ transplantation

Adult and child over 3 months: by mouth, 10–15 mg/kg


4–12 hours before surgery given in 2 divided doses, then
10–15 mg/kg in 2 divided doses for 1–2 weeks and reduc-
ing it gradually to a maintenance dose of 2–6 mg/kg daily
in 2 divided doses
By IV infusion: if using concentrated solution, give 1/3rd of
the corresponding dose by mouth over 2–6 hours. Same
dose as for oral administration when diluted
 Bone marrow transplantation, graft-versus-host disease

Adult and child over 3 months: by mouth, 12.5–15 mg/kg


daily in 2 divided doses for 2 weeks, starting on the day
before surgery, followed by 12.5 mg/kg daily in 2 divided
doses for 3–6 months, then gradually reduced to zero by
1 year after transplantation
By IV infusion over 2–6 hours, 3–5 mg/kg daily for 2
204 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
CICLOSPORIN C
weeks, starting on the day before surgery, followed by
maintenance doses by mouth
 Nephrotic syndrome
Adult: by mouth, initially 2.5 mg/kg every 12 hours slowly
reduced to lowest effective dose according to proteinuria
and serum creatinine measurements. Discontinue after 3
months if no improvement is observed (after 6 months in
membranous glomerulonephritis)
Child: by mouth, initially 3 mg/kg every 12 hours and ti-
trated as in the adult
 Inflammatory bowel disease
Adult: by continuous IV infusion, 2 mg/kg daily over 24
hours adjusted according to blood ciclosporin concentra-
tion and response
 Rheumatoid arthritis
Adult: 1.5 mg/kg every 12 hours for 6 weeks increased
gradually according to response and tolerability up to a
maximum 2.5 mg/kg every 12 hours for 6 more weeks
 Psoriasis, atopic dermatitis
Adult: initially 1.25 mg/kg (2.5 mg/kg if rapid improve-
ment is needed) every 12 hours gradually increased if
there is no improvement after 1 month (2 weeks in der-
matitis) to a maximum dose of 2.5 mg/kg every 12 hours.
Treat for 8 weeks to 1 year in dermatitis
Discontinue if there is no improvement after 6 weeks of
treatment in psoriasis
Preparation
 Dilute according to manufacturer’s directions

Contra-indications
 Porphyria

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 205


C MONOGRAPHS

 Malignancy
 Uncontrolled infections
Side effects
 Nutrition disorders such as hyperlipidaemia, anorexia

 Metabolism disorders e.g. hyperglycaemia, hyperuricae-

mia, hyperkalaemia and hypomagnesaemia


 Leucopoenia

 Tremor, paraesthesia, headache, convulsions, fever

 Hypertension, flushing

 Fatigue

 Nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain, diarrhea

 Gingival hyperplasia and peptic ulcer

 Abnormal hepatic function

 Hirsutism, acne, hypertrichosis (excessive body and/or

facial hair growth)


 Muscle pain, muscle cramps

 Renal dysfunction

Interactions
 Amikacin, amphotericin B, ciprofloxacin, gentamicin, ibu-

profen, levofloxacin, ofloxacin, silver sulfadiazine, strep-


tomycin, sulfadiazine, sulfadoxine + pyrimethamine, van-
comycin (increased risk of nephrotoxicity)
 Silver sulfadiazine, sulfadiazine, sulfamethoxazole + tri-

methoprim, trimethoprim (plasma ciclosporin concentra-


tion possibly increased)
 Amiloride (increased risk of hyperkalaemia)

 Azithromycin, chloramphenicol, doxycycline, ritonavir

(plasma concentration of ciclosporin possibly increased)


 Carbamazepine, Phenobarbital, phenytoin, rifampicin

( reduced plasma ciclosporin concentration)


206 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
CICLOSPORIN C
 Chloroquine, erythromycin, fluconazole, grape fruit juice,
levonogestrel, medroxyprogesterone, metoclopramide,
norethisterone, verapamil (increased plasma concentra-
tion and toxicity of ciclosporin)
 Oral contraceptives (Plasma ciclosporin concentration in-
creased)
 Digoxin (increased concentration and toxicity of digoxin)
 Doxorubicin (increased risk of neurotoxicity)
 Enalapril, potassium salts, spironolactone (increased risk
of hyperkalaemia)
 Methotrexate (increased toxicity)
 Simvastatin (increased risk of myopathy)
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Monitor renal function. Reduce dose if dose-related in-
creases in serum creatinine and blood urea nitrogen oc-
cur during the first few weeks; exclude kidney transplant
rejection
 Monitor hepatic function. Adjust dose according to bili-
rubin and liver enzymes levels
 Monitor blood pressure and discontinue if hypertension
cannot be controlled by antihypertensives
 Monitor serum magnesium and potassium especially in
renal impairment due to risk of hyperkalaemia
 Monitor blood lipids before and during treatment
 In patients with nephritic syndrome, reduce dose by 25–
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 207
C MONOGRAPHS

50% if serum creatinine is more than 30% above baseline


at more than one measurement. Perform renal biopsies
at yearly intervals
 Monitor patients receiving the IV infusion for 30 minutes
after starting the infusion since the polyethoxylated cas-
tor oil may cause anaphylaxis in some patients
 When changing from IV to oral dose, start with similar
dose as for IV and monitor ciclosporin plasma concentra-
tion for 4–7 days
 Use in pregnancy may cause premature delivery

CIPROFLOXACIN HC II V 6.2.2, 21.1


Broad spectrum fluoroquinolone antibacterial
Dosage forms
 Tablets: 500 mg

 Solution for IV infusion: 2 mg/ml

 Eye drops: 0.3%

Uses
 Urinary bladder infection

 Acute pyelonephritis

 Brucellosis

 Anthrax

 Typhoid fever

 Pneumonia

 Bacterial dysentery

 Cholera

 Genital ulcer disease (without blisters)

 Prophylaxis of meningococcal meningitis

 Corneal ulcers

208 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CIPROFLOXACIN C
 Superficial ocular infection
Dose and duration
 Urinary bladder infection

Adults: 500 mg single dose PO


 Acute pyelonephritis

Adult: by mouth, 750 mg every 12 hours for 7–14 days


By IV infusion over 60 minutes, 400 mg every 8–12 hours
 Brucellosis and typhoid fever

Adult: 500 mg every 12 hours for 14 days PO


In chronic typhoid fever, treat for 4–6 weeks
 Pneumonia, anthrax

Adult: by mouth, 500 mg every 12 hours for 5 days


By IV infusion over 60 minutes, 400 mg every 12 hours
 Bacterial dysentery (first line) and cholera

Adult: 1 g single dose PO


Child: 15 mg/kg every 12 hours for 3 days
 Genital ulcer disease

Adult: 500 mg every 12 hours PO for 3 days


 Prophylaxis of meningococcal meningitis

Adult: 500 mg single dose PO


 Corneal ulcers

Adult and child over 1 year: day 1; apply 2 drops into the
affected eye every 15 minutes for the first 6 hours and
then 2 drops every 30 minutes during both day and night-
time. Day 2; apply 2 drops in the affected eye every hour.
Days 3–14; apply 2 drops in the affected eye every 4
hours (max duration of treatment 21 days)
 Superficial ocular infection

Adult and child above 1 year: apply 1–2 drops 4 times


a day; in severe infection apply every 2 hours during
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 209
C MONOGRAPHS

waking hours for 2 days, then 4 times a day for 14 days


(max duration 21 days)
Contra-indications
 Children <12 years

 Joint pain

 Hypersensitivity to quinolones

Side effects
 Stomach upset

 Headache, dizziness

 Joint and muscle aches

In case of ocular application,


 Corneal deposits, ocular discomfort, ocular hyperaemia

 Dysgeusia (distortion of the sense of taste)

Interactions
 Artemether/lumefantrine (increased irregular heartbeat)

 Ibuprofen (increased risk of convulsions)

 Magnesium trisilicate compound (reduced absorption)

 Iron salts (reduced absorption)

Patient instructions
 Take at least 2 hours before or 2 hours after taking milk,

other dairy products, magnesium trisilicate compound


and iron salts
 Drink plenty of fluids during treatment

 Report immediately to the health worker if any severe

joint or muscle pains occur


 Discard remaining eye drops after 1 month from opening

 In case of transient blurring of vision with eye drops, do

not operate machinery or drive until vision clears


 Do not touch the eye drops bottle tip with bare hands

210 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CISATRACURIUM C
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Stop treatment in the event of joint pain; elderly are
more prone to joint pain
 Use half dose in case of severe kidney disease
 Give with caution to patients with epilepsy due to risk of
seizures
 Discontinue use at the first appearance of a skin rash or
any sign of hypersensitivity

CISATRACURIUM H N 20
Non-depolarising neuromuscular blocking medicine with
long-term neuromuscular blockade
Dosage forms
 Solution for injection or infusion: 2 mg/ml

Uses
 Muscle relaxation during surgery

 Muscle relaxation during intensive care

Dose and duration


 Muscle relaxant during surgery

Adult and child over 12 years: by IV injection, 0.15


mg/kg; maintenance, 0.03 mg/kg every 20 minutes
By IV infusion, 0.18 mg/kg/hour, then after stabilisation,
0.06–0.12 mg/kg/hour
Child 2–12 years: By IV injection, 0.15 mg/kg

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 211


C MONOGRAPHS

(0.08–0.1 mg/kg if not for intubation), then 0.02 mg/kg


repeated every 10 minutes as necessary
Child 1 month–2 years: By IV injection, 0.15 mg/kg,
then 0.03 mg/kg repeated every 20 minutes as neces-
sary
 Muscle relaxant during intensive care

Adult: By IV injection, 0.15 mg/kg then by IV infusion


0.18 mg/kg/hour adjusted according to response (usual
range 0.03–0.6 mg)
Preparation
 For continuous IV infusion, dilute to a concentration of

0.1–2 mg/ml with Glucose 5% or Sodium Chloride 0.9%.


Solutions of 2 mg/ml or may be infused undiluted
Side effects
 Bradycardia

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 The patient should receive sufficient concomitant inhala-
tional or IV anaesthetic or sedative medicines to prevent
awareness
 To avoid excessive dosage in obese patients, dose should
be calculated on the basis of ideal bodyweight
 Administer with caution in patients with hypersensitivity
to other neuromuscular blocking drugs, patients with
other neuromuscular disorders and those with fluid and
electrolyte disturbances
212 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
CISPLATIN C
 Reduce the rate of administration in patients with cardio-
vascular disease
 In hypothermia and myasthenia gravis, give lower doses
 The patient should always have assisted respiration until
the medicine has been inactivated or antagonised
 No dose adjustments required in renal or hepatic failure

CISPLATIN NR V 8.2
Platinum compound anticancer
Dosage forms
 Solution for infusion: 1 mg/ml

Uses
 Lung cancer

 Testicular cancer

 Cervical cancer

 Bladder cancer

 Head and neck cancer

 Ovarian cancer

Dose and duration


Give only as intravenous infusion over 6‒8 hours
 For monotherapy

Adult and child: 50‒120 mg/m2 body surface area eve-


ry 3‒4 weeks
OR 15‒20 mg/m2/day for 5 days every 3‒4 weeks
 In combination therapy

Reduce dose
Adult and child: usually, 20 mg/m2 body surface area
every 3‒4 weeks
NOTE: Maintain adequate hydration from 2‒12 hours
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 213
C MONOGRAPHS

prior to administration (100‒200 ml/hour, total at least 1


litre) AND until minimum 6 hours after the administra-
tion of cisplatin (100‒200 ml/hour, total at least 2 litres)
Contra-indications
 Previous hypersensitivity to platinum compounds

 Kidney impairment

 Myelosuppression

 Hearing impairment

 Previous neuropathy due to cisplatin

Side effects
 Kidney damage

 Ototoxicity

 Peripheral neuropathy

 Hypomagnesaemia

 Myelosuppression

 Nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain

 Injection site reactions

 Infections

 Respiratory failure

 Hyperuricaemia

Interactions
 Live vaccines (risk of systemic disease)

 Yellow fever vaccine (risk of fatal yellow fever disease)

 Aminoglycosides, cephalosporins, amphotericin B,

polymixins (increased risk of ototoxicity and nephrotoxi-


city)
 Bleomycin, methotrexate (increased risk of pulmonary

toxicity)
 Clozapine (increased risk of agranulocytosis)

214 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CISPLATIN C
Patient instructions
 Drink plenty of fluids after receiving the medicine

 Report immediately any allergic reactions, paresthesias,

loss in sensation or hearing


Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breastfeeding

Storage
 Do not refrigerate or freeze

Caution
 Pre- and post-hydration required to prevent serious renal
dysfunction
 Do not use needles or giving sets made of aluminium
parts because aluminium forms precipitates with cisplatin
 Consider dose reduction or scheduling changes when
used in combination with other myelosuppressive
medicines to minimise side effect
 Monitor weekly: kidney and liver function, electrolytes,
CBC before, during and after treatment. Avoid repeat
doses until parameters have normalised
 Follow manufacturer’s instructions for reconstitution of
cisplatin concentrate
 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in cytotoxic medicines

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 215


C MONOGRAPHS

CLINDAMYCIN H E 6.4.6
Bacteriostatic antibacterial with activity against Gram-
positive aerobes and a wide range of anaerobes
Dosage forms
 Capsules: 150 mg, 300 mg

 Solution for injection: 150 mg/ml

Uses
 Pneumocystis Jiroveci pneumonia

 Toxoplasmosis

 Staphylococcal bone and joint infection

Dose and duration


 All uses

By mouth for 5 days (up to 10 days in beta-haemolytic


streptococcal infection)
Adult and child above 12 years: 150–300 mg every 6
hours, up to 450 mg every 6 hours in severe infections
Child 14 days–12 years: 3–6 mg/kg every 6 hours
Neonate under 14 days: 3–6 mg/kg every 8 hours
By deep IM injection or by IV infusion,
Adult and child over 12 years: 600–2,700 mg daily in 2–4
divided doses up to 4,800 mg in life threatening infection
Child 1 month–12 years: 3.75–6.25 mg/kg every 6 hours
increased to 10 mg/kg every 6 hours in severe infections
Total daily dose may be given 3 times daily
Contraindications
 Porphyria

 Diarrhoeal states

Side effects
 Diarrhoea, nausea, vomiting, abdominal discomfort

216 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CLOFAZIMINE C
 Oesophagitis and oesophageal ulcers (oral formulations)
 Rash, pruritus, urticaria, Stevens- Johnson syndrome
Patient instructions
 Stop medication immediately if diarrhoea develops and

consult your doctor


 Swallow whole with a glass of water

Interactions
 Suxamethonium (enhanced effects of suxamethonium)

 Vecuronium (enhanced muscle relaxant effect)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Colitis may develop during or after treatment
 Avoid rapid IV administration
 Single doses exceeding 600 mg should only be given by IV
infusion and any single dose should not exceed 1,200 mg
 Monitor liver and renal function if administered for
longer than 10 days

CLOFAZIMINE HC III V 6.2.3


Anti-leprotic antibacterial
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 50 mg, 100 mg

Uses
 Multibacillary leprosy

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 217


C MONOGRAPHS

Dose and duration


 Multibacillary leprosy (in combination with rifampicin and

dapsone)
Take as below for 12 months
Adult and child >15 years: 300 mg once a month and
50 mg once daily
Child 10–14 years: 150 mg once a month and 50 mg
on alternate days
Child below 10 years: 6 mg/kg body weight monthly
and 1 mg/kg daily
Side effects
 Discoloration of skin, hair, cornea, tears, conjunctiva,

sweat, sputum, faeces, and/or urine


 Stomach upset

 Weight loss

 Bleeding

 Dry skin and eyes

 Rash

Patient instructions
 The treatment lasts for 12 months. It is important to

complete the schedule to ensure complete healing


 May cause discoloration of skin, hair, tears, sweat, spu-

tum, and/or urine. This is reversible so do not worry


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Reduce dose or increase dose interval if GI problems exist
218 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
CLOMIFENE C
before treatment is started. Discontinue treatment if gas-
trointestinal problems develop while on treatment
 Lepra reaction: Sudden increase in the activity of leprosy
with nerve pain. It should be treated promptly to prevent
permanent nerve damage and disability
 Nerve pain: Treat with oral prednisolone for 3 months
and paracetamol or acetylsalicylic acid
 Do not stop treatment for leprosy during a lepra reaction
 If lepra reactions do not resolve within 6 weeks of treat-
ment or they get worse, refer patient to a specialist
 Type 2 lepra reactions, also called erythema nodosum
leprosum (ENL), is an antibody response to dead bacteria
and occurs only in MB leprosy. Therapy includes pain
relievers, prednisolone and clofazimine.

CLOMIFENE RR N 18.6
Anti-oestrogen ovulation inducer which induces gonadotro-
phin release by occupying oestrogen receptors in the hypo-
thalamus
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 50 mg

Uses
 Female infertility due to disturbances in ovulation

Dose and duration


 Female infertility due to disturbances in ovulation

Adult: 50 mg once daily for 5 days starting within 5 days


of onset of menstruation preferably on the 2nd day. May
be started at any time if menstruation cycles have ceased
In the absence of ovulation, a second course of 100 mg
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 219
C MONOGRAPHS

once daily for 5 days may be given (see caution)


Contra-indications
 Hepatic disease or history of hepatic dysfunction

 Ovarian cysts

 Hormone dependent tumours

 Uterine bleeding of undetermined cause

Side effects
 Visual disturbances

 Ovarian hyper stimulation, hot flushes, breast tender-

ness, menstrual spotting, menorrhagia, endometriosis


 Abdominal discomfort, nausea and vomiting

 Depression, insomnia, dizziness, headache, convulsions

 Weight gain

 Rash

 Hair loss

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Most patients respond to the first course. Long term cy-
clical therapy (more than 6 cycles) may increase risk of
ovarian cancer
 Discontinue treatment and initiate eye examination if
visual disturbances occur
 Discontinue treatment immediately if ovarian hyperstim-
ulation syndrome occurs
 In patients with polycystic ovary syndrome, cysts may en-
large during treatment
220 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
CLONAZEPAM C
 Risk of uterine fibroids, ectopic pregnancy and incidence
of multiple births may be increased
 Avoid use of clomifene in severe liver disease
 Use of clomifene in breast- feeding may inhibit lactation

CLONAZEPAM RR E 5
Benzodiazepine with antiepileptic activity
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 2 mg

Uses
 Treatment of all forms of epilepsy

Dose and duration


 Treatment of epilepsy

Adult and child above 12 years: 1 mg (0.5 mg in elderly)


once a day at night for 4 nights, increased according to re-
sponse over 2–4 weeks to usual maintenance dose of 4–8
mg at night. If necessary, give in 3–4 divided doses
Child 5–12 years: 0.5 mg increased as above to the usual
maintenance dose of 3–6 mg
Child 1–5 years: 0.25 mg increased as above to the usual
maintenance dose of 1–3 mg
Child up to 1 year: 0.25 mg increased as above to usual
maintenance dose of 0.5–1 mg
Contra-indications
 Respiratory depression

 Acute pulmonary insufficiency

 Sleep apnoea syndrome

 Marked neuromuscular respiratory weakness including

myasthenia gravis
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 221
C MONOGRAPHS

 Coma
 Current alcohol or drug abuse
 Severe hepatic insufficiency

Side effects
 Drowsiness, fatigue, dizziness, poor concentration, rest-

lessness
 Ataxia, muscle hypotonia, co-ordination disturbances

 Confusion, amnesia

 Dependence

 Salivary or bronchial hypersecretion in infants and small

children
 Nystagmus

Interactions
 Clozapine (serious adverse events)

 Sodium oxybate (effects of sodium oxybate enhanced)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Patients may need to be maintained on a specific brand
or generic product
 Use the lowest effctive dose for the shortest needed time
 The effect of clonazepam may decrease significantly after
weeks or months of continued therapy
 Avoid use in hepatic failure due to risk of coma
 Use lower doses in renal impairment because patients
have increased cerebral sensitivity
 Risk of neonatal withdrawal symptoms when used during
222 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
CLOTRIMAZOLE C
pregnancy. Only use if there is a clear indication such as
seizure control. High doses taken during late pregnancy
may cause neonatal hypothermia, hypotonia, and
respiratory depression

CLOTRIMAZOLE HC II E 6.3, 13.1, 28.1


Topical antifungal
Dosage forms
 Clotrimazole cream: 1%

 Clotrimazole pessary: 100 mg

 Clotrimazole solution: 1%

Uses
 Fungal skin infections

 Ringworm

 Vaginal candidiasis

 Vulval candidiasis

 Otitis externa due to fungal infection

Dose and duration


 Fungal skin infections and ring worm

Adult and child: apply cream to the lesion every 12


hours. Continue for 14 days after lesion has healed
 Vulval candidiasis

Adult and child: apply cream to area around vagina


and anus 2–3 times daily for 7–14 days
 Vaginal candidiasis

Adult and child: insert 1 pessary as a single dose high into


the vagina at bedtime for 6 days
 Otitis externa due to fungal infection

Adult and child: apply 3 drops of solution in ear 2–3


Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 223
C MONOGRAPHS

times a day. Continue until discharge dries up or for a to-


tal of 8 weeks and for 14 days after clinical resolution
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to fluconazole and ketoconazole

 Presence of vulvar or vaginal sores or ulcers

Side effects
 Local irritation

 Allergy

Interactions
 Nystatin pessaries (cancelled effect)

Patient instructions
 Wash your hands before and after every application

 Apply a thin layer on the affected area and rub gently

into the skin


 Do not share towels, basins, or bathing sponges with

uninfected people
 Avoid use on broken skin or open wound

 Insert the pessary while lying on your back to ensure it

goes as high as possible into the vagina


 Do not swallow the pessary

 Do not interrupt treatment during menstruation

 Do not have sexual intercourse after inserting pessary

 Do not use applicator if pregnant

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

224 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CLOXACILLIN C
Caution
 Recurrent infection may be treated by inserting 1 pessary
once a week for 6 months
 Explain use of applicator to the patient if available

CLOXACILLIN HC IV E 6.2.1
Penicillin antibacterial with good activity against Gram
positive bacteria for example Staphylococcus aureus. It is not
inactivated by penicillinases produced by S. Aureus.
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 500 mg

 Capsules: 250 mg

Uses
 Severe bacterial infections

 Septicaemia

 Septic arthritis

 Severe pneumonia due to Staphylococcus aureus

 Pyomyositis

 Osteomyelitis

 Endocarditis due to Staphylococcus aureus

 Pneumonia

 Infected skin wounds

 Boils

Dose and duration


 Severe bacterial infections (in combination with

gentamicin)
Adults: 1–2 g IV every 4–6 hours for 2–3 weeks
Child > 2 years: 50 mg/kg every 4–6 hours
Child > 2 years: 25 mg/kg every 4–6 hours
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 225
C MONOGRAPHS

 Boils, infected skin wounds


Adults: 500 mg PO every 6 hours for 5–10 days
Child: 125‒250 mg every 6 hours for 5–10 days
Contra-indications
 Penicillin allergy

 Cephalosporin allergy (cross-sensitivity may occur)

Side effects
 Stomach upset

 Allergic reaction (skin rash)

 Liver damage

Interactions
 Methotrexate (increased risk of methotrexate toxicity)

Patient instructions
 Take at least 30 minutes before food

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Use cautiously in patients with history of liver disease and
elderly. Avoid giving for durations longer than 2 weeks

COAL TAR H N 13.4


Keratolytic agent that inhibits excessive proliferation of epi-
dermal cells
Dosage forms
 Cutaneous emulsion 5%

226 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


COAL TAR C
Uses
 Treatment of psoriasis of skin and scalp

Dose and duration


 Treatment of psoriasis of skin and scalp

Adult and child > 12 years: apply a thin layer of solution


2–3 times per day to the affected areas
Child below 12 years: apply a thin layer of solution to skin or
scalp 2–3 times per day; can be diluted with a few drops of
water before applying
Contra-indications
 Sensitivity to any of the ingredients

 Presence of folliculitis and acne vulgaris

 Disease characterised by photosensitivity

 Inflamed or broken skin

Side effects
 Skin irritation, staining of skin and hair

 Photosensitivity

Patient instructions
 Avoid exposure to direct sunlight during treatment

 Use with care near the eyes and mouth area. If any emul-

sion accidentally enters the eye, flush with normal saline


solution or clean water
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
 Store in tightly closed containers, protected from light

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 227


C MONOGRAPHS

Caution
 If irritation occurs, review treatment and discontinue if
necessary
 Do not apply to genital and rectal areas

CODEINE PHOSPHATE HC IV E 2.3, 17.6.2, 25.2


Opioid analgesic, antitussive and antispasmodic that reduces
intestinal motility
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 30 mg

Uses
 Mild to moderate pain

 Excessive diarrhoea (in adults only)

Dose and duration


 Persistent or chronic diarrhoea (adult only)

Adult and child > 12 years: 30 mg every 6–8 hours


(usual dosage range 15–60 mg daily)
 Mild to moderate pain

Adult: 30‒60 mg every 6‒12 hours as needed (maxi-


mum 240 mg daily)
Child 1‒12 years: 0.5‒1 mg/kg every 4‒6 hours as
needed
Contra-indications
 Respiratory depression

 Obstructive airway disease

 Acute asthma attack

 Intestinal obstruction

 Ulcerative colitis or antibiotic-associated colitis

228 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CODEINE PHOSPHATE C
 Paralytic ileus
 Severe kidney disease
 Severe liver disease

Side effects
 Constipation especially after long term use

 Nausea and vomiting, dry mouth

 Difficulty in urination

 Headache, dizziness

 Respiratory depression (with large doses)

Interactions
 Alcohol (increased sedative and hypotensive effect)

 Ritonavir (increased concentration of codeine)

Patient instructions
 Drink plenty of fluids during treatment

Pregnancy
rd
 Do not use in 3 trimester

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Codeine is a controlled drug (narcotic) and should be
handled according to the NDA regulations
 On long term use, always give with bisacodyl to prevent
constipation
 Reduce dose in kidney and liver impairment
 Codeine is a weaker analgesic than morphine; use mor-
phine for severe pain

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 229


C MONOGRAPHS

COLCHICINE H V 2.2
Anti-inflammatory alkaloid obtained from dried corns and
seeds of the plant Colchicum autumnale
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 500 micrograms

Uses
 Acute gout

 Short-term prophylaxis during initial therapy with allopu-

rinol and uricosuric drugs


Dose and duration
 Acute gout

Adult: 1 mg initially, then 500 micrograms every 2–3


hours until pain relief is obtained or vomiting or diar-
rhoea occurs (max 6 mg). Do not repeat course within 3
days
 Short-term prophylaxis during initial therapy with allopu-

rinol or uricosuric drugs


Adult: 500 micrograms every 8–12 hours
Contra-indications
 Blood disorders

 Patients on dialysis

 Severe renal impairment

 Patients with renal or hepatic impairment taking

P-glycoprotein or a strong CYP3A4 inhibitor


Side effects
 Nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain, profuse diarrhoea,

gastrointestinal haemorrhage
 Skin rash

 Renal and hepatic damage

230 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


COLCHICINE C
 Bone marrow suppression on prolonged treatment
 In overdose: burning in mouth and throat, difficulty in
swallowing, nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain, and diar-
rhoea
 Delayed signs of overdose: confusion, reduced cardiac

output, arrhythmias, respiratory distress, hyperpyrexia,


bone marrow suppression, renal and hepatic impairment
Interactions
 Amiodarone, azithromycin, clarithromycin, erythromycin,

itraconazole, atazanavir, indinavir, ritonavir, diltiazem,


verapamil, grapefruit juice (increased risk of colchicine
toxicity)
 Digoxin, fenofibrate, gemfibrozil, simvastatin, atorvas-

tatin, rosuvastatin (possible increased risk of myopathy)


 Ciclosporin (increased risk of nephro- and myotoxicity)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Use with caution in hepatic impairment, elderly and de-
bilitated patients due to higher risk of cumulative toxicity
 Reduce dose or increase dosage interval if eGFR is 10–50
ml/minute/1.73 m2
 Colchicine may be teratogenic in humans
 Colchicine has a narrow therapeutic window and is very
toxic in overdose. Symptoms of toxicity may be delayed
for up to 6 hours or 1 week or longer for some features

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 231


C MONOGRAPHS

CORTISONE ACETATE RR N 18.1


Adrenal hormone
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 25 mg

Uses
 Addison’s disease

 Primary or secondary adrenal insufficiency

 Congenital adrenal hyperplasia

Dose and duration


 All uses

Adult: 12.5-37.5 mg daily in 2 divided doses


Child: 5–25 mg daily in 2 divided doses
Morning dose should be larger than the evening dose
Contra-indications
 Systemic fungal and viral infections

 Untreated acute bacterial infection

 Hypersensitivity to cortisone acetate

Side effects
Dyspepsia, peptic ulceration and haemorrhage, abdominal
distension, oesophageal candidiasis, acute pancreatitis
 Proximal myopathy, osteoporosis, bone fractures

 Sodium and water retention, hypokalaemic alkalosis

 Impaired healing, skin atrophy, bruising, striae, petechial

haemorrhage
 Suppression of hypothalamo-pituitary axis, growth sup-

pression in children and adolescents


 Menstrual disturbances, hirsutism, cushingoid faces

Interactions
 Carbamazepine, phenobarbital, phenytoin, rifamycins

232 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CORTISONE ACETATE C
(reduced effect of cortisone)
 Amphotericin B (increased risk of hypokalaemia)
 Live vaccines (high doses of cortisone impair immune re-

sponse to vaccines)
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Use with caution in the elderly due to increased risk of
side effects
 Avoid abrupt withdrawal after prolonged use. Reduce
dose gradually by 5–12.5 mg every few days
 Observe patient for side effects
 May increase susceptibility to infection. Some signs of in-
fection may be masked
 Use with caution in history of TB, severe affective disor-
ders, osteoporosis, diabetes mellitus, hypertension, glau-
coma, peptic ulceration or in epilepsy
 May cause growth retardation in infants, children and
adolescents. Treat for the shortest possible period
 Cortisone needs to be converted to its active metabolite.
Bioavailability in some liver diseases may be less reliable
 Cortisone may cause intra-uterine growth retardation.
Only use when it is clearly necessary

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 233


C MONOGRAPHS

COTRIMOXAZOLE HC II V 6.2.2
Antibacterial containing trimethoprim and sulphametho-
xazole
Dosage forms
 Tablets: 400 mg sulphamethoxazole + 80 mg trime-

thoprim
 Tablets: 100 mg sulphamethoxazole + 20 mg trime-

thoprim
 IV infusion: 96 mg/ml

Uses
 Brucellosis

 Typhoid fever

 Ear, nose, and throat infections

 Tropical ulcer

 Acute urinary tract infection

 Prophylaxis against opportunistic bacterial and protozoal

infections in HIV patients


Dose and duration
The infusion must be diluted immediately before use. It
should only be used in patients unable to take oral therapy
 Brucellosis (in combination with gentamicin)

Adult: 480 mg every 12 hours for 6 weeks


 Typhoid fever

Adult: 960 mg every 12 hours for 14 days


Child: 24 mg/kg every 12 hours for 14 days
 Ear, nose, and throat infection, tropical ulcer

Adult: 960 mg every 12 hours for 5 days


Child: 24 mg/kg every 12 hours for 5 days
 Acute urinary tract infection

234 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


COTRIMOXAZOLE C
Adult: 960 mg every 12 hours for 5 days
Child: 24 mg/kg every 12 hours for 10–14 days
 Patients unable to take oral cotrimoxazole

Adult: by IV infusion, 960 mg every 12 hours increased to


1.44 g every 12 hours in severe infections
Child: by IV infusion, 18 mg/kg every 12 hours increased
to 27 mg/kg every 12 hours in severe infections
 Prophylaxis against opportunistic bacterial infections in

HIV infection
Adult: 960 mg once daily
Child: 24 mg/kg once daily
Preparation
 Can be diluted with 5% or 10% dextrose, dextran 70 or

0.9% sodium chloride solution


 5 ml of cotrimoxazole should be added to 125 ml, 10 ml

to 250 ml and 15 ml to 500 ml of infusion solution


Contra-indications
 Allergy to sulphonamides or trimethoprim

 Children <1 month

 Severe kidney disease

 Severe liver disease

Side effects
 Allergic reactions, e.g. skin rash

 Stevens-Johnson syndrome

 Candida overgrowth

 Hyperkalaemia

 Headache

 Nausea, diarrhoea, stomach upset

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 235


C MONOGRAPHS

Interactions
 Methotrexate (increased risk of methotrexate toxicity)

 Phenytoin (increased side effects)

 Sulfadoxine + pyrimethamine (increased side effects)

 Folic acid (cancelled effect)

Patient instructions
 Stop treatment and report to health worker immediately

if any skin rash occurs


 Drink plenty of fluids during treatment

Pregnancy
st rd
 Do not use in 1 and 3 trimester

 Can be used for prophylaxis in HIV patients as benefits

outweigh risks
Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Cotrimoxazole is not effective for the treatment of sore
throat and should not be used
 If patient gets severe skin rash or Stevens-Johnson
syndrome, stop medicine immediately

CYCLOPENTOLATE HC IV N 21.8
Mydriatic and cycloplegic drug. Dilates the pupil and
paralyses the ciliary muscle. Duration of action is 24 hours
Dosage forms
 Eye drops: 1%

Uses
 Inflammatory conditions of iris and uveal tract (anterior

236 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CYCLOPENTOLATE C
uveitis)
 Diagnostic fundoscopy (specialist use only)
Dose and duration
 Diagnostic fundoscopy (specialist use only)

Adult: 1 drop of 0.5% solution (1% in deeply pigmented


eyes) repeated after 15 minutes if necessary about 40
minutes before examination
Child 6–16 years: 1 drop of 1% solution into the eye,
repeated after 15 minutes if necessary about 40 minutes
before examination
Child under 6 years: 1–2 drops of 1% solution into the
eye, repeated after 15 minutes if required about 40
minutes before examination
 Uveitis and iritis

Adult and child over 16 years: 1‒2 drops into the eye
every 6 hours as needed
Child 3 months–16 years (specialist use): 1 drop every
6–12 hours in deeply pigmented eyes
Contra-indications
 Glaucoma

 Infants less than 3 months

 Paralytic ileus

 Children with congenital brain disease e.g. epilepsy

Side effects
 Stinging

 Mild irritation

 Raised intraocular pressure, acute angle glaucoma espe-

cially in elderly

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 237


C MONOGRAPHS

Patient instructions
 Do not drive or operate machinery until vision clears

 Wash hands after use as medicine can be toxic if taken

orally
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Use with caution in young children and elderly as system-
atic side effects can easily occur

CYCLOPHOSPHAMIDE NR V 8.2
Alkylating agent anticancer medicine. It can be used alone or
in combination regimens.
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 1 g

 Tablet: 50 mg

Uses
 Malignant lymphomas

 Multiple myeloma

 Leukaemias

 Mycosis fungiodes

 Neuroblastoma

 Ovarian adenocarcinoma

 Retinoblastoma

 Breast cancer

238 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CYCLOPHOSPHAMIDE C
Dose and duration
Dose must be individualised depending on the therapeutic
indication, the scheme of a combination therapy, the pa-
tient's general state of health and organ function, and the
results of laboratory monitoring (in particular, blood cell
monitoring)

Usual dosage regimens are:


80‒300 mg/m2 daily as a single IV dose or in divided doses
OR 300-600 mg/m2 as a single IV dose weekly

In combination therapy with cytotoxics of similar toxicity,


reduce dose or increase dosing interval

Give IV infusion very slowly to reduce administration rate-


dependent side effects (e.g. swelling, headache)
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to cyclophosphamide

 Acute infections

 Bone marrow aplasia

 Urinary tract infection

 Acute urothelial toxicity from cytotoxic agents or radia-

tion
Side effects
 Myelosuppression

 Haematuria (blood in urine)

 Haemorrhagic cystitis (bladder damage)

 Immunosuppression, infections

 Anaphylaxis

 Nausea and vomiting

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 239


C MONOGRAPHS

 Liver damage
 Alopecia (hair loss)
 Impairment of spermatogenesis
 Fever
 Asthenia
 Mucosal inflammation
Interactions
 Clozapine (increased risk of agranulocytosis)

 Suxamethonium (increased effects of suxamethonium)

Patient instructions
 Take plenty of fluids during treatment to reduce the risk

of urinary tract side effects


 Report immediately any rash or allergic reactions

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breastfeeding

Storage
 Store between 2‒8°C

Caution
 Monitor complete blood count before, during and after
treatment
 Adequate hydration before, during and after treatment is
necessary to minimise risk of urinary tract toxicity
 Treat any infections appropriately
 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in cytotoxic medicines

240 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


CYCLOSERINE C
CYCLOSERINE H E 6.2.4
Broad spectrum amino-acid antibiotic active against Myco-
bacterium tuberculosis. It is both bacteriostatic and bacteri-
cidal depending on the concentration at site of action
Dosage forms
 Capsule: 250 mg

Uses
 Multi-drug-resistant tuberculosis (MDR-TB)

Dose and duration


Blood-cycloserine concentration should not exceed a peak of
30 mg/litre (measured 3–4 hours after dose)
 MDR-TB (second-line; in combination with other medi-

cines)
Adult and child over 12 years: initially 250 mg every 12
hours for 14 days, increased according to blood concen-
tration and response up to max 500 mg every 12 hours
Child 2–12 years: initially 5 mg/kg(max 250 mg) every 12
hours for 14 days, adjusted according to response and
blood concentration up to max 10 mg/kg (max 500 mg)
every 12 hours
Renal impairment: If creatinine clearance <50 ml/minute,
increase dosing interval and monitor blood-cycloserine
concentration
Contra-indications
 Epilepsy

 Depression

 Severe anxiety

 Psychotic states

 Alcohol dependence

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 241


C MONOGRAPHS

Side effects
 Headache, dizziness, vertigo, drowsiness, tremor

 Convulsions, confusion, psychosis, depression

 Rashes, allergic dermatitis

Interactions
 Alcohol (increased risk of convulsions)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Monitor renal, hepatic and haematological function
 Cycloserine crosses the placenta, only use in pregnancy if
benefit outweighs risk
 Reduce dose or discontinue if symptoms of CNS toxicity
or allergic dermatitis develop

CYTARABINE NR V 8.2
Antimetabolite anticancer
Dosage forms
 Injection: 100 mg/ml

Uses
 Induction of remission in acute myeloid leukaemia

 Acute leukaemias

Dose and duration


Can be given by IV infusion or injection, or SC injection
 Remission induction

a) Continuous treatment:
242 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
CYTARABINE C
i) Rapid injection: starting dose 2 mg/kg/day. Administer for
10 days. Obtain daily blood counts. If no antileukaemic ef-
fect or toxicity noted, increase to 4 mg/kg/day and maintain
until therapeutic response or toxicity is evident.

ii) 0.5‒1.0 mg/kg/day may be given in an infusion of up to 24


hours duration. After 10 days this initial daily dose may be
increased to 2 mg/kg/day subject to toxicity. Continue to tox-
icity or until remission occurs.

b) Intermittent treatment:
3‒5 mg/kg/day are administered IV on each of 5 consecutive
days. After a 2‒90 day rest period, a further course is given.
Continue until response or toxicity occurs.

Improvement usually occurs between 7‒64 days after the


beginning of therapy (mean 28 days).

Patients seem to tolerate higher doses when given by rapid


IV injection as compared with slow infusion due to the rapid
metabolism of cytarabine.

 Maintenance therapy

Remissions induced by cytarabine, or by other drugs, may be


maintained by IV or SC injection of 1 mg/kg once or twice
weekly.
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to cytarabine

Side effects
 Myelosuppression

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 243


C MONOGRAPHS

 Mucositis (mouth and anal)


 Nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea, abdominal pain
 Fever

 Rash

 Infections and infestations

 Liver damage

 CNS toxicity in high doses

Interactions
 Live vaccines (risk of developing infection by vaccine)

 Clozapine (risk of agranulocytosis)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breastfeeding

Storage
 Do not refrigerate

Caution
 Careful haematologic monitoring is required
 Reduce doses in liver impairment
 Follow manufacturer’s instructions for reconstitution of
medicine before administration
 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in cytotoxic medicines

244 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


DACARBAZINE D
D
DACARBAZINE NR V 8.2
Alkylating anticancer
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 100 mg

Uses
 Hodgkin’s disease (as part of a combination regimen)

 Metastatic melanoma

 Soft tissue sarcomas (as part of a combination regimen)

Dose and duration


 Malignant melanoma

As a single agent, 200‒250 mg/m2 by IV injection for 5


days every 3 weeks
Can be given as IV infusion over 15‒30 minutes
OR 850 mg/m2 on day 1 then once every 3 weeks
 Hodgkin’s disease (in combination with doxorubicin, ble-

omycin, vinblastine)
375 mg/m2 daily by IV injection every 15 days

 Adult soft tissue sarcoma (in combination with


doxorubicin)
250 mg/m2 daily by IV injection for 5 days every 3
weeks
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to dacarbazine

 Leucopoenia

 Thrombocytopenia

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 245


D MONOGRAPHS

 Kaposi Sarcoma
 Mesothelioma
Side effects
 Severe nausea and vomiting

 Myelosuppression (anaemia, leucopoenia, thrombocyto-

penia)
 Extravasation at injection site

 Liver necrosis due to hepatic vein thrombosis (rare but

can be fatal)
Interactions
 Clozapine (risk of agranulocytosis)

Patient instructions
 Take contraception during treatment and 6 months after

cessation of therapy
 Avoid taking alcohol while on treatment

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breastfeeding

Storage
 Keep away from light. Protect reconstituted solution

from light during administration


Caution
 Monitor full blood counts and renal function frequently
 Follow manufacturer’s instructions for reconstitution of
product
 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in cytotoxic medicines

246 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


DACTINOMYCIN (ACTINOMYCIN D) D
DACTINOMYCIN (ACTINOMYCIN D) NR V 8.2
Anthracycline antibiotic anticancer usually used for paediatric
cancers
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 500 micrograms

Uses
 Gestational trophoblastic neoplasia

 Ewing sarcoma

 Wilms’ tumour

 Rhabdomyosarcoma

 Metastatic melanoma

 Testicular carcinoma

Dose and duration


Dose and duration will vary on tolerance of patient, size and
location of neoplasm and use of other forms of therapy. Dos-
es may be reduced in case of concurrent or previous radia-
tion and chemotherapy
 Wilms’ tumour

45 micrograms/kg by IV as per schedule by specialist


 Rhabdomyosarcoma

15 micrograms/kg by IV daily for 5 days


 Ewing’s sarcoma

1.25 mg/m2 by IV as per schedule by specialist


 Testicular carcinoma

1 mg/m2 by IV as per schedule by specialist


 Gestational trophoblastic neoplasia

12 micrograms/kg by IV daily for 5 days as a single


agent; OR 500 micrograms on days 1 and 2 in combi-
nation therapy

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 247


D MONOGRAPHS

 Metastatic melanoma
As per patient’s treatment schedule by specialist
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to dactinomycin

Side effects
 Gastrointestinal disturbances

 Liver toxicity

 Anaemia, agranulocytosis, leucopoenia, thrombocytope-

nia, neutropoenia,
 Infections and infestations

 Alopecia (hair loss)

 Hypersensitivity reactions

 Muscle pain

 Extravasation at injection site

Interactions
 Radiation/X-ray (increased risk of adverse effects)

 Live vaccine (risk of systemic disease)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breastfeeding

Caution
 Monitor full blood count, liver and renal function fre-
quently
 Irritant to skin. Avoid contact with skin
 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in cytotoxic medicines

248 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


DARROW'S SOLUTION D
DARROW'S SOLUTION HC III V 26.2
Darrow's solution is a parenteral electrolyte replacement
fluid containing potassium chloride, sodium chloride and
sodium lactate
Dosage forms
 Solution for IV infusion: ½ strength in 5% glucose

Uses
 Fluid replacement in severe dehydration

Dose and duration


 Severe dehydration (alternate with 0.9% sodium chloride)

100 ml/kg IV infusion over 4 hours


Reassess rehydration status and continue with Plan A,
B, or C as necessary (see under Oral Rehydration Salts)
Side effects
 Water overload

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Preferably use Ringer's Lactate if available

DAPSONE HC III V 6.2.3


Anti-leprotic antibacterial
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 50 mg, 100 mg

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 249


D MONOGRAPHS

Uses
 Paucibacillary (PB) leprosy

 Multibacillary (MB) leprosy

 Primary prophylaxis of pneumocystis carinii pneumonia

(alternative to cotrimoxazole in hypersensitivity in HIV


patients)
Dose and duration
 Paucibacillary leprosy (in combination with rifampicin)

Adult and child >15 years: 100 mg once daily for 6


months
Child 10–14 years: 50 mg once daily for 6 months
Child under 10 years: 2 mg/kg once daily for 6 months
 Multibacillary leprosy (in combination with rifampicin and

clofazimine)
Adult and child >15 years: 100 mg once daily for 12
months
Child 10–14 years: 50 mg once daily for 12 months
Child under 10 years: 2 mg/kg once daily for 12 months
 Primary prophylaxis of pneumocystis carinii pneumonia

(alternative in cotrimoxazole hypersensitivity)


Adult and child over 12 years: 100 mg by mouth once
daily
Contra-indications
 Allergy to dapsone

 Severe anaemia

Side effects
 Blood disorders

 Haemolysis

 Allergic skin rash

250 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


DAUNORUBICIN D
 Stomach upset
 Palpitations
 Headache

 Nervousness

Patient instructions
 Treatment lasts for 6 months. It is important to complete

the schedule to ensure complete healing


 Stop the medicine and report to health worker immedi-

ately if any severe skin rash, bruising, yellowing of eyes,


or fever occur
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 If the diagnosis is not clear between PB leprosy and MB
leprosy, then the regimen for MB leprosy should be used
 See clofazimine for more cautions
 Stop the medicine in case of severe allergic reaction

DAUNORUBICIN NR V 8.2
Anthracycline. Cytotoxic antibiotic anticancer
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 50 mg

Uses
 Acute leukaemias

Dose and duration


 Acute leukaemias

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 251


D MONOGRAPHS

40‒60 mg/m2 by IV injection


Schedule according to specialist guidelines
Reduce dose by up to 50% in patients with inadequate
bone marrow reserves
Note: do not use IM route
Contra-indications
 Recent or current chicken pox or herpes zoster

 Myelosuppression

 Severe infection

 Severe renal or hepatic impairment

 Myocardial insufficiency

 Recent myocardial infarction

 Severe arrhythmias

Side effects
 Myelosuppression (leucopoenia, neutropoenia, thrombo-

cytopenia)
 Nausea and vomiting

 Hypersensitivity

 Cardiomyopathy (dyspnoea, cyanosis, oedema), shock

 Haemorrhage, stomatitis, mucositis

 Tissue hypoxia

 Alopecia

 Infections and infestations

 Amenorrhoea

 Extravasation at injection site

Interactions
 Radiation (increased risk of local reactions in radiation

area)
 Live vaccines (risk of developing full-blown disease)

252 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


D
DESFERRIOXAMINE MESILATE (DESFEROXAMINE
MESILATE)
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breastfeeding

Storage
 After reconstitution, store at 2‒8°C; use within 24 hours

Caution
 Monitor full blood count, liver and renal function fre-
quently. Allow patient to recover from acute toxicities
between doses (2‒3 weeks)
 Men and women have to use effective contraception
during and after treatment with docetaxel
 Irritant to skin. Avoid direct contact
 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in cytotoxic medicines

DESFERRIOXAMINE MESILATE (DESFEROX-


NR N 4.2
AMINE MESILATE)
Iron and aluminium chelating antidote for iron poisoning and
chronic iron overload, and aluminium overload
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 500 mg

Uses
 Iron poisoning

 Chronic iron overload

 Diagnosis of iron storage disease and certain anaemias

 Aluminium overload

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 253


D MONOGRAPHS

Dose and duration


Give as a slow subcutaneous infusion
Only use intramuscular route when SC infusion is not feasible
 Iron poisoning

Adult and child: By continuous IV infusion, up to 15


mg/kg/hour, reduced after 4–6 hours (max 80 mg/kg in
24 hours)
By IM injection, 2 g for an adult and 1 g for a child as a
single dose
 Chronic iron overload

Adult and child: 20–60 mg/kg/day in 2–3 divided doses


by intermittent infusion or by continuous infusion over 24
hours, 3–7 times a week according to degree of iron over-
load. If serum ferritin <2000 nanogram/ml give about 25
mg/kg/day and 2000–3000 nanogram/ml about 35
mg/kg/day. Higher doses are only used if benefit to
patient outweighs the risk of unwanted effects.
Doses higher than 50 mg/kg/day should only be used
when needed in a patient who has completed growth
Maximum dose in children below 3 years 40 mg/kg/day
 Diagnosis of iron storage disease and some anaemias

Adult and child: 500 mg as an IM injection


 Aluminium overload (>150 nanogram/ml)

Adult and child: 100 mg bind 4.1 mg of aluminium ions


Preparation
 Dissolve powder in water for injections to a 10% solution

(1 ml of water for injections to 100 mg of powder or dis-


solve 500 mg of powder in 5 ml of water for injections).
This solution can then be employed in infusion solutions
such as normal saline, dextrose or dextrose-saline
254 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
D
DESFERRIOXAMINE MESILATE (DESFEROXAMINE
MESILATE)
Side effects
 Headache

 Joint pain, muscle pain

 Growth retardation and bone changes with doses

> 60 mg/kg
 Infiltration and eschar or crust

 Injection or infusion site reactions

 Cataracts

Interactions
 Heparin (pharmaceutically incompatible with desferriox-

amine solution; do not mix together)


Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Storage
 Once open, use immediately. Do not keep solutions

Caution
 Do not mix with blood or use the same IV line for admin-
istration
 Monitor ferritin levels. Reduce dose when ferritin level

falls below 1000 nanogram/ml due to increased risk of


toxicity
 Do eye and ear examinations before treatment and there

after every 3 months during treatment


 Monitor body weight and height in children at 3 month

intervals due to risk of growth retardation


 May exacerbate aluminium related encephalopathy when

used alone
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 255
D MONOGRAPHS

 Use with caution in renal impairment


 In breast feeding, only use if benefit outweighs risk
 Only use clear solutions. Discard opaque, cloudy or dis-
coloured solutions

DESFLURANE NR E 1.1
Rapid-acting volatile liquid inhalation general anaesthetic
Dosage forms
 Liquid for inhalation: 100%

Uses
 Induction of anaesthesia

 Maintenance of anaesthesia

Dose and duration


Individualise dose according to patient’s response. Give by
inhalation through a specifically calibrated vaporiser
 Induction of anaesthesia

Adult: start with 3% and increase in 0.5–1% increments


every 2–3 breaths. 4–11% concentrations usually produce
surgical anaesthesia in 2–4 minutes (max up to 15% with
oxygen at least 30% and above)
 Maintenance of anaesthesia

Adult: 2–6% in nitrous oxide and 2.5–8.5% in oxygen or


oxygen enriched air
Child: 5.2–10% with or without concomitant use of
nitrous oxide
Contra-indications
 All contraindications to general anaesthesia

 Known sensitivity to halogenated agents

 Known genetic susceptibility to malignant hyperthermia

256 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


DESFLURANE D
 Patients at risk of coronary artery disease
 Induction if increase in heart rate and BP is undesirable
Side effects
 Pharyngitis, breath holding

 Headache

 Conjunctivitis

 Nodal arrhythmia, bradycardia, tachycardia, hypertension

 Apnoea, cough, laryngospasm- only during induction

 Vomiting, nausea, salivary hypersecretion

 Increased creatinine phosphokinase

 Abnormal ECG

Interactions
 Doxapram, adrenaline, noradrenaline, (increased risk of

arrhythmias)
 Methylphenidate (increased risk of hypertension)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
 Store in an upright position with cap firmly in place

Caution
 May cause depression of neonatal respiration if used
during delivery. It is a uterine relaxant and reduces
uterine-placental blood flow
 Resume breast-feeding after sufficient recovery from an-
aesthesia
 Use with caution in cases of raised intracranial pressure

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 257


D MONOGRAPHS

 May cause hepatotoxicity in patients sensitised to halo-


genated general anaesthetics
 Monitor blood pressure and heart rate carefully during
maintenance

DEXAMETHASONE HC IV E 18.1, 21.2, 21.3


Long-acting synthetic corticosteroid hormone. Anti-
inflammatory medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 0.5 mg, 4 mg

 Powder for injection: 4 mg/ml

 Eye drops: 0.1%

 Eye drops: dexamethasone 0.1% + neomycin 0.35%

 Eye drops: dexamethasone 0.1% + tobramycin 0.3%

Uses
 Suppress allergic and inflammatory disorders

 Obstructed breathing in croup

 Inflammation

 Anaphylaxis

 Adjunct in cancer treatment (specialist use only)

 Foetal lung maturation in preterm labour

Dose and duration


 Allergy

Adult: 0.5‒10 mg by mouth once daily in the morning


Child: 10‒100 micrograms once daily in the morning
 Allergy/inflammation in eye/ear

Adult and child: Apply eye drops every 30‒60 minutes


until symptoms reduce, then reduce frequency to
every 8 hours. If signs of infection are present, give
258 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
DEXAMETHASONE D
formulation with antibiotic
 Croup
Child: 150‒300 micrograms/kg IM every 6 hours as
needed
 Anaphylaxis

Adult: 0.5‒24 mg by slow IV injection or infusion


Child: 200‒400 micrograms by slow IV injection or in-
fusion
 Foetal lung maturation in preterm labour

Give 6 mg IM to mother every 6 hours for a total of 4


doses. Do not use if there are signs of infection
Contra-indications
 Untreated systemic infection

 Ocular fungal, herpes simplex and other viral, ocular tu-

berculosis or untreated purulent eye infection


Side effects
 Nausea, dyspepsia

 Hypersensitivity reactions

 Irritation at injection site

 Inhibition of growth in children ( on long term use)

 Cushing syndrome (on long term use)

 Stinging, burning, redness, watering of eyes and

increased intraocular pressure (longer than 2 weeks


treatment) in ocular application
Interactions
 Live vaccines (no effect of vaccines due to impaired

immune response)
 Insulin (reduced effect of insulin)

 Amphotericin B (increased risk of hypokalaemia)

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 259


D MONOGRAPHS

 Carbamazepine, rifampicin, phenytoin, phenobarbital


(reduced effect of dexamethasone)
 Lopinavir (reduced concentration of lopinavir)

 Methotrexate (increased risk of blood disorders)

Patient instructions
 Take in the morning

 Do not use this medication for more than 1 week unless

you have consulted your ophthalmologist


 Do not wear contact lenses during the treatment period

 In case of transient blurring of vision, do not operate

hazardous machinery or drive until vision is clear


 Discard the remaining drops 28 days after first opening

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Can exacerbate infections e.g. tuberculosis
 Use with caution in diabetes mellitus. Can cause hyper-
glycaemia and reduce the effect of insulin
 Use with caution in severe liver disease, can exacerbate
oedema and ascites
 Avoid giving for longer than necessary durations
 Use with caution in patients with glaucoma or a family
history of glaucoma
 Do not use for longer than 1 week unless under ophthal-
mic supervision; prolonged use may lead to a rise in
intraocular pressure and secondary ocular infections

260 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


DEXAMETHASONE + TOBRAMYCIN D
DEXAMETHASONE + TOBRAMYCIN RR E 21.2
Anti-inflammatory and anti-infective medicine
Dosage forms
 Eye drops: Dexamethasone 0.10% + Tobramycin 0.3%

Uses
 Treatment of inflammation and prevention of infection

associated with cataract surgery


Dose and duration
 Treatment of inflammation and prevention of infection

associated with cataract surgery


Adult and child ≥ 2 years: instil 1 drop in the eyes every
4–6 hours while patient is awake for 14 days (max 24
days). Dosage may be increased to 1 drop every 2 hours
while patient is awake during the first 24–48 hours.
Decrease dosing frequency gradually with improvement
Contra-indications
 Herpes simplex keratitis and other viral eye diseases

 Fungal disease of the eye

 Mycobacterial infections of the eye

 Untreated purulent infections

 Hypersensitivity to dexamethasone or tobramycin

Side effects
 See monograph for dexamethasone and tobramycin

Interactions
 See monograph for dexamethasone and tobramycin

Patient instructions
 Do not use this medication for more than 1 week unless

you have consulted your ophthalmologist

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 261


D MONOGRAPHS

 Do not wear contact lenses during the treatment period


 In case of transient blurring of vision, do not operate haz-
ardous machinery or drive until vision is clear
 Keep bottle tightly closed. Do not let the dropper tip
touch any surface to minimise risk of infection
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 See monograph for dexamethasone and tobramycin

DEXTRAN 70 HC IV E 11.1
Plasma expander solution. Expands and maintains blood vol-
ume in shock arising from conditions such as septicaemia and
burns
Dosage forms
 Solution for infusion: 6%

Uses
 Short-term blood volume expansion

Dose and duration


 Short term blood volume expansion

Adult: 500‒1000 ml initially by rapid intravenous infu-


sion, followed by a further 500 ml if necessary. Total
dose should not exceed 20 ml/kg during the initial 24
hours. If needed, give 10 ml/kg daily for another 2
days. Do not use for longer than 3 days.
Child: 20 ml/kg maximum
262 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
DEXTROSE (GLUCOSE) D
Contra-indications
 Severe congestive heart failure

 Kidney failure

 Bleeding disorders e.g. thrombocytopenia

Side effects
 Hypersensitivity reactions

 Fever

 Nasal congestion

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Can interfere with blood group cross matching and bio-
chemical tests (take samples before start of infusion)
 Do not use in conditions such as burns or peritonitis
when there is loss of plasma protein, water and electro-
lytes over periods of several days. Use plasma or albumin
solutions instead

DEXTROSE (GLUCOSE) HC III V 26.2


See glucose

DIAZEPAM HC II V 1.3, 5, 24
Benzodiazepine with anticonvulsant, sedative, antiepileptic,
muscle relaxant, and anxiolytic properties
Dosage forms
 Rectal tube: 2 mg/ml

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 263


D MONOGRAPHS

 Suppository: 2.5 mg
 Tablet: 5 mg
 Injection: 5 mg/ml

Uses
 Spasms in tetanus

 Febrile convulsions due to severe malaria, respiratory

tract infections, and urinary tract infections


 Status epilepticus

 Convulsions due to poisoning

 Anxiety

 Convulsions due to eclampsia in pregnant women

 Adjunct therapy in acute alcohol withdrawal syndrome

Dose and duration


 Control spasms in tetanus (alternating with chlorproma-

zine)
Adult: 2–3 mg/kg by NG tube every 4–6 hours
Child: 0.5–1 mg/kg by NG tube every 4–6 hours
Continue for as long as spasms last
 Febrile convulsions, status epilepticus, convulsions due to

poisoning
Adult and child > 12 years: 10‒20 mg rectally
Child 2‒12 years: 5‒10 mg rectally
Child 1 month‒2 years: 5 mg rectally
Child < 1 month: 1.25‒2.5 mg rectally
Repeat after 10 minutes if necessary
OR
Adult and child > 12 years: 10 mg by slow IV injection
(1 ml per minute)
Child < 12 years: 300‒400 micrograms/kg
(max 10 mg)
264 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
DIAZEPAM D
Repeat after 10 minutes if necessary
 Acute alcohol withdrawal
Adult: 5–20 mg repeated every 2–4 hours if necessary
 Anxiety

Adult: 5 mg 1–2 times daily; increase if necessary to


15–30 mg daily in divided doses
 Eclampsia in pregnancy

Give 10 mg by IV slowly (over 2 minutes)


Contra-indications
 Severe respiratory depression

 Acute alcohol intoxication

 Coma

 Shock

 Severe liver disease

 Depression

 Obsessive psychoses

 Chronic anxiety

 Post-traumatic stress syndrome

Side effects
 Drowsiness, sedation, sleep disturbance

 Amnesia (temporary loss of memory), confusion,

excitability, irritability, hallucinations


 Hypotension, slow heartbeat

 Dependence

Interactions
 Alcohol (increased sedative effect)

 Morphine (increased sedative effect)

 Chlorpromazine (increased sedative effect)

 Chlorpheniramine (increased sedative effect)

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 265


D MONOGRAPHS

 Promethazine (increased sedative effect)


 Phenobarbital (increased sedative effect)
Patient instructions
 Do not take alcohol while on treatment

 May cause drowsiness; do not drive or operate

machinery
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Alternative to magnesium sulphate in eclampsia
 Diazepam is addictive; avoid prolonged use (no more
than 7 days) and give the lowest possible dose for the
shortest period. Dependence and tolerance occur when
used for more than 10–15 days.
 Do not stop treatment abruptly to minimise withdrawal
effect
 Reduce dose by half in elderly and in patients with severe
kidney and liver disease
 In pregnancy, only use if benefit outweighs risk

DICLOFENAC HC IV V 2.1
Analgesic and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 50 mg

 Injection: 25 mg/ml

 Suppository: 12.5 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg

266 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


DICLOFENAC D
Gel: 1%
Uses
 Moderate to severe pain of inflammation in rheumatic

disease and other musculoskeletal disorders


 Acute gout

 Post-operative pain

 Migraine

 Local symptomatic relief of pain

Dose and duration


 Pain and inflammation

Adult: 75‒100 mg daily in 2‒3 divided doses


(max 150 mg daily)
Child: 0.3‒2 mg/kg rectally every 6‒8 hours (max. 150
mg daily)
Continue for as long as pain is there but avoid using for
long periods
 Local symptomatic relief of pain

Adult and child: apply a thin layer of gel 3–4 times daily
for 14 days (28 days in osteoarthritis)
Contra-indications
 Previous or current peptic ulcer disease

 Previous or active gastrointestinal bleeding

 Asthma

 Previous or current cerebrovascular bleeding

 Operations with high risk of haemorrhage

 Kidney disease

 Hypovolemia and dehydration

 Severe liver disease

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 267


D MONOGRAPHS

Side effects
 Stomach upset, dyspepsia

 Hypersensitivity reactions (anaphylaxis, bronchospasm,

rash)
 Suppositories may cause rectal irritation

Interactions
 Other NSAIDS (increased risk of side effects)

 Anticoagulants e.g. warfarin, heparins (increased risk of

haemorrhage)
 Quinolones e.g. ciprofloxacin (possible increased risk of

convulsions)
Patient instructions
 Take with or after food to reduce stomach irritation

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Avoid using for extended periods to prevent risk of de-
veloping gastrointestinal disease
 Use lowest effective dose in elderly as they are at more
risk for side effects

DIETHYLCARBAMAZINE H N 6.1.2
Antifilarial medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 50 mg

268 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


DIETHYLCARBAMAZINE D
Uses
 Systemic lymphatic filariasis and occult filariasis

 Loiasis

 Tissue nematode infections, in particular, visceral larva

migrans
Dose and duration
To be taken after meals
 Lymphatic filariasis(bancroftian)

Adult and child over 10 years: 1 mg/kg twice daily on


the first day and increased gradually over 3 days to 3
mg/kg every 12 hours (max 9 mg/kg daily in divided
doses) for 12 days
Child under 10 years: 0.5 mg/kg twice daily on the first
day and increased gradually over 3 days to 1.5 mg/kg 2
times a day for 12 days
 Lymphatic filariasis (brugian)

Adult and child over 10 years: 1 mg/kg as a single dose


on the first day, increased gradually over 3 days to 3–6
mg/kg daily, preferably in divided doses after meals, for
6–12 days
Child under 10 years: half the adult dose
For mass treatment control programmes,
Adult and child over 10 years: 3–6 mg/kg in divided dos-
es over 24 hours, 6 times at weekly or monthly intervals
Child under 10 years: half the adult dose
 Occult filariasis

Adult: 8 mg/kg once daily for 14 days, repeated as


necessary if symptoms return
 Loiasis

Adult: 1 mg/kg as a single dose on the first day, doubled


Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 269
D MONOGRAPHS

on 2 successive days, then adjusted to 2–3 mg/kg 3 times


daily for a further 18 days
 Loiasis prophylaxis

Adult: 300 mg weekly for as long as exposure occurs


Contra-indications
 Pregnancy

 Co-infection with onchocerciasis

Side effects
 Headache, dizziness

 Nausea, vomiting

 Immunological reactions within a few hours of the first

dose, resembling Mazzotti reaction (fever, headache,


joint pain, dizziness, anorexia, malaise, transient haema-
turia, urticaria, vomiting, and asthma in asthmatics)
 Nodules formed by recently killed worms

 Transient lymphangitis

 Exacerbation of lymphoedema

Patient instructions
 Take your medication after food

 Complete the prescribed course as directed to minimise

reactions of dying parasites


Pregnancy
 Do not use (see caution)

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Reduce dose in moderate to severe renal impairment
 Delay treatment in pregnancy until delivery

270 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


DIGOXIN D
 In case of other severe acute disease, delay diethylcar-
bamazine treatment until after recovery
 Use with caution in cardiac disorders

DIGOXIN HC IV E 12.4.1
Cardiac glycoside that increases the force of contraction of
the heart muscle and reduces conductivity within the atrio-
ventricular (AV) node. It has a slow onset of action and re-
sponse may take hours to show so it is not suitable for rapid
control of heart rate.
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 62.5 µg; 250 µg

 Injection: 250 µg/ml

Uses
 Heart failure

 Supraventricular arrhythmias: atrial fibrillation and flutter

Dose and duration


 Atrial fibrillation or flutter

Adult: For rapid digitalisation; 0.75‒1.5 mg orally in di-


vided doses over 24 hours
Child: 0.3‒2 mg/kg rectally every 6‒8 hours (max. 150
mg daily)
Maintenance dose: 125‒250 micrograms daily
 Heart failure

In urgent situations
Adult: By IV infusion, loading dose 250 micrograms
IV over at least 2 hours; give 3-4 times in the first 24 hours
Maintenance dose: 250 micrograms daily orally
Child: 10 micrograms/kg per dose as above
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 271
D MONOGRAPHS

In non-urgent situations
Adult: loading dose, 0.5-1 mg orally daily in 2-3 divided
doses for 2-3 days. Maintenance dose: 250 micrograms
orally daily
Elderly patients: 125 micrograms daily
Child: loading dose, 15 micrograms/kg orally 3-4 times dai-
ly for 2-4 days. Maintenance dose: 15 micrograms/kg daily
for 5 days
Contra-indications
 Hypertrophic obstructive cardiomyopathy

 Supraventricular arrhythmias due to accessory conduct-

ing pathways e.g. Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome


 Ventricular tachycardia or fibrillation

 Intermittent complete heart block

 Second degree atrioventricular block

Side effects
 Stomach upset

 Irregular heartbeat, heart block

 Dizziness, headache, fatigue

 Visual disturbances

Interactions
 Drugs that cause hypokalaemia e.g. acetazolamide. am-

photericin B, furosemide, hydrochlorothiazide


 Nifedipine (increased concentration of digoxin)

 Quinine (increased concentration of digoxin)

 Spironolactone (increased concentration of digoxin)

 Verapamil (increased concentration of digoxin)

Patient instructions
 Eat foods rich in potassium e.g. bananas to prevent risk of

272 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


DIHYDROARTEMISININ + PIPERAQUINE D
side effects
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Ensure patient has not been taking digoxin in the past 14
days before digitalizing because of risk of toxicity due to
accumulation in the tissues; if they have been on digoxin,
reduce the doses recommended above
 Adjust maintenance dose based on kidney function
 Use with caution in elderly since they are more prone to
side effects
 Avoid rapid IV administration to prevent nausea and in-
creased risk of arrhythmias
 Digoxin has a long half life and maintenance doses need
to be given only once daily (although higher doses may
be divided to prevent nausea)
 Hypokalaemia increases the risk of digoxin toxicity; pa-
tient may need potassium-sparing diuretic or potassium
supplements
 If toxicity occurs, withdraw digoxin immediately and refer
for urgent specialist treatment

DIHYDROARTEMISININ + PIPERAQUINE HC IV N 6.4.3


Artemisinin-combination antimalarial medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: dihydroartemisinin 40 mg + piperaquine 320 mg

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 273


D MONOGRAPHS

Uses
 Uncomplicated malaria (second line treatment)

Dose and duration


 Uncomplicated malaria

Adult and child over 6 months: Dose of 40/320 mg tab-


lets as in table below:
Weight Day 1 Day 2 Day 3
(kg)
7-13 0.5 0.5 0.5
13-24 1 1 1
24-36 2 2 2
36-75 3 3 3
75-100 4 4 4
Contra-indications
 Allergy to either artemisinin or piperaquine

 History of or current arrhythmias

 Heart disease predisposing for arrhythmias

 Hypokalaemia, hypocalcaemia, hypomagnesaemia

 Children < 5 kg or 4 months

Side effects
 Stomach upset

 Irregular heart beat (fast heart beat)

 Anaemia

 Headache

 Cough

 Fever

Interactions
Increased risk of irregular heart beat/arrhythmias with:
 Antiarrhythmia drugs

 Macrolide antibacterial e.g. erythromycin, azithromycin

 Fluoroquinolones e.g. ciprofloxacin

274 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


DIMERCAPROL D
 Imidazole and triazole antifungals
 Chlorpromazine, haloperidol
 Lumefantrine
 Quinine
 Chloroquine
 Saquinavir
Patient instructions
 Preferably take at least 3 hours before food and wait for

3 hours to take food thereafter


 Take with plenty of fluids

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Do not give more than 2 courses within 12 months.
 Do not give second course within 2 months of first course

DIMERCAPROL NR N 4.2
Antidote for heavy metal poisoning
Dosage forms
 Injection in oil: 50 mg/ml

Uses
 Acute poisoning by antimony, arsenic, bismuth, gold,

mercury, possibly thallium


 Adjunct in lead poisoning

Dose and duration


 Acute poisoning and adjunct in lead poisoning

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 275


D MONOGRAPHS

(in combination with sodium calcium edetate)


Adult and child: by IM injection, 2.5–3 mg/kg every 4
hours for the first 2 days, then 3 mg/kg every 6–12 hours
on the 3rd day and 3 mg/kg every 12–24 hours for 10 days
or until the patient recovers
Contra-indications
 Iron, selenium and cadmium poisoning

 Severe hepatic impairment unless it is due to arsenic poi-

soning
 Hypersensitivity to dimercaprol

Side effects
 Hypertension, tachycardia

 Malaise, headache

 Nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain, salivation

 Lacrimation, sweating

 Burning sensation in the mouth, throat and eyes, feeling

of constriction in the throat and chest


 Muscle spasm, tingling in extremities

 Pyrexia in children

 Local pain and abscess at injection site

Interactions
 Ferrous salts (formation of toxic complexes with dimer-

caprol-avoid concomitant use)


Pregnancy
 Can be used (see caution)

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

276 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


DITHRANOL D
Caution
 Use with caution in hypertension, pregnancy, breast-
feeding, in the elderly and in impaired renal function
 Discontinue use or use with extreme caution if renal
impairment develops during treatment with dimercaprol
 Assess any abnormal reaction such as pyrexia occurring
after initiation of treatment to rule out renal impairment

DITHRANOL H N 13.4
Keratolytic agent. Slows epidermal cell division and inhibits
excessive proliferation and keratinisation of epidermal cells
Dosage forms
 Ointment 0.10%

Uses
 Treatment of localised psoriasis vulgaris

Dose and duration


 Treatment of localised psoriasis vulgaris

Adults and children: Apply a thin layer of ointment once


daily to the affected areas for 2–4 weeks. Leave ointment
in place for 10–20 minutes before rinsing it off thorough-
ly. Gradually increase the strength from 0.1% to 2% and
contact time to 60 minutes at weekly intervals. Some
0.1–0.5% preparations are suitable for overnight use
Contraindication
 Acute eruptions

 Excessively inflamed skin

 Hypersensitivity

 Acute and pustular psoriasis

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 277


D MONOGRAPHS

Side effects
 Skin irritation

 Temporary staining of skin or hair

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Avoid normal skin during application
 Avoid contact with eyes due to risk of conjunctivitis
 Wear protective gloves or wash hands thoroughly with
soap and water after use

DOBUTAMINE NR V 12.4.2
Sympathomimetic cardiac stimulant which binds to β1 recep-
tors in cardiac muscle and increases contractility with little
effect on heart rate
Dosage forms
 Concentrate for IV infusion: 12.5 mg/ml

Uses
 Cardiogenic shock

 Septic shock

 Cardiomyopathies

 Inotropic support in infarction

 Cardiac surgery

 Cardiac stress testing (see product literature)

Dose and duration


Given as a continuous IV infusion
278 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
DOBUTAMINE D
 All uses
Adult: 0.0025–0.01 mg/kg/minute adjusted according to
response (max 0.04 mg/kg/minute)
Neonate and child 1 month–18 years: initially 0.005
mg/kg/minute adjusted according to response to
0.002– 0.02 mg/kg/minute
Preparation
 Dilute to 0.5–1 mg/ml (max 5 mg/ml in fluid restriction

given with an infusion pump) with glucose 5% or sodium


chloride 0.9% (normal saline). Incompatible with
bicarbonate and strong alkaline solutions
 Higher concentrations given by central venous catheter

 For use in neonatal intensive care, dilute 30 mg/kg to a

final volume of 50 ml (infused at 0.5 ml/hour gives 0.005


mg/kg/minute)
Contra-indications
 Pheochromocytoma

 Previous hypersensitivity to dobutamine

Side effects
 Eosinophilia, inhibition of thrombocyte aggregation when

used over a number of days


 Headache, fever, exanthema

 Increase in heart rate and blood pressure, hypotension

 Arrhythmias, palpitations, vasoconstriction in previous

treatment with beta receptor blockers, chest pain, angina


pain, ventricular extra-systoles
 Bronchospasm

 Nausea

 Phlebitis at injection site

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 279


D MONOGRAPHS

Interactions
 Isoflurane(risk of ventricular arrhythmias)

 Monoamine oxidase inhibitors (MAOIs) such as selegiline

(risk of hypertensive crisis)


 Non-cardioselective beta-blockers (increased risk of se-

vere hypertension and bradycardia)


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Use with caution in arrhythmias, acute myocardial infarc-
tion, acute heart failure, severe hypotension, marked ob-
struction of cardiac ejection and hypothyroidism
 Correct hypovolemia before starting treatment
 There is a risk of tolerance when continuous infusions are
given for longer than 72 hours

DOCETAXEL RR V 8.2
Taxane anticancer
Dosage forms
 Solution for infusion: 10 mg/ml

Uses
 Advanced or metastatic breast cancer

 Non-small cell lung cancer (after failure on other cytotox-

ic agents)
 Hormone-resistant prostate cancer (in combination with

prednisolone)

280 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


DOCETAXEL D
 Gastric adenocarcinoma
 Head and neck cancer
 Operable node-positive and node-negative breast cancer

Dose and duration


Administer as a one-hour infusion every 3 weeks
Dose and duration depend on the patient, the type of cancer
being treatment, neutrophil count and concurrent cytotoxic
therapy.
Pre-treat with oral dexamethasone as below
 Breast, non-small cell lung, gastric, head and neck

cancers
16 mg per day (e.g. 8 mg twice daily for 3 days, starting
on the day just before docetaxel administration
 Prostate cancer

8 mg given at 12 hours, 3 hours and 1 hour before docet-


axel infusion
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to docetaxel
3
 Patients with neutrophil count < 1,500 cells/mm

 Severe liver impairment

Side effects
 Neutropenia, thrombocytopenia, anaemia

 Hypersensitivity reactions

 Localised skin erythema of hands and feet

 Infections

 Dyspnoea

 Alopecia, nail disorders

 Nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea, stomatitis, constipation

 Weakness, lethargy, pain

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 281


D MONOGRAPHS

 Hypotension, hypertension, haemorrhage, fluid reten-


tion, arrhythmia
 Gastrointestinal haemorrhage, abdominal pain, anorexia

Interactions
 CYP450 enzyme inhibitors e.g. ketoconazole, itracona-

zole, clarithromycin (increased risk of adverse reactions)


Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breastfeeding

Storage
 After reconstitution, store at 2−8°C

Caution
 Pre-treatment with oral dexamethasone or prednisolone
is recommended for reducing fluid retention and hyper-
sensitivity reactions
 Men and women have to use effective contraception dur-
ing and after treatment with docetaxel
 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in use of cytotoxic
medicines

DOMPERIDONE H N 17.2
Dopamine receptor antagonist which stimulates gastric emp-
tying and small intestinal transit, and enhances the strength
of oesophageal sphincter contraction to stop emesis.
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 10 mg

282 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


DOMPERIDONE D
Suspension: 5 mg/5 ml
Uses
 Nausea and vomiting

 Dyspepsia

 Gastro-oesophageal reflux

Dose and duration


 All uses

Adult and child over 12 years and body weight >35 kg:
by mouth, 10 mg every 6–8 hours (max 40 mg daily)
Child with body weight up to 35 kg: 0.25–0.5 mg/kg eve-
ry 6–8 hours (max 1.0 mg/kg daily)
Do not use for more than 7 days
Contra-indications
 Prolactinoma

 In case increased gastrointestinal motility is harmful

Side effects
 Bloating

 Skin rash, itching

 Ventricular arrhythmias, Torsades de pointes

Interactions
 Erythromycin (increased plasma concentration of

domperidone)
Patient instructions
 Take your medicine at least 30 minutes before a meal or

2 hours after a meal


 Do not crush tablets

 Seek medical attention in case palpitations or fainting

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 283


D MONOGRAPHS

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Use with caution in patients with QT-interval prolonga-
tion, concomitant use with drugs that prolong the QT-
interval, electrolyte imbalances, cardiac disease, patients
over 60 years of age, children or oral dose >30 mg daily
 Avoid use of domperidone in patients with hepatic im-
pairment. Reduce dose in renal impairment

DOPAMINE H E 12.4.2
Inotropic sympathomimetic with B1 receptor activity
Dosage forms
 Concentrate for solution for IV infusion: 40 mg/ml

Uses
 Management of vascular shock

Dose and duration


 Management of vascular shock

Adult: 0.002–0.005 mg/kg/minute increased gradually


by 0.005–0.01 mg/kg/minute increments, according to
blood pressure, cardiac output and urine output. Dose
can be increased up to 0.02–0.05 mg/kg/minute as re-
quired
Child 1 month–18 years: 0.005 mg/kg/minute adjust-
ed according to response (max 0.02 mg/kg/minute)
Neonate: 0.003 mg/kg/minute, adjusted according to

284 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


DOPAMINE D
response (max 0.02 mg/kg/minute)
Preparation
 Dilute with Glucose 5% or Sodium chloride 0.9% to a max-

imum concentration of 3.2 mg/ml.


Contra-indications
 Uncorrected atrial or ventricular tachyarrhythmia

 Ventricular fibrillation

 Pheochromocytoma

 Hyperthyroidism

Side effects
 Nausea, vomiting

 Anginal pain, ectopic heart beats, palpitations

 Tachycardia, vasoconstriction, hypotension

 Dyspnoea

 Headache

 Gangrene

Interactions
 MAOIs e.g. Selegiline (risk of hypertensive crisis)

 Halogenated anaesthetics; halothane (sensitization of the

myocardium)
 Phenytoin (increased risk of hypotension and brady-

cardia)
 Alpha-blockers (antagonize peripheral vasoconstriction

caused by high doses of dopamine)


 Beta-blockers (antagonize cardiac effects of dopamine)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 285


D MONOGRAPHS

Caution
 Do not use bicarbonate for dilution because dopamine
concentrate is incompatible with bicarbonate
 Reduce the dose or temporarily suspend dosage in case
of decrease in established urine flow rate, increasing
tachycardia or development of new dysrthythmias
 Patients who have been treated with MAOI prior to do-
pamine should be given reduced doses (the starting dose
should be 1/10th of the usual dose
 Avoid excess administration of potassium-free solutions
since it may result in significant hypokalaemia
 Withdraw gradually to avoid unnecessary hypotension
 Only use in pregnancy if benefit outweighs risk

DOXORUBICIN (ADRIAMYCIN) NR V 8.2


Anthracycline antibiotic anticancer
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 50 mg

Uses
 Metastatic breast cancer

 Ovarian cancer (second line treatment)

 Multiple myeloma

 AIDS-related Kaposi’s sarcoma (second line treatment)

Dose and duration


 Metastatic breast cancer (in combination with cyclophos-

phamide) and ovarian cancer


50 mg/m2 once every 4 weeks for as long as the disease
does not process and patient can tolerate treatment

286 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


DOXORUBICIN (ADRIAMYCIN) D
 Multiple myeloma
30 mg/m2 depending on the regimen of concomitant
anticancers
 Kaposi’s sarcoma
20 mg/m2 every 2−3 weeks for 2−3 months
Note: Avoid intervals of less than 10 days
Contra-indications
 Children aged below 18 years

Side effects
 Erythema of palms of the hands and soles of the feet

(palmar-plantar erythrodysesthesia, PPE)


 Infusion site reactions

 Myelosuppression (leucopoenia, anaemia, neutropoenia,

thrombocytopenia)
 Alopecia (hair loss)

 Heart damage, ventricular arrhythmia

 Pharyngitis

 Anorexia

 Paraesthesia

 Blurred vision

 Nose bleeding

 Nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain

 Hypersensitivity reactions (rash)

 Dry skin, skin discoloration

 Leg cramps, muscle pain, bone pain

 Mucositis, fever, fatigue, weakness

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 287


D MONOGRAPHS

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breastfeeding

Storage
 After reconstitution, store at 2−8°C. Do not freeze

Caution
 Do routine ECG monitoring to detect cardiac toxicity
 If patient experiences infusion site reactions, discontinue
immediately and give appropriate premedication (antihis-
tamine and/or corticosteroid)
 Reduce dose or delay follow-on dose to manage adverse
drug reactions
 Never give doxorubicin as bolus injection or undiluted so-
lution to avoid injection site reactions
 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in cytotoxic medicines

DOXYCYCLINE HC II V 6.2.2
Long-acting broad spectrum tetracycline antibacterial
Dosage forms
 Capsules: 100 mg

Uses
 Brucellosis

 Plague

 Typhus fever

 Bacterial throat infections

 Moderate pneumonia

 Cholera

 Infected bite wound

288 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


DOXYCYCLINE D
 Tropical ulcer
 Chlamydial vaginal and urethral discharge syndrome
 Pelvic inflammatory disease
 Anthrax
 Acute bronchitis
 Inguinal swelling (bubo)
Dose and duration
 Brucellosis (in combination with gentamicin)

Adult: 100 mg every 12 hours for 6 weeks


Child >8 years: 2 mg/kg every 12 hours for 6 weeks
 Plague

Adult: 100 mg every 12 hours for 7 days


Child >8 years: 2 mg/kg every 12 hours for 7 days
 Chlamydial vaginal and urethral discharge syndrome

Adult: 100 mg every 12 hours for 14 days


Treat partner as well
 Typhus fever, moderate pneumonia

Adult: 100 mg every 12 hours for 7–10 days


Child >8 years: 2 mg/kg every 12 hours for 7–10 days
 Acute bacterial throat infections, infected bite wound,

tropical ulcer
Adult: 100 mg every 12 hours for 5 days
Child >8 years: 2 mg/kg every 12 hours for 5 days
 Cholera

Adult: 300 mg single dose


Child >8 years: 2 mg/kg single dose
 Inguinal swelling (bubo)

Adult: 100 mg every 12 hours for 10 days


Contra-indications
 Children < 8 years

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 289


D MONOGRAPHS

 Allergy to tetracycline
 Severe liver disease
Side effects
 Stomach upset

 Allergic reactions (rash)

 Mouth and throat ulcers

Interactions
 Zinc (reduced absorption)

 Ferrous salts, milk (reduced absorption)

 Magnesium trisilicate compound (reduced absorption)

Patient instructions
 Take with meals and a full glass of water

 Take 2 hours apart from milk, iron salts, and magnesium

trisilicate compound
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

DPT VACCINE HC II V 19.3.1


Diphtheria-pertussis-tetanus (DPT) vaccine used in routine
immunisation of children
Dosage forms
 Suspension for injection: 25 Lf Diphtheria toxoid; 6 Lf Tet-

anus toxoid; 10,000 million Bordetella pertussis in


20-dose vial (10 ml)
Uses
 Prevention of diphtheria, pertussis (whooping cough),

290 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


DPT VACCINE D
and tetanus in children
Dose and duration
Infants: 3 doses of 0.5 ml IM on the outer upper left
thigh at 6, 10, and 14 weeks from birth
Minimum interval between doses is 4 weeks
Contra-indications
 Previous severe reactions to DPT vaccine

 Severe acute febrile illness (minor illness not contra-

indication)
Side effects
 Mild reactions at injection site: swelling, pain, redness

 Fever within 24 hours of the injection

 Anaphylactic reactions

 Seizures

Patient instructions
 Do not apply anything to the injection site

 A mild fever may develop within 24 hours of injection.

Take paracetamol if necessary. Wiping the child with a


cool sponge or cloth (with water at room temperature) is
also good for reducing fever. If fever continues after 2
doses of paracetamol, report to health facility
Storage
 Store at 2–8°C (cold storage)

 Do not freeze vaccine

 Discard reconstituted vials after 6 hours

Caution
 Do not mix with other vaccines in the same syringe
 Do not give injection in the buttocks as this reduces

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 291


D MONOGRAPHS

vaccine efficacy
 Shake vaccine before use so that it mixes properly

DPT-HepB-Hib HC II V 19.3.1
Diphtheria-pertussis-tetanus-hepatitis B-Haemophilus influ-
enzae type B vaccine used in routine immunisation of chil-
dren
Dosage forms
 Suspension for injection: Two dose vial

Uses
 Prevention of diphtheria, whooping cough, tetanus, hep-

atitis B, and bacterial pneumonia due to H. influenza


Dose and duration
Infant: 3 doses of 0.5 ml IM in the outer upper left
thigh at 6, 10, and 14 weeks
Minimum dose interval between doses is 4 weeks
Contra-indications
 Previous severe reactions to DPT vaccine

 Severe acute febrile illness (minor illness not contra-

indication)
Side effects
 Mild reactions at injection site: swelling, pain, redness

 Fever within 24 hours of the injection

 Anaphylactic reactions

 Seizures

Patient instructions
 Do not apply anything at the injection site

 A mild fever will develop within 24 hours of injection.

292 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


DROPERIDOL D
Take paracetamol if necessary. If fever continues after 2
doses of paracetamol, report to health worker
Storage
 Store at 2–8°C (cold storage)

 Do not freeze vaccine

 Discard reconstituted vials after 6 hours

Caution
 Do not mix with other vaccines in the same syringe
 Do not give injection in the buttocks as this can reduce
vaccine efficacy
 Shake vaccine before use so that it mixes properly

DROPERIDOL H E 1.3
Butyrophenone which blocks dopamine receptors in the
chemoreceptor trigger zone
Dosage forms
 Injection: 2.5 mg/ml

Uses
 Postoperative nausea and vomiting

 Opioid induced nausea and vomiting in patient-controlled

analgesia (PCA)
Dose and duration
 Postoperative nausea and vomiting

Adult: by IV injection, 0.625–1.25 mg (0.625 mg in the el-


derly) 30 minutes before end of surgery, then every 6
hours as required
Child 2–18 years: by IV injection, 0.01–0.05 mg/kg (max
1.25 mg) 30 minutes before the end of surgery, then

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 293


D MONOGRAPHS

every 6 hours as necessary


Hepatic/renal impairment: max 0.625 mg every 6 hours
as required
 Opioid induced nausea and vomiting in PCA

Adult: by IV injection, 0.015–0.05 mg per 1 mg of


morphine in PCA (max 5 mg daily)
Reduce dose in renal, hepatic impairment and elderly
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to droperidol or butyrophenones

 Known or suspected QT-interval prolongation

 Hypokalaemia

 Hypomagnesaemia

 Bradycardia

 Pheochromocytoma

 Comatose states

 Parkinson’s disease

 Severe depression

 Known concomitant treatment leading to bradycardia

Side effects
 Drowsiness, sedation

 Hypotension

Interactions
 General anaesthetics (enhanced hypotensive effect)

 Amiodarone, disopyramide (increased risk of ventricular

arrhythmias-avoid concomitant use)


 Azithromycin, erythromycin, clarithromycin, fluoxetine,

sertraline, fluvoxamine, tamoxifen, tacrolimus (risk of


ventricular arrhythmias- avoid concomitant use)
 Amitrptyline, imipramine (possibly increased risk of

294 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


DROPERIDOL D
ventricular arrhythmias)
 Chloroquine and hydroxychloroquine, quinine, amisul-
pride, pimozide, sulpride, haloperidol, sotalol, pentami-
dine isethionate (increased risk of ventricular
arrhythmias)
Patient instructions
 Do not drive or operate a machine within 24 hours of

droperidol administration
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Use with caution in chronic obstructive pulmonary dis-
ease or respiratory failure, electrolyte disturbances and
history of alcohol abuse
 If there is a risk of ventricular arrhythmias, continuous
pulse oximetry during and 30 minutes following admin-
istration is required
 Excreted in breast milk. Avoid repeated administration in
a breast-feeding mother
 May cause temporary neurological disturbances in infants
whose mothers used droperidol during pregnancy. Moni-
tor infant for neurological functions if used in pregnancy

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 295


E MONOGRAPHS

E
EFAVIRENZ (EFV) HC IV E 30.2
Non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NNRTI) an-
tiretroviral medicine
Dosage forms
 Capsule: 200 mg

 Tablets: 200 mg, 600 mg

 FDC tablet: TDF 300 mg + FTC 200 mg + EFV 600 mg

 FDC tablet: TDF 300 mg + 3TC 300 mg + EFV 600 mg

Uses
 HIV/AIDS

Dose and duration


 HIV infection, first line treatment (with TDF + 3TC)

Adult: 600 mg once daily at night


Child >3 years: As in table below; once daily at night

Weight (kg) Dose (mg)


10–13.9 200 mg once daily
14–19.9 300 mg once daily
20–24.9 300 mg once daily
25–34.9 400 mg once daily
>35 600 mg once daily
 HIV infection, alternative first line treatment (in combina-
tion with AZT + 3TC)
Adult: 600 mg once daily at night
 eMTCT, first line treatment (with TDF +3TC)
Adult: 600 mg once daily at night
296 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
EFAVIRENZ (EFV) E
Contra-indications
 Children <3 years

 Severe liver disease

 Severe kidney disease

Side effects
 Sleep disturbances, abnormal dreams (nightmares),

 Reduced concentration, dizziness, headache

 Suicidal behaviour, depression

 Rash, Stevens-Johnson syndrome, itching

 Stomach upset

Interactions
 Ergometrine (increased ergometrine toxicity)

 Lopinavir (reduced concentration of lopinavir)

Patient instructions
 Preferably take at bedtime

 Take with a fatty meal

 Take medicine at the same time every day

 Mild rash may develop, usually goes away within a

month; do not worry


 Report immediately to health worker if any severe

depression, mental disorders, or suicidal ideas occur


 Report immediately to the health worker if any severe

rash with blisters, peeling skin, mouth ulcers, or fever


occur
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breast-feeding

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 297


E MONOGRAPHS

Caution
 Discontinue the medicine if patient has severe rash with
blistering and fever; or if severe depression, psychoses,
and suicidal ideas occur

EMTRICITABINE (FTC) H E 30.2


Nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NRTI) antiretrovi-
ral medicine
Dosage forms
 Capsule: 200 mg

 FDC tablet: TDF 300 mg + FTC 200 mg + EFV 600 mg

 FDC tablet: TDF 300 mg + FTC 200 mg

Uses
 HIV/AIDS

Dose and duration


 HIV infection, alternative first line treatment (in combina-

tion with TDF + EFV or TDF + NVP)


Adult and child >33kg: 200 mg once daily
Child 4 months–18 years: 6 mg/kg once daily
 HIV infection, alternative second line treatment (in com-

bination with TDF + LPV/r or TDF + ATV/r)


Adult and child >33kg: 200 mg once daily
Child 4 months–18 years: 6 mg/kg once daily
FTC can be substituted with 3TC
Contra-indications
 Allergy to emtricitabine

 Child <4 months

298 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ENALAPRIL E
Side effects
 Lactic acidosis

 Liver damage

 Skin discoloration

 Itching

 Abnormal dreams

 Stomach upset

 Redistribution of body fat

Interactions
 Lamivudine (increased side effects)

Patient instructions
 Take medicine at the same time every day

 Report immediately to health worker in case severe nau-

sea, vomiting, abdominal pain, feeling of sickness, appe-


tite loss, rapid deep breathing, or muscle weakness occur
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Discontinue medicine in case of severe lactic acidosis or
liver damage

ENALAPRIL RR N 12.3
Angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitor antihypertensive
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 5 mg

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 299


E MONOGRAPHS

Uses
 Moderate and severe hypertension (stage 2)

 Heart failure

Dose and duration


 Hypertension stage 2 (with another antihypertensive)

Adult: 5 mg once daily. Usual maintenance dose 20 mg


once daily (max 40 mg once daily)
Child 12–18 years: 2.5 mg once daily. Usual maintenance
dose 10–20 mg daily in 1–2 divided doses (max 40 mg
daily in 1–2 divided doses if body-weight over 50 kg)
Child 1 month–12 years: 0.1 mg/kg once daily, increased
as needed to max 1 mg/kg daily in 1–2 divided doses
Neonate: 0.01 mg/kg once daily increased as necessary
up to 0.5 mg/kg daily in 1–3 divided doses
Renal failure: 2.5 mg once daily if eGFR is ˂30
ml/minute/1.73 m2
 Heart failure

Adult: 2.5 mg once daily under close medical supervision


increased gradually over 2–4 weeks to 10–20 mg, once or
twice daily if tolerated (max 40 mg)
Preparation
 For use in children, the tablet may be crushed and sus-

pended in water immediately before use


Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to enalapril and other ACEIs

 Angioedema

 Renovascular disease

Side effects
 Dizziness, headache, blurred vision

300 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ENALAPRIL E
 Depression
 Hypotension, orthostatic hypotension, syncope, chest
pain, rhythm disturbances, angina pectoris, tachycardia
 Persistent dry cough, dyspnoea

 Hypersensitivity: angioneurotic oedema of face, extremi-

ties, lips, tongue, glottis and larynx


 Nausea, abdominal pain, taste alteration, diarrhoea

 Rash, Stevens-Johnson syndrome

 Weakness, fatigue

 Hyperkalaemia, increase in serum creatinine

 Raynaud’s syndrome

Interactions
 Acetazolamide (enhanced hypotensive effect)

 Amiloride (enhance hypotensive effect)

 Ciclosporin (increased risk of hyperkalaemia)

 Furosemide (enhanced hypotensive effect)

 Hydrochlorothiazide (enhanced hypotensive effect)

 Lithium (increased plasma concentration of lithium)

 Potassium salts (increased risk of severe hyperkalaemia)

 Spironolactone (enhanced hypotensive effect, increased

risk of severe hyperkalaemia)


Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Monitor liver function in hepatic impairment
 Use with caution in renal impairment
 Avoid use in breast-feeding during the first few weeks
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 301
E MONOGRAPHS

after delivery to avoid risk of neonatal hypotension


 Concomitant use with diuretics may lead to very rapid fall
in blood pressure in volume depleted patients. Discontin-
ue high dose diuretics (furosemide ≥80 mg) 24 hours be-
fore initiation of enalapril
 Avoid enalapril during dialysis with high-flux polyacriloni-
trile membranes and during low density lipoprotein
aphaeresis with dextran
 Give with caution in patients with aortic/mitral valve
stenosis, peripheral vascular disease or atherosclerosis as
there may be clinically silent renovascular disease

ENOXAPARIN H N 10.2
Low molecular weight heparin
Dosage forms
 Sterile solution for injection: 100 mg/ml

 Sterile soolution for injection in syringe: 80 mg/0.8 ml

Uses
 Treatment of deep vein thrombosis

 Treatment of pulmonary embolism

 Prophylaxis of deep vein thrombosis

Dose and duration


Administer by subcutaneous (SC) injection
 Prophylaxis of deep vein thrombosis

Adult: 20 mg once daily for 7–10 days or until risk has


diminished. Give 2 hours pre-operatively in patients un-
dergoing surgery (40 mg once daily in orthopaedic sur-
gery, first dose given 12 hours pre-operatively)
 Prophylaxis of deep vein thrombosis in medical patients

302 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ENOXAPARIN E
Adult: 40 mg once daily for 6–14 days
 Treatment of deep vein thrombosis, pulmonary embolism
Adult: 1.5 mg/kg once daily for at least 5 days and until
adequate oral anticoagulation is established
Child 2 months–18 years: 1 mg/kg every 12 hours
Child 1–2 months: 1.5 mg/kg every 12 hours
Neonate: 1.5–2 mg/kg every 12 hours
Pregnancy: as in table below(see caution)
Body weight Dose every 12 hours
˂50 kg 40 mg
50–70 kg 60 mg
70–90 kg 80 mg
>90 kg 100 mg
Contra-indications
 Acute bacterial endocarditis

 Active major bleeding

 Haemorrhagic stroke

 Haemophilia

 Thrombocytopenia

 Active gastric or duodenal ulceration

 Hypersensitivity to enoxaparin, heparin or its derivatives

Side effects
 Haemorrhage

 Thrombocytosis, thrombocytopenia

 Allergic reactions, urticaria, pruritus, erythema

 Hepatic enzyme increases

 Injection site reactions (e.g. haematoma, pain)

Interactions
 Intravenous diclofenac (increased risk of haemorrhage)

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 303


E MONOGRAPHS

 Aspirin (anticoagulant effect enhanced)


 Glyceryl trinitrate (reduced anticoagulant effect)
Pregnancy
 Can be used (see caution)

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Elimination is increased in pregnancy. Treatment should
be stopped at the onset of labour and specialist advice
sought on continuing therapy after birth
 Reduce dose in renal
 Increased risk of bleeding in patients with low body
weight and in renal impairment
 Withdraw enoxaparin if haemorrhage occurs
 Risk of suppression of adrenal secretion of aldosterone
leading to hyperkalaemia in conditions such as diabetes
mellitus, chronic renal failure, metabolic acidosis, hyper-
kalaemia or patients on potassium sparing medicines
 Use with extreme caution in patients with a history of
heparin-induced thrombocytopenia
 Do not interchange with other low molecular weight
heparins since they differ in their manufacturing process

304 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


EPHEDRINE E
EPHEDRINE HC IV V 1.3
Sympathomimetic vasoconstrictor. Constricts the peripheral
blood vessels and accelerates the heart rate by action on α
and β receptors respectively
Dosage forms
 Injection: 3 mg/ml, 30 mg/ml

 Nasal drops: 1%

 Nasal drops: 0.5%

Uses
 Prevention of hypotension from spinal or epidural anaes-

thesia
 Relief of nasal congestion

Dose and duration


 Prevention of hypotension from spinal or epidural anaes-

thesia
Adult and child over 12 years: by slow IV infusion, 3–6
mg (max 9 mg) repeated every 3–4 minutes as required
to a maximum cumulative dose of 30 mg
Child 1–12 years: 0.5–0.75 mg/kg or 17–25 mg/m2 every
3–4 minutes according to response(max 30 mg during
each episode)
 Relief of nasal congestion

Adult: Instil 1–2 drops of 1% strength as required in each


nostril up to a maximum of 4 times a day
Child 12–18 years: instill 1–2 drops of 0.5% strength into
each nostril up to 3 or 4 times daily when required
Do not use for more than 7 days
Contra-indications
 Known sensitivity to ephedrine

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 305


E MONOGRAPHS

 Ischaemic heart disease


 Hypertension
 Thyrotoxicosis

 Prostatic hypertrophy

Side effects
 Anorexia

 Arrhythmias, angina pain, palpitations, hypertension,

tachycardia
 Confusion, anxiety, depression, nervousness, irritability

 Weakness, insomnia, dizziness, headache

 Flushing, sweating

 Dyspnoea

 Nausea, vomiting

 Local irritation

 Rebound congestion

 Excessive use leads to tolerance

Interactions
 Reserpine (hypotensive effect of reserpine antagonised)

 MAOIs (risk of hypertensive crisis-avoid for at least 2

weeks after stopping MAOIs)


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Ephedrine is excreted in breast milk. The breast-fed child
may experience irritability and disturbed sleep
 Ephedrine readily crosses the placental barrier. Increased
foetal heart rate reported with parenteral ephedrine
306 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
EPINEPHRINE (ADRENALINE) E
 Avoid use in severe renal impairment due to increased
CNS toxicity
 Use cautiously in hyperthyroidism, diabetes mellitus, is-
chaemic heart disease, hypertension and angle-closure
glaucoma

EPINEPHRINE (ADRENALINE) HC II V 3
Sympathomimetic agent that relieves symptoms of severe
allergic reactions, such as difficulty in breathing and lowering
in blood pressure
Dosage forms
 Injection: 1 mg/ml for IM injection

Uses
 Anaphylactic shock (acute hypersensitivity reaction)

 Severe allergic reactions

 Cardiopulmonary arrest

Dose and duration


 All uses

Adult: 0.5–1 mg IM in the outer upper thigh


Repeat every 10 minutes according to blood pressure,
pulse rate, and respiratory function until improvement
occurs
Child: Give dose according to table below in the outer
upper thigh. Repeat every 10 minutes according to
blood pressure, pulse rate, and respiratory function
until improvement occurs

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 307


E MONOGRAPHS

Age (years) Volume of Adrenaline (ml)


Normal Underweight
<1 0.05 0.05
1 0.1 0.10
2 0.2 0.10
3-4 0.3 0.15
5 0.4 0.20
6-12 0.5 0.25
> 12 0.5─1 0.5─1

Repeat adrenaline every 2–6 hours as need arises depend-


ing on the patient's progress
Side effects
 Irregular heartbeat, high blood pressure

 Shaking, sweating, headache, anxiety

 Stomach upset

Interactions
 Propranolol (cancelled effect; see caution)

 Atenolol (cancelled effect; see caution)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Solution should be colourless; do not use any solution
with a pink or brownish colour
 Patients on propranolol and atenolol may be resistant to
the effects of epinephrine; use salbutamol IV instead
 Do not exceed indicated dose; risk of irregular heartbeat

308 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ERGOCALCIFEROL (VITAMIN D2) E
 IM route is the first choice as there is rapid absorption
and is more reliable than SC
 The IV route should only be used if the patient has poor
circulation. Injection is given slowly (over 5 minutes)
 Adrenaline may delay 2nd stage of labour and may cause
anoxia in the foetus. Only use if benefit outweighs risk

ERGOCALCIFEROL (VITAMIN D2) NR E 24


Vitamin D supplement
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 250 microgram (10,000 IU)

Uses
 Hypocalcaemia associated with hypoparathyroidism

 Treatment of vitamin D deficiency

 Prevention of vitamin D deficiency

Dose and duration


 Prevention of vitamin D deficiency

Adult: 10 micrograms (400 IU) once daily


Child 1 month–18 years: 400–600 IU daily
Neonate: 400 IU daily
 Treatment of vitamin D deficiency

Adult: 1250 micrograms (50,000 IU) once daily for a


limited period of time
Child 12–18 years: 10,000 IU once daily
Child 6 months–12 years: 6000 IU once a day
Child 1–6 months: 75 micrograms (3000 IU) daily
 Hypocalcaemia associated with hypoparathyroidism

Adult: 2500 micrograms (100,000 IU) daily


Child: up to 1500 micrograms (60,000 IU) daily
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 309
E MONOGRAPHS

 Vitamin D deficiency in intestinal malabsorption or in


chronic liver disease
Child 12–18 years: 10,000–40,000 units daily, adjusted as
necessary
Child 1–12 years: 10,000–25,000 units daily, adjusted as
necessary
Contra-indications
 Hypercalcaemia

 Metastatic calcification

 Evidence of vitamin D toxicity

 Hypervitaminosis D

Side effects
Symptoms of over dose include
 Anorexia, weight loss

 Nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea, constipation

 Polyuria, sweating, thirst, vertigo

 Headache, lassitude

 Raised concentrations of calcium and phosphate in

plasma and urine


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Monitor plasma-calcium concentration in patients receiv-
ing high doses and in renal impairment
 Avoid high doses in pregnancy
 High doses in breast-feeding may cause hypocalcaemia in
an infant
310 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
ERGOMETRINE MALEATE E
ERGOMETRINE MALEATE HC IV N 22.1
Oxytocic agent. Contracts uterine muscle
Dosage forms
 Injection: 500 µg/ml

Uses
 Prevention and treatment of postpartum and post-

abortion haemorrhage
Dose and duration
 Postpartum haemorrhage

Adult and adolescent: 200 micrograms by IM injection


when the anterior shoulder is delivered or immediate-
ly after birth
 Excessive uterine bleeding

Adult and adolescent: by slow IV injection, 250‒500


micrograms when the anterior shoulder is delivered or
immediately after birth
Contra-indications
 Induction of labour

 First and second stages of labour

 Vascular disease (e.g. deep vein thrombosis)

 Severe heart disease especially angina pectoris

 Severe hypertension

 Severe liver disease

 Severe kidney disease

 Sepsis

 Eclampsia

Side effects
 Nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain

 Headache, dizziness, tinnitus

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 311


E MONOGRAPHS

 Chest pain, palpitations, hypertension and widespread


vasoconstriction
 Difficulty in breathing

Interactions
 Efavirenz (increased risk of ergotism)

 Lopinavir/ritonavir (risk of ergometrine toxicity)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
 Store between 2‒8° C

Caution
 Produces faster contractions superimposed on a continu-

ous contraction
 Preferably use oxytocin if available as it is more stable

than ergometrine
 Requires cold chain transportation

ERGOTAMINE H E 7.1
Ergot alkaloid with analgesic activity
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 1 mg, 2 mg

Uses
 Treatment of acute migraine attacks

Dose and duration


 Treatment of acute migraine attacks

Adult and child over 12 years: 2 mg taken at onset of


312 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
ERGOTAMINE E
migraine. If migraine persists, 1–2 mg as required at
intervals of 30 minutes up to a maximum dose of 6 mg of
ergotamine in 24 hours and maximum of 12 mg in a week
Contraindications
 Pregnancy and nursing

 Coronary heart disease

 Peripheral vascular disease and Raynaud’s syndrome

 Obliterative vascular disease

 Inadequately controlled or severe hypertension

 Septic conditions or shock

 hyperthyroidism

 Temporal arteritis

 Acute porphyria

Side effects
 Dizziness

 Nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain

 Muscular cramps

 Ergotism (painful seizures, spasms, diarrhoea, paresthe-

sias, mania, headache, nausea, vomiting, peeling of toes


and fingers, peripheral neuropathy, oedema, gangrene)
Interactions
 Azithromycin, erythromycin, clarithromycin (increased

risk of ergotism)
 Ketoconazole, miconazole, fluconazole, itraconazole

(increased risk of ergotism)


 Sumatriptan (increased risk of vasospasm)

 Atazanavir (increased concentrations of ergot alkaloids)

 Efavirenz (increased risk of ergotism)

 Cimetidine (increased risk of ergotism)

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 313


E MONOGRAPHS

Patient instructions
 Do not repeat treatment at intervals of less than 4 days

 Do not take more than 2 courses of treatment per month

 Do not exceed the recommended dose

 Stop treatment immediately if numbness or tingling of

extremities develops and contact a health worker


Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Not recommended for children under 12 years
 Do not administer ergotamine within 6 hours of admin-
istration of sumatriptan. Avoid sumatriptan within 24
hours of administration of ergotamine
 Avoid in renal impairment and severe hepatic impairment

ERYTHROMYCIN HC IV N 6.2.2
Macrolide antibacterial
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 250 mg

 Suspension: 125 mg/ml

Uses
 Moderate pneumonia

 Gum infection

 Post-partum haemorrhage

 Bacterial sore throat

 Breast infection

314 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ERYTHROMYCIN E
 Cholera
 Ophthalmia of the new born
 Trachoma

 Pelvic inflammatory disease (PID)

 Genital ulcer

 Urethral discharge syndrome

 Abnormal vaginal discharge syndrome

Dose and duration


 Moderate pneumonia, gum infection; post-partum haem-

orrhage
Adult: 500 mg every 6 hours for 5 days
Child: 10–15 mg/kg every 6 hours for 5 days
 Bacterial sore throat (alternative to benzathine penicillin

or phenoxymethylpenicillin); breast infection


Adult: 500 mg every 6 hours for 10 days
Child: 12.5 mg/kg every 6 hours for 10 days
 Cholera (second line treatment)

Adult and child > 12 years: 500 mg every 6 hours for 3


days
Child 6–12 years: 25–50 mg/kg every 6 hours for 3
days
Child 1–5 years: 250mg every 6 hours for 3 days
Child 4–12 months: 125mg every 6 hours for 3 days
Child 2–4 months: 62.5mg every 6 hours for 3 days
 Ophthalmia of the new born

Neonate: 10 mg/kg every 6 hours for 14–21 days


 Trachoma, pelvic inflammatory disease (PID), inguinal

swelling, genital ulcer


Adult: 500 mg every 6 hours for 14 days
Child: 10–15 mg/kg every 6 hours for 14 days
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 315
E MONOGRAPHS

 Urethral discharge syndrome; abnormal vaginal discharge


syndrome (alternative to doxycycline)
Adult: 500 mg every 6 hours for 7 days
Treat partner
Contra-indications
 Allergy to erythromycin and other macrolides (e.g.

azithromycin)
Side effects
 Stomach upset

 Hearing damage

 Allergic reaction (rash)

Interactions
 Artemether + lumefantrine (increased risk of irregular

heartbeat)
 Carbamazepine (increased plasma concentration levels)

 Aminophylline (plasma concentration of aminophylline

increased)
 Warfarin (increased anticoagulant effect of warfarin)

Patient instructions
 Tablets should be swallowed whole; do not crush tablets

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Reduce dose in severe liver disease (max 1.5 mg daily)

316 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ETHAMBUTOL (E) E
ETHAMBUTOL (E) HC III V 6.2.4
Anti-tuberculosis antibacterial; abbreviated as E in treatment
regimens
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 100 mg, 400 mg

 FDC tablet: Rifampicin 150 mg + isoniazid 75 mg + pyra-

zinamide 400 mg + ethambutol 275 mg


 FDC tablet: isoniazid 150 mg + ethambutol 400 mg

Uses
 Tuberculosis

Dose and duration


 Initial phase (give in combination with rifampicin, isonia-

zid and pyrazinamide (RHZE)


Give once daily for 2 months
Adult and child over 12 years:
Weight (kg) Ethambutol (mg)
30–37 550
38–54 825
55–70 1100
>70 1375
Child >12 years:
Weight (kg) Ethambutol (mg)
4–7 100
8–11 200
12–15 300
16–24 400
>25 Use adult formulation

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 317


E MONOGRAPHS

 Continuation phase (in combination with isoniazid)


Give once daily for 4 months
Adult and child over 12 years: see table below
Weight (kg) Ethambutol (mg)
30–70 800
>70 1200
Contra-indications
 Children <12 years

 Eye nerve disease

 Severe kidney disease

Side effects
 Visual disturbance, including red/green colour blindness

 Nerve pain, especially in legs

 Gout

Patient instructions
 Report immediately to health facility if any visual disturb-

ances occur so as to prevent blindness


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Do an eye examination before and during treatment
 Discontinue treatment immediately if patient reports
visual disturbances
 Give to children only in the recommended doses

318 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ETHINYLESTRADIOL + LEVONORGESTREL E
ETHINYLESTRADIOL + LEVONORGESTREL HC I E 18.3
Combined oral contraceptive (COC). Ethinylestradiol is an
oestrogen, and levonorgestrel is a progestogen
Dosage forms
All packs contain 21 active and 7 inactive tablets
 Tablet: Ethinylestradiol 30 µg + levonorgestrel 150 µg

 Tablet: Ethinylestradiol 50 µg + levonorgestrel 250 µg

For more information, see ethinylestradiol + norgestrel


monograph

ETHINYLESTRADIOL + NORETHISTERONE HC II E 18.3


Combined oral contraceptive (COC). Ethinylestradiol is an
oestrogen, and norethisterone is a progestogen
Dosage forms
All packs contain 21 active and 7 inactive tablets
 Tablet: Ethinylestradiol 50 µg + norethisterone 1 mg
For more information, see ethinylestradiol + norgestrel
monograph

ETHINYLESTRADIOL + NORGESTREL HC I V 18.3


Combined oral contraceptive (COC). Ethinylestradiol is an
oestrogen, and norgestrel is a progestogen
Dosage forms
All packs contain 21 active and 7 inactive tablets
 Tablet: Ethinylestradiol 30 µg + norgestrel 300 µg

Uses
 Prevention of unwanted pregnancy

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 319


E MONOGRAPHS

Dose and duration


 Start contraceptive (active tablet)

− On the first day of menstruation


− Immediately after abortion
− At 21 days after child birth if the woman does not
breastfeed
Use for as long as contraception is desired
Contra-indications
 High blood pressure

 Heart disease

 Deep vein thrombosis and previous stroke

 Active liver disease

 Breastfeeding mothers (< 6 months after giving birth)

 Unexplained abnormal vaginal bleeding

 Known or suspected cervical cancer

 Undiagnosed breast lumps or breast cancer

 Migraine

 Presence of any 2: Smoker, diabetes, age >35 years

Side effects
 Spot bleeding

 Nausea

 Headache

 Weight gain

 Suppresses breast milk production

Interactions
 Rifampicin (reduced contraceptive effect)

 Carbamazepine (reduced contraceptive effect)

 Griseofulvin (reduced contraceptive effect)

 Nevirapine (reduced contraceptive effect)

320 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ETHINYLESTRADIOL + NORGESTREL E
 Phenytoin (reduced contraceptive effect)
 Phenobarbital (reduced contraceptive effect)
 Ampicillin (reduced contraceptive effect)
 Doxycycline (reduced contraceptive effect)
 Amoxicillin (reduced contraceptive effect)
Patient instructions
 Explain to the patient which tablets are active and inac-

tive and how to follow the arrows


 Take at the same time every day to ensure effective con-

traception; strict compliance is essential


 Do not interrupt treatment during menstruation

 Warning signs for severe side effects are: severe head-

aches, blurred vision, depression, acute severe abdominal


pain, chest pain, shortness of breath and swelling or pain
in calf muscle. Report to health worker immediately
 In case of missed dose: take tablet as soon as you re-

member and continue treatment as normal. If over 12


hours have passed, add another method e.g. condoms
 If patient has had sexual intercourse within 5 days before

forgetting the tablet, take emergency contraception


 If patient wishes to get pregnant again, stop treatment;

fertility usually returns within 3–6 months


 If one menstrual period is missed and all doses were

taken on schedule, continue with the next dosing cycle. If


two consecutive menstrual periods are missed, do a
pregnancy test before beginning the next cycle
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 321


E MONOGRAPHS

Breast-feeding
 Do not use if infant is younger than 6 months old

Caution
 Use progestogen-only contraceptive for smokers, diabe-
tes patients, and women older than 35 years
 An additional family planning method must be used dur-
ing and for at least 7 days after completion of treatment
with medicines listed under the "Interactions" section
 The preparations containing 50 µg ethinylestradiol are
recommended where effectiveness may be reduced (e.g.
when patient is taking antibiotics, such as rifampicin)
 Discontinue 4 weeks before major elective surgery and all
surgery to the legs or surgery that involves prolonged immo-
bilisation of the lower limbs. Can be restarted at the first
menses occurring at least 2 weeks after full mobilisation

ETHIONAMIDE H E 6.2.4
Antibiotic with activity against Mycobacterium tuberculosis. It
is bacteriostatic or bactericidal depending on concentration
of the medicine at the site of infection
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 125 mg, 250 mg

Uses
 Multi-drug-resistant tuberculosis (MDR-TB)

Dose and duration


 MDR-TB ( in combination with other medicines)

Adult: 15–20 mg/kg up to a usual dose of 500–1000 mg


daily depending on bodyweight and tolerance. Give in

322 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ETHIONAMIDE E
1–2 doses daily
Child: 10–20 mg/kg in 1–2 divided doses
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to ethionamide

 Severe hepatic impairment

Side effects
 Headache, dizziness, drowsiness

 Asthenia, paresthesia

 Epigastric discomfort, abdominal pain, anorexia

 Nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea

 Elevated serum transaminases, hepatitis, jaundice

Interactions
 Rifampicin (increased risk of hepatitis with jaundice-avoid

concomitant use)
 Isoniazid (increased serum concentration of isoniazid)

Patient instructions
 Swallow with food to minimise gastrointestinal side

effects
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Obtain baseline liver function tests prior to therapy and
monitor serum transaminases every 2–4 weeks during
therapy. Discontinue all medicines temporarily if jaundice
develops and transaminase levels exceed three times the
Upper Limit of Normal (ULN), or if transaminase levels

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 323


E MONOGRAPHS

exceed five times the ULN with or without symptoms. Re-


introduce the medicines sequentially after resolution of
laboratory abnormalities
 Give with pyridoxine (Vitamin B6) and nicotinamide (Vit-
amin B3) to prevent neurotoxic effects of ethionamide
 Monitor blood glucose and thyroid function periodically
throughout therapy
 Carry out periodic opthalmoscopy during therapy
 Monitor breast-feeding child if used in the mother

ETHOSUXIMIDE RR E 5
Antiepileptic and anticonvulsant medicine
Dosage forms
 Capsules: 250 mg

Uses
 Epilepsy (petit mal)

Dose and duration


 Epilepsy (petit mal)

Adult and child > 6 years: 250 mg every 12 hours, in-


creased by 250 mg every 4–7 days up to a usual daily
dose of 500–750 mg every 12 hours (max 2 g)
Child 1 month–6 years: 5 mg/kg (max 125 mg) every
12hours increased gradually over 2–3 weeks up to a
maintenance dose of 10–20 mg/kg (max 500 mg) every
12 hours
Contraindications
 Acute porphyria

324 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ETHOSUXIMIDE E
Side effects
 Nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea, abdominal pain

 Anorexia, weight loss, suicidal ideation

 Blood dyscrasias

 Gum hypertrophy

 Drowsiness

 Stevens-Johnson syndrome

 Systemic lupus erythematosus

Interactions
 Isoniazid (increased plasma concentration of

ethosuximide and increased risk of toxicity)


 Phenytoin ( reduced concentration of ethosuximide)

 Mefloquine (anticonvulsant effect antagonised)

 Antipsychotic (anticonvulsant effect antagonised)

 Orlistat (possibly increased risk of convulsions)

Patient instructions
 In case you notice symptoms such as fever, mouth ul-

cers, bruising or bleeding, consult your doctor immedi-


ately; could be a sign of blood disorders
 Seek medical advice if suicidal ideas or behaviour develop

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Avoid abrupt withdrawal

 Use with caution in hepatic and renal impairment. Moni-

tor liver and renal function


 If ethosuximide is given as monotherapy, encourage

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 325


E MONOGRAPHS

breast-feeding unless adverse effects appear in the infant


or child; in which case the mother should stop breast-
feeding. Patients should not breast-feed if on multiple
drug regimens
 There is a recognised small increase in congenital mal-
formations. Weigh risk against benefit of treatment

ETOMIDATE RR E 1.1
General anaesthetic
Dosage forms
 Injection: 2 mg/ml

Uses
 Induction of anaesthesia

Dose and duration


Given as a slow IV injection i.e. 10 ml over 30–60 seconds
 Induction of anaesthesia

Adults: 0.15–0.3 mg/kg (max 60 mg) induces sleep for 4–


5 minutes
Child 1–18 years: 0.3 mg/kg (max 60 mg)
Elderly: 0.15–0.2 mg/kg adjusted according to the indi-
vidual (max 60 mg)
Preparation
 May be diluted with normal saline or dextrose infusion

Contraindications
 Hypersensitivity

Side effects
 Myoclonus, dyskinesia

 Vein pain, hypotension

326 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ETOMIDATE E
 Nausea, vomiting
 Apnoea, hyperventilation, stridor (high-pitched breaths)
 Rash

Interactions
 Adrenaline neurone blockers (enhanced hypotensive ef-

fect)
 Alpha blockers (enhanced hypotensive effect)

 Verapamil (enhanced hypotensive effect)

 Antipsychotics (enhanced hypotensive effect)

Patient instructions
 Do not operate dangerous machinery or drive vehicles

during the first 24 hours after administration


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Reduce dose in liver cirrhosis, in patients receiving neuro-

leptic, opiate or sedative agents


 Resuscitation equipment should be available

 Etomidate may depress neonatal respiration if used dur-

ing delivery
 It is not compatible with Ringer’s lactate infusion

 Do not mix with pancuronium

 Extraneous muscle movements can be minimised by an

opioid analgesic or a short-acting benzodiazepine given


just before induction
 Pain on injection can be reduced by injecting into a larger

vein or by giving an opioid analgesic just before induction


Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 327
E MONOGRAPHS

 Etomidate suppresses adrenocortical function, particular-


ly during continuous administration, and it should not be
used for maintenance of anaesthesia. Use with caution in
patients with underlying adrenal insufficiency for exam-
ple, those with sepsis

ETONOGESTREL HC III V 18.3


Progestogen-only contraceptive used as a depot implant.
Provides contraception for up to 3 years
Dosage forms
 Implant: Rod containing 68 mg of etonogestrel with a

sterile disposable applicator


Uses
 Long-term prevention of unwanted pregnancy

Dose and duration


Insert rod sub-dermally (just under the skin) into the
inner side of the non-dominant arm 6–8 cm above el-
bow
Insert under local anaesthesia and aseptic conditions
If no other contraception, insert implant:
− During the first 5 days of menstruation
− Immediately after abortion
− At 21 days after child birth if the woman does not
breastfeed
− At 6 weeks after childbirth if the woman breastfeeds

If switching from another method, when switching


from:
− At 6 weeks after childbirth if the woman breastfeeds
328 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
ETONOGESTREL E
− Combined oral contraceptive: Insert implant the day
after taking the last active tablet
− Oral progestogen only contraceptive: Insert implant at
any stage of the cycle
− Injectable progestogen only contraceptive: Insert im-
plant on the day the next injection is due
− Intrauterine device: Insert implant the day of its re-
moval
Leave inserted as long as contraception is desired. Can
stay for 3 years (2 years in obese women)
Contra-indications
 Breast cancer

 Severe or recent liver disease

 Unexplained abnormal vaginal bleeding

 Current stroke or deep vein thrombosis

Side effects
 Headache, mood changes

 Acne

 Menstrual disturbances, breast tenderness

 Weight gain

 Abdominal pain, nausea

Interactions
Same as for ethinylestradiol + norgestrel
Patient instructions
 Warning signs for severe side effects are severe head-

aches, blurred vision, depression, acute severe abdominal


pain, chest pain, shortness of breath and swelling or pain
in calf muscle. Report to health worker immediately.
 Fertility returns rapidly after removal of implant (usually

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 329


E MONOGRAPHS

from 6 weeks onwards)


Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 An additional family planning method must be used dur-
ing and for at least 7 days after completion of treatment
with medicines listed under “Interactions”
 Do not insert the implant too deep as removal may be
difficult
 Implant should be removed under local anaesthesia and
aseptic conditions by a trained health worker
 Commonly known as Implanon®

ETOPOSIDE NR V 8.2
Topoisomerase inhibitor anticancer
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 100 mg

Uses
 Small cell lung cancer

 Refractory testicular carcinoma

 Monoblastic leukaemia (second line treatment)

Dose and duration


Give 60−120 mg/m2 by slow IV infusion (30−60 minutes)
for 5 consecutive days. Repeat course every 21 days
depending on blood count results
Do not give infusion rapidly
330 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
ETOPOSIDE E
Contra-indications
 Children aged below 12 years

 Severe liver impairment

 Hypersensitivity to etoposide or podophyllotoxins

Side effects
 Myelosuppression (leucopoenia, neutropenia, thrombocy-

topenia)
 Alopecia

 Nausea and vomiting, abdominal pain, constipation

 Hypotension (following rapid infusion)

 Myocardial infarction, arrhythmia

 Hepatotoxicity

 Rash, urticaria, pruritus, anaphylactic reactions

 Asthenia, malaise, dizziness

 Injection site reactions

Interactions
 Ciclosporin (increased concentration of etoposide)

 Cisplatin (increased concentration of etoposide)

 Phenytoin (reduced etoposide efficacy)

 Live vaccines (risk of full-blown disease)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breastfeeding

Storage
 Store at 25°C. Do not refrigerate or freeze

Caution
 Treat any bacterial infections before starting etoposide

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 331


F MONOGRAPHS

 Irritant to skin. Avoid direct contact


 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in cytotoxic medicines

F
FACTOR VIII CONCENTRATE (HUMAN CO-
NR N 11.2
AGULATION FACTOR VIII)
Plasma extract essential for blood clotting and maintenance
of effective haemostasis. Contains small quantities of von
Willebrand’s factor
Dosage forms
 Dried powder for solution for injection: 1,500 IU

Uses
 Haemophilia A

Dose and duration


Give intravenously at a rate no more than 10 ml/minute
 Prophylaxis

Adult and child: 20–40 IU/kg at intervals of 2–3 days.


Child may require higher doses or shorter dosage inter-
vals
 Control of haemorrhage

Administer according to patient’s needs

Side effects
 Allergic reactions, anaphylaxis

Patient instructions
 In case symptoms of anaphylaxis such as hives, urticaria,

332 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


F
FACTOR IX (COAGULATION FACTORS II, VII, IX, X) COMPLEX
CONCENTRATE
wheezing, hypotension, tightness of chest develop, dis-
continue the medication immediately and contact your
doctor
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 In patients with blood groups A, B or AB, patient may de-
velop intravascular haemolysis if given large or frequently
repeated doses (less likely with high potent concentrates)
 Monitor for development of factor VIII inhibitors espe-
cially in the first 20 days of exposure; perform an assay if
expected factor VIII activity levels are not attained or
bleeding is not controlled
 Do not mix with other medicinal products and only use
the provided infusion set

FACTOR IX (COAGULATION FACTORS II, VII,


RR N 11.2
IX, X) COMPLEX CONCENTRATE
Plasma extract containing coagulation factors II, VII, IX and X
derived from fresh venous plasma
Dosage forms
 Dried powder for injection: 1000 IU

Uses
 Haemophilia B

 Bleeding due to deficiency of factors II, VII or X

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 333


F MONOGRAPHS

Dose and duration


 Haemophilia B

By slow IV infusion, according to patient’s needs and spe-


cific preparation used
 Bleeding due to deficiency of factors II, VII or X

According to patient’s needs


Contra-indications
 Disseminated intravascular coagulation

 Known history of heparin-induced thrombocytopenia

Side effects
 Allergic reactions

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Patients on treatment may be at risk of thrombosis
 Stop infusion immediately if anaphylactic- type reactions
occur
 Record batch details of the preparation used to maintain
a link between the patient and batch of the product

FENTANYL H V 1.3
Opioid analgesic
Dosage forms
 Solution for injection: 50 microgram/ml

Uses
 Intra-operative analgesia

334 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


FENTANYL F
 Enhancement of analgesia
 Analgesia and respiratory depression in assisted respira-
tion in intensive care
Dose and duration
 Spontaneous respiration: analgesia and enhancement of

anaesthesia during operation


Adult and child over 12 years: initially 50–100 mi-
crograms (max 200 micrograms) by slow IV injection,
then 25–50 micrograms as required
By IV infusion, 3–4.8 micrograms/kg/hour adjusted ac-
cording to response
Child 1 month–12 years: 1–3 micrograms/kg, then 1 mi-
crogram/kg as required
 Assisted ventilation: analgesia and enhancement of an-

aesthesia during operation


Adult: initially 300–3500 micrograms by slow IV injec-
tion, then 100–200 micrograms as required
By IV infusion, initially 10 micrograms/kg over 10
minutes, then 6 micrograms/kg/hour adjusted according
to response; may require up to 180 micrograms /kg/hour
during cardiac surgery
Child 12–18 years: 1–5 micrograms/kg, then 50–200 mi-
crograms as required
Neonate and child 1 month–12 years: 1–5 mi-
crograms/kg initially, then 1–3 micrograms/kg as require
 Assisted ventilation: analgesia and respiratory depression

in intensive care
Adult: same dose as above
Child 1 month–18 years: 1–5 micrograms/kg by IV injec-
tion, then 1–6 micrograms/kg/hour by IV infusion,
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 335
F MONOGRAPHS

adjusted according to response


Contra-indications
 Obstructive airways disease

 Respiratory depression

 Concurrent administration with MAOI or within 2 weeks

of their discontinuation
 Brain trauma

 Known intolerance to fentanyl, methadone, pethidine or

tramadol
 Hypersensitivity to fentanyl

Side effects
 Muscle rigidity

 Sedation, dizziness, dyskinesia

 Post-operative confusion

 Visual disturbance

 Tachycardia, bradycardia, arrhythmias, hypotension, hy-

pertension, vein pain


 Laryngospasm, bronchospasm, apnoea

 Nausea, vomiting

 Allergic dermatitis

Interactions
 Fluconazole, itraconazole (plasma concentration of fen-

tanyl possibly increased)


 Ritonavir (plasma concentration of fentanyl increased)

 Saquinavir (increased risk of ventricular arrhythmias)

 Sodium oxybate (enhanced effects of sodium oxybate)

Patient instructions
 Do not drive unless sufficient time has elapsed since ad-

ministration of fentanyl

336 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


FERROUS SALT F
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Calculate dose on basis of ideal body weight in order to
avoid excessive dosing
 Higher doses may be required in patients with chronic
opioid therapy or with a history of opioid abuse
 Repeat use may result in tolerance and dependence
 Avoid rapid bolus injections in patients with compro-
mised intracerebral compliance due to risk of reduction
of cerebral perfusion pressure
 Reduce dose in the elderly and debilitated patients
 Titrate with caution in patients with uncontrolled hypo-
thyroidism, pulmonary disease, decreased respiratory re-
serve, alcoholism or impaired renal or hepatic function.
Prolonged postoperative monitoring is often required
 Fentanyl is excreted in breast milk; the child should not
be breast-fed for24 hours following use of fentanyl

FERROUS SALT HC I N 10.1


Anti-anaemia mineral nutrient
Dosage forms
 Tablet: Ferrous sulphate 200 mg (containing 60 mg iron)

 Solution: 25 mg of iron/ml (for children)

Uses
 Iron-deficiency anaemia

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 337


F MONOGRAPHS

Dose and duration


All doses taken 1–2 divided doses for 4 months
Adult and child > 12 years: 2–3 tablets
Child 5–12 years: 2 tablets
Child 3–<5 years 1.5 tablets
Child 4 months–3 years: 1 tablet
Child 2–<4 months: 0.5 tablets
Contra-indications
 Accumulation of iron in body tissues and organs

 Anaemias not caused by iron deficiency (e.g. sickle cell

anaemia)
 Patients receiving repeated blood transfusions

Side effects
 Constipation, stomach upset

 Makes stool black

 Staining of teeth

 Accumulation of iron in the body

Interactions
 Calcium (reduced absorption)

 Zinc (reduced absorption)

 Milk (reduced absorption)

 Magnesium trisilicate compound (reduced absorption)

 Ciprofloxacin (reduced ciprofloxacin absorption)

 Doxycycline (reduced doxycycline absorption)

Patient instructions
 Take with food to reduce side effects such as nausea and

gastric irritation
 Take 2 hours apart from milk, magnesium trisilicate com-

pound, calcium, zinc, ciprofloxacin, and doxycycline

338 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


FERROUS SALT + FOLIC ACID F
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Signs of overdose: Bloody diarrhoea and heart failure
 Preferably use tablets containing both ferrous salts and
folic acid

FERROUS SALT + FOLIC ACID HC I V 10.1


Anti-anaemia medicine containing ferrous salt and folic acid
Dosage forms
 Tablet: Ferrous sulphate/fumarate 150-200 mg equiva-

lent to 60 mg iron + 250-400 µg folic acid


Uses
 Prevention of anaemia in pregnancy

 Prevention of anaemia in malnutrition

 Treatment of anaemia

Dose and duration


 Prevention of anaemia in pregnancy

Adult: 1 tablet once daily throughout pregnancy


 Prevention of anaemia in malnutrition

1 tablet once daily for 3 months


 Treatment of anaemia (in combination with folic acid tab-

lets)
1 tablet once daily for 4 months
Contra-indications
 Accumulation of iron in the body tissues and organs

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 339


F MONOGRAPHS

 Anaemia not caused by iron deficiency (e.g. sickle cell


anaemia)
 Patients receiving repeated blood transfusions

Side effects
 Constipation, stomach upset

 Makes stool black

 Staining of teeth

 Accumulation of iron in the body

Interactions
Same as for ferrous salt
Patient instructions
 Take 2 hours apart from milk, magnesium trisilicate com-

pound, calcium, zinc, ciprofloxacin, and doxycycline


 Take with food to reduce side effects such as nausea and

gastric irritation
 Compliance is very important for pregnant women as

anaemia can affect the proper development of the baby


and lead to poor health or death of the mother
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Ensure expectant mother has at least 3-month supply of
ferrous salt and folic acid
 The fixed dose combination formulation is not sufficient for
the treatment of folic acid deficiency as it has very low dose
(400 micrograms only). Use the folic acid 5 mg tablets instead

340 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


FLUCLOXACILLIN + AMOXICILLIN F
 Signs of overdose: bloody diarrhoea and heart failure

FLUCLOXACILLIN + AMOXICILLIN RR E 6.2.1


A combination of narrow spectrum beta-lactamase stable
penicillin (flucloxacillin) and broad-spectrum penicillin (amox-
icillin). Flucloxacillin has activity against beta-lactamase
producing Gram-positive bacteria but not against Methicillin-
resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA)
Dosage forms
 Powder for reconstitution for injection: flucloxacillin 500

mg + amoxicillin 500 mg
Uses
 Mixed infections involving beta-lactamase producing

Staphylococci
Dose and duration
 Mixed infections involving beta-lactamase producing

Staphylococci
Adult: by slow IV injection over 3–4 minutes or by IM
injection, 500–1000 mg every 6–8 hours according to
severity of infection
Child 2–12 years: ½ adult dose
Child 1 month–2 years: ¼ adult dose
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to penicillins

 History of flucloxacillin-associated jaundice or hepatic

dysfunction
Side effects
 Skin rash, urticaria, fever, pruritus, joint pain

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 341


F MONOGRAPHS

 Angioedema, anaphylaxis
 Diarrhoea, nausea, vomiting
 Stevens-Johnson syndrome

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Use with caution in patients with porphyria and in new-
borns
 Avoid contact with skin due to risk of skin sensitisation

FLUCONAZOLE HC IV V 6.3
Triazole broad-spectrum antifungal medicine
Dosage forms
 Capsule: 50 mg, 200 mg

Uses
 Cryptococcal meningitis

 Fungal skin infections

 Fungal nail infections

 Candidiasis

 Candiduria

Dose and duration


 Vaginal candidiasis

Adult and child over 16 years: 150 mg as a single dose


 Oropharyngeal and oesophageal candidiasis

Adult: 200–400 mg on day 1, then 100–200 mg once daily


for 7–21 days
342 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
FLUCONAZOLE F
Neonate and child 1 month–12 years: 3–6 mg/kg on the
1st day then 3 mg/kg (max 100 mg) once daily (once every
48 hours in neonate 2–4 weeks and once every 72 hours
in neonate under 2 weeks)
Treat for 7–14 days in oropharyngeal candidiasis (longer
in immunocompromised patients) and 14–30 days in oth-
er mucosal infections
 Candiduria
Adult: 200 –400 mg once daily for 7–21 days or longer in
immunocompromised patients
 Chronic atrophic candidiasis, chronic mucocutaneous
candidiasis
Adult and child over 12 years: 50 mg once daily (100 mg
in difficult infections) once daily 14–28 days or longer
depending on response
 Invasive candidal infections and cryptococcal infections
Adult: 400 mg on the 1st day, then 200–400 mg once daily
(max 800 mg once daily in severe life-threatening infec-
tions) for 6–8 weeks or according to response
Neonate and child 1 month–18 years: 6–12 mg/kg (max
800 mg) once daily (once every 48 hours in neonate 2–4
weeks and once every 72 hours in neonate under 2
weeks) for 6–8 weeks according to response
 Tinea pedis, corporis, cruris, pityriasis versicolor and der-
mal candidiasis
Adult: 50 mg once daily for 2–4 weeks (max 6 weeks in
tinea pedis)
Child 1 month–18 years: 3 mg/kg (max 50 mg) once daily
for 2–4 weeks (6 weeks in Tinea pedis). Maximum dura-
tion 6 weeks
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 343
F MONOGRAPHS

 Tinea capitis
Child 1 month–18 years: 6 mg/kg(max 300 mg) once daily
for 2–4 weeks
 Prophylaxis of recurrent vaginal candidiasis

Adult: 150 mg once weekly for 6 months


 Prophylaxis of cryptococcal meningitis in HIV patients

Adult: 200 mg once daily indefinitely


Child 1 month–18 years: 6 mg/kg (max 200 mg) once
daily
 Prophylaxis of other fungal infections in immunocompro-

mised patients
Adult: 50–400 mg once daily adjusted according to risk
(max 400 mg once daily in high risk infections)
Neonate and child 1 month–18 years: 3–12 mg/kg (max
400 mg) once daily (max 12 mg/kg (400 mg) in high risk
infections). Give once every 2 days in neonate 2–4 weeks
and once every 72 hours in neonate under 2 weeks
Contra-indications
 Acute porphyria

 Co-administration with terfenadine in patients receiving

fluconazole doses of 400 mg daily


 Hypersensitivity to fluconazole or other azoles

Side effects
 Nausea, abdominal and gastrointestinal pain, diarrhoea,

vomiting, flatulence
 Headache

 Increased liver enzyme levels, hepatic failure

 Torsades de pointes

 Rash, Stevens-Johnson syndrome

344 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


FLUCONAZOLE F
Interactions
 Artemether + lumefantrine (manufactures advises avoid)

 Ciclosporin (increased concentration of ciclosporin)

 Clopidogrel (possibly reduced antiplatelet effect)

 Diazepam, midazolam (increased plasma concentration of

diazepam and midazolam-risk of prolonged sedation)


 Glibenclamide (increased concentration of glibenclamide)

 Nevirapine (increased plasma concentration of NVP)

 Phenytoin (plasma concentration of phenytoin increased)

 Rifampicin (reduced plasma concentration of fluconazole)

 Tacrolimus (increased concentration of tacrolimus)

 Warfarin (enhanced anticoagulant effect of warfarin)

 Zidovudine (increased risk of zidovudine toxicity)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 In mild to moderate renal impairment, initiate with the
usual dose then halve subsequent doses
 Use with caution in concomitant use with hepatotoxic
medicines. Monitor liver function in high doses or
extended courses. Discontinue if signs of liver damage
occur

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 345


F MONOGRAPHS

FLUCYTOSINE RR N 6.3
Synthetic fluorinated pyrimidine antimycotic with a narrow
spectrum of antifungal activity. Mainly effective against
Cryptococcus and Candida spp
Dosage forms
 Injection: 10 mg/ml

Uses
 Cryptococcal meningitis

 Systemic candidiasis

 Systemic yeast and fungal infections

Dose and duration


 Cryptococcal meningitis and systemic candidosis (in com-

bination with Amphotericin B in severe cases)


Adult and child: by IV infusion over 20–40 minutes, 50
mg/kg every 6 hours for up to 7 days (at least 4 months in
cryptococcal meningitis). In extremely sensitive organ-
isms, use half dose
By mouth, 50–150 mg/kg daily in divided doses
Note: In renal impairment, increase dosing intervals
Mild renal impairment: 50 mg/kg every 12 hours
Moderate renal impairment: 50 mg/kg every 24 hours
Severe renal impairment: initially 50 mg/kg, then adjust
subsequent doses based on serum concentration of flu-
cytosine to maintain plasma levels of 20–50 mi-
crograms/ml
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to flucytosine

 Co-administration with antiviral nucleoside drugs like

brivudine, sorivudine
346 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
FLUMAZENIL F
Side effects
 Nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea

 Skin rashes

 Alteration in liver function tests

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Storage
o o
 Store between 18 C and 25 C (see caution)

Caution
 Monitor trough plasma concentrations. Concentrations
above 75 micrograms/ml are myelotoxic
 Precipitation may occur when flucytosine is stored below
18oC and decomposition to fluorouracil if stored at 25oC
for long periods
 Use with caution in blood disorders and if amphotericin B
is used concomitantly since both are nephrotoxic
 Monitor liver, kidney function, and blood counts before
treatment and thereafter weekly in prolonged therapy
 Carry out sensitivity testing since resistance to flucytosine
may develop during treatment

FLUMAZENIL H V 4.1
Antidote for benzodiazepine poisoning with antagonistic ac-
tivity on benzodiazepine receptors
Dosage forms
 Solution for injection: 0.1 mg/ml

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 347


F MONOGRAPHS

Uses
 Management of benzodiazepine toxicity in anaesthesia,

intensive care, and clinical procedures


Dose and duration
 Anaesthesia and clinical procedures

By IV injection
Adult: 0.2 mg over 15 seconds, then 0.1 mg at 60 second
intervals if required. Usual dose range, 0.3–0.6 mg (maxi-
mum total dose, 1 mg)
Child 1 month–18 years: 0.01 mg/kg (max 0.2 mg). Re-
peated at 1 minute intervals if required. Maximum total
dose of 0.05 mg/kg
Neonate: 0.001 mg/kg repeated at 1 minute intervals if re-
quired
If drowsiness recurs after injection,
By IV infusion,
Child 1 month–18 years: 0.002- 0.01 mg/kg/hour, adjusted
according to response. Maximum dose 0.4 mg/hour
Neonate: 0.002- 0.01 mg/kg/hour, adjusted according to
response
 Intensive care

Adult: by IV injection, 0.3 mg over 15 seconds, then 0.1 mg


at 60 second intervals if required (maximum total dose 2
mg) if drowsiness recurs either, by IV injection, 0.3 mg; or
by IV infusion of 0.1–0.4 mg/hour adjusted according to re-
sponse
Child and neonate: dose same as for anaesthesia
Preparation
 Can be used without dilution. For continuous IV infusion,

dilute with Glucose 5% or Sodium Chloride 0.9%


348 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
FLUMAZENIL F
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to flumazenil

 Where benzodiazepine used for treatment of a life-

threatening condition such as status epilepticus, in-


creased intracranial pressure
Side effects
 Nausea, vomiting

 Increased risk of panic disorders in patients with history

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Avoid breast-feeding for 24 hours after treatment with
flumazenil
 Repeat doses often required since half-life of most ben-
zodiazepines is longer than half-life of flumazenil
 Benzodiazepine dependence may precipitate withdrawal
symptoms
 Risk of convulsions when flumazenil is given to patients
on prolonged benzodiazepine therapy for epilepsy
 Ensure neuromuscular blockade has cleared before giving
 Avoid rapid injection in high-risk or anxious patients and
following major surgery
 Use cautiously in patients with head injury since rapid re-
versal of benzodiazepine sedation may cause convulsions
 Carefully titrate dose in hepatic failure

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 349


F MONOGRAPHS

FLUOROURACIL NR V 8.2
Antimetabolite anticancer medicine
Dosage forms
 Injection: 50 mg/ml

Uses
 Colorectal cancer

 Breast cancer

 Stomach cancer

 Cervical, prostate, ovary, endometrial cancer

 Liver tumours

 Head and neck tumours

Dose and duration


Dose and duration depend on the cancer being treated

Initial treatment: 15 mg/kg by IV infusion over 1−4 hours;


repeat daily until a total dose of 12−15 g has been reached.
Total daily dose should not exceed 1 gram

Maintenance dose: give after 4−6 weeks when side effects of


initial treatment have resolved
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to fluorouracil

 Bone marrow depression

 Severe infections

Side effects
 Myelosuppression

 Erythema of hands and feet (palmar−plantar syndrome)

 Mucositis

 Diarrhoea

350 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


FLUOROURACIL F
 Nausea and vomiting
 Alopecia
 ECG changes; angina pectoris-like pain

 CNS toxicity

Interactions
 Allopurinol

 Warfarin (increased effect of warfarin)

 Clozapine (increased risk of agranulocytosis)

 Live vaccines (risk of developing disease)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breastfeeding

Storage
 After reconstitution, store between 2−8°C; use within 24

hours
Caution
 Reduce dose in patients with cachexia, major surgery
within 30 days, reduced bone marrow function, impaired
renal or hepatic function
 Irritant to skin. Avoid direct contact
 Capecitabine is a pro-drug of fluorouracil
 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in cytotoxic medicines

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 351


F MONOGRAPHS

FLUOXETINE H V 24
Selective Serotonin Re-uptake Inhibitor (SSRI) with psycho-
therapeutic action
Dosage forms
 Capsules: 20 mg

Uses
 Treatment of major depression

 Treatment of Bulimia nervosa

 Treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder

Dose and duration


 Treatment of major depression

Adult over 18 years: 20 mg once daily, increased as nec-


essary after 3–4 weeks to a maximum of 60 mg once daily
Child 8–18 years: 10 mg once daily increased after 1–2
weeks if necessary to a maximum of 20 mg once daily
 Treatment of Bulimia nervosa

Adult > 18 years: 60 mg daily as a single or in divided


doses
 Treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder

Adult > 18 years: 20 mg daily increased gradually if nec-


essary to maximum 60 mg
Elderly: maximum daily dose for all uses is 40 mg
Contra-indications
 Manic phase

Side effects
 Insomnia, abnormal dreams, headache, disturbance in

attention, dizziness, lethargy, hyperhidrosis (excessive


sweating), fatigue
 Anxiety, restlessness, tension, decreased libido

352 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


FLUOXETINE F
 Dysgeusia (distortion of sense of taste)
 Blurred vision
 Palpitations, flushing
 Yawning
 Vomiting, dyspepsia, diarrhoea, nausea, dry mouth
 Anorexia with weight loss
 Rash, urticaria, pruritus
 Joint pain, tremor
 Frequent urination
 Gynaecological bleeding
 Erectile dysfunction, ejaculation disorder
 Chills
Interactions
 Acetylsalicylic acid, ibuprofen (increased risk of bleeding)

 Artemether/ Lumefantrine (risk of arrhythmias)

 Carbamazepine (increased plasma concentrations of car-

bamazepine)
 Clopidogrel (reduced antiplatelet effect of clopidogrel)

 Haloperidol (increased concentration of haloperidol)

 Lithium (increased risk of CNS effects)

 MAOI (increased CNS effects of fluoxetine)

 Phenytoin (increased concentrations of phenytoin)

 Ritonavir (increased concentrations of fluoxetine)

 Tramadol (increased risk of CNS toxicity)

 Warfarin (anticoagulant effect possibly enhanced)

Pregnancy
st rd
 Do not use in 1 and 3 trimester

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 353


F MONOGRAPHS

Caution
 Avoid abrupt withdrawal
 Use lowest effective dose in breast-feeding mother or
discontinue breast-feeding
 Risk of increased suicidal behaviour especially in children
and adolescents
 Avoid use in poorly controlled epilepsy and discontinue if
convulsions develop during treatment
 Fluoxetine should not be started until 2 weeks after stop-
ping a MAOI. Conversely, a MAOI should not be started
until at least 5 weeks after fluoxetine has been stopped
 Reduce dose or give on alternate days in liver impairment

FLUPHENAZINE DECANOATE H E 24
First generation, long-acting depot antipsychotic medicine
Dosage forms
 Oily solution for injection: 25 mg/ml

Uses
 Maintenance treatment of schizophrenia and other psy-

choses
Dose and duration Contraindications
 Maintenance treatment of schizophrenia and other psy-

choses
Adult: By deep IM injection into the gluteal muscle, 12.5
mg (6.25 mg in elderly) as a single test dose. Then after
4–7 days, 12.5–100 mg is given and dose is repeated at
intervals of 2–5 weeks according to response
Child: not recommended

354 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


FLUPHENAZINE DECANOATE F
Contraindications
 Comatose states

 Severe cardiac insufficiency

 Hypersensitivity to fluphenazine decanoate

 Parkinsonism

 Depression

 Bone marrow depression

 Existing blood dyscrasias

 Pheochromocytoma

 Marked cerebral atherosclerosis

Side effects
 Parkinsonian symptoms: tremor, dystonia, tardive dyski-

nesia, akathisia
 Drowsiness, lethargy

 Blurred vision

 Dry mouth, constipation

 Urinary incontinence

 Mild hypotension

 Impaired judgement and mental skills

 Injection site reactions

Interactions
 Amitriptyline, clomipramine (increased risk of antimusca-

rinic adverse effects)


 Artemether+ Lumefantrine (avoid concomitant use)

 Carbamazepine, ethosuximide, phenobarbital, phenytoin,

valproic acid (antagonism of anticonvulsant effect)


 Halothane, ketamine, nitrous oxide, thiopental (enhanced

hypotensive effect)
 Procainamide(increased risk of ventricular arrhythmias)

 Ritonavir (plasma concentration increased by ritonavir)

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 355


F MONOGRAPHS

Pregnancy
rd
 Do not use in 3 trimester

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Not recommended for use in children
 Do not use in hepatic impairment due to risk of hepato-
toxicity and precipitation of coma
 Closely supervise patient during dose increments
 Withdrawal after long-term therapy should be gradual to
avoid withdrawal symptoms or relapse
 Administer a test dose since side effects are prolonged
 Do not use in the elderly to treat mild to moderate psy-
chotic symptoms due to increased risk of stroke, mortali-
ty and transient ischaemic attack
 Start with small doses in renal impairment

FOLIC ACID (VITAMIN B9) HC II N 10.1


Anti-anaemia medicine; also known as vitamin B9
Dosage forms
 Tablets: 5 mg

Uses
 Treatment of folate-deficient (megaloblastic) anaemia

(during severe malnutrition, repeated malaria attacks, in-


testinal parasite infestations, pregnancy)
 Prevention of anaemia in sickle-cell anaemia

 Prevention of spinal cord defects in foetus

356 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


FRAMYCETIN F
Dose and duration
 Treatment and prevention of anaemia

Adult and child >5 years: 5 mg once daily for 4 months


Child <5 year: 2.5 mg once daily for 4 months
 Prevention of spinal cord defects in foetus

Adult: 5 mg once daily throughout pregnancy


Interactions
 Sulfadoxine + pyrimethamine (cancel led effect)

 Co-trimoxazole (cancelled effect)

Patient instructions
 Compliance is very important for pregnant women as

anaemia can affect the proper development of the baby


and lead to poor health or death of the mother
 When given with sulfadoxine + pyrimethamine (SP) for

IPTp, delay folic acid for 1 week after taking SP


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 In megaloblastic anaemias, folic acid should be given with
vitamin B12

FRAMYCETIN HC III N 13.2


Topical aminoglycoside antibacterial
Dosage forms
 Impregnated gauze: 1%, supplied in sterile single pieces

of 10 cm x 10 cm or 10 cm x 30 cm
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 357
F MONOGRAPHS

Uses
 Antibacterial dressing for infected skin wounds, ulcers,

and burns
Dose and duration
Apply a single piece of dressing to the wound
If the wound is wet, change the dressing at least once
daily. Keep the dressing in place by using a bandage or
tape
Cut the dressing to the size of the affected area to
avoid contact with healthy skin
Contra-indications
 Uninfected wounds

 Allergy to gentamicin, streptomycin, lanolin, or paraffin

Side effects
 Local irritation

 Hearing impairment (on prolonged use)

Patient instructions
 Do not apply on breasts if breast-feeding

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Not for internal use
 Avoid prolonged use
 Avoid contact with mucosal surfaces as framycetin is very
toxic when it gets inside the body
 Apply after cleaning the wound

358 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


FUROSEMIDE F
FUROSEMIDE HC IV V 16
Loop diuretic suitable when rapid and effective diuresis is
required such as cardiac, renal, pulmonary and hepatic
oedema. Oral furosemide produces diuresis within 30–60
minutes of administration, and a maximum effect in 1–2
hours. The diuretic action lasts 4–6 hours. Intravenous furo-
semide produces diuresis within 5 minutes, and a maximum
effect in 20–60 minutes; diuresis is complete within 2 hours.
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 40 mg

 Injection: 10 mg/ml

Uses
 Congestive heart failure

 Pulmonary oedema

 Ascites

 Oliguria due to renal failure

 Oedema due to kidney or liver disorders

 Adjunct in transfusion (prevention fluid overload)

Dose and duration


 Oedema

Adult: 20‒50 mg orally, increased in 20 mg steps every 2


hours as necessary. If the effective single dose is more 50
mg, consider using slow IV infusion at a rate not exceed-
ing 4 mg/minute
Child: 0.5‒1.5 mg/kg daily (max. 20 mg daily)
 Oliguria (glomerular filtration rate < 20 ml/minute)

Adult: Initially 250 mg over 1 hour by slow IV infusion


at a rate not exceeding 4 mg/minute. If urine output is
not satisfactory during the hour after the first dose,

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 359


F MONOGRAPHS

infuse 500 mg over 2 hours, then infuse 500 mg over 2


hours; if urine output is not satisfactory after second
dose, infuse 1 g over 4 hours. If no response, consider
dialysis.
Repeat every 24 hours
Contra-indications
 Hypovolemia or dehydration

 Obstructed urinary flow e.g. in prostatic hypertrophy

 Anuria or renal failure with anuria not responding to a fu-

rosemide challenge
 Renal failure by agents that cause renal or liver failure

 Severe hypokalaemia

 Severe hyponatraemia

 Coma due to hepatic encephalopathy

 Allergy to furosemide

 Gout

Side effects
 Stomach upset (usually mild)

 Increased frequency of urination

 May inhibit breast milk production

 Dehydration

 Low blood pressure

 Electrolyte and water imbalances; low sodium, potassi-

um, magnesium, calcium and chloride levels


 Hyperuricaemia leading to gout attacks

 Tinnitus and permanent deafness when infused rapidly

 Pain at injection site when used intramuscularly

 Hyperglycaemia

360 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


FUROSEMIDE F
Interactions
 Aminoglycosides e.g. amikacin, gentamicin, streptomycin

(increased risk of ototoxicity)


 Vancomycin (increased risk of ototoxicity)

 Digoxin (increased digoxin toxicity due to hypokalaemia)

 Enalapril (enhanced hypotensive effect)

 Lidocaine (reduced effect of lidocaine due to hypokalae-

mia)
 Lithium (increased lithium concentration)

Patient instructions
 Report to health worker immediately any signs of

increased thirst, headache, hypotension, confusion, mus-


cle cramps, muscle weakness, irregular heart beat and
stomach upset
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Use lower doses in elderly as they are more prone to side
effects
 Rapid infusion of intravenous furosemide can cause tinni-
tus and permanent hearing loss
 Warning signs of electrolyte disturbances include in-
creased thirst, headache, hypotension, confusion, muscle
cramps, muscle weakness, irregular heart beat and stom-
ach upset
 May be given with a potassium-sparing diuretic to reduce
risk of hypokalaemia
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 361
G MONOGRAPHS

G
GANCICLOVIR EYE OINTMENT RR E 21.5
Antiviral medicine
Dosage forms
 Ophthalmic gel: 0.15%

Uses
 Treatment of local herpes simplex infections

Dose and duration


 Local herpes simplex infections

Adult: instil 1 drop in the eyes 5 times a day until com-


plete healing, then instil 1 drop 3 times a day for another
7 days
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to ganciclovir or acyclovir

Side effects
Systemic effects unlikely after ocular instillation
 Burning sensation, brief tingling sensations

 Superficial punctuate keratitis

 Visual disturbance

Interactions
 Imipenem with cilastatin (increased risk of convulsions)

 Zidovudine (profound myelosuppression)

Patient instructions
 Discard 4 weeks since first opening

 Do not drive or operate machines if visual disturbance

occurs

362 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


GANCICLOVIR SODIUM G
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

GANCICLOVIR SODIUM RR E 6.5


Antiviral medicine active against cytomegalovirus (CMV)
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 500 mg

Uses
 Life-threatening or sight-threatening cytomegalovirus

(CMV) infection
 Congenital cytomegalovirus infection of the CNS

 Prevention of CMV disease during immunosuppressive

therapy
Dose and duration
 Treatment of CMV infection

Adult and child: by IV infusion over 1 hour, induce with 5


mg/kg every 12 hours for 14–21 days. In patients at risk
of relapse CMV retinitis, give a maintenance dose of 6
mg/kg once daily on 5 days per week or 5 mg/kg once
daily until adequate recovery of immunity
 Prevention of CMV

Adult and child: induce with 5 mg/kg by IV infusion


every 12 hours for 7–14 days and maintenance dose as
above in treatment
 Congenital cytomegalovirus infection of the CNS

Neonate: by IV infusion, 6 mg/kg every 12 hours for 6


weeks
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 363
G MONOGRAPHS

In renal impairment:
Creatinine clearance Induction dose
≥ 70 ml/min 5 mg/kg every 12 hours
50–69 ml/min 2.5 mg/kg every 12 hours
25–49 ml/min 2.5 mg/kg/day
10–24 ml/min 1.25 mg/kg/day
< 10 ml/min 1.25 mg/kg/day after hae-
modialysis
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to vanganciclovir, ganciclovir, acyclovir

or valaciclovir
 Low haemoglobin, neutrophil or platelet counts

Side effects
 Gastrointestinal disturbances

 Hepatic dysfunction, renal impairment

 Dyspnoea, chest pain, cough

 Headache, insomnia, convulsions, dizziness, depression,

anxiety, confusion, abnormal thinking, fatigue


 Peripheral neuropathy

 Weight loss, anorexia

 Infection, pyrexia, night sweats

 Anaemia, leucopoenia, thrombocytopenia, pancytopenia

 Myalgia, arthralgia

 Macular oedema, retinal detachment, vitreous floaters,

eye pain, ear pain


 Dermatitis, pruritus

 Injection-site reactions

Interactions
 Imipenem with cilastatin (increased risk of convulsions)

364 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


GEMCITABINE G
 Zidovudine (profound myelosuppression when used con-
comitantly; avoid concomitant use)
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 In pregnancy, ganciclovir is potentially teratogenic and
carcinogenic risk
 Ensure effective contraception for men and women dur-
ing treatment and for at least 3 months after treatment
 Risk of ganciclovir resistance is higher in patients with a
higher viral load or dose on long duration treatment
 Do full blood count monitoring; correct or suspend
treatment in case of severe decline in blood counts
 Use with caution in history of cytopenia and in patients
receiving radiotherapy
 Ganciclovir is a vesicant and thus should be infused into a
vein with adequate flow preferably using plastic cannula
 Use with caution in children due to possible risk of long-
term carcinogenic or reproductive toxicity

GEMCITABINE NR V 8.2
Antimetabolite anticancer
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 200 mg

Uses
Locally advanced or metastatic:

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 365


G MONOGRAPHS

 Non-small cell lung cancer


 Bladder cancer
 Adenocarcinoma of pancreas
 Epithelial ovarian carcinoma
 Breast cancer
Dose and duration
 Bladder cancer (in combination with cisplatin)

1000 mg/m2 by IV infusion over 30 minutes on day 1, 8


and 15 of each 28-day cycle. Cycle repeated and dose
reduced as necessary
 Pancreatic cancer

1000 mg/m2 by IV infusion over 30 minutes. Repeat


once weekly for up to 7 weeks followed by 1 week of
rest. Repeat once weekly for 3 consecutive weeks out
of every 4 weeks.
 Non-small cell lung cancer (monotherapy)

1000 mg/m2 by IV infusion over 30 minutes. Repeat


once weekly for 3 weeks followed by a 1-week of rest.
Repeat once weekly for 3 consecutive weeks out of
every 4 weeks
 Breast cancer (in combination with paclitaxel)

1250 mg/m2 by IV infusion over 30 minutes (given af-


ter paclitaxel infusion) on day 1 and 8 of each 21-day
cycle. Cycle repeated as necessary
 Ovarian cancer (in combination with carboplatin)

1000 mg/m2 by IV infusion over 30 minutes (given be-


fore carboplatin infusion) on day 1 and 8 of each
21-day cycle. Cycle repeated as necessary
Contra-indications
 Children < 18 years

366 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


GEMCITABINE G
 Hypersensitivity to gemcitabine
Side effects
 Myelosuppression (leucopoenia, thrombocytopenia,

anaemia, neutropenia)
 Nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea

 Musculoskeletal pain

 Influenza-like symptoms, cough, difficulty in breathing

 Rashes

 Headache, insomnia, somnolence, fever, chills

 Haematuria, mild proteinuria

 Liver damage (worsen existing disease)

Interactions
 Radiotherapy (increased toxicity)

 Live vaccines (risk of developing disease in vaccines)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breastfeeding

Storage
 Do not refrigerate reconstituted gemcitabine to prevent

crystallisation. Keep at 30°C and use within 24 hours


Caution
 Monitor platelet and granulocyte counts. Patient should
have an absolute granulocyte count of at least 1500 (x
106/l) and platelet count of 100,000 (x 106/l) prior to initi-
ation of treatment
 For repeat cycles, reduce dose based on platelet and
granulocyte count as specified in product literature

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 367


G MONOGRAPHS

 Men and women should take adequate contraception


during treatment with gemcitabine
 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in cytotoxic medicines

GENTAMICIN HC III V 6.2.2, 21.1


Broad spectrum aminoglycoside antibacterial
Dosage forms
 Injection: 40 mg/ml in 2 ml vial

 Solution for eye/ear drops: 0.3%

Uses
 Brucellosis

 Neonatal meningitis

 Neonatal sepsis

 Endocarditis

 Plague

 Septicaemia

 Severe pneumonia

 Acute kidney infection

 Surgical prophylaxis

 Eye infection (blepharitis, bacterial conjunctivitis)

 Ear infection (topical use)

Dose and duration


 Brucellosis (in combination with doxycycline)

Adult: 5–7 mg/kg IV once daily for 14 days


Child <8 years: 7.5 mg/kg daily in 1–3 divided doses for
14 days
 Neonatal meningitis, neonatal sepsis (in combination with

ampicillin or benzylpenicillin)
368 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
GENTAMICIN G
2.5 mg/kg IV every 12 hours for 21 days
 Plague)
1.7 mg/kg IV or IM every 8 hours for 7 days
 Septicaemia (in combination with cloxacillin or ceftriax-
one or benzylpenicillin or chloramphenicol)
Adult: 1.5–2 mg/kg IV or IM every 8 hours for 14 days
Child: 3.5–4 mg/kg IV every 8 hours for 14 days
Neonate: 3.5–4 mg/kg every 8–12 hours for 14 days
 Severe pneumonia, endocarditis (first line treatment; in
combination with ampicillin)
Adult: 5–7 mg/kg IV daily in 1–2 divided doses for 5
days
Child >7 days: 2.5 mg/kg IV every 8 hours for 5–10
days
Child <7 days: 2.5 mg/kg IV every 12 hours for 5–10
days
In moderate pneumonia, give for 7 days
In very severe pneumonia, give for 10 days
 Surgical prophylaxis
Adult: 1.5 mg/kg by slow IV injection over 3 minutes, at
least 30 minutes before procedure
 Acute kidney infection
Adult: 5–7 mg/kg IV daily in 2–3 doses
Child: 2.5 mg/kg every 8 hours for 7 days
 Eye or ear infection
Apply 1 drop every 2 hours, and then reduce frequen-
cy as infection is controlled. Continue for up to 48
hours after healing is complete.
In severe infection, apply 1 drop every hour.

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 369


G MONOGRAPHS

Contra-indications
 Allergy to gentamicin or streptomycin

 Severe kidney disease

 Severe hearing problems

Side effects
 Kidney disease

 Hearing problems

 Nausea, vomiting

 Rash

 Local irritation with eye drops

Interactions
 Streptomycin (increased risk of side effects)

 Furosemide (increased risk of side effects)

Patient instructions
 Report immediately to health worker if any hearing

problems or reduced urinary output occur


Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Reduce dose in kidney disease to 1 mg/kg/day or increase
the dosing interval
 Give with caution to the elderly; daily dose usually given
in two doses to minimise side effects
 Avoid prolonging treatment unnecessarily; whenever
possible, do not exceed 7 days
 In obese patients use ideal (not actual) body weight to

370 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


GENTIAN VIOLET (METHYLROSANILINIUM CHLORIDE) G
calculate dose
 Doxycycline is the first line for plague
 Prolonged use for eye infections may cause skin sensitisa-
tion and emergence of resistant organism including fungi;
discontinue if there is purulent discharge, inflammation
or exacerbation of pain

GENTIAN VIOLET (METHYLROSANILIN-


HC II N 13.2
IUM CHLORIDE)
See methylrosanilinium chloride

GLIBENCLAMIDE HC IV V 18.5
Sulphonylurea. Oral antidiabetic (hypoglycaemic) medicine
for non-insulin dependent diabetes
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 5 mg

Uses
 Type 2 diabetes mellitus

Dose and duration


 Diabetes mellitus

Adult: Initially 5 mg orally once daily; increased


according to response to a maximum of 15 mg.
Doses > 10 mg should be taken in 2 divided doses
Elderly: 2.5 mg orally once daily
Contra-indications
 Type 1 (insulin-dependent diabetes)

 Ketoacidosis

 Porphyria

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 371


G MONOGRAPHS

 Severe renal disease


 Severe liver disease
 Allergy to sulphonylureas or sulphonamides
 Children
 Overweight patients
Side effects
 Stomach upset

 Hypoglycaemia

 Weight gain

 Allergic reaction

Interactions
 Chloramphenicol (increased effect of glibenclamide)

 Fluconazole (increased concentration of glibenclamide)

 Rifampicin (Reduced effect of glibenclamide)

 Warfarin (increased hypoglycaemic effect)

Patient instructions
 Take with or immediately after breakfast

 Do not take the medicine when you have skipped a meal

or on an empty stomach to avoid risk of low blood sugar


Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Use lower doses in elderly and in patients with liver or
kidney insufficiency because of the risk of hypoglycaemia
 During pregnancy, severe illness, trauma, surgery, use
insulin instead

372 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


GLIMEPIRIDE G
 Counsel patient to continue with exercise and dietary
measures of controlling blood glucose

GLIMEPIRIDE RR N 18.5
Sulfonylurea antidiabetic medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 2 mg, 4 mg

Uses
 Type2 diabetes mellitus

Dose and duration


 Type 2 diabetes mellitus

Adult: initially, 1 mg once daily increased by 1 mg every


1–2 weeks according to response (max 4 mg daily but in
exceptional cases, up to 6 mg may be beneficial) taken
shortly before or with the first meal of the day
Contra-indications
 Ketoacidosis

 Insulin dependent diabetes

 Diabetic coma

 Hypersensitivity to glimepiride or other sulfonylureas

 Severe renal or hepatic function disorders

Side effects
 Nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea, constipation

 Hyponatraemia

 Haemolytic anaemia in G6PD-deficiency

Interactions
 Chloramphenicol (effects of glimepiride increased)

 Fluconazole and miconazole (plasma concentration of

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 373


G MONOGRAPHS

glimepiride increased)
Patient instructions
 If a dose is forgotten, do not increase the next dose

 Swallow the tablets whole with a glass of water with or

shortly before the first meal of the day


 Take your meals regularly to avoid hypoglycaemia

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 May promote weight gain; avoid in obese patients
 Ensure regular hepatic and haematological monitoring
 Use with caution in mild to moderate renal impairment
due to hypoglycaemic risk, avoid in severe impairment
 Avoid use in breast-feeding due to theoretical risk of hy-
poglycaemia in the infant
 Dose of glimepiride should be reduced timely as insulin
sensitivity may improve during treatment leading to
reduced glimepiride requirements

GLUCOSE (DEXTROSE) HC III V 26.2


Fluid replacement solution; also used to prepare injectable
medicines
Dosage forms
 Solution for IV infusion: 5% (D5%, isotonic)

 Solution for IV infusion: 50% (hypertonic)

374 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


GLUCOSE (DEXTROSE) G
Uses
 Fluid replacement (dehydration) in case of loss due to

burns, shock, diarrhoea, or vomiting


 Hypoglycaemia(low blood glucose level)

 Preparation of injectable medicines

Dose and duration


 Fluid replacement (in combination with sodium chloride

or Ringer’s Lactate)
2 litres (4 bottles of 500 ml) of 5% glucose in 24 hours.
Duration according to clinical response.
 Hypoglycaemia

1 ml/kg 50% glucose as an IV bolus (slowly over 5


minutes) diluted with an equal volume of water for in-
jections. Give by nasogastric tube if IV route is not
possible
 Preparation of injectable medicines

See relevant medicine


Side effects
 Irritation at the injection site, thrombophlebitis

 Electrolyte disturbances, high blood glucose level

 Oedema

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Glucose solutions have low sodium content and are poor
replacement fluids. Always use in combination with Ring-
er's lactate or sodium chloride
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 375
G MONOGRAPHS

 Do not use glucose to prepare phenytoin injection


 Never give by IM or SC routes
 Glucose 50% solution is very thick and sticky and can also
cause injection site reactions. Dilute 50% solution with an
equal volume of water for injection or normal saline.
 Monitor blood glucose levels every 30 minutes
 As soon as patient is able to take orally, switch to oral
glucose/sugary drinks

GLUTARALDEHYDE H N 15.2
Broad spectrum disinfectant
Dosage forms
 Solution: 2%

Uses
 High level disinfection of medical equipment

Dose and duration


 High level disinfection of medical equipment

Completely immerse the instrument in an activated 2%


solution of glutaraldehyde for 30 minutes. Then thor-
oughly rinse with sterile water
Preparation
 Activate using powder or liquid supplied by the manufac-

turer
Side effects
 Skin irritation, dermatitis, skin sensitisation

 Nausea

 Headache

 Eye irritation

376 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


GLUTARALDEHYDE G
 Respiratory tract irritation, breathlessness
 Rhinitis, occupational asthma
Storage
0
 Keep activated solution at 15–40 C and for NOT more

than 2 weeks
Caution
 Glutaraldehyde should not be inhaled, ingested or used
on skin, eyes or other mucous membranes
 Wear suitable protective clothing, gloves and eye
protection when using glutaraldehyde
 Use only in well ventilated areas
 In case of contact with eyes, immediately flush the eyes
with water and continue washing for at least 15 minutes
and then seek medical attention without delay. Do not
remove contact lenses during washing
 In case of contact with skin, immediately remove contam-
inated clothing and wash skin thoroughly with soap and
water. Seek medical attention
 In case of inhalation, move the patient to fresh air. Give
artificial respiration if it is required
 In case of ingestion, wash out mouth thoroughly with
water and drink large quantities of demulcents such as
milk. DO NOT induce vomiting. Seek medical attention
 All equipment should first be carefully cleaned to remove
dirt and organic matter before soaking in glutaraldehyde
 Discard solution if it becomes cloudy

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 377


G MONOGRAPHS

GLYCERYL TRINITRATE H V 12.1


Anti- angina nitrate with coronary vasodilator activity
Dosage forms
 Tablet (sublingual): 500 µg

Uses
 Prophylaxis of angina

 Treatment of angina

Dose and duration


 Prophylaxis of angina

Adult: 500 µg used prior to activity that may precipitate


angina
 Treatment of angina

Adult: 500−1000 µg repeated as required at 5 minute in-


tervals up to a maximum of 3 doses
Contra-indications
 Hypotension, hypovolemia

 Hypertrophic obstructive cardiomyopathy

 Aortic and mitral stenosis, cardiac tamponade

 Constrictive pericarditis

 Mitral stenosis

 Toxic pulmonary oedema

 Marked anaemia

 Raised intracranial pressure due to head trauma or cere-

bral haemorrhage
 Angle-closure glaucoma

 Hypersensitivity to nitrates

Side effects
 Flushing, throbbing headache, postural hypotension,

tachycardia, decrease in blood pressure


378 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
GLYCERYL TRINITRATE G
 Dizziness, physical weakness
Interactions
 Heparin (anticoagulant effect of heparin reduced by

infusion of glyceryl trinitrate)


 Slidenafil, tadalafil (hypotensive effect of glyceryl

trinitrate significantly enhanced)


Patient instructions
 Dissolve the tablet under your tongue; do not chew or

swallow
 Store the tablets in the container provided away from

moisture and light, with the cap tightly closed.


 Discard any remaining tablets after 8 weeks since first

opening of the container


 You should sit down whenever possible immediately after

or when you are taking your medication


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
0
 Store below 25 C in a dry place protected from light. Con-

tainer should always be tightly closed and sealed


Caution
 Preferably dispense in a glass container
 Hypotension and syncope may occur more commonly in
the elderly
 Avoid concomitant use with phosphodiesterase inhibitors
e.g. theophylline, aminophylline, caffeine

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 379


G MONOGRAPHS

GLYCOPYRROLATE (GLYCOPYRRONIUM
RR V 1.3
BROMIDE)
Antimuscarinic medicine
Dosage forms
 Injection: 200 micrograms/ml

Uses
 Premedication before anaesthesia

 Intra-operative bradycardia

 Bowel colic

 Excessive respiratory secretions

 Reversal of non-depolarising neuromuscular block (with

neostigmine)
Dose and duration
 Premedication before anaesthesia

By IM or IV injection,
Adult and child over 12 years: 200–400 micrograms or
4–5 micrograms/kg (max 400 micrograms) before induc-
tion of anaesthesia
Child 1 month–12 years: 4–8 micrograms/kg (max 200
micrograms) before induction of anaesthesia
Neonate: 5 micrograms/kg
 Bowel colic and excessive respiratory secretions

By SC infusion
Adult and child over 12 years: 600–1200 micrograms per
24 hours given every 4 hours as is required (hourly
administration may be required in excessive respiratory
secretions)
Child 1 month–12 years: 12–40 micrograms/kg/24 hours
(max 1200 micrograms)

380 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


GLYCOPYRROLATE (GLYCOPYRRONIUM BROMIDE) G
By mouth (injection solution can be used)
Child 1 month–18 years: 40–100 micrograms/kg (max
2000 micrograms) 3–4 times daily, adjusted according to
response
By SC injection or IM injection or intravenous injection,
Child 12–18 years: 200 micrograms every 4 hours when
required
Child 1 month–12 years: 4–10 micrograms/kg (max 200
micrograms) 4 times a day when required
 Intraoperative bradycardia

By IV injection,
Adult: 200–400 micrograms or 4–5 micrograms/kg (max
400 micrograms) repeated if necessary
Child 1 month–18 years: 4–8 micrograms/kg (max 200
micrograms) repeated if necessary
Neonate: 10 micrograms/kg repeated if necessary
 Reversal of non-depolarising neuromuscular blocking

drugs (with neostigmine)


By IV injection,
Adult and child over 12 years: 200 micrograms per 1 mg
of neostigmine, or 10–15 micrograms/kg with 0.05 mg/kg
of neostigmine
Child 1 month–12 years: 10 micrograms/kg (max 500
micrograms) with 0.05 mg/kg of neostigmine
Neonate: 10 micrograms/kg
Preparation
 Injection solution can be used for oral administration

Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to glycopyrrolate

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 381


G MONOGRAPHS

Side effects
 Dry mouth, inhibition of sweating, constipation

 Transient bradycardia (followed by tachycardia, palpita-

tion and arrhythmias)


 Reduced bronchial secretions

 Urinary urgency and retention, difficulty in micturition

 Dilatation of pupils, loss of accommodation, photophobia

 Flushing, dryness of the skin

 Confusion (particularly in the elderly)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Use with caution in renal impairment
 Use with extreme caution in patients with thyrotoxicosis,
coronary artery disease, cardiac dysrhythmias, hyperten-
sion, congestive heart failure and cardiac insufficiency
 Observe patients with raised temperature closely since
glycopyrrolate inhibits sweating
 Use with caution in patients with paralytic ileus, prostatic
hypertrophy, pyloric stenosis and closed angle glaucoma

GOSERELIN RR V 8.2
Gonadotropin releasing hormone super-agonist (GnRH)
Dosage forms
 Implant: 3.6 mg

382 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


GOSERELIN G
Uses
 Prostate cancer

 Advanced breast cancer

 Endometriosis

 Endometrial thinning

 Uterine fibroids

 Assisted reproduction

Dose and duration


One 3.6 mg capsule injected subcutaneously into the
anterior abdominal wall every 28 days
 Endometriosis: use for 6 months

 Endometrial thinning: give for 4−8 months

Contra-indications
 Children

 Undiagnosed vaginal bleeding

 Hypersensitivity to goserelin

Side effects
 Pain, hematoma, haemorrhage at injection site

 Ureteric obstruction in men

 Spinal cord compression in men

 Depression, mood changes

 Impaired glucose tolerance, weight gain

 Decreased libido, erectile dysfunction

 Paraesthesia

 Cardiac and myocardial infarction

 Hot flush

 Rash

 Alopecia, gynaecomastia

 Bone pain

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 383


G MONOGRAPHS

Interactions
 Antiarrhytmic medicines (increased risk of QT interval

prolongation)
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Monitor patient closely for depression

GRANISETRON RR E 17.2
Serotonin (5HT3) receptor antagonist which blocks 5HT3
receptors in the gastro-intestinal tract and the CNS
Dosage forms
 Solution for injection: 1mg/ml

Uses
 Acute nausea and vomiting associated with chemothera-

py and radiotherapy
 Post-operative nausea and vomiting

Dose and duration


Administer as a slow IV injection over at least 30 seconds or
as a diluted IV infusion over 5 minutes
 Chemotherapy and radiotherapy-induced nausea and

vomiting
Adult and child > 12 years: prevention, 1–3 mg (0.01–
0.04 mg/kg) 5 minutes before start of chemotherapy or
radiotherapy; treatment, initially, 1–3 mg (0.01–0.04
mg/kg), then maintenance doses administered as
384 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
GRANISETRON G
required, the doses given at least 10 minutes apart from
each other (max 9 mg in 24 hours)
Child 1 month–12 years: prevention, 0.01–0.04 mg/kg
(max 3 mg) before start of chemotherapy or radiothera-
py: treatment, 0.01–0.04 mg/kg (max 3 mg) repeated at
least 10 minutes after initial dose if necessary (max 2
doses in 24 hours)
 Postoperative nausea and vomiting

Adult: prevention, by IV injection, 1 mg (0.01 mg/kg)


before induction of anaesthesia; treatment, 1mg by slow
intravenous injection (max 3 mg in 24 hours)
Preparation
 Dilute solution for injection in 5 ml of sodium chloride

0.9% or glucose 5%
 Dilute 3 ml of solution for infusion in 20–50 ml infusion

fluid (up to 3 ml in 10–30 ml of infusion fluid for children)


Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to granisetron

Side effects
 Constipation, diarrhoea

 Headache

 Insomnia

 Increased liver transaminases

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 385


G MONOGRAPHS

Caution
 Monitor patients with signs of sub-acute intestinal ob-
struction following administration since granisetron re-
duces lower bowel motility
 Use with caution in patients with cardiac co-morbidities
or electrolyte abnormalities

GRISEOFULVIN HC III N 6.3


Oral antifungal medicine reserved for widespread infections
of the skin, scalp, and nails and those resistant to topical
antifungal medicines
Dosage forms
 Tablets: 125 mg and 500 mg

Uses
 Fungal infection of skin, scalp, and nail

 Athletes foot

 Ringworm

Dose and duration


 Fungal infection and ringworm

Adult: 500 mg once daily


Child: 10 mg/kg daily in 1–2 divided doses
Hair and skin: 2–6 weeks
Nails: 6–12 months or until nails appear normal

 Athletes foot
10 mg/kg daily (Maximum 500 mg) in 1–2 divided dos-
es. Use until response occurs
Double the dose in severe infections

386 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


GRISEOFULVIN G
Contra-indications
 Tinea versicolor

 Tinea nigra

 Candida infections

 Allergy to griseofulvin

 Severe liver disease

Side effects
 Headache, dizziness, nerve pain in feet and hands

 Skin rash

 Stomach upset

 Blood disorders

 Severe liver disease

Interactions
 Oral contraceptives (reduced contraceptive effect)

 Alcohol (enhanced alcohol effect)

Patient instructions
 Take with food

 Avoid alcohol while on treatment

 Long duration of treatment is necessary as the fungi are

very tough to eliminate. Compliance is important to avoid


recurrence and ensure complete healing
 Avoid pregnancy while on treatment. Men should not

father children while on treatment and for at least 6


months after completion
 May impair ability to perform skilled tasks, such as driving

and operating machinery


 Keep feet clean and dry

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 387


H MONOGRAPHS

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Used in combination with gentian violet or clotrimazole
cream
 Effective contraception is required during treatment and
for at least 1 month after administration in women
 Do not use for prophylaxis

H
HALOPERIDOL HC IV V 24
Butyrophenone antipsychotic medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablets: 5 mg, 10 mg

 Injection: 5 mg/ml

Uses
 Delirium (acute confusional state)

 Psychosis

 Mania

 Schizophrenia

 Short term adjunctive management of psychomotor

agitation, violent behaviour and severe anxiety


Dose and duration
 Psychosis

Adult: by mouth, 5‒10 mg every 12 hours


 Mania

Adult: Initially 5‒10 mg by mouth every 12 hours then


388 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
HALOPERIDOL H
adjust according to response. Up to 30-40 mg daily
may be needed in severe or resistant cases
 Short term adjunctive management of psychomotor agi-

tation, violent behaviour and severe anxiety


Adult and child >12 years: By mouth, 1.5‒3 mg every
6‒8 hours. In severe or resistant cases, give 3‒5 mg
every 6‒8 hours
 Acute psychotic conditions

Adult and child >12 years: initially 2–10 mg by IM injec-


tion up to 18 mg in severely affected patients. Use half
the dose in elderly or debilitated patients). Give subse-
quent doses every 4–8 hours according to response (up
to every hour if necessary) up to a maximum of 18 mg
daily
Child: not recommended
 Agitation and restlessness in elderly

Initially 0.5‒1.5 mg by mouth once or twice daily


Contra-indications
 Impaired consciousness due to CNS depression

 Bradycardia

 Bone marrow depression

 Pheochromocytoma

 Severe liver disease

Side effects
 Extrapyramidal side effects

 Apathy, drowsiness, nightmares, dizziness, insomnia,

headache
 Confusion, depression

 Uncontrolled shaking

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 389


H MONOGRAPHS

Interactions
 Amitriptyline (increased concentration of amitriptyline

and arrhythmias)
 Artemether/ Lumefantrine

 Carbamazepine (antagonism of anticonvulsant effect)

 Ethosuximide(antagonism of anticonvulsant effect)

 Fluoxetine (increased concentration of haloperidol)

 Halothane, ketamine (increased hypotensive effect)

 Nitrous oxide (increased hypotensive effect)

 Phenobarbital (antagonism of anticonvulsant effect)

 Phenytoin, (antagonism of anticonvulsant effect)

 Rifampicin (reduced concentration of haloperidol)

 Ritonavir (increased concentration of haloperidol)

 Thiopental (increased hypotensive effect)

 Valproic acid (antagonism of anticonvulsant effect)

Patient instructions
 Do not drive or operate machinery when taking this

medicine
Pregnancy
rd
 Do not use in 3 trimester

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Do not withdraw medicine abruptly; reduce dose gradual-
ly to avoid relapse
 Treat extrapyramidal side effects with benzhexol
 Use lower doses in kidney impairment

390 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


HALOPERIDOL DECANOATE H
HALOPERIDOL DECANOATE RR V 24
Butyrophenones long-acting depot antipsychotic medicine
Dosage forms
 Injection (oily): 50 mg/ml/ 100 mg/ml

Uses
 Maintenance in schizophrenia and other psychoses

Dose and duration


 Maintenance in schizophrenia and other psychoses

Adult: by deep IM injection into the gluteal muscle,


initially 50 mg every 4 weeks, increased by 50 mg incre-
ments to 300 mg every 4 weeks; higher doses may be
needed in some patients.
Note: When changing a patient from another neuroleptic,
500 mg of oral chlorpromazine a day or 25 mg of
fluphenazine decanoate every 2 weeks, is equivalent to
100 mg of haloperidol decanoate monthly)
Elderly: initially 12.5–25 mg every 4 weeks, increased
according to the patient’s response
Halve dose if 2 weekly administration is preferred
Contra-indications
 Children

 Comatose states

 CNS depression

 Parkinson’s disease

 Known hypersensitivity to haloperidol or simsim oil

 Lesions of basal ganglia

 Clinically significant cardiac disorders

 Concomitant use with other QT prolonging medicines

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 391


H MONOGRAPHS

Side effects
 Agitation, headache, insomnia, depression, psychotic dis-

order, dizziness, Torsades de pointes


 Extrapyramidal symptoms, tardive dyskinesia

 Visual disturbance, oculogyric crisis

 Hypotension including orthostatic hypotension

 Constipation, dry mouth, hypersalivation

 Nausea, vomiting

 Rash

 Anaphylaxis

 Urinary retention

 Erectile dysfunction

 Injection site reaction

 Weight loss or gain

 Neuroleptic malignant syndrome

Interactions
 See haloperidol monograph

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Do not give intravenously. No more than 3 ml should be
injected at any one injection site. Preferably use a 2–2.5
inches long needle of at least 21 gauge
 Individualise dose based on severity and amount of oral
dose required to maintain patient before depot therapy
 Use in elderly patients with dementia-related psychosis
may be fatal
392 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
HALOTHANE H
 Perform a baseline ECG prior to initiation of haloperidol
decanoate. Reduce dose if QT is prolonged during treat-
ment and discontinue if QTc exceeds 500 ms
 Do periodic electrolyte monitoring especially in patients
taking diuretics or during intercurrent illness
 Withdraw haloperidol decanoate immediately if hyper-
thermia develops as it often is an early sign of neuroleptic
malignant syndrome, and start supportive therapy

HALOTHANE HC IV V 1.1
Inhalation anaesthetic medicine
Dosage forms
 Solution for inhalation: 100%

Uses
 Induction and maintenance of anaesthesia

Dose and duration


 Induction (using a specifically calibrated vaporizer)

Adult: gradually increase inspired gas concentration to 2–


4%
Child: or 1.5–2%, in oxygen or nitrous oxide–oxygen
 Maintenance of anaesthesia

Adult and child: 0.5–2%


Contra-indications
 Raised intracranial pressure

 History of jaundice or fever following previous exposure

 Family history of malignant hyperthermia

Side effects
 Arrhythmias, bradycardia

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 393


H MONOGRAPHS

 Drowsiness
 Hepatic damage
 Post-operative shivering
 Severe cardiopulmonary depression
 Atony of gravid uterus
Interactions
 Adrenaline (increased risk of arrhythmias)

Pregnancy
rd
 Do not use in 3 trimester

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Halothane is a volatile liquid at room temperature and
container should be tightly closed
 Should only be used by an experienced anaesthetist

HEPARIN H V 10.2
Anticoagulant
Dosage forms
 Injection: 5000 IU/ml

Uses
 Deep vein thrombosis (DVT)

 Pulmonary embolism

Dose and duration


 Treatment of deep vein thrombosis, pulmonary embolism

Adult: by IV injection, loading dose 5,000 IU (10,000 IU in


severe pulmonary embolism) followed by continuous IV
infusion of 18 IU/kg/hour or by SC injection of 15,000 IU
394 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
HEPARIN H
every 12 hours for 5 days. Adjust dose based on response
Child 1–18 years: loading dose, 75 IU/kg by IV injection,
then by continuous IV infusion 20 IU/kg/hour adjusted
according to activated partial thromboplastin time (APTT)
By SC injection, 250 IU/kg every 12 hours
Child 1 month–1 year: by IV injection, loading dose of 75
IU/kg then 25 IU/kg/hour by continuous IV infusion ad-
justed according to APTT
Neonate: loading dose of 75 IU/kg (50 IU/kg if under 35
weeks postmenstrual age) by IV injection, then 25
IU/kg/hour by continuous IV infusion adjusted according
to APTT
 Prophylaxis of deep vein thrombosis or pulmonary embo-

lism
Adult: by SC injection, 5000 IU 2 hours before surgery
then 5000 IU every 8–12 hours for 7 days or until patient
is able to walk around
Use same dose in medical and post- surgery patients
Child 1 month–18 years: 100 IU/kg (max 5000 IU) every
12 hours adjusted according to APTT
Pregnancy: by SC injection, 5000–10,000 IU every 12
hours
Preparation
 Dilute with glucose 5% or sodium chloride 9% for contin-

uous intravenous infusion


Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to unfractionated or low- molecular

weight heparin
 Haemophilia and other haemorrhagic disorders

 Thrombocytopenia and history of heparin-induced

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 395


H MONOGRAPHS

thrombocytopenia
 Peptic ulcer
 Recent cerebral haemorrhage

 Severe hypertension

 Severe liver and renal disease

 Acute bacterial endocarditis

 Following major trauma or recent surgery to eye or

nervous system
Side effects
 Immune- mediated thrombocytopenia

 Haemorrhage

 Temporary rise in aminotransferases and lipase levels

 Local irritation

 Skin necrosis

 Osteoporosis after prolonged use

Interactions
 Acetyl salicylic acid (enhanced anticoagulant effect)

 Glyceryl trinitrate (reduced anticoagulant effect)

 Intravenous diclofenac (increased risk of haemorrhage)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Prevention of prosthetic heart-valve thrombosis in preg-
nancy requires specialist management
 Use with caution in patients requiring spinal or epidural
anaesthesia due to risk of spinal haematoma
 Elderly may require reduced doses
396 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
HEPATITIS B VACCINE H
 Monitor platelets in patients receiving treatment for
longer than 5 days. Withdraw immediately if thrombocy-
topenia is strongly suspected or confirmed
 Use with caution in patients with diabetes mellitus,
chronic renal failure, acidosis, raised plasma potassium or
those taking potassium-sparing drugs, as there is
increased risk of hyperkalaemia
 Reduce dose in hepatic and renal impairment or avoid in
severe impairment due to increased risk of bleeding
 Do not use preparations with benzyl alcohol in pregnancy

HEPATITIS B VACCINE HC IV E 19.3.2


Inactivated hepatitis B surface antigen (HBsAg) adsorbed on-
to aluminium hydroxide
Dosage forms
 Injection: single dose vial 20 micrograms/1 ml

Uses
 Vaccination against hepatitis B infection

 Prevention of perinatal hepatitis B virus transmission

Dose and duration


 Hepatitis B vaccination

Three doses: First dose, 0 months; second dose, 1


month after 1st dose; last dose, 6 months after 1st dose
Adult and child > 15 years: 0.5 ml IM on the deltoid
muscle (upper arm)
Child < 15 years: 0.5 ml IM on the deltoid muscle
For infants and younger children, give injection IM in
the anterolateral thigh

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 397


H MONOGRAPHS

Contra-indications
 Raised intracranial pressure

Side effects
 Pain, redness and swelling at injection site

 Fatigue

 Fever

Patient instructions
 If fever develops, give a single dose of paracetamol

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
 Store at 2–8°C

 Do not freeze vaccine

Caution
 For adults and adolescents, preferably give vaccine after
testing for hepatitis B infection (HBsAg or Anti-HBs)
 Do not give on the buttocks as there will be reduced im-
mune response (decreased protective antibody response)
 Do not give injection intradermally
 Hepatitis B vaccine is part of the fixed dose combination
of DPT, HepB + HiB vaccine which is given to children dur-
ing routine immunisation. Children therefore do not need
to be immunised again using the single HepB vaccine
 Neonates born of mothers who are Hepatitis B carriers
are given the first dose within 24 hours after birth

398 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


HYALURONIDASE H
HYALURONIDASE RR E 21.6
An enzyme that degrades hyaluronic acid. Used in soft tissue
disorders where there is need for resorption of excess fluids or
medicine
Dosage forms
 Powder for reconstitution for injection: 1,500 IU

Uses
 Enhance tissue permeation of fluids injected subcutane-

ously or intramuscularly
 Promote resorption of excess fluids and blood

Dose and duration


 With IM or SC injection

Adult: 1500 IU dissolved directly in solution to be injected


 With local anaesthetics

Adult and child: 1500 IU mixed with local anaesthetic so-


lution (15 IU/ml in ophthalmology). Hyaluronidase can be
injected into tubing of the infusion set about 2 cm back
from the needle at the start of the infusion
 Hypodermoclysis

Adult and child: 1500 IU dissolved in 1 ml water for injec-


tions or sodium chloride 0.9% injection, administered be-
fore starting 500–1000 ml infusion
 Extravasation or haematoma

Adult and child: 1500 IU dissolved in 1 ml of water or so-


dium chloride 0.9% injection, infiltrated into affected area
as soon as possible
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to hyaluronidase

 Use as intravenous injection

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 399


H MONOGRAPHS

 Reduction of swelling of bites, stings, infection or malig-


nancy
 Anaesthesia in unexplained premature labour

 Direct application to the cornea

Side effects
 Oedema

 Anaphylaxis

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Do not use to enhance the absorption and dispersion of
dopamine and/or alpha agonist medicines
 Solutions for subcutaneous administration should be
isotonic with extracellular fluid

HYDRALAZINE HC IV V 12.3
Vasodilator anti-hypertensive medicine
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 20 mg/ ml

 Tablets: 25 mg, 50 mg

Uses
 Hypertensive emergencies (including during pregnancy)

 Hypertension

 Heart failure

Dose and duration


 Hypertensive emergencies (including during pregnancy)

400 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


HYALURONIDASE H
Adult: 5‒10 mg diluted with 10 ml sodium chloride
0.9%, by slow IV injection over 20 minutes. Repeat after
20‒30 minutes.
Check blood pressure regularly
 Hypertension (with another antihypertensive)

Initially, 25 mg every 12 hours orally, increased if neces-


sary to maximum 50 mg every 12 hours
 Heart failure

Adult: 20 mg by slow IV injection over 20 minutes


Contra-indications
 Myocardial infarction

 Severe tachycardia

 High output heart failure

 Myocardial insufficiency due to mechanical obstruction

 Cor pulmonale

Side effects
 Tachycardia, palpitation, low blood pressure

 Fluid retention

 Stomach upset

 Dizziness

 Systemic lupus erythematosus after long term administra-

tion of 100 mg daily


Pregnancy
st nd
 Can be used. Avoid during 1 and 2 trimesters
Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Reduce dose in kidney or liver impairment
 Oral hydralazine should only be initiated by a specialist

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 401


H MONOGRAPHS

HYDROCORTISONE HC III V 3, 13.3, 18.1


Glucocorticoid. Steroidal anti-inflammatory medicine
Dosage forms
 Injection: 100 mg hydrocortisone sodium succinate

 Cream/ointment: 1% hydrocortisone

 Eye drops: 1%

 Eye ointment: 0.5%

 Eye drops: hydrocortisone 1.5% + oxytetracycline 0.5% +

polymixin B 10,000 IU/ml


Uses
 Severe asthma

 Anaphylactic shock

 Allergic angioedema

 Allergic skin reaction

 Itching due to insect stings

 Allergic conjunctivitis

 Adrenocortical insufficiency (specialist use only)

Dose and duration


 Severe asthma (in combination with inhaled salbutamol);

anaphylactic shock (in combination with epinephrine); al-


lergic angioedema
Adult and child >12years: 200 mg IV stat
Child 6–12 years: 100 mg IM or slow IV stat
Child 1–5 years: 50 mg IM or slow IV stat
Child <1 year: 25 mg IM or slow IV stat
Repeat the dose every 4–6 hours as need arises de-
pending on the patient's response
 Allergic skin reaction and itching due to insect stings

Apply thin layer of cream to affected area every 12

402 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


HYALURONIDASE H
hours until improvement is seen
 Allergic conjunctivitis
Apply 1 drop every 2 hours then reduce frequency as
infection is controlled and continue for 48 hours after
healing. At night, use the ointment as it lasts longer at
site of action
If using ointment alone, apply every 6‒8 hours
If infection present, use combination with antibiotics
Preparation
 Dissolve powder for injection in 2 ml water for injection

Contra-indications
 Untreated systemic bacterial, fungal, and viral infections

(can make infection worse)


 Untreated skin infections (can make infection worse)

 Acne

 Patients who have just received live virus vaccines (polio,

BCG, measles vaccines)


Side effects
 Fluid retention

 Cream may make local skin infection worse

 Dry and thin skin (prolonged use), skin irritation

 Eye drops may cause local irritation

Stops body's natural production of corticosteroids (after


prolonged use or with high doses) causing: increased risk
of infections, Cushing’s syndrome, muscle wasting, moon
face, acne, oedema and high blood pressure, bones easily
fracture, easy bruising, mental disturbances, diabetes
mellitus, menstrual disturbances, inhibition of growth in
children, glaucoma

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 403


H MONOGRAPHS

Interactions
 Carbamazepine, phenobarbital, phenytoin, rifamycins

(reduced effect of hydrocortisone)


 Amphotericin B (increased risk of hypokalaemia)

 Live vaccines (high doses of hydrocortisone impair im-

mune response to vaccines)


Patient instruction
 Do not apply to eyes, broken skin, or mucous membranes

 Avoid prolonged use

 Wash hands thoroughly before and after use

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Do not withdraw treatment suddenly after prolonged
use. Dose should be reduced gradually
 Patient on long term therapy should carry a steroid
treatment card

HYDROGEN PEROXIDE HC II N 15.1


Disinfectant solution used for cleansing and eliminating bad
smell of wounds and ulcers
Dosage forms
 Solution: 6%

Uses
 Skin disinfection (all wounds, herpes simplex lesions,

herpes zoster lesions)


404 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
HYDROGEN PEROXIDE H
 Inflammation of the gums
Dose and duration
 Skin disinfection and cleaning wounds

Apply to affected area 3 times daily for up to 3 weeks


 Inflammation of the gums

Gargle with mouth wash 3 times daily


Preparation
 Prepare mouth wash by adding 15 ml of hydrogen perox-

ide solution to 200 ml water


Side effects
 Local irritation

 Bleach clothes

Interactions
 Povidone-iodine (cancelled effect)

 Chlorhexidine (cancelled effect)

Patient instructions
 Avoid contact with healthy skin or eyes

 Can bleach clothes

 Mouthwash is not a replacement for effective brushing

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Concentrated solutions are dangerous. Avoid direct con-
tact with skin or mucous membranes.
 Never mix a leftover solution with a fresh solution
 Prepare small amounts at a time to prevent wastage
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 405
H MONOGRAPHS

 Mark on the bottle of diluted solution the name of


product, date of preparation, and date of expiry

HYDROXOCOBALAMIN (VITAMIN B12) H E 10.1


Antianaemia medicine
Dosage forms
 Solution for injection: 1 mg/ml

Uses
 Treatment of megaloblastic anaemia due to vitamin B12

deficiency
 Treatment of pernicious anaemia

 Prophylaxis of macrocytic anaemia associated with

vitamin B12 deficiency


Dose and duration
All doses given by IM injection
 Treatment of pernicious anaemia and other megalo-

blastic anaemia due to vitamin B12 deficiency without


neurological involvement
Adult: 1 mg 3 times a week on alternate days for 2
weeks then 1 mg every 3 months
Child 1 month- 18 years: 0.25–1 mg 3 times a week on
alternate days for 2 weeks then 0.25 mg once a week
until blood counts are normal then maintenance dose
of 1 mg every 3 months
 Treatment of megaloblastic anaemia due to vitamin B12

deficiency with neurological involvement


Adult and child: 1 mg on alternate days until there is no
further improvement then 1 mg every 2 months
 Prophylaxis of macrocytic anaemias associated with

406 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


HYDROXYETHYLCELLULOSE (ARTIFICIAL TEARS) H
vitamin B12 deficiency
Adult and child: 1 mg every 2–3 months
Contra-indications
 Sensitivity to hydroxocobalamin

Side effects
 Headache, dizziness

 Nausea

 Injection site reactions

 Hypersensitivity reactions

 Hypokalaemia during initial stages of therapy

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Do not give before confirmation of diagnosis except in
emergencies as indiscriminate use may mask exact diag-
nosis
 Doses greater than 10 µg daily may produce a haemato-
logical response in patients with folate deficiency
 Risk of cardiac arrhythmias secondary to hypokalaemia
during initial therapy

HYDROXYETHYLCELLULOSE (ARTIFICIAL
H E 21.10
TEARS)
Lubricant for eyes
Dosage forms
 Eye drops: 0.44%

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 407


H MONOGRAPHS

Uses
 Management of tear deficiency

Dose and duration


 Management of tear deficiency

Adult and child: 1–2 drops instilled in to the affected eye


3–4 times a day or as often as is required
Side effects
 Transient mild stinging or temporarily blurred vision

Patient instructions
 If irritation persists or worsens or continued redness oc-

curs, discontinue use and consult a doctor


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

HYDROXYUREA (HYDROXYCARBAMIDE) NR V 8.2


Anticancer. It also prevents formation of sickle-shaped red
blood cells
Dosage forms
 Capsule: 500 mg

Uses
 Chronic myeloid leukaemia

 Cervical cancer

 Reduce rate of painful attacks in sickle-cell disease

 Polycythaemia

Dose and duration


 Sickle-cell disease

408 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


HYDROXYUREA (HYDROXYCARBAMIDE) H
Adult and child: Initially, 15 mg/kg daily, increased
every 12 weeks in steps of 2.5−5 mg/kg daily according
to response (maximum 35 mg/kg daily)
 Chronic myeloid leukaemia

20−30 mg/kg daily or 80 mg/kg every third day


 Cervical cancer (in combination with radiation)

20−30 mg/kg daily or 80 mg/kg every third day


Contra-indications
 Severe leucopoenia

 Thrombocytopenia

 Severe anaemia

 Hypersensitivity

Side effects
 Myelosuppression

 Nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain, anorexia

 Mucositis, skin reactions

 Skin cancer

 Hallucination, disorientation

 Convulsions, dizziness, somnolence, headache

 Pulmonary fibrosis, oedema, dyspnoea

 Pancreatitis

 Dysuria

 Increased blood creatinine, urea, uric acid

 Fever, chills, malaise

 Reduced sperm count

Interactions
 Antiretrovirals (can cause treatment failure and toxicities)

 Live vaccines (risk of developing disease in vaccines)

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 409


H MONOGRAPHS

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breastfeeding

Caution
 Monitor renal and hepatic function before and during
treatment
 Monitor full blood count before treatment, then every 2
weeks for the first 2 months and then every 2 months
thereafter
 Interrupt therapy if the white cell count drops below
2.5x109 L or the platelet count below 100x109/L
 Review treatment if leg ulcers develop

HYOSCINE BUTYLBROMIDE RR N 17.4


Antimuscarinic agent that reduces gastrointestinal motility
Dosage forms
 Solution for injection: 20 mg/ml

Uses
 Spasm of gastrointestinal or genito-urinary disorders

 Diagnostic agent and antispasmodic in radiology

 Bowel colic

 Excessive respiratory secretions

Dose and duration


 Bowel colic and excessive respiratory secretions in

palliative care
Adult: by SC infusion, 20 mg every 4 hours but may be
given hourly in excessive respiratory secretions

410 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


HYOSCINE BUTYLBROMIDE H
(max 300 mg in bowel colic and 120 mg for excessive
respiratory secretions in 24 hours)
Child > 12 years: by IM or IV injection, 10–20 mg 3–4
times daily
Child 5–12 years: by IM or IV injection, 5–10mg 3–4 times
daily
Child 1 month–4 years: by IM or IV injection, 0.3–0.5
mg/kg (max 5 mg) 3–4 times daily
 Acute spasm and spasm in diagnostic procedures
Given by IM or slow IV injection over 1 minute
Adult and child over 12 years: 20 mg repeated after 30
minutes if necessary (may be repeated more frequently
in endoscopy). Maximum daily dose of 100 mg
Child 2–6 years: 5 mg repeated after 30 minutes if neces-
sary (may be repeated more frequently in endoscopy).
Maximum daily dose of 15 mg daily
Child 6–12 years: 5–10 mg repeated after 30 minutes if
necessary (may be repeated more frequently in endosco-
py). Maximum daily dose 30 mg daily
Preparation
 Solution for IV injection may be diluted with Glucose 5%

or Sodium Chloride 0.9%


Contra-indications
 Myasthenia gravis

 Paralytic ileus

 Pyloric stenosis

 Toxic megacolon

 Angle-closure glaucoma

 IM injection in patients treated with anticoagulants

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 411


H MONOGRAPHS

Side effects
 Anaphylactic reactions

 Visual disturbances

 Tachycardia

 Dizziness

 Dry mouth, constipation

 Injection site reactions

 Hypersensitivity to hyoscine

Patient instructions
 Consult your ophthalmologist immediately in case you

develop a red eye with loss of vision after injection with


hyoscine
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Use with caution in thyrotoxicosis, cardiac insufficiency or
failure, in cardiac surgery since it may further accelerate
heart rate, pyrexia, autonomic neuropathy, intestinal and
urinary outlet obstruction and hypertension
 May cause elevation of intraocular pressure in patients
with undiagnosed and untreated angle-closure glaucoma

412 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


IBUPROFEN I
I
IBUPROFEN HC III E 2.1
Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID) used to reduce
fever and relieve pain
Dosage forms
 Enteric coated tablet: 200 mg

Uses
 Mild to moderate pain

 Painful menstruation

 Headache

 Acute migraine attack

 Pain in children

 Pain due to rheumatic disease

 Muscle and joint pain

 Fever

Dose and duration


 All uses

Adult: 200–400 mg every 6–8 hours


Child 8–12 years: 200 mg every 6–8 hours
Child 3–7 years: 100 mg every 6–8 hours
Child 1–2 years: 50 mg every 6–8 hours
Child 3 months–1 year: 20–40 mg/kg daily in divided
doses
Taken when necessary. Avoid prolonged use
Contra-indications
 Active peptic ulcer disease

 Children <3 months and <7 kg

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 413


I MONOGRAPHS

 Allergy to NSAIDs
 Asthma
 Rhinitis
 Angioedema
 Blood coagulation disorders
 Severe liver disease
 Severe kidney disease
 Heart failure
 Severe malnutrition
 Uncorrected dehydration
 Shock
 Severe infection
Side effects
 Stomach upset, peptic ulcer

 Allergic reactions

 Dizziness

Interactions
 Methotrexate (increased risk of methotrexate toxicity)

 Other NSAIDs (increased risk of side effects)

Patient instructions
 Take with or after food

 Take with plenty of fluids

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Reduce dose in elderly

414 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


IFOSFAMIDE I
 NSAID may cause acute asthma attacks
 Can be combined with paracetamol to increase pain relief

IFOSFAMIDE NR V 8.2
Alkylating anticancer; related to cyclophosphamide
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 1 g

Uses
 Cancer

Dose and duration


Usually:
8−12 g/m2 as single daily doses over 3−5 days every 2−4
weeks
OR 5−6 g/m2 (maximum 10 g) given as a 24 hour infusion
every 3−4 weeks
Dose frequency determined by degree of myelosuppression
and recovery of bone marrow function
Contra-indications
 Urinary tract obstruction

 Acute infection

 Urothelial damage

 Severe renal impairment

 Severe bone marrow function impairment

 Severe hepatic impairment

Side effects
 Infections

 Myelosuppression

 Decreased appetite

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 415


I MONOGRAPHS

 Hepatotoxicity
 Alopecia
 Haemorrhagic cystitis, haematuria
 Renal damage
 Phlebitis
Interactions
 ACE inhibitors e.g. captopril (can cause leucopoenia)

 Carboplatin, cisplatin (increased haematotoxicity and

immunosuppression)
 Warfarin (increased anticoagulant effect)

 Clozapine (increased risk of agranulocytosis)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breastfeeding

Caution
 Give adequate hydration before and after to minimise
urothelial toxicity (haemorrhagic cystitis)
 Use with mesna to reduce urothelial toxicity
 Men and women taking ifosfamide should use adequate
contraception during treatment
 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in cytotoxic medicines

IMIPRAMINE HC IV E 24
Tri-cyclic antidepressant medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 25 mg

416 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


IMIPRAMINE I
Uses
 Anxiety

 Depression

 Nocturnal enuresis in children

Dose and duration


 Anxiety

Adult: 25–50 mg at night


 Depression

Adult: Initially 25‒50 mg orally increased gradually to


150─200 mg daily
Elderly: initially 10 mg orally increased gradually to
30-50 mg
 Nocturnal enuresis in children

Child >11 years (35–54 kg): 50─75 mg just before


bedtime for not more than 3 months
Child 8–11 years (25–35 kg): 25─50 mg just before
bedtime for not more than 3 months
Child 6–7 years (20–25 kg): 25 mg just before bedtime
for not more than 3 months
Contra-indications
 Depression in children

 Severe liver disease

Side effects
 Sedation, drowsiness

 Dry mouth, constipation

 Blurred vision

 Urinary retention

Interactions
 Alcohol (increased sedative effects)

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 417


I MONOGRAPHS

 General anaesthetics (increased hypotension)


 Tramadol (increased risk of CNS toxicity)
 Warfarin (increased or reduced anticoagulant effect)

 MAOI (increased risk of hypertension and CNS excitation)

 Antiepileptics (anticonvulsant effect antagonised)

 Artemether/lumefantrine (increased risk of arrhythmias)

 Antipsychotics (increased risk of arrhythmias)

 Ritonavir (increased concentration and side effects of

imipramine)
 Adrenaline and noradrenaline (increased risk of hyper-

tension and arrhythmias)


Patient instructions
 Take at night

 Do not take alcohol while taking this medicine to avoid

increased sleepiness side effect


Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Reduce dose in elderly
 Do not stop treatment abruptly; may cause withdrawal
symptoms
 Do not start imipramine until 3 weeks after stopping a
MAOI

418 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


INDOMETHACIN I
INDOMETHACIN H N 2.2
Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug
Dosage forms
 Capsule: 25 mg

Uses
 Pyogenic (septic) arthritis

 Rheumatoid arthritis

 Gout arthritis

 Osteoarthritis

 Osteomyelitis

 Nociceptive or somatic pain

 Dysmenorrhoea

Dose and duration


 All uses

Adult: 50–200 mg daily in 2–3 divided doses (maxi-


mum dose in dysmenorrhoea, 75 mg in 2–3 divided
doses a day)
Child 1 month–18 years: 0.5–1 mg/kg every 12 hours
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to aspirin or other NSAIDs

 History of or active peptic ulcer disease

 Nasal polyps associated with angioneurotic oedema

 Coagulation defects

 Severe heart failure

Side effects
 Headache, dizziness, depression, vertigo, fatigue

 Nausea, anorexia, vomiting, epigastric distress, ab-

dominal pain, constipation, diarrhoea


 Angioneurotic oedema

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 419


I MONOGRAPHS

 Angiitis (inflammation of small blood vessels)


 Erythema nodosum, pruritus, urticaria, skin rash, photo-
sensitivity, Stevens-Johnson syndrome
 Rapid fall in blood pressure resembling a shock-like state
 Acute respiratory distress
 Tinnitus, hearing disturbances
Interactions
 Haloperidol (possible severe drowsiness)

 Triamterene (reduced renal function)

 Methotrexate (excretion of methotrexate reduced hence

increased risk of toxicity)


 Probenecid (reduced excretion of indomethacin,

increased plasma concentration of indomethacin)


 Aspirin and other NSAIDs (increased risk of side effects)

Patient instructions
 Take with or immediately after food

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Start with lower doses and increase gradually to reduce
incidence of headache
 Use with caution in patients with history of bronchial
asthma, psychiatric disorders, epilepsy or parkinsonism
 Increased risk of gastrointestinal bleeding and fluid
retention if used in hepatic failure
 In renal failure, use the lowest possible dose for the
shortest possible duration. If acute interstitial nephritis
420 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
INSULIN I
occurs, withdraw the medicine
 Withdraw medicine if eye changes are observed in pa-
tients with chronic rheumatoid disease
 Indomethacin may mask signs and symptoms of infection

INSULIN HC IV V 18.5
Hormone that plays a key role in regulation of carbohydrate,
fat and protein metabolism. Soluble insulin, short-acting
form, is suitable for diabetic emergencies and during surgery.
Isophane insulin is intermediate-acting insulin. Biphasic
isophane insulin is premixed with both properties of short-
and immediate-acting insulin. Insulin zinc suspension is a
long-acting insulin
Dosage forms
 Injection: Soluble insulin 100 IU/ml

 Injection: Biphasic isophane insulin; Soluble insulin 30% +

isophane insulin 70% 100 IU/ml


 Injection: Insulin isophane 100 IU/ml

 Injection: Insulin zinc suspension 100 IU/ml

Uses
 Diabetes mellitus

 Diabetic ketoacidosis

Dose and duration


Appropriate insulin regimens should be worked out for each
patient basing on the individual blood sugar levels
 Diabetes mellitus

Adult: Isophane insulin, 10-20 IU twice daily SC injection


Soluble insulin, 40−100 IU SC daily in 3 divided doses before
meals
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 421
I MONOGRAPHS

Child: Isophane insulin 5 - 10 IU twice daily SC injection


Soluble insulin, 40−80 IU SC daily in 3 divided doses before
meals
Note: Conventional insulin therapy often combines the two
types of insulin in mixture of 30/70 soluble to isophane insu-
lin. Usually given twice daily or once daily in elderly. A com-
mon preparation is Mixtard®
Long-acting insulin is usually given once daily
 Diabetic ketoacidosis

Start an IV infusion of soluble insulin, diluted and mixed


thoroughly with sodium chloride 0.9% to a concentration of 1
unit/ml; infuse at a rate of 0.1 units/kg/hour

Monitor urine and blood glucose and ketones hourly and ad-
just insulin infusion accordingly. Once blood glucose concen-
tration falls below 14 mmol/litre, give glucose 10% (into a
large vein) at a rate of 125ml/hour in addition to sodium
chloride 0.9% infusion.

Continue infusion until blood ketone concentration is below


0.3mmol/litre. If patient is able to drink and eat, ideally give
SC soluble insulin and a meal, then stop infusion 1 hour later.
Contra-indications
 Depression in children

 Severe liver disease

Side effects
 Hypoglycaemia

 Local reactions and hypertrophy at injection site

 Allergic reactions

422 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


INSULIN I
Interactions
 Beta blockers e.g. atenolol, propranolol (mask hypo-

glycaemic symptoms so patient cannot recognise them)


 Corticosteroids (cause insulin resistance and hyper-

glycaemia)
 Bendroflumethiazide (hypoglycaemic effect antagonised)

 Furosemide (hypoglycaemic effect antagonised)

 Oestrogens (hypoglycaemic effect antagonised)

Patient instructions
 Always inject insulin at least 15‒30 minutes before food

 Never take the medicine when you have skipped a meal

 Avoid overdose as this will cause dangerously low blood

sugar
 Alternate injection site to avoid scarring in one site

 Symptoms of dangerously low blood sugar include: shak-

ing (tremors), tiredness, unconsciousness. Take 2 tea-


spoons of glucose or sugar or sugary soft drink as first aid,
as well as long-acting carbohydrate (e.g. bread) to restore
liver glycogen. Report to the nearest health centre
immediately
 Consider self-monitoring of blood glucose to help you be

in better control of your blood glucose levels


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
 Store at 2–8°C (cold storage). Do not freeze

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 423


I MONOGRAPHS

Caution
 Insulin is given by subcutaneous injection into the upper
arms, thighs, buttocks, or abdomen. Teach patient how
to measure dose and inject insulin properly
 There may be increased absorption from a limb site, if
limb is used in strenuous exercise following the injection
 Use only syringes calibrated for the particular concentra-
tion of insulin administered
 Injection site should be rotated to prevent lipodystrophy
 Instruct patient how to avoid hypoglycaemia
 During pregnancy and breast-feeding, insulin require-
ments alter and doses should be assessed frequently by a
physician
 Insulin requirements may be affected by variations in life-
style (diet and exercise), concomitant use of drugs such
as corticosteroids, presence of infections, stress,
accidental or surgical trauma, puberty and pregnancy (2nd
and 3rd trimesters) which tend to increase insulin needs
 Renal or hepatic impairment and some endocrine disor-
ders (e.g. Addison disease and hypopituitarism) or coeliac
disease, usually reduce requirements

IODINE HC II N 13.2
Topical anti-infective used as a disinfectant
Dosage forms
 Solution: Iodine tincture 2%

Uses
 Disinfection of intact wounds

424 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


IODINE + POTASSIUM IODIDE I
Dose and duration
 Apply directly to the affected area 2 times daily

Contra-indications
 Burn wounds

Side effects
 Skin irritation

 Allergic reactions

Patient instructions
 Do not apply to eyes, mouth, vagina and inflamed or

broken skin
 Can stain skin and clothes

 Do not apply to breasts if breast-feeding

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Povidone-iodine is a better iodine preparation. Use in-
stead if available

IODINE + POTASSIUM IODIDE RR E 18.8


Antithyroid agent
Dosage forms
 Oral solution: 5% + 10%, Total iodine 130 mg/ml

Uses
 Pre-operative thyrotoxicosis

 Neonatal thyrotoxicosis

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 425


I MONOGRAPHS

Dose and duration


 Pre-operative thyrotoxicosis

Adult, child and neonate: 0.1–0.3 ml diluted well in milk


or water every 8 hours for 6 days
 Neonatal thyrotoxicosis

Neonate: 0.05–0.1 ml taken 3 times daily


Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to iodine or iodide

 Pregnancy

Side effects
 Hypersensitivity reactions including coryza-like symptoms

 Headache

 Lacrimation, conjunctivitis

 Pain in salivary glands, laryngitis

 Bronchitis

 Rashes

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Do not use for long periods since its long-term effect
tends to diminish
 Use with caution in children
 Stop breast-feeding since iodine concentrates in breast-
milk and poses a danger of neonatal hypothyroidism

426 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


IRINOTECAN I
IRINOTECAN NR V 8.2
Topoisomerase I inhibitor anticancer
Dosage forms
 Infusion: 20 mg/ml

Uses
 Advanced colorectal cancer

Dose and duration


 Colorectal cancer (monotherapy)

350 mg/m2 as IV infusion over 30−90 minutes every 3


weeks
 Colorectal cancer (in combination with 5-fluorouracil and

folinic acid))
180 mg/m2 as IV infusion over 30−90 minutes once
every 2 weeks (given before folinic acid and fluoro-
uracil)
Contra-indications
 Chronic inflammatory bowel disease

 Bowel obstruction

 Children

 Hypersensitivity to irinotecan

 Bilirubin levels > 3 times the upper normal limit

 Severe bone marrow failure

Side effects
 Diarrhoea (can be severe), nausea and vomiting

 Dehydration

 Neutropenia, anaemia, thrombocytopenia

 Fever

 Acute cholinergic syndrome (asthenia)

 Increased liver enzyme levels (ALT, AST, ALP)

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 427


I MONOGRAPHS

 Increased bilirubin levels


Interactions
 Ketoconazole (increased effect of irinotecan)

 Clozapine (increased risk of agranulocytosis)

 Atazanavir (increased risk of toxicity)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breastfeeding

Caution
 Monitor full blood count weekly. Reduce dose if neutro-
phil count is < 1000 cells/mm3
 If diarrhoea occurs for more than 24 hours after admin-
istration, reduce subsequent doses
 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in cytotoxic medicines

ISOFLURANE HC IV V 1.1
Volatile liquid halogenated general anaesthetic
Dosage forms
 Liquid for inhalation: ≥99.9%

Uses
 General anaesthesia

Dose and duration


 Induction of anaesthesia

Adult and child: starting concentration of 0.5%. Usual


dose range of 1.3–3.0% induces surgical anaesthesia in
about 7–10 minutes
428 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
ISOFLURANE I
 Maintenance of anaesthesia
Adult and child: 1.0–2.5% with oxygen and nitrous oxide
or 1.5–3.5% with pure oxygen. Reduce to 0.5% at the end
of the operation or to 0% during wound closure. Use
0.5–0.75% in nitrous oxide and oxygen for caesarean
section. Ventilate air passages (when administration of
anaesthetic agents has stopped) several times with 100%
oxygen until complete awakening
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to isoflurane or other halogenated an-

aesthetics
 Known or suspected susceptibility to malignant hyper-

thermia
Side effects
 Respiratory depression

 Hypotension

 Arrhythmias

 Malignant hyperthermia

 Anaphylactic reactions

 Hepatic impairment

Interactions
 Doxapram (increased risk of arrhythmias)

 Isoprenaline, adrenaline, noradrenaline (increased risk of

arrhythmias)
 Methylphenidate (increased risk of hypertension)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 429


I MONOGRAPHS

Caution
 Isoflurane should be administered by a person well
equipped in its use using a specially calibrated vaporizer
 Isoflurane is a uterine relaxant, reduces uterine-placental
blood flow and may cause reproductive toxicity. Only use
if benefit outweighs risk at the lowest possible doses
 Use with caution in patients with raised intracranial pres-
sure and mitochondrial disorders
 Since isoflurane irritates mucous membranes, it is
difficult to use if inhalation anaesthesia is applied via a
mask and it may lead to laryngospasms in children

ISONIAZID (H) HC III E 6.2.4


Anti-tuberculosis antibacterial
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 50 mg, 100 mg

 FDC tablet: Ethambutol 400 mg + isoniazid 150 mg

 FDC tablet: Rifampicin 60 mg + isoniazid 30 mg

 FDC tablet: Rifampicin 75 mg + isoniazid 50 mg

 FDC tablet: Rifampicin 150 mg + isoniazid 75 mg

 FDC tablet: Rifampicin 300 mg + isoniazid 150 mg

 FDC tablet: Rifampicin 60 mg + isoniazid 30 mg +

pyrazinamide 150 mg
 FDC tablet: Rifampicin 70 mg + isoniazid 50 mg +

pyrazinamide 150 mg
 FDC tablet: Rifampicin 150 mg + isoniazid 75 mg +

ethambutol 400 mg + pyrazinamide 275 mg


Uses
 Tuberculosis

430 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ISONIAZID (H) I
 Prophylaxis against tuberculosis in exposed infants
Dose and duration
 Intensive phase in TB treatment (in combination with ri-

fampicin, ethambutol, and pyrazinamide)


Give once daily for 2 or 3 months as in table below
Adult and child over 12 years:
Weight (kg) Isoniazid (mg)
30–37 150
38–54 225
55–70 300
>70 375
Child <12 years:
Weight (kg) Isoniazid (mg)
4–7 50
8–11 100
12–15 150
16–24 200
>25 Use adult formulation
Continuation phase in TB treatment
Give once daily as in table below; for 4 months with ri-
fampicin, or for 6 months with ethambutol
Adult and child over 12 years:
Weight (kg) Isoniazid (mg) Isoniazid (mg)
with Rifampicin with Ethambutol
30–37 150 300
38–54 225 300
55–70 300 300
>70 300 450

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 431


I MONOGRAPHS

Child below 12 years:


Weight (kg) Isoniazid (mg) with
Rifampicin
4–7 50
8–11 100
12–15 150
16–24 200
>25 Use adult formulation
 Prophylaxis against tuberculosis in exposed infants

5 mg/kg once daily for 6 months


Contra-indications
 Severe liver disease

Side effects
 Stomach upset, dry mouth

 Nerve pain in hands and legs

 Liver disorders

 Blood disorders

 Allergic reactions

Interactions
 Phenytoin (increased effect of phenytoin)

 Carbamazepine (increased risk of liver toxicity)

Patient instructions
 Preferably take on empty stomach

 Avoid taking alcohol while on treatment

 Report immediately to the health worker if any yellowing

of the skin or eyes, nausea, vomiting, feeling of sickness,


or tingling pain in the hands or legs occur
 Take the anti-TB medicines at the same time each day

432 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ISOSORBIDE DINITRATE I
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 To prevent nerve pain, give pyridoxine 10 mg daily
 If the patient shows signs of liver toxicity, discontinue
treatment until symptoms resolve

ISOSORBIDE DINITRATE H N 12.1


Anti- angina nitrate vasodilator medicine
Dosage forms
 Sublingual tablet: 5 mg

Uses
 Prophylaxis of angina

 Treatment of angina

 Adjunctive therapy in left ventricular failure

Dose and duration


 Prophylaxis and treatment of angina

Adult: 30-120 mg daily in 1–2 divided doses according to


individual need
 Left ventricular failure

Adult: 40-160 mg daily in divided doses up to a maxi-


mum of 240 mg dependent on individual need
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to nitrates

 Hypotension, hypovolemia

 Hypertrophic obstructive cardiomyopathy

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 433


I MONOGRAPHS

 Aortic stenosis
 Cardiac tamponade
 Constrictive pericarditis

 Mitral stenosis

 Marked anaemia

 Head trauma

 Cerebral haemorrhage

 Angle- closure glaucoma

Side effects
 Headache (at beginning of treatment)

 Drowsiness, weakness

 Cutaneous vasodilation, flushing, orthostatic hypoten-

sion, decrease in blood pressure, reflex tachycardia


 Peripheral oedema in patients with left ventricular failure

Interactions
 Slidenafil (hypotensive effect significantly enhanced)

 Tadalafil (hypotensive effect significantly enhanced)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Long- term use may lead to development of tolerance to
its antianginal effect. Ensure a nitrate free interval each
day (give second daily dose after 8 hours not 12 hours)
 Increase dose gradually to minimise the possibility of
nitrate headache and/ or tolerance
 Cross-tolerance to other nitrates may occur
 May cause haemolysis in patients with G6PD deficiency
434 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
IVERMECTIN I
 May precipitate intra-cardiac conduction abnormalities
when used in patients with seriously damaged myocardia
 Use with caution in severe hepatic or renal impairment,
hypothyroidism, malnutrition or hypothermia

IVERMECTIN HC III E 6.1.2


Filaricidal medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 6 mg

Uses
 Strongyloidiasis

 Lymphatic filariasis

 Onchocerciasis (River blindness)

 Hyperkeratotic scabies

Dose and duration


 Strongyloidiasis

Adult and child over 5 years and weight >15 kg: 0.2
mg/kg as a single dose or 0.2 mg/kg/day on 2 consecutive
days for chronic strongyloidiasis
 Endemic lymphatic filariasis (suppression)
Adult and child over 5 years and weight >15 kg: 0.2
mg/kg annually for 5 years
 Onchocerciasis (suppression)
Adult and child over 5 years and weight >15 kg: 0.15
mg/kg as a single dose once a year
 Hyperkeratotic scabies (in conjunction with topical drugs)
Adult and child over 5 years and weight >15 kg: 0.2
mg/kg as a single dose

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 435


K MONOGRAPHS

Contra-indications
 Pregnancy

Side effects
 Mild ocular irritation

 Somnolence

 Raised liver enzymes

Patient instructions
 Avoid taking food or alcohol at least 2 hours before and 2

hours after a dose


Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Delay treatment with ivermectin until after delivery
 Only treat mother when the infant is older than 1 week

K
KETAMINE HC IV V 1.1
General anaesthetic
Dosage forms
 Solution for injection: 50 mg/ml

Uses
 Induction of anaesthesia

 Maintenance of anaesthesia

 Analgesia for painful procedures of short duration

436 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


KETAMINE K
Dose and duration
 Induction and maintenance of anaesthesia and analgesia

in short procedures
Adult and child over 12 years: by IM injection, 6.5–13
mg/kg adjusted according to response (10mg/kg produc-
es 12–25 minutes of surgical anaesthesia); maintenance,
50–100% of induction dose as required
In diagnostic and procedures not involving intense pain,
use 4 mg/kg
By IV injection over at least 1 minute, 1–4.5 mg/kg
adjusted according to response (2 mg/kg usually produc-
es 5–10 minutes of surgical anaesthesia); maintenance,
50–100% of induction dose as required
Neonate and child up to 12 years: by IV injection over at
least 60 seconds, 1–2 mg/kg produces 5–10 minutes of
surgical anaesthesia, adjusted according to response
 Induction and maintenance of anaesthesia and analge-

sia: longer procedures


Adult: by IV infusion with solution containing 1 mg/ml in
dextrose 5% or normal saline, total induction dose 0.5–2
mg/kg; maintenance (using microdrip infusion) 0.01–
0.045 mg/kg/minute, rate adjusted according to response
Child up to 18 years: 0.5–2 mg/kg by IV injection, fol-
lowed by continuous IV infusion of 0.01–0.045 mg/kg
/minute adjusted according to response
Neonate: 0.5–2 mg/kg by IV injection, followed by
continuous IV infusion of 0.008 mg/kg /minute adjusted
according to response. In deep anaesthesia, up to 0.03
mg/kg/minute may be used

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 437


K MONOGRAPHS

 Sedation prior to invasive or painful procedures


Child 1 month–18 years: 1–2 mg/kg as a single dose
Contra-indications
 Thyrotoxicosis

 Hypertension including pre-eclampsia or eclampsia

 Severe coronary or myocardial disease

 History of cerebrovascular accident, cerebral trauma, in-

tracerebral mass or haemorrhage or other cause of raised


intracranial pressure
 Eye injury

 Increased intraocular pressure

 Psychiatric disorders particularly hallucinations

 Porphyria

 Known hypersensitivity to ketamine

Side effects
 Hallucinations, confusion, agitation, abnormal behaviour

 Transient elevation of pulse rate and blood pressure, in-

creased respiratory rate


 Diplopia, nystagmus

 Tonic-clonic movements, hypertonia

 Rash, erythema

 Nausea, vomiting

Interactions
 Chlorpromazine (enhanced hypotensive effect)

 Fluphenazine (enhanced hypotensive effect)

 Haloperidol (enhanced hypotensive effect)

 Verapamil (enhanced hypotensive effect and atrio-

ventricular delay)
 Memantine (increased risk of CNS toxicity)

438 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


KETAMINE K
Patient instructions
 Do not perform any skilled tasks like driving within 24

hours of use of ketamine


 Avoid taking alcohol within 24 hours of treatment

 Do not take anything by mouth for at least 6 hours before

anaesthesia
Pregnancy
rd
 Do not use in 3 trimester

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Ketamine crosses the placenta and depresses neonatal
respiration when used in the 3rd trimester of pregnancy
 Avoid breast-feeding for at least 12 hours after last dose
 Requires administration of antisialagogue like hyoscine,
atropine or glycopyrrolate to prevent excessive salivation
and respiratory difficulties
 Benzodiazepines such as midazolam and diazepam re-
duce incidence of emergence reactions
 Patient under recovery must remain undisturbed but un-
der observation
 Consider dose reduction in hepatic impairment
 Should be used in presence of resuscitative equipment
 Ketamine should not be used for long-term use

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 439


K MONOGRAPHS

KETOCONAZOLE HC III N 6.3


Antifungal medicine; should only be used in immune-
suppressed patients who have failed to respond to other anti-
fungals, such as clotrimazole, nystatin, and fluconazole
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 200 mg

Uses
 Chronic oral and oesophageal candidiasis

 Chronic resistant vaginal candidiasis

Dose and duration


Adult and child >30 kg: 200 mg once daily until symp-
toms have cleared
Child 15–30 kg: 100 mg once daily until symptoms clear
Contra-indications
 Liver disease

Side effects
 Stomach upset

 Liver damage

 Rash, itching

Interactions
 Nevirapine (reduced effect of ketoconazole)

 Aminophylline (increased effect of aminophylline)

Patient instructions
 Take with food

 Stop the medicine and report to health worker immedi-

ately if signs of extreme weight loss, nausea, vomiting,


feeling of tiredness, abdominal pain, dark urine, or
yellowing of skin or eyes occur

440 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


LABETALOL L
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Avoid using for longer than 10 days
 Stop medicine immediately if signs of liver damage occur

L
LABETALOL RR E 12.3
Beta adrenoceptor blocker with arteriolar vasodilatory action.
It lowers peripheral resistance, slows the heart rate and
depresses the myocardium
Dosage forms
 Injection: 5 mg/ml

Uses
 Severe hypertension including hypertension in pregnancy

 Hypertension following myocardial infarction

 Hypertensive crisis

Dose and duration


 Hypertension of pregnancy

Adult: by IV injection, 20 mg/hour, doubled every 30


minutes (usual max 160 mg/hour)
 Hypertension following myocardial infarction

Adult: by IV injection, 15 mg/hour gradually increased to


maximum dose of 120 mg/hour

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 441


L MONOGRAPHS

 Hypertension
Adult and child over 12 years: by IV injection, 50 mg over
at least 1 minute, repeated after 5 minutes if necessary
(max total dose 200 mg)
By IV infusion, 2 mg/minute until satisfactory response,
then discontinue (usual total dose 50– 200 mg)
Child 1 month–12 years: by IV injection, 0.25–0.5 mg/kg
as a single dose (max 20 mg)
 Hypertensive emergencies

Child 12–18 years: by IV infusion over at least 1 minute,


30–120 mg/hour adjusted at 15 minute intervals accord-
ing to response
Child 1 month–12 years: by IV infusion, initially 0.5–1
mg/kg/hour adjusted at intervals of at least 15 minutes
according to response( max 3 mg/kg/hour)
Neonate: by IV infusion, 0.5 mg/kg/hour adjusted at in-
tervals of at least 15 minutes according to response (max
4 mg/kg/hour)
Contra-indications
 Cardiogenic shock

 Uncontrolled, early or digitalis refractory heart failure

 Sick sinus syndrome


nd
 2 or 3rd degree heart block
 Prinzmetal's angina

 History of wheezing or asthma

 Untreated pheochromocytoma

 Metabolic acidosis

 Bradycardia

 Hypotension

 Hypersensitivity to labetalol

442 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


LABETALOL L
 Severe peripheral circulatory disturbances
 Where peripheral vasoconstriction suggests low cardiac
output in hypertension following infarction
Side effects
 Postural hypotension

 Tiredness, weakness, headache

 Rashes, scalp tingling

 Difficulty in urination

 Epigastric pain, nausea, vomiting

 Liver damage

Interactions
 Prazosin, tamsulosin, alfuzosin (enhanced hypotensive

effect)
 Amiodarone, flecainide (increased risk of AV block,

myocardial depression, bradycardia)


 Nifedipine (risk of severe hypotension and heart failure)

 Diltiazem (increased risk of AV block and bradycardia)

 Verapamil (asystole, severe hypotension, heart failure)

 Clonidine (increased risk of withdrawal hypertension)

 Epinephrine, dobutamine (increased risk of severe hyper-

tension and bradycardia)


Patient instructions
 Avoid standing or sitting upright during and 3 hours after

intravenous administration
Pregnancy
 Do not use (except in emergency)

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 443


L MONOGRAPHS

Caution
 Reduce dose in renal and hepatic impairment
 Risk of severe hepatic damage after both short- and long-
term treatment. At first confirmation of liver damage,
withdraw labetalol immediately and do not restart it
 Use with caution in patients with peripheral circulatory
disorders, history of psoriasis
 Patients with ischaemic heart disease should not
discontinue labetalol abruptly
 Monitor heart rate after injection or infusion, in case of
severe bradycardia, control it using 1–2 mg of IV atropine
 Avoid use in 1st trimester of pregnancy. Labetalol crosses
placental barrier and may cause alpha and beta adreno-
ceptor blockade in the neonate, which may develop up to
2 days after birth. Labetalol is excreted in breast milk

LACTULOSE RR N 17.5
Osmotic laxative
Dosage forms
 Solution: 3.1–3.7 g/5 ml

Uses
 Hepatic encephalopathy

 Constipation

Dose and duration


 Hepatic encephalopathy

Adult and child above 12 years: 30–50 ml every 8 hours.


Adjust dose to produce 2–3 soft stools per day
 Constipation

Adult: 15 ml every 12 hours


444 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
LACTULOSE L
Child 5–18 years: 5–20 ml every 12 hours
Child 1–5 years: 2.5–10 ml every 12 hours
Child 1 month–1 year: 2.5 ml every 12 hours
Adjust dose according to response
Contra-indications
 Galactosaemia

 Intestinal obstruction

 Digestive tract perforation or risk of perforation

 Hypersensitivity

Side effects
 Diarrhoea, nausea, vomiting, flatulence, cramps,

abdominal discomfort
Patient instructions
 Take with water, fruit juice or meals to reduce nausea

 Lactulose solution may be taken diluted or undiluted

 Swallow each dose of lactulose at once and should not be

kept in the mouth for an extended period of time


 Consult your doctor if constipation persists after 3 days

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Chronic use of unadjusted doses and misuse can result
into diarrhoea and disturbances in electrolyte balance
 The doses used in hepatic encephalopathy should be
taken into consideration in diabetics. Doses used in
constipation do not pose a problem to the diabetics

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 445


L MONOGRAPHS

 Defecation reflex may be disturbed during treatment in


children

LAMIVUDINE (3TC) HC IV N 30.1


Nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NRTI) antiretrovi-
ral medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 150 mg

 FDC tablet: ABC 60 mg + 3TC 30 mg

 FDC tablet: TDF 300 mg + 3TC 150 mg

 FDC tablet: AZT 300 mg + 3TC 150 mg

 FDC tablet: TDF 300 mg + 3TC 300 mg + EFV 600 mg

 FDC tablet: AZT 300 mg + 3TC 150 mg + ABC 300 mg

 FDC tablet: AZT 300 mg + 3TC 150 mg + NVP 200 mg

Uses
 HIV/AIDS

 Chronic hepatitis B

Dose and duration


 HIV infection, first line treatment in adults and eMTCT (in

combination with TDF + NVP or TDF + EFV)


Adult: 150 mg every 12 hours or 300 mg once daily
Child >35 kg: 150 mg every 12 hours
 HIV infection, alternative first line treatment in adults (in

combination with AZT + EFV or AZT + NVP or ABC + NVP


or ABC +EFV)
Adult: 150 mg every 12 hours or 300 mg once daily
Child >35 kg: 150 mg twice daily
 HIV infection, first line treatment in children

Adolescent <35 kg: 4 mg/kg every 12 hours (in combina-


446 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
LAMIVUDINE (3TC) L
tion with ABC + EFV)
Child 3–10 years: 4 mg/kg every 12 hours (in combination
with ABC + EFV)
Child <3 years: 4 mg/kg every 12 hours (in combination
with ABC + NVP)
 HIV infection, second line treatment (in combination with
AZT + ATV/r or AZT + LPV/r or ABC + ATV/r or ABC +
LPV/R or TDF + LPV/r or TDF + ATV/r)
Adult: 150–300 mg every 12 hours
Child >35 kg: 150 mg every 12 hours
 Chronic hepatitis B
Adult: 300 mg once daily
Contra-indications
 Allergy to lamivudine

Side effects
 Stomach upset

 Nerve pain in hands and feet, headache, difficulty in

sleeping, Feeling of tiredness/sickness


 Pancreatitis

 Skin rash

 Lactic acidosis

 Liver damage

 Cough

 Muscle pain

Interactions
 Emtricitabine (increased side effects)

Patient instructions
 Take medicine at the same time every day

 Report immediately to health worker in case of severe

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 447


L MONOGRAPHS

nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain, feeling of sickness,


loss of appetite, rapid deep breathing, or muscle weak-
ness
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Discontinue medicine in case of severe lactic acidosis or
liver damage
 Only FDC pill with TDF + 3TC + EFV contains 300 mg of
3TC; the rest have 150 mg of 3TC

LAMOTRIGINE NR E 24
Antiepileptic medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 100 mg

Uses
 Focal seizures

 Tonic-clonic seizures

 Atypical absence seizures in children

 Seizures associated with Lennox Gastaut syndrome

 Bipolar disorder

Dose and duration


 Monotherapy of seizures

Adult and child over 12 years: initially 25 mg once daily


for 14 days, increased to 50 mg once daily for 14 days,
and then increased every 7–14 days by no more than 100
448 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
LAMOTRIGINE L
mg. Usual maintenance dose 100–200 mg daily in 1–2
divided doses (up to 500 mg daily)
 Monotherapy of typical absence seizures
Child 2–12 year: initially 0.3 mg/kg daily in 1–2 divided
doses for 14 days then 0.6 mg/kg daily in 1–2 divided
doses for further 14 days, thereafter increased by max
0.6 mg/kg every 7–14 days. Usual maintenance 1–10
mg/kg daily in 1–2 divided doses (max 15 mg/kg)
 Adjunctive therapy of seizures with valproate
Adult and child over 12 years: initially 25 mg on alter-
nate days for 14 days then 25 mg once daily for more 14
days, thereafter increased by max 50 mg every 7–14
days. Usual maintenance, 100–200 mg daily in 1–2 divid-
ed doses
Child 2–12 years: initially 0.15 mg/kg once daily for 14
days (give 2 mg on alternate days if body weight is below
13 kg) then 0.3 mg/kg once daily for further 14 days,
thereafter increased by max 0.3 mg/kg every 7–14 days.
Usual maintenance 1–5 mg/kg daily in 1–2 divided doses
(max 200 mg daily in 2 divided doses)
 Adjunctive therapy of seizures (with enzyme inducing
drugs) without valproate
Adult and child over 12 years: initially 50 mg once daily
for 14 days then 50 mg every 12 hours for more 14 days,
thereafter increased by max 100 mg every 7–14 days.
Usual maintenance 100–200 mg every 12 hours (up to
700 mg daily has been required)
Child 2–12 years: initially 0.3 mg/kg every 12 hours for 14
days then 0.6 mg/kg every 12 hours for more 14 days,
thereafter increased by max 1.2 mg/kg every 7–14 days.
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 449
L MONOGRAPHS

Usual maintenance dose 2.5–7.5 mg/kg every 12 hours


(max 200 mg every 12 hours)
 Adjunctive therapy of seizures (without enzyme inducing

drugs) without valproate


Adult and child over 12 years: same as in monotherapy
for seizures above
Child 2–12 years: same as above in monotherapy of
typical absence seizures. Max 200 mg daily
 Monotherapy or adjunctive therapy of bipolar disorder

(without enzyme inducing drugs) without valproate


Adult over 18 years: initially 25 mg once daily for 14
days, then 50 mg daily in 1–2 divided doses for further 14
days, then 100 mg daily in 1–2 divided doses for further 7
days. Usual maintenance 200 mg daily in 1–2 divided
doses (max 400 mg daily)
 Adjunctive therapy of bipolar disorder with valproate

Adult over 18 years: initially 25 mg on alternate days for


14 days, then 25 mg once daily for further 14 days, then
50 mg daily in 1–2 divided doses for further 7 days. Usual
maintenance 100 mg daily in 1–2 divided doses (max 200
mg daily)
 Adjunctive therapy of bipolar disorder (with enzyme in-

ducing drugs) without valproate


Adult over 18 years: initially 50 mg once daily for 14
days, then 50 mg every 12hours for further 14 days, then
100 mg every 12 hours for further 7 days, then 150 mg
every 12 hours for further 7 days. Usual maintenance 200
mg every 12 hours
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to lamotrigine

450 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


LAMOTRIGINE L
Side effects
 Nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea, dry mouth

 Aggression, agitation, headache, drowsiness, insomnia

 Tremor, ataxia, back pain, arthralgia

 Nystagmus, diplopia, blurred vision

 Skin rash, Stevens-Johnson syndrome

Interactions
 Rifampicin (plasma concentration of lamotrigine reduced)

 Tricyclic antidepressants, SSRIs, antipsychotics, meflo-

quine (anticonvulsant effect of lamotrigine antagonised)


 Valproate (increased concentration and toxicity of

lamotrigine)
 Oestrogens (reduced concentration of lamotrigine)

 Orlistat (increased risk of convulsions)

Patient instructions
 Watch out for signs of bone marrow depression such as

anaemia, bruising and infection


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Closely monitor and withdraw lamotrigine immediately if

signs of hypersensitivity such as rash and fever occur


 Avoid abrupt withdrawal; taper off over 2 weeks or long-

er unless a serious skin reaction occurs


 Use caution when switching between oral formulations

 Use half dose in moderate hepatic impairment and quar-

ter dose in severe impairment


Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 451
L MONOGRAPHS

 Reduce dose in severe renal failure


 In pregnancy, use the lowest possible dose. Consider co-
administration of folate
 Monitor infant for side effects and avoid abrupt with-
drawal since withdrawal effects may develop in a breast-
fed infant
 Dose titration is required if restarting lamotrigine after an
interval of more than 5 days

LEVODOPA + CARBIDOPA NR E 9
Anti-parkinsonism medicine. Levodopa is an amino-acid pre-
cursor of dopamine and carbidopa is a peripheral dopa-
decarboxylase inhibitor
Dosage forms
 Tablet: Levodopa 100 mg + carbidopa 25 mg

 Tablet: Levodopa 200 mg + Carbidopa 50 mg

 Tablet: Levodopa 250 mg + carbidopa 25 mg

Uses
 Parkinsonism (specialist use only)

Dose and duration


 Parkinsonism

Consult product literature


Contra-indications
 Concurrent use of MAOI medicines

 Angle-closure glaucoma

 Confirmed or suspected malignant melanoma

 Severe heart failure

 Severe cardiac arrhythmia

 Acute stroke

452 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


LEVODOPA + CARBIDOPA L
Side effects
 Confusion, hallucinations, dizziness, nightmares, fatigue,

sleeplessness
 Palpitations

 Chorea, dystonia, impaired voluntary movement, extrap-

yramidal and movement disorders


 Orthostatic hypotension, syncope

 Nausea, vomiting, dry mouth, bitter taste, anorexia

Interactions
 Halothane (risk of arrhythmias)

 MAOI (risk of hypertensive crisis)

Patient instructions
 Take your medication after meals

 Resume normal activities gradually

 Do not drive or operate machinery if dizzy or confused

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Use with caution in pulmonary disease, peptic ulceration,
cardiovascular disease, previous myocardial infarction,
diabetes mellitus, osteomalacia, open-angle glaucoma,
history of melanoma), psychiatric illness and in elderly
 In long-term therapy, closely monitor hepatic, haemato-

logical, psychiatric, cardiovascular, and renal function


 Avoid rapid dose increases and abrupt withdrawal

 Usually, 70–100 mg of carbidopa daily is required to

completely inhibit peripheral dopa decarboxylase


Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 453
L MONOGRAPHS

 Ensure effective contraception during use


 Present in breast milk. Levodopa may inhibit lactation

LEVOFLOXACIN RR E 6.2.2
Fluoroquinolone active against Gram-positive and Gram-
negative bacteria; usually reserved for complicated infections
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 500 mg

Uses
 Acute bacterial sinusitis

 Acute exacerbation of chronic bronchitis

 Community-acquired pneumonia

 Pyelonephritis

 Uncomplicated cystitis

 Complicated urinary tract infection

 Chronic bacterial prostatitis

 Complicated skin and soft tissue infections

 Inhalation anthrax

 MDR-TB (specialist use only)

Dose and duration


 Chronic bronchitis, pyelonephritis

Adult above 18 years: 500 mg once daily for 7–10 days


 Sinusitis

Adult: 500 mg once daily for 10–14 days


 Community acquired pneumonia, complicated urinary

tract infection, skin and soft tissue infections


Adult: 500 mg every 12–24 hours for 7–14 days
 Uncomplicated cystitis

Adult: 250 mg once daily for 5 days


454 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
LEVOFLOXACIN L
 Chronic bacterial prostatitis
Adult: 500 mg once daily for 28 days
 Anthrax

Adult: 500 mg once daily for 8 weeks


Note: In renal impairment, give normal fist dose, then the
following dose as shown in the table below
eGFR (ml/mi- Continuation dose
nute/1.73 m2)
>50 250 mg/ 24 h 500 mg/24 h 500 mg/12 h
20–50 125 mg/24 h 250 mg/24 h 250 mg/12 h
10–19 125 mg/48 h 125 mg/24 h 125mg/12h
<10 (also 125 mg/48 h 125 mg/24 h 125 mg/24 h
in dialysis)
Contra-indications
 Epilepsy

 Quinolone hypersensitivity

 History of tendon disorders related to fluoroquinolones

 Children and adolescents

 Pregnancy and breast-feeding

Side effects
 Insomnia, headache, dizziness

 Anaphylactic shock

 Diarrhoea, vomiting, nausea

 Increased liver enzymes (ALT and AST)

 Stevens-Johnson syndrome

Interaction
 Ciclosporin (increased risk of nephrotoxicity)

 Artemether + lumefantrine (risk of irregular heart beat)

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 455


L MONOGRAPHS

Patient instructions
 Do not drive or operate machinery if medicine makes

you drowsy
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Do not use for suspected or known Methicillin Resistant
Staphylococcus aureus due to likelihood of co-resistance
 Tendinitis and tendon rapture may occur from 48 hours
up to several months after discontinuation. Risk is higher
in patients over 60 years. Stop treatment if it occurs
 Use with caution in history of epilepsy, conditions predis-
posed to seizures, G6PD deficiency, myasthenia gravis
 Discontinue treatment if psychiatric, neurological or
hypersensitivity reactions occur

LEVONORGESTREL HC I V 18.3
Progestogen-only contraceptive
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 28 active tablets of 30 µg

 Tablet: 750 µg (Emergency contraception)

 Implant: Two rods of 75 mg with a sterile applicator

Uses
 Prevention of unwanted pregnancy

 Emergency contraception

456 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


LEVONORGESTREL L
Dose and duration
 Prevention of unwanted pregnancy

1 tablet daily; initiation as for etonogestrel.


Implant with effect for 3–5 years; insertion as for
etonogestrel
 Emergency contraception

2 tablets (750 µg) as a single dose as soon as possible


after unprotected sexual intercourse; preferably within
72 hours
Contra-indications
 Deep vein thrombosis

 History of recent stroke

 Severe or recent liver disease

 Unexplained abnormal vaginal bleeding

 Undiagnosed breast lumps or breast cancer

Side effects
 Menstrual disturbances

 Pain in breasts

 Nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea

 Mood changes

 Acne

 Headaches

 Weight gain

 Blood coagulation problems

Interactions
Same as for ethinylestradiol + norgestrel
Patient instructions
 Take tablets at the same time every day; strict compli-

ance is essential for effective contraception

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 457


L MONOGRAPHS

 Do not interrupt treatment during menstruation


 Warning signs for severe side effects: severe headaches,
blurred vision, depression, acute severe abdominal pain,
chest pain, shortness of breath, swelling, pain in calf
muscle. Report to health worker immediately
 In case of missed dose: Take tablet as soon as you

remember and continue treatment as normal. If over 3


hours have passed, use condom. If patient has had sexual
intercourse within 5 days before forgetting the tablet,
take emergency contraception
 Emergency pill may cause vaginal bleeding 7 days after

ingestion
 If patient wishes to get pregnant again, stop tablet

treatment; fertility usually returns within 3–6 months


Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Can be used where combined oral contraceptives are not
tolerated or are contraindicated (e.g. breast-feeding
mothers, diabetes, women >35 years)
 An additional family planning method must be used dur-
ing and for at least 7 days after completion of treatment
with medicines listed under Interactions. For the emer-
gency pill, double the dose to 4 tablets (3 mg).
 See etonogestrel for more cautions
 Emergency contraception is not intended to terminate an
existing pregnancy

458 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


LEVOTHYROXINE L
 Risk of treatment failure after taking emergency contra-
ception. Carry out a pregnancy test if menstruation does
not occur within 5–7 days of expected date or within 21
days after taking.
 Avoid repeated use of emergency contraception

LEVOTHYROXINE H V 18.8
Thyroid hormone for replacement therapy
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 100 micrograms

Uses
 Treatment of hypothyroidism

Dose and duration


 Treatment of hypothyroidism

Adult: 50–100 micrograms once daily before breakfast;


increased by 25–50 micrograms every 3–4 weeks accord-
ing to response, up to maintenance dose of 100–200
micrograms once daily
In cardiac disease, severe hypothyroidism and patients
over 50 years: 25 micrograms once daily increased by 25
micrograms every 4 weeks according to response up to
maintenance dose of 50–200 micrograms once daily
Child 12–18 years: 50 micrograms once daily increased as
required by 25–50 micrograms every 3–4 weeks until
metabolism is normal up to maintenance dose is 100–200
micrograms once daily
Child 2–12 years: 50 µg once daily increased by 25
micrograms every 2–4 weeks until metabolism is normal.
Maintenance dose of 75–100 micrograms daily
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 459
L MONOGRAPHS

Child 1 month– 2 years: 5 micrograms/kg once daily (max


50 µg once daily) increased in increments of 10–25
micrograms every 2–4 weeks until metabolism is normal-
ised. Maintenance dose, 25–75 micrograms once daily
Neonate: 10–15 micrograms once daily (max 50
micrograms once daily) increased in by 5 micrograms/kg
every 2 weeks or as is necessary until metabolism is
normalised. Maintenance dose, 20–50 micrograms daily
Contra-indications
 Thyrotoxicosis

Side effects
 Fever, flushing

 Hypersensitivity reactions

 Weight loss

 Restlessness, excitability, insomnia, headache, sweating

 Diarrhoea, vomiting

 Angina pain, arrhythmias, palpitations, tachycardia

 Menstrual irregularities

Interactions
 Warfarin (enhanced anticoagulant effect of warfarin)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Side effects usually indicate excessive dosage and often
disappear on dose reduction or withdrawal of treatment
for a few days

460 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


LIGNOCAINE (LIDOCAINE) L
 In patients with panhypopituitarism or predisposition to
adrenal insufficiency, corticosteroid therapy should be
instituted prior to levothyroxine treatment
 The dose of insulin and other antidiabetic drugs may
need to be increased

LIGNOCAINE (LIDOCAINE) HC II V 1.2, 28.2, 28.3


Local anaesthetic
Dosage forms
 Solution for injection: 2%

 Gel: 2%

 Lozenge: 4%

 Sprays: 10%, 5%

 Ointment: 5%

 Injection (preservative free): 5%

 Injection: lignocaine 1% + adrenaline 1:200,000

 Injection (dental catridge): lignocaine + adrenaline 2% +

1:80,000 (specialist use only)


 Nasal drops: lignocaine 2% +adrenaline 1:100,000

Uses
 Prevent pain before surgical procedure

 Mouth ulcers

Dose and duration


 Prevent pain before surgical procedure

3 mg/kg (max 200 mg). Usually single dose is given;


may be repeated if necessary. Anaesthesia is produced
within 2–5 minutes and lasts 1–1.5 hours
 Prevent pain before suturing wound

Use lignocaine 2%
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 461
L MONOGRAPHS

 Mouth ulcers
Apply gel inside the mouth surface when necessary
Adult: 2–3 ml
Child: 1–2 ml
 Sore throat, mouth ulcers

Apply spray or suck lozenge as needed


 Severe pain after insect bite

Infiltrate 2mL of 2% solution around the area of the bite


Contra-indications
 Allergy to lignocaine

 Skin infection

 Patients on warfarin or aspirin

 Severe anaemia

 Severe heart disease

Side effects
 Dizziness, restlessness

 Blurred vision

 Tremors

 Allergic reactions

Interactions
 Atenolol (increased effect of atenolol)

 Propranolol (increased effect of propranolol)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Use lower doses in elderly, epileptic patients, and in

462 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


LISINOPRIL L
acute illness
 Epidural injection should only be given by specialists

LISINOPRIL H E 12.3
Angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitor antihypertensive
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 10 mg

Uses
 Moderate and severe hypertension (stage 2 and 3)

 Symptomatic heart failure

 Renal disease in hypertensive patients with type II diabe-

tes mellitus
 Prophylaxis after myocardial infarction

Dose and duration


 Stage 2 hypertension (with another antihypertensive)

Adult: 10 mg once daily (2.5–5 mg in cardiac decompen-


sation or volume depletion). Usual maintenance dose is
20 mg once daily (max 80 mg once daily)
Child 12–18 years: 5 mg once daily increased to usual
maintenance dose of 10–20 mg once daily (max 80mg
once daily)
Child 6–12 years: 0.07 mg/kg (max 5 mg) once daily in-
creased at intervals of 1–2 weeks up to a maximum of 0.6
mg/kg (max 40 mg once daily)
 Heart failure

Adult and child > 12 years: 2.5 mg once daily increased


by not more than 10 mg at intervals of 2 weeks or more,
up to a maximum of 35 mg once daily if tolerated
 Renal disease in hypertensive patients with type II

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 463


L MONOGRAPHS

diabetes mellitus
Adult and child > 12 years: 2.5–5 mg once daily;
increased as required up to maintenance dose of 10–20
mg once daily
 Prophylaxis after myocardial infarction (see caution)

Adult: Systolic blood pressure ≥120 mmHg; 5 mg within


24 hours of onset, followed by 5 mg after 24 hours, then
10 mg after another 24 hours and then 10 mg once daily
for 6 weeks. Systolic blood pressure 100–120 mmHg; 2.5
mg daily increased to maintenance dose of 5 mg once
daily for 6 weeks
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to lisinopril or other ACE inhibitors

 Hereditary or idiopathic angioedema

 History of angioedema associated with previous ACE in-

hibitor therapy
Side effects
 Dizziness, headache

 Orthostatic hypotension

 Dry cough

 Diarrhoea, vomiting

 Renal dysfunction

Interactions
 Ciclosporin (increased risk of hyperkalaemia)

 Diuretics (increased hypotensive effect)

 Potassium sparing diuretics, aldosterone antagonists (in-

creased risk of severe hyperkalaemia)


 Potassium salts (increased risk of severe hyperkalaemia)

464 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


LITHIUM CARBONATE L
Patient instructions
 Take your medication at approximately the same time

each day
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Do not use in myocardial infarction if systolic BP is below
100 mmHg. If systolic BP drops below 100 mmHg during
treatment, reduce dose or withdraw in case of prolonged
hypotension (systolic BP less than 90 mmHg for > 1 hour)
 Side effects more likely to occur in renal failure. Reduce
dose if creatinine clearance ˂80 ml/minute
 Use with caution in patients who have volume depletion
due to risk of hypotension
 Increased risk of anaphylactoid reactions in patients
undergoing haemodialysis

LITHIUM CARBONATE NR E 24
Psychotherapeutic medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 400 mg

Uses
 Acute episodes of mania or hypomania

 Prophylaxis of recurrent manic-depressive illness and bi-

polar disorder

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 465


L MONOGRAPHS

Dose and duration


 All indications

Consult product literature


Adjust dose to achieve a serum lithium concentration of
0.4–1 mmol/litre 12 hours after a dose, on the 4th–7th day
of treatment. Then measure serum lithium concentration
every week until the dosage has remained constant for 4
weeks and every 3 months thereafter. Use the lowest
effective dose in the elderly.
Initially give in divided doses and then once daily when
serum concentration has stabilised
Contra-indications
 Impaired renal function

 Cardiac disease

 Untreated hypothyroidism

 Addison’s disease

 Low body sodium levels

 Hypersensitivity to lithium

Side effects
 Gastrointestinal disturbances

 Fine tremor

 Polyuria, polydipsia

 Nausea

 Leukocytosis

 Weight gain and oedema

Interactions
 Acetazolamide (increased excretion of lithium)

 Amiloride, enalapril, hydrochlorothiazide, furosemide,

ibuprofen, spironolactone (reduced lithium excretion,

466 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


LITHIUM CARBONATE L
hence increased plasma concentration and toxicity)
 Fluoxetine (increased risk of CNS effects)
 Methyldopa (increased risk of neurotoxicity)

Patient instructions
 Maintain adequate fluid intake and avoid dietary changes

which reduce or increase sodium intake.


 Seek medical attention if signs of hypothyroidism (e.g.

feeling cold, lethargy) develop; more likely in women


Pregnancy
st
 Do not use in 1 trimester

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Avoid abrupt withdrawal, withdraw over a period of at
least 2 weeks
 Avoid use or reduce dose in renal impairment
 In a breast-feeding mother, monitor the infant for toxicity
(especially in risk of dehydration)
 Risk of teratogenicity when lithium is used in the 1st
trimester of pregnancy. Dose requirements increase in
the 2nd and 3rd trimesters but reduce abruptly to normal
on delivery. Monitor serum concentration
 Monitor renal function and thyroid function every 6–12
months since there is a risk of hypothyroidism
 Maintain adequate fluid and sodium intake. Reduce dose
or discontinue in diarrhoea, vomiting, and intercurrent in-
fection (especially if associated with profuse sweating)
 Lithium may exacerbate psoarisis
 Different preparations vary widely; change in preparation
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 467
L MONOGRAPHS

requires the same precaution as initial treatment

LOPERAMIDE H N 17.6.2
Opioid antidiarrhoeal. Reduces gastrointestinal motility
Dosage forms
 Capsule: 2 mg

Uses
 Symptomatic treatment of acute diarrhoea

 Symptomatic treatment of chronic diarrhoea

Dose and duration


 Symptomatic treatment of acute diarrhoea

Adult and child over 12 years: initially 4 mg, followed by 2


mg after each further loose stool (max 12 mg in 24 hours)
Child 8–12 years: 2 mg every 6 hours for up to 5 days
Child 4–8 years: 1 mg 3–4 times daily for up to 3
days only
 Symptomatic treatment of chronic diarrhoea

Adult: 4–8 mg daily in divided doses adjusted according


to response and given in 2 divided doses for maintenance
Child 12–18 years: 2–4 mg 2 to 4 times daily
Child 1 month–12 years: not recommended
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity

 Constipation

 Diverticular disease

 Ulcerative colitis

Side effects
 Constipation, flatulence, nausea, headache

468 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


LOPINAVIR/RITONAVIR (LPV/r) L
Patient instructions
 Take the capsules with a liquid

 Do not exceed the recommended dose

 In case there is no improvement after 48 hours, stop

medication and see your doctor


Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Discontinue if constipation, abdominal distension or ileus
develop
 Patients with AIDS treated with loperamide for diarrhoea
should stop therapy at the earliest signs of abdominal
distension due to increased risk of toxic megacolon
 Discontinue if there is no improvement after 48 hours

LOPINAVIR/RITONAVIR (LPV/r) HC IV V 30.3


Protease inhibitor (PI) antiretroviral medicines. Ritonavir is a
booster that increases effect of lopinavir (LPV)
Dosage forms
 FDC capsules: LPV 100 mg + RTV 25 mg

 FDC capsules: LPV 200 mg + RTV 50 mg

 Oral solution: LPV 80 mg/mL + RTV 20 mg/mL

Uses
 HIV/AIDS

Dose and duration


 HIV infection, second line treatment

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 469


L MONOGRAPHS

Adult and adolescent >35 kg: 400 mg/100 mg LPV/r


every 12 hours (in combination with AZT + 3TC or TDF
+ 3TC or ABC + 3TC)
Child 25–35 kg: LPV/r 100/25 tablet; give 3 tablets
every 12 hours (in combination with AZT + 3TC or ABC
+ 3TC)
Child <25 kg: Use LPV/r 80/20 mg/ml syrup as in table
below (in combination with AZT + 3TC or ABC + 3TC)

Weight (kg) LPV/r 80/20 mg/ml syrup


20 – 24.9 3 ml every 12 hours
14 – 19.9 2.5 ml every 12 hours
10 – 13.9 2 ml every 12 hours
6 – 9.9 1.5 ml every 12 hours
3 – 5.9 1 ml every 12 hours
Contra-indications
 Severe liver disease

 Allergy to lopinavir or ritonavir

Side effects
 Stomach upset, flatulence, anorexia, taste disturbance

 Liver damage, pancreatitis

 Blood disorders

 Sleep disturbance, fatigue, headache, dizziness

 Muscle pain

Interactions
 Artemether + lumefantrine (increased risk of irregular

heartbeat)
 Efavirenz (reduced effect of lopinavir)

 Nevirapine (reduced effect of lopinavir)

470 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


LORAZEPAM L
 Ergometrine (increased ergometrine toxicity)
 Carbamazepine (reduced effect of lopinavir)
 Dexamethasone (reduced effect of lopinavir)
 Phenobarbital (reduced effect of lopinavir)
 Rifampicin (reduced effect of lopinavir)
 Simvastatin (increased risk of muscle pain or damage)
Patient instructions
 Take medicine at the same time every day

 Take with food

 Do not crush or open the capsules; swallow whole

 Preferably store oral solution in a refrigerator. If refriger-

ator not available, store in a cool dark place


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
 Keep oral solution refrigerated whenever possible

Caution
 Use with caution in patients with chronic Hepatitis B or C
as they are at high risk of liver damage

LORAZEPAM H E 1.3
Short acting benzodiazepine
Dosage forms
 Solution for injection: 4 mg/ml

 Tablet: 2.5 mg

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 471


L MONOGRAPHS

Uses
 Short-term use in anxiety or insomnia

 Status epilepticus

 Conscious sedation pre-operatively

 Premedication before surgery or operation

Dose and duration


 Anxiety

Adult: by mouth, 1–4 mg daily in divided doses for 2–4


weeks
Elderly or debilitated: 0.5–2 mg as above
 Insomnia associated with anxiety

Adult: by mouth, 1–2 mg at bedtime for 2–4 weeks


 Acute panic attacks

Adult: by IM or slow IV injection (into a large vein),


0.025–0.03 mg/kg (usual range 1.5–2.5 mg), repeated
every 6 hours if necessary
 Premedication and conscious sedation

Adult and child over 12 years: by mouth, 2–3 mg the


night before operation then 2–4 mg 1–2 hours before
operation
By slow IV injection, 0.05 mg/kg 30–45 minutes before
operation. Dilute with an equal volume of sodium chlo-
ride 0.9% or water for injection
By IM injection, diluted as above, 0.05 mg/kg 60–90
minutes before operation
Child 1 month–12 years: by mouth, 0.05–0.1 mg/kg (max
4 mg) as above. Same dose may be given the night before
in addition to or as a replacement
By IV injection, 0.05–0.1 mg/kg (max 4 mg) 30–45
minutes before the procedure
472 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
LORAZEPAM L
 Status epilepticus, febrile convulsions and convulsions
caused by poisoning
Adult and child over 12 years: by IV injection, 4 mg as a
single dose, repeated once after 10 minutes if necessary
Neonate and child up to 12 years: by IV injection, 0.1
mg/kg (max 4 mg) as a single dose, repeated once after
10 minutes if necessary
Contra-indications
 Acute pulmonary insufficiency

 Obsessional states

 Severe hepatic insufficiency

 Myasthenia gravis

 Sleep apnoea syndrome

 Hypersensitivity to benzodiazepines

Side effects
 Daytime drowsiness, sedation, dizziness

 Ataxia, muscle weakness

 Asthenia (extreme tiredness), fatigue

Interactions
 Clozapine ( increased risk of serious adverse events)

 Olanzapine (increased risk of hypotension, bradycardia

and respiratory depression when parenteral lorazepam is


given with intramuscular olanzapine)
 Sodium oxybate (enhanced effects of sodium oxybate)

Patient instructions
 Do not drink alcohol during and for 24–48 hours after

treatment with lorazepam


 Avoid driving or operating machinery while taking

lorazepam

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 473


L MONOGRAPHS

Pregnancy
st rd
 Do not use in 1 and 3 trimesters

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Storage
o
 Store the solution for injection in a refrigerator at 2–8 C

Caution
 Only use the IM route when oral and IV routes are not
possible. Do not give by the IM route for convulsions
 Monitor patient for at least 8 hours and preferably over-
night
 Ensure availability of facilities for managing respiratory
depression with mechanical ventilation
 Reduce doses in mild to moderate hepatic impairment
and in renal impairment

LOSARTAN RR N 12.3
Angiotensin-II receptor antagonist antihypertensive medicine
Dosage forms
 Table: 50 mg

Uses
 Moderate and severe hypertension (stage 2)

 Chronic heart failure

Dose and duration


 Stage 2 hypertension (in combination with another anti-

hypertensive)
Adult and child >50 kg: 50 mg once daily (25 mg in intra-
vascular volume depletion) adjusted according to
474 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
LOSARTAN L
response up to a maximum of 100 mg once daily
Elderly over 75 years: 25 mg once daily
Child 6–18 years (body weight 20–50 kg): 0.7 mg/kg up
to 25 mg once daily (max 50 mg once daily). Reduce dose
in intravascular volume depletion
 Chronic heart failure

Adult: 12.5 mg once daily increased at weekly intervals to


maximum 150 mg daily if tolerated
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity
nd
 2 and 3rd trimester of pregnancy
 Severe hepatic impairment

Side effects
 Dizziness, malaise, fatigue, vertigo

 Hypotension including orthostatic hypotension

 Angioedema

 Anaemia

 Hyperkalaemia, increase in blood urea, serum creatinine

and serum potassium, hypoglycaemia


 Renal impairment

Interactions
 Ciclosporin (increased risk of hyperkalaemia)

 Diuretics (enhanced hypotensive effect)

 Potassium sparing diuretics, aldosterone antagonists

(increased risk of hyperkalaemia)


 Lithium (increased plasma concentration of lithium)

 Potassium salts (increased risk of hyperkalaemia)

Patient instructions
 Preferably take your medication in the morning

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 475


M MONOGRAPHS

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Use with caution in renal artery stenosis, aortic and mi-
tral valve stenosis, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, severe
heart failure and in history of angioedema
 Reduce dose in mild to moderate hepatic impairment.
Not recommended in children with hepatic impairment
 Avoid in patients with severe renal impairment
 Monitor renal function regularly especially in dehydration

M
MAGNESIUM SULPHATE HC III V 5
Anticonvulsant
Dosage forms
 Solution for injection: 500 mg/ml (50%)

Uses
 Eclampsia in pregnancy

 Prevention of eclampsia (severe pre-eclampsia)

 Hypomagnesaemia

Dose and duration


 Hypomagnesaemia

Adult: by IM injection, 1 g every 6 hours for 4 doses in


mild hypomagnesaemia (In severe cases, 5 g by IV infu-

476 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


MAGNESIUM SULPHATE M
sion over 3 hours). Maintenance dose 30–60 mg/kg/day
Child: by IV/IM injection, 25–50 mg/kg every 4–6 hours
for 3–4 doses
 Treatment and prevention of eclampsia

4 g as slow IV bolus over 10–15 minutes followed by IV


infusion of 1–3 g/hour. Monitor respiration rate and
knee jerk reflexes
Preparation
 Dilute 4 g (8 ml) to make up to a total volume of 20 ml

with water for injection


 Dilute solution with normal saline or dextrose 5% to 20%

w/v for IM injection or to 20% or less for IV administra-


tion
Contra-indications
 Severe kidney disease

Side effects
 Pain at injection site

 Warm flushes

 Nausea, vomiting

 Thirst

 High blood magnesium levels

Interactions
 Nifedipine (risk of hypotension)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 477


M MONOGRAPHS

Caution
 Monitor respiratory rate, blood pressure, knee jerk reflex,
and urine output every 30 minutes
 Watch for signs of magnesium toxicity: low blood
pressure, drowsiness, difficulty in speaking, double vision,
confusion, irregular heartbeat, low respiratory rate (<16
breaths per minute), absent knee jerk reflex
 Calcium gluconate is the antidote for magnesium
sulphate toxicity
 Reduce dose in patients with kidney disease

MAGNESIUM TRISILICATE COMPOUND HC II E 17.1


Magnesium trisilicate and dried aluminium hydroxide antacid.
Provides symptomatic relief by reducing stomach acidity
Dosage forms
 Tablet: Magnesium trisilicate 250 mg+ dried aluminium

hydroxide 120 mg
Uses
 Peptic ulcer

 Heart burn

Dose and duration


Adult: Chew 2 tablets every 8 hours or as necessary
Up to 2 tablets per hour may be required
Contra-indications
 Undiagnosed intestinal or rectal bleeding

 Appendicitis

 Metabolic or respiratory alkalosis

 Hypophosphataemia

478 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


MALATHION M
 In patients who must control sodium intake
Side effects
 Diarrhoea, belching, constipation

Interactions
 Reduces absorption of several medicines

Patient instructions
 More effective when tablets are chewed

 Take at least two hours apart from any other medicines

 Take between meals or at bedtime

 Avoid prolonged use

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

MALATHION HC II N 13.6
Pediculicide (kills lice)
Dosage forms
 Aqueous lotion: 0.5%

Uses
 Lice infestation

Dose and duration


Adult and child >2 year: Apply and leave on for 12
hours
Child 6 months–2 years: Apply and leave on for 8
hours
When removing, rinse with plenty of water
Repeat the application after 10 days to kill any lice that
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 479
M MONOGRAPHS

may have emerged from eggs


Treat the whole family
Side effects
 Scalp irritation

Patient instructions
 When applying lotion to hair and scalp, pay attention to

the areas behind the ears and in the neck


 Never swallow! For external use only

 Avoid contact with eyes. If product enters the eye, rinse

with plenty of water


 Report to your health care worker in case of poisoning.

First signs of poisoning are: stomach pain, vomiting, and


diarrhoea. Severe poisoning: shortness of breath, sei-
zures, and coma
 Wash hands with soap after use

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Repeated applications in intervals less than 1 week or ap-
plications for more than 3 consecutive weeks should be
avoided, as it does not increase effectiveness
 Do not use for prevention

480 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


MANNITOL M
MANNITOL RR E 15
Osmotic diuretic
Dosage forms
 Intravenous infusion: 20%

Uses
 Cerebral oedema

 Raised intraocular pressure

Dose and duration


 Test dose (in oliguria or patient with poor renal function)

Adult and child: IV infusion of 200 mg/kg of 20% solution


over 3–5 minutes. Repeat test dose if urine output is less
than 30–50 ml/hour. Re-evaluate the patient if response
is inadequate after 2nd test dose
 Cerebral oedema

Adult and child: infuse rapidly 1 g/kg of 20% solution IV


repeated 1–2 times if necessary after 4–8 hours
 Raised intracranial or intraocular pressure

Adult: infuse 0.25–2 g/kg of 20% solution IV over 30–60


minutes repeated 1–2 times if necessary after 4–8 hours
Contra-indications
 Pulmonary oedema

 Intracranial bleeding

 Anuria

 Severe congestive heart failure

 Metabolic oedema with abnormal capillary fragility

 Severe dehydration

 Renal failure unless test dose produces diuresis

Side effects
 Fluid and electrolyte imbalances, circulatory overload

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 481


M MONOGRAPHS

 Acidosis
 Pulmonary oedema
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Monitor fluid and electrolyte balance, renal function,
pulmonary function and serum osmolality. Assess cardiac
function before and during treatment
The solution may crystallize during storage, thereby need
re-dissolution by warming prior to administration. Do not
use solution if crystals remain after warming
 IV administration sets must have a filter. Do not adminis-
ter mannitol with whole blood or pass it through the
same transfusion set as blood
 Only use in pregnancy and breast-feeding if it is essential

MEASLES VACCINE HC II V 19.3.1


Live attenuated measles virus vaccine used in routine immun-
isation of children
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 10 dose vial and diluents

Uses
 Prevention of measles in children

Dose and duration


 Child >9 months: 0.5 ml SC injection into left upper arm

482 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


MEBENDAZOLE M
Preparation
 Use only diluent provided to reconstitute the measles

vaccine powder
Contra-indications
 Severe acute illness

Side effects
 Pain, swelling, redness at injection site

 Fever

 Rashes

Patient instructions
 Child may get a mild skin rash and fever; do not worry

 Do not apply anything to the injection site

Pregnancy
 Not applicable

Breast-feeding
 Not applicable

Storage
 Store at 2–8°C.

 Reconstituted vaccine may be stored between for not

more than 6 hours


 Never freeze the diluents

MEBENDAZOLE HC II E 6.1.1
Intestinal antihelminthic (dewormer)
Dosage forms
 Tablets: 100 mg, 500 mg

Uses
 Intestinal worms (roundworm, threadworm, hookworm,

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 483


M MONOGRAPHS

strongyloidiasis, tapeworm, whipworm)


 Echinococcosis (hydatid disease)
Dose and duration
 Intestinal worms

Adult and child >2 years: 500 mg single dose


Child <2 years: 250 mg single dose
A 3-day course may be required for severe infections
 Echinococcosis (in combination with surgery)

1.5 g every 8 hours for 6 months


Contra-indications
 Children <6 months

Side effects
 Stomach upset

 Headache, dizziness

 Allergic reactions

Patient instructions
 Chew the tablet or crush and mix with drinking water

 Take between meals

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Preferably use albendazole as it is active against more
types of worms
 Treat all family members
 Repeat dose 2–4 weeks later as re-infection occurs easily
 All children should repeat the dose every 6 months

484 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


MEDROXYPROGESTERONE ACETATE M
MEDROXYPROGESTERONE ACETATE HC II V 18.3
Long-acting, injectable, progestogen-only contraceptive
Dosage forms
 Aqueous suspension for injection: 150 mg/ml

Uses
 Long-term (3 months) prevention of unwanted pregnancy

Dose and duration


 Prevention of unwanted pregnancy

1 injection every 12 weeks (3 months) during the first


5 days of a normal menstrual cycle or 5 days post-
partum if the mother is not breast-feeding
Initiation as for etonogestrel implant
Use for as long as contraception is desired
Contra-indications
 Breast cancer

 Uncontrolled high blood pressure

 Deep vein thrombosis

 Recent stroke

 Uncontrolled diabetes

 Severe or recent liver disease

 Unexplained abnormal vaginal bleeding

Side effects
 Menstrual disturbances

 Delayed return to fertility after stopping the injection

 Nausea, vomiting

 Allergic reactions

 Weight gain

 Osteoporosis

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 485


M MONOGRAPHS

Patient instructions
 Return of fertility can be delayed after stopping use

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Shake vial before use to mix the suspension well
 Medroxyprogesterone is a good alternative to oral con-
traceptives in patients on rifampicin, carbamazepine, iso-
niazid, and phenobarbital as these medicines do not af-
fect the contraceptive effectiveness
 Commonly known as Depo-Provera®

MEFLOQUINE RR N 6.4.3
Antimalarial medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 250 mg

Uses
 Prophylaxis of P. falciparum malaria of multiple re-

sistance
Dose and duration
 Prophylaxis of P. falciparum malaria

Prophylaxis should start 1–3 weeks before travelling to a


malaria-endemic area and continue for 4 weeks after
leaving the area. Maximum recommended duration of
treatment is 12 months
Adult over 45 kg: 250 mg once a week
486 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
MEFLOQUINE M
Child over 5 kg: 5 mg/kg once a week
Taken on the same day each week
Weight (kg) Dose per week
5–19 ¼ tablet
20–30 ½ tablet
31–45 ¾ tablet
Adult and child >45 1 tablet
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to quinine

 History of neuropsychiatric disorders including depres-

sion or convulsions
 Severe hepatic impairment

 History of blackwater fever

Side effects
 Nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea, abdominal pain, anorexia

 Headache, dizziness, vertigo, insomnia, abnormal dreams

 Anxiety, depression, suicidal ideation

 Visual impairment

 Pruritus, Stevens- Johnson syndrome

 Encephalopathy

 Atrioventricular block

Interactions
 Amiodarone (increased risk of ventricular arrhythmias)

 Artemether +Lumefantrine (avoid concomitant use)

 Carbamazepine(antagonism of anticonvulsant effect)

 Chloroquine (increased risk of convulsions)

 Citalopram (risk of ventricular arrhythmias)

 Ethosuximide (antagonism of anticonvulsant effect)

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 487


M MONOGRAPHS

 Haloperidol (increased risk of ventricular arrhythmias)


 Phenytoin (antagonism of anticonvulsant effect)
 Quinine (increased risk of convulsions )
 Rifampicin (reduced concentration of mefloquine)
 Valproic acid (antagonism of anticonvulsant effect)
Patient instructions
 Dizziness may impair ability to perform skilled tasks for

up to 3 weeks after treatment


 Stop use and seek medical advice if symptoms such as

anxiety, paranoia, depression, hallucinations, suicidal


thoughts and psychosis occur
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Intravenous quinine can still be given in severe malaria
regardless of the interaction
 Avoid pregnancy during and for 3 months after use
 Avoid use in epilepsy and cardiac conduction disorders
 Stop therapy if patient experiences signs of neuropathy
 Use with caution in renal impairment
 Vaccinations with oral attenuated live bacteria should be
completed at least 3 days before the first dose of
mefloquine

488 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


MELARSOPROL M
MELARSOPROL RR N 6.4.4
Antitrypanosomal medicine with activity against Trypanoso-
ma brucei rhodesiense and Trypanosoma brucei gambiense
Dosage forms
 Injection: 36 mg/ml

Uses
 Treatment of the meningoencephalitic stage of Trypano-

somal infections (e.g. sleeping sickness)


Dose and duration
 Treatment of the meningoencephalitic stage of Trypano-

somal infections
Adult and child: by slow IV injection, increase dose grad-
ually from 1.2 mg/kg up to a maximum of 3.6 mg/kg daily
in courses of 3–4 days with intervals of 7–10 days be-
tween courses
Alternatively, 2.2 mg/kg daily for 10 days in T. gambiense
infection
Contra-indications
 Pregnancy

 During influenza epidemics

Side effects
 Fatal reactive encephalopathy (characterised by head-

ache, tremor, slurred speech, convulsions and coma)


 Myocardial damage, hypertension

 Hypersensitivity reactions, urticaria

 Agranulocytosis

 Dose-related renal and hepatic impairment, albuminuria

 Hyperthermia, headache

 Diarrhoea, vomiting

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 489


M MONOGRAPHS

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Melarsoprol injection is very irritant (avoid extravasa-
tion). Patients should remain lying face upward and fast
(no food or drink) for at least 5 hours after injection
 Hospitalisation and close medical supervision is required
during the treatment period
 Suspend drug during episodes of reactive encephalopathy
 All intercurrent nfections such as pneumonia and malaria
should be treated before melarsoprol administration
 Correct malnutrition with a protein-rich diet before
treatment
 Use with caution in leprosy and G6PD deficiency

MENINGOCOCCAL VACCINE CONJU-


HC IV E 19.3.2
GATE (A + C)
Inactivated polysaccharide antigens of Neisseria meningitidis
serogroups A and C. It is recommended for individuals at high
risk for example, those in military camps, boarding schools,
travellers to endemic areas, asplenic individuals and those
with inherited immune deficiencies. It can also be used for
mass immunisation in emergency outbreaks. For routine im-
munisation of infants, Meningococcal group C conjugate vac-
cine produces a better response and should be used instead.
Dosage forms
 Injection: 0.5 ml

490 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


MERCAPTOPURINE M
Uses
 Active immunisation against meningitis and septicaemia

caused by N. meningitidis bacteria


Dose and duration
 Adult and child: 0.5 ml single dose

Route according to manufacturer’s instruction


Contra-indications
 Severe acute illness

Side effects
 Pain, swelling, redness at injection site

 Fever

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
 Store at 2–8°C

Caution
 In children below 2 years, the response to this vaccine is
not sufficient. Use meningococcal group C vaccine if
available

MERCAPTOPURINE NR V 8.2
Antimetabolite anticancer
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 50 mg

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 491


M MONOGRAPHS

Uses
 Acute leukaemias

 Chronic myeloid leukaemia

Dose and duration


 All uses

Adult and child: usual dose is 2.5 mg/kg per day or


50−75 mg/m; dose and duration depend on the other
cytotoxic agents given in conjunction with mercapto-
purine. Consult product literature
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to mercaptopurine

Side effects
 Myelosuppression (leucopoenia, thrombocytopenia)

 Nausea, vomiting

 Hepatotoxicity

Interactions
 Live vaccines (risk of developing disease)

 Allopurinol (increase effects/toxicity of mercaptopurine)

 Cotrimoxazole (increased risk of haematotoxicity)

 Warfarin (reduced anticoagulant effect)

 Clozapine (agranulocytosis)

Patient instructions
 Take at least 1 hour before or 3 hours after food or milk

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breastfeeding

492 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


MEROPENEM M
Caution
 Reduce dose in renal or hepatic impairment
 Monitor full blood counts regularly
 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in cytotoxic medicines

MEROPENEM RR V 6.2.1
Carbapenem. Broad-spectrum beta-lactam antibacterial
active against many Gram-positive and Gram-negative
bacteria and anaerobes. It also has good activity against
Pseudomonas aeruginosa
Dosage forms
 Powder for reconstitution for injection: 500 mg

Uses
 Severe hospital-acquired infections

 Septicaemia

 Severe pneumonia (hospital and ventilator-associated)

 Broncho-pulmonary infections in cystic fibrosis

 Complicated intra-abdominal infections

 Intra- and post-partum infections

 Complicated skin and soft-tissue infections

 Complicated urinary tract infections

 Acute bacterial meningitis

Dose and duration


 Aerobic and anaerobic Gram-positive and Gram-negative

infections, hospital-acquired septicaemia


By IV injection over 5 minutes or by IV infusion
Adult and child > 12 years or 50 kg: 0.5–1 g every 8 hours
Child 3 months–12 years or <50 kg: 10–20 mg/kg every 8
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 493
M MONOGRAPHS

hours
Neonate 7–28 days: 20 mg/kg every 8 hours. Double
dose in severe infection
Neonate under 7 days: 20 mg/kg every 12 hours. Double
dose in severe infection
In renal impairment: give dose as in table below
eGFR Dose
(ml/minute/1.73 m2)
26–50 Normal dose every 12 hours
10–25 ½ normal dose every 12 hours
<10 ½ normal dose every 24 hours
 Bronchopulmonary infection in cystic fibrosis, meningitis

By IV infusion,
Adult and child over 12 years or 50 kg: 2 g every 8 hours
Child 1 month–12 years or <50 kg: 40 mg/kg every 8
hours
Neonate 7–28 days: 40 mg/kg every 8 hours
Neonate under 7 days: 40 mg/kg every 12 hours
 Endocarditis (in combination with another antibacterial)

Adult over 18 year: 2 g every 8 hours


Preparation
 Dilute meropenem infusion dose in glucose 5% or sodium

chloride 0.9% to a final concentration of 1–20 mg/ml.


Give over 15–30 minutes
Contra-indications
 History of immediate hypersensitivity reaction to beta-

lactam antibacterials
 Hypersensitivity to meropenem or other carbapenems

494 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


METFORMIN M
Side effects
 Nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea, abdominal pain

 Headache

 Thrombocythaemia

 Increased liver function tests

 Rash, pruritus, Stevens-Johnson syndrome

 Injection site inflammation, pain

Interactions
 Valproate (reduced plasma concentration of valproate)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Use with caution in patients with sensitivity to beta-
lactam antibacterials
 Monitor liver function if used in hepatic impairment
 Only use in pregnancy if benefit outweighs risk.

METFORMIN HC IV V 18.5
Biguanide oral antidiabetic medicine. It works by decreasing
the production of glucose and increasing the utilisation of
glucose by the peripheral cells.
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 500 mg

Uses
 Type II diabetes mellitus

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 495


M MONOGRAPHS

Dose and duration


 Type II diabetes

Adult and child > 10 years: initially 500 mg with break-


fast for at least 1 week, then 500 mg with breakfast
and evening meal for at least 1 week; then 500mg with
breakfast, lunch and evening meal. Maximum 2 g daily
in divided doses
Child 8–10 years: initially 200 mg once daily adjusted
according to response at intervals of at least 1 week
(max 2 g daily in 2–3 divided doses)
Contra-indications
 Ketoacidosis

 General anaesthesia

 Iodine-containing x-ray contrast media

 Moderate to severe renal impairment

 Alcohol dependency

 Disease that may cause tissue hypoxia (e.g. heart failure,

respiratory failure, recent myocardial infarction, shock)


Side effects
 Nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea, abdominal pain, taste dis-

turbance
 Decreased vitamin B12 absorption

 Itching

 Lactic acidosis

Patient instructions
 Continue diet restrictions and exercise recommendations

 Always take metformin with meals

 Gastro intestinal side effects usually go away as you con-

tinue taking the medicine so do not worry

496 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


METHIONINE M
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 May cause lactic acidosis in renal impairment
 Determine renal function before treatment and at least
once a year during treatment
 Suspend metformin on morning of surgery and restart
when renal function returns to normal
 Iodinated contrast media may cause kidney failure, which
can increase the risk of lactic acidosis with metformin.
Suspend metformin prior to the test; restart no earlier
than 48 hours after the test and renal function has
returned to normal
 Insulin is always required in medical and surgical
emergencies e.g. during infections
 During pregnancy, it is preferable to use insulin so as to
achieve as normal as possible blood glucose concentra-
tions

METHIONINE H N 4.2
Amino acid and antidote. In paracetamol poisoning, it
prevents paracetamol metabolites from damaging the liver
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 250 mg

Uses
 Paracetamol overdose

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 497


M MONOGRAPHS

Dose and duration


 Paracetamol overdose

Adult and child > 6 years: 2.5–3 mg/kg every 4 hours for
2 days, then 3 mg/kg every 6–12 hours on the 3rd day.
Continue with 3 mg/kg every 12–24 hours for 10 days or
until recovery
Child under 6 years: 1 g initially followed by 3 further
doses of 1 g every 4 hours
Side effects
 Nausea, vomiting

 Drowsiness, irritability

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Use within 10–12 hours of ingestion of paracetamol and
if patient is not vomiting
 Use with caution in severe liver disease since it may pre-
cipitate hepatic encephalopathy
 Avoid concurrent use with activated charcoal

METHOTREXATE RR E 8.2
Antimetabolite anticancer; folic acid antagonist
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 2.5 mg

 Injection: 50 mg/ml

498 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


METHOTREXATE M
Uses
 Severe rheumatoid arthritis (unresponsive to first line

treatment)
 Severe, unresponsive psoriasis

 Acute lymphoblastic leukaemia

 Non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma

 Soft-tissue and osteogenic sarcomas

 Solid tumours (breast, lung, head and neck, bladder, cer-

vical, ovarian, testicular carcinoma)


Dose and duration
 Rheumatoid arthritis

Adult: 7.5 mg orally once a week


 Severe psoriasis

Adult: 10−25 mg orally once a week. Adjust dose


according to patient’s response and haematotoxicity
 Cancers

Adult: Initially, give test dose of 5−10 mg IV to detect


adverse events. Then, doses not exceeding 30 mg/m2
on not more than 5 consecutive days. A rest period of
2 weeks is recommended between treatments, in
order to allow bone marrow to return to normal
 Leukaemia in children (maintenance dose)

Child: 15 mg/m2 once weekly orally


Contra-indications
 Severe renal impairment

 Severe hepatic impairment

 Presence of pleural effusion or ascites

 Hypersensitivity to methotrexate

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 499


M MONOGRAPHS

Side effects
 Skin reactions

 Myelosuppression

 Anorexia, abdominal discomfort, dyspepsia

 Mucositis (gingivitis, pharyngitis, enteritis)

 Gastrointestinal bleeding

 Hepatic toxicity

 Renal failure

 Reduced fertility (reversible on stopping treatment)

 Menstrual disturbances

 Pulmonary toxicity

 Headache, drowsiness, blurred vision

 Stevens-Johnson syndrome

Interactions
 Nitric oxide (increased methotrexate antifolate effect)

 Cotrimoxazole (increased haematological toxicity)

 Pyrimethamine (increased antifolate effect)

 Clozapine (increased risk of agranulocytosis)

 Cisplatin (increased pulmonary toxicity)

 Leflunomide (risk of toxicity)

 Acitretin (increased risk of hepatotoxicity)

 Live vaccines (risk of developing disease)

 NSAIDS, probenecid, penicillins, ciprofloxacin, chloram-

phenicol, tetracyclines, thiazide diuretics (increased risk


of methotrexate toxicity)
Patient instructions
 Use adequate contraception during treatment and for 3

months after therapy


 Seek medical attention if you develop cough, fever or

difficult breathing
500 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
METHYLDOPA M
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breastfeeding

Caution
 Monitor full blood count before and during treatment
 Folinic acid given after methotrexate administration pre-
vents methotrexate-induced mucositis/myelosuppression
 Reduce dose in elderly patients
 Adjust dose based on patient’s response and haemato-
logical toxicity
 Men and women should use adequate contraception
during and for 3 months after treatment
 Reduce dose when combined with other anticancers
 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in cytotoxic medicines

METHYLDOPA HC III E 12.3


Antihypertensive which lowers blood pressure
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 250 mg

Uses
 Hypertension

 Hypertension in pregnancy

Dose and duration


 Hypertension

Adult: initially, 500–750 mg/day in 2–3 divided doses


for 2 days

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 501


M MONOGRAPHS

Increase if necessary by 250 mg every 2–3 days until


the dose that causes the desired effect is reached. Do
not exceed 3 g/day
Elderly: initially, 125 mg every 12 hours, increased
gradually (max. 2 g)
Duration is according to clinical response
Contra-indications
 Active or recent liver disease

 Depression

Side effects
 Dizziness when standing up quickly, drowsiness,

 Headache, difficulty in sleeping

 Oedema

 Nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea, dry mouth

 Depression

Interactions
 Amitriptyline (increased lowering of blood pressure)

Patient instructions
 Avoid standing up suddenly to minimise dizziness

 Report immediately to the health worker in case any

yellowing of skin or eyes or unexplained fever occur


 May impair ability to perform skilled tasks, such as driving

and operating machinery


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

502 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


METHYLPHENIDATE M
Caution
 Safest antihypertensive to use in pregnancy
 Do not stop treatment abruptly; reduce doses gradually
 Reduce dose in patients with kidney disease
 Stop treatment if haemolytic anaemia or jaundice appear
during treatment

METHYLPHENIDATE RR E 24
Central nervous system stimulant
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 5 mg

Uses
 Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD)

Dose and duration


 Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder

Adult: 5 mg every 8–12 hours, increased if necessary at


weekly intervals according to response (max 100 mg daily
in 2–3 divided doses
Child 6–18 years: initially 5 mg every 12–24 hours,
increased if necessary at weekly intervals by 5–10 mg up
to the usual maximum dose of 60 mg daily in 2–3 divided
doses.Dose may be increased to 2.1 mg/kg daily in 2–3
divided doses (max 90 mg daily) under the direction of a
specialist. Discontinue if no response after 1 month
Child 4–6 years: 2.5 mg every 12 hours increased at
weekly intervals by 2.5 mg to a maximum of 1.4 mg/kg
daily in 2–3 divided doses. Discontinue if there is no re-
sponse after 1 month

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 503


M MONOGRAPHS

Contra-indications
 Glaucoma

 Pheochromocytoma

 Hyperthyroidism and thyrotoxicosis

 Known sensitivity to methylphenidate

 Severe depression, psychosis

 Anorexia nervosa

 Uncontrolled bipolar disorder

 Cardiovascular disease

 Structural cardiac abnormalities

 Vasculitis

 Cerebrovascular disorders

Side effects
 Anorexia and decreased appetite

 Insomnia, nervousness, anxiety, depression, abnormal

behaviour, headache, dizziness


 Dyskinesia, psychomotor hyperactivity, arthralgia

 Arrhythmia, tachycardia, palpitations, hypertension

 Cough

 Pharyngolaryngeal pain, z

 Gastrointestinal disturbances

 Pyrexia

 Growth retardation during prolonged use in children

Interactions
 Warfarin (possibly enhanced anticoagulant effect)

 Halothane, isoflurane, desflurane (increased risk of

hypertension)
 MAOIs (risk of hypertensive crisis)

 Clonidine (serious adverse events when used concomi-

tantly with methylphenidate)


504 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
METHYLPREDNISOLONE SODIUM M
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Do not use during treatment with non-selective irreversi-
ble MAOIs, or within a minimum of 14 days of discontinu-
ing those medicines, due to risk of hypertensive crisis
 Discontinue if frequency of seizures increases in treat-
ment of patients with epilepsy
 Avoid abrupt withdrawal
 If effect wears off in evening (with rebound hyper-
activity), a dose at bedtime may be appropriate

METHYLPREDNISOLONE SODIUM
RR N 18.1
SUCCINATE
Corticosteroid used for severe allergic and inflammatory
conditions
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 500 mg

Uses
 Severe erythema multiforme

 Stevens-Johnson syndrome

 Allergic and inflammatory disease

 Ulcerative colitis

 Crohn's disease

 Cerebral oedema associated with malignancy

 Rheumatic disease

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 505


M MONOGRAPHS

Dose and duration


IV doses up to 250 mg should be given over at least 5
minutes, higher doses over at least 30 minutes
 Inflammatory and allergic disorders

Adult: 500–1000 mg once daily by IV infusion for 3 days


Child 1 month–18 years: by IV injection 10–20 mg/kg or
400–600 mg/m2 (max 1000 mg) once daily for 3 days
 Other uses

Adult: dose same as in inflammatory disorders


Child 1 month–18 years: 10–30 mg/kg (max 1000 mg)
once daily for 3 days or on alternate days up to 3 courses
Preparation
 Reconstitute initially with water for injections, then

administer by continuous or intermittent or via drip


tubing in Glucose 5% or Sodium chloride 0.9%
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity

Side effects
 Acute pancreatitis

 Osteoporosis

 Growth suppression in prolonged use in children

 Raised intracranial pressure

 Hypertension

 Hypokalaemia, diabetes

 Thinning of skin

 Increased susceptibility to and severity of infections

Interactions
 Ciclosporin (high doses increase risk of convulsions)

 Vaccines (high doses cause impaired immune response)

506 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


SUCCINATE M
 Warfarin (may enhance or reduce anticoagulant effect;
high doses enhances warfarin metabolism)
 Carbamazepine, Phenobarbital, phenytoin, rifampicin
(metabolism of methylprednisolone accelerated)
 Amphotericin (increased risk of hypokalaemia)
Patient instructions
 Avoid exposure to measles or chicken pox

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Gradual withdrawal should be considered depending on
the duration of treatment, condition being treated, and
individual patient factors. Abrupt withdrawal after a
prolonged period can lead to acute adrenal insufficiency
 In case of significant intercurrent illness, trauma, or
surgical procedure, increase dose temporarily
 May mask serious infections such as septicaemia and
tuberculosis
 Increased risk of severe chicken pox if a patient has never
had chicken pox. In case of chicken pox, increase dose of
methylprednisolone. Do not stop treatment
 Irreversible growth restriction may occur in children and
adolescents if used for prolonged periods
 Use cautiously and in lower doses in hepatic and renal
impairment
 Do not use for management of head injury or stroke; it is
unlikely to be of benefit and may even be harmful
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 507
M MONOGRAPHS

METHYLROSANILINIUM CHLORIDE
HC II N 13.2
(GENTIAN VIOLET)
Topical anti-infective with antibacterial and antifungal prop-
erties; effective in drying wet lesions of skin infections
Dosage forms
 Aqueous paint: 0.5% and 1%

Uses
 Oral candidiasis

 Mouth ulcers

 Athletes foot (wet lesions)

 Impetigo (wet lesions)

Dose and duration


 Oral candidiasis and mouth ulcers

Apply 0.5% directly to affected area every 12 hours for


5 days
 Athletes foot and impetigo

Apply 1% directly to affected area every 12 hours until


the lesion is dry
Preparation
 If 0.5% gentian violet is needed but unavailable, dilute 1%

with an equal amount of clean water to get 0.5%


Contra-indications
 Deep wounds

Side effects
 Skin irritation

 Allergic reactions

 Staining of the skin and clothing

508 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


METHYLTHIONINIUM CHLORIDE M
Patient instructions
 Do not swallow the solution

 Patient may apply cooking oil or vaseline on the skin

around the lesion to minimise staining


 Stop treatment if severe skin irritation or new ulcers

develop
 Do not use on face and deep wounds

 If product accidentally enters the eyes, rinse with plenty

of clean water
 May cause permanent staining in clothes or fabric

 Do not apply to breasts if breast-feeding

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
 Do not keep diluted solution for more than one week

Caution
 Discontinue treatment if severe irritation occurs

METHYLTHIONINIUM CHLORIDE
H N 4.2
(METHYLENE BLUE)
Antidote for methaemoglobinaemia
Dosage forms
 Injection: 10 mg/ml

Uses
 Acute methaemoglobinaemia

Dose and duration


Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 509
M MONOGRAPHS

 Acute methaemoglobinaemia
Adult and child over 3 months: by slow IV injection over
5 minutes, 1–2 mg/kg as a single dose.
Neonate and child below 3 months: by IV injection over
5 minutes, 0.3–0.5 mg/kg.
Repeat dose after 1 hour if necessary (max cumulative
dose 7 mg/kg or 4 mg/kg in aniline- or dapsone-induced
methaemoglobinaemia)
Contra-indications
 Methaemoglobinaemia due to chlorate or due to sodium

nitrite in treatment of cyanide poisoning


 Deficiency of nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide

phosphate-oxidase (NADPH) reductase enzyme


Side effects
 Nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain

 Hyperbilirubinaemia in infants

 Chest pain, dyspnoea

 Headache, dizziness, confusion

 Tachycardia, hypertension, hypotension, arrhythmias

Interactions
 Clomipramine, fluoxetine, sertraline, citalopram, fluvox-

amine, venlafaxine, duloxetine (risk of CNS toxicity)


 Mirtazapine, bupropion, buspirone (possible risk of CNS

toxicity)
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

510 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


METOCLOPRAMIDE M
Caution
 Use with caution in moderate to severe renal disease,
and in G6PD deficiency due to risk of haemolytic anaemia
 Monitor blood methaemoglobin during treatment
 Avoid breast-feeding for up to 8 days after administration
of methylthioninium chloride
 Only use in pregnancy when it is clearly necessary

METOCLOPRAMIDE HC IV E 17.2
Antiemetic. It is effective against nausea and vomiting
associated with gastrointestinal disorders, migraine, after
surgery, chemotherapy and radiotherapy
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 10 mg

 Injection: 5 mg/ml

Uses
 Nausea and vomiting

Dose and duration


 Nausea and vomiting

Adult: 10 mg every 8 hours for 5 days by mouth, IV or


IM injection
Child 15-19 years and weight > 60 kg: 10 mg every 8
hours only in chemotherapy-induced nausea
Child 15-19 years and weight < 60 kg: 5 mg every 8
hours only in chemotherapy-induced nausea
Contra-indications
 Gastrointestinal obstruction, perforation, haemorrhage

 Three to four days after gastrointestinal surgery

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 511


M MONOGRAPHS

 Children
Side effects
 Extrapyramidal side effects especially in children and

young adults
 Prolonged treatment may cause tardive dyskinesia

(rhythmic, involuntary movements of tongue and face)


Interactions
 Ciclosporin (increased concentration of ciclosporin)

Patient instructions
 Stop taking medicine if you experience tremors, restless-

ness, abnormal face and body movements


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Withdraw medicine immediately in case extrapyramidal
symptoms occur
 Dose intervals should be at least 6 hours apart even if the
previous dose is vomited
 Avoid giving for longer than 5 days
 Give with caution in patients with underlying neurological
conditions and those treated with other centrally-acting
medicines
 Metoclopramide may worsen Parkinson’s disease

512 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


METRONIDAZOLE M
METRONIDAZOLE HC II V 6.2.2, 6.4.1
Antiprotozoal and antibacterial with high activity against
anaerobic bacteria
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 200 mg

 Oral suspension: 100 mg/5 ml

 Solution for injection: 500 mg/100 ml

 Pessary: 500 mg

 Gel: 0.75% w/w

Uses
 Amoebiasis

 Giardiasis

 Infection in haemorrhoids

 Tetanus

 Tropical ulcer

 Leg ulcers

 Animal bites

 Bacterial vaginosis

 Abnormal vaginal and urethral discharge syndrome

 Pelvic inflammatory disease (PID)

 Helicobacter pylori eradication

 Mouth and teeth infections

 Prophylaxis against anaerobic post-operative infections

 Acute inflammatory exacerbation of rosacea (gel)

 Deodorisation of smell associated with malodorous

fungating tumours (gel)


Dose and duration
 Amoebiasis

Adult: 800 mg every 8 hours for 8–10 days

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 513


M MONOGRAPHS

Child: 10 mg/kg every 8 hours for 8–10 days


 Giardiasis
Adult and child over 10 years: 2 g once daily for 3 days
Or 400 mg every 8 hours for 5 days
Child 7–10 years: 1 g once daily for 3days
Child 3–7 years: 600–800 mg once daily for 3 days
Child 1–3 years: 500 mg once daily for 3 days
 Tetanus, tropical ulcer, infection in haemorrhoids
400 mg every 8 hours for 5 days
 Bacterial vaginosis; abnormal vaginal and urethral dis-
charge syndrome
2 g single dose. Also treat partner
 Pelvic inflammatory disease
400 mg every 12 hours for 14 days
Also treat partner
 Helicobacter pylori eradication (in combination with
amoxicillin and omeprazole)
400 mg every 8 hours for 7–14 days
 Mouth and teeth infections
400 mg every 8 hours for 5 days
 Prophylaxis against anaerobic post-operative infections
Adult and child over 12 years: IV injection of a single
dose of 1000–1500 mg 30–60 minutes pre-operatively
Child < 12 years: 20–30 mg/kg as a single dose given
1–2 hours before surgery
Neonate with gestation age < 40 weeks: 10 mg/kg as
a single dose before operation
Or 500 mg IV immediately before, during or after
operation, then 500 mg every 8 hours for 24–48 hours

514 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


METRONIDAZOLE M
 Acute inflammatory exacerbation of rosacea (gel)
Adult and child above 12 years: apply a thin layer of
gel twice daily after washing the affected area for 3–4
months. Treatment may be considered for another
3–4 months if there is a clear benefit of therapy
 Deodorisation of smell associated with malodorous
fungating tumours (gel)
Adult: clean wound thoroughly. Apply gel to cover the
complete area and cover with a non-adherent dressing
1–2 times daily as necessary
Contra-indications
 Allergy to metronidazole

 Chronic alcohol dependence

Side effects
 Stomach upset

 Metallic taste in the mouth

 Brownish urine

 Allergic reactions

 Headache, dizziness

 Dry skin, erythema, pruritus, skin irritation

 Worsening of rosacea (Gel)

Interactions
 Alcohol (severe nausea, vomiting, weakness can occur)

Patient instructions
 Take with or after food to reduce side effects

 Do not take alcohol when on treatment and for 48 hours

after treatment has stopped


Pregnancy
st
 Do not use in 1 trimester

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 515


M MONOGRAPHS

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Possible disulfiram-like reaction when taken with alcohol
(severe nausea, vomiting, weakness)
 Reduce dose in pregnancy, breastfeeding and liver
disease. Avoid prolonged use (>10 days) and monitor
 Reduce dose to one-third once daily in liver disease

MICONAZOLE HC IV N 28.3, 13.1, 6.3


Imidazole antifungal
Dosage forms
 Oral gel: 24 mg/ml (20 mg/g)

 Pessary: 400 mg

 Cream: 2%

Uses
 Oral and intestinal candidiasis

 Vaginal and vulval candidiasis

 Mycotic infections of skin and nails

Dose and duration


 Oral candidiasis

Adult: 5‒10 ml in the mouth after food 4 times daily,


retained near oral lesions before swallowing
Child > 6 years: 5 ml 4 times daily
Child 2‒6 years: 5 ml twice daily retained near lesions
before swallowing
Child 4 months‒2 years: 2.5 ml twice daily, smeared
around the mouth

516 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


MICONAZOLE M
Continue treatment for 48 hours after lesions have
healed
 Vaginal and vulval candidiasis

Insert 1 pessary at night for 3 days


 Mycotic infections of skin and nails

Apply to the lesions 2 times daily. Rub the cream into


the skin until it has fully penetrated for 2–6 weeks.
Continue treatment for two weeks after disappear-
ance of lesions
Contra-indications
 Impaired swallowing reflex in infants

 First 6 months of pre-term infants

 Allergy to miconazole or imidazole antifungals

Side effects
 Local irritation, itching in genitals, burning sensation

 Allergic reaction

 Rash

 Stomach upset

 Dysmenorrhoea

Interactions
 Phenytoin (increased concentration of phenytoin)

 Warfarin (enhanced anticoagulant effect)

Patient instructions
 Apply oral gel after meals

 Do not swallow oral gel immediately. Keep in mouth as

long as possible
 Pessary best inserted when you are lying on your back

Pregnancy
 Do not use oral gel

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 517


M MONOGRAPHS

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Can damage latex condoms and diaphragms

MIDAZOLAM RR V 1.3
Water soluble benzodiazepine medicine. Reserved for
specialist use only
Dosage forms
 Injection: 2 mg/ml

Uses
 Febrile convulsions

 Status epilepticus

 Conscious sedation for procedures

 Sedative in combined anaesthesia

 Premedication before surgery or operation

 Sedation of patients receiving intensive care

Dose and duration


 Status epilepticus and febrile convulsions

Adult and child over 10 years: by mouth, 10 mg repeated


once after 10 minutes if required
Child 5–10 years: 7.5 mg by mouth repeated once after
10 minutes if required
Child 1–5 years: 5 mg by mouth as above
Child 3 months–1 year: 2.5 mg by mouth as above
Child under 3 months: 0.3 mg/kg (max 2.5 mg) by mouth
Neonate and child up to 18 years: by IV injection, initially
0.15–0.2 mg/kg followed by continuous IV infusion of

518 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


MIDAZOLAM M
0.06 mg/kg/hour (increased by 0.06 mg/kg/hour every 15
minutes until seizure controlled). max 0.3 mg/kg/hour
 Conscious sedation for procedures
By slow IV injection over 2–3 minutes 5–10 minutes
before procedure
Adult: initially 2–2.5 mg by slow IV injection at a rate of
about 2 mg/minute 5–10 minutes before procedure, in-
creased if necessary in steps of 1 mg up to a usual total
dose 3.5–5 mg (max 7.5 mg )
Elderly or debilitated: initially 0.5–1 mg (max 3.5 mg)
Child 1 month–18 years: by mouth, initially 0.025–0.05
mg/kg titrated in small steps up to a total dose of 7.5 mg,
10 mg and 6 mg for child 12–18 years, 6–12 years and 1
month–6 years respectively
 Sedative in combined anaesthesia
Adult: by IV injection, 0.03–0.1 mg/kg repeated as re-
quired or by continuous IV infusion, 0.03–0.1 mg/kg/hour
Use lower dose in elderly
 Premedication
Adult: by deep IM injection, 0.07–0.1 mg/kg 20–60
minutes before induction or by IV injection,1–2 mg 5–30
minutes before procedure repeated as required
Elderly or debilitated: by deep IM injection, 0.025–0.05
mg/kg 20–60 minutes before induction or by IV injection,
0.5 mg repeated slowly as required
Child 1 month–18 years: by mouth, 0.5 mg/kg (max 20
mg) 15–30 minutes before induction
 Induction (but rarely used)
Adult: by slow IV injection, 0.15–0.2 mg/kg (0.05–0.15
mg/kg in the elderly or debilitated) in divided doses (max
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 519
M MONOGRAPHS

5 mg) at intervals of 2 minutes. Max total dose 0.6 mg/kg


Child 7–18 years: initially by slow IV injection over 2–5
minutes, 0.15 mg/kg (max 7.5 mg) given in steps of 0.05
mg/kg (max 2.5 mg) every 2–5 minutes as required to a
maximum total dose of 0.5 mg/kg of 25 mg
 Sedation of patients receiving intensive care
Adult and child over 12 years: by slow IV injection, 0.03–
0.3 mg/kg given in steps of 1–2.5 mg every 2 minutes,
then by continuous IV infusion, 0.03–0.2 mg/kg/hour
Child 6 months–12 years: 0.05–0.2 mg/kg by slow IV in-
jection over at least 3 minutes followed by continuous IV
infusion of 0.03–0.12 mg/kg/hour, adjusted according to
response
Child 1–6 months: 0.06 mg/kg/hour by continuous IV
infusion adjusted according to response
Neonate: 0.06 mg/kg/hour by continuous IV infusion
adjusted according to response (reduce dose to 0.03
mg/kg/hour after 24 hours in a neonate below 32 weeks
gestational age). Treat for 4 days
Preparation
 Injection can be diluted in apple or blackcurrant juice or

cola for oral administration


 For IV injection, dilute with glucose 5% or sodium

chloride 0.9%
 Neonatal intensive care, dilute 15 mg/kg body-weight to

a final volume of 50 ml with infusion fluid. An IV infusion


rate of 0.1 ml/hour provides a dose of 0.03 mg/kg/hour
Contra-indications
 Marked neuromuscular respiratory weakness including

unstable myasthenia gravis


520 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
MIDAZOLAM M
 Severe respiratory depression
 Acute pulmonary insufficiency
 Sleep apnoea syndrome

 Hypersensitivity to benzodiazepines

Side effects
 Anaphylactic shock, angioedema

 Confusion, euphoria, hallucination, agitation, amnesia

 Involuntary movements, sedation, headache, convulsions

in premature babies
 Cardiac arrest, bradycardia

 Hypotension, vasodilation, thrombosis

 Respiratory depression, apnoea

 Nausea, vomiting, constipation, dry mouth

 Rash, urticaria, pruritus

Interactions
 Clarithromycin, erythromycin, telithromycin (increased

plasma concentration of midazolam)


 Fluconazole, itraconazole, posaconazole, voriconazole

(plasma concentration of midazolam increased)


 Atazanavir, ritonavir (possibly increased concentration of

midazolam)
Patient instructions
 Do not drive until you are certain that the medicine does

not impair your ability to drive or use machines


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 521


M MONOGRAPHS

Caution
 Only use in presence of age and size-appropriate resusci-
tation facilities
 Midazolam solution for injection may be given by mouth
 Use with caution in mild to moderate hepatic impairment
and avoid use in severe impairment
 Use midazolam with caution in cardiac disease, myasthe-
nia gravis and in history of drug and alcohol abuse
 Use with caution in neonates and children especially
those with cardiovascular impairment. Risk of airways
obstruction and hypoventilation in children < 6 months
 Reduce dose in the elderly and debilitated
 Use with caution in hypovolemia, vasoconstriction and
hypothermia due to risk of severe hypotension. Reduce
or eliminate initial dose
 Avoid prolonged use and abrupt withdrawal thereafter
 Only use in pregnancy if clearly necessary
 Avoid breast-feeding for 24 hours after administration
 Midazolam is subject to abuse. Controlled storage and
use same as for narcotics is necessary

MISOPROSTOL HC II V 22.1
Synthetic prostaglandin that causes labour-like contractions
during pregnancy and ripens the cervix
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 200 µg

Uses
 Incomplete abortion and miscarriage (to expel retained

products from the uterus)


522 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
MISOPROSTOL M
 Excessive bleeding after childbirth
 Induction of labour
Dose and duration
 Incomplete abortion

600 µg swallowed orally or 400 µg sublingually


 Excessive bleeding after childbirth

800 µg (4 tablets) sublingually or 1000 µg (5 tablets)


rectally
 Induction of labour

25 µg inserted vaginally every 6 hours. If no response


after 2 doses of 25 µg, insert 50 µg every 6 hours. Do
not use more than 200 µg in 24 hours
Contra-indications
 Baby presenting abnormally in uterus

 History of caesarean section, multiple pregnancies, or

major uterine surgery


 Untreated pelvic infection

 Foetal distress

 History of difficult or traumatic pregnancy

Side effects
 Stomach upset, abdominal pain

 Headache, dizziness

 Fever

 Low blood pressure

 Foetal distress

Interactions
 Oxytocin (increased contractions)

Patient instructions
 Can cause stomach upset, vomiting, loose stools

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 523


M MONOGRAPHS

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 When used for termination of pregnancy, check for com-
plete uterine emptying after treatment
 If a woman vomits within 30 minutes of oral administra-
tion, administer the same dose vaginally
 Vaginal route is preferred over oral administration
 Never give a repeat dose of misoprostol even if bleeding
persists, unless very sure that it has been vomited

MITOMYCIN RR N 21.9
Anthracycline anticancer
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 20 mg

Uses
 Upper gastrointestinal cancer

 Breast cancer

 Superficial bladder tumours

Dose and duration


 All uses

Consult product literature. Usual dose interval is 6 weeks


Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity

Side effects
 Myelosuppression; leucopoenia, thrombocytopenia

524 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


MITOMYCIN M
 Anorexia, nausea, vomiting
 Malaise, weight loss
 Bleeding tendency

 Anaemia

 Pulmonary oedema, interstitial pneumonia, pulmonary

fibrosis
 Anaphylaxis

 Injection site reactions

Interactions
 Clozapine (increased risk of agranulocytosis)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breastfeeding

Storage
 Store for 24 hours in a cool place after reconstitution. Do

not refrigerate or freeze


Caution
 Mitomycin is irritant to tissues. Handle with caution
 Discontinue treatment immediately if signs such as

itching, rash, hot flush, sweating, dyspnoea and de-


creased blood pressure occur
 Causes delayed bone marrow toxicity. Prolonged use may

result in permanent bone-marrow damage, lung fibrosis


and renal damage
 Avoid simultaneous use of radiotherapy

 For administration into specific tissues, mitomycin can be

given by the intra-arterial route directly into the tumours


 Because of cumulative myelosuppression, patients should

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 525


M MONOGRAPHS

be fully re-evaluated after each course and the dose


reduced if the patient has experienced any toxic effects
 If disease progression continues after two treatment
courses, stop drug as chances of response are minimal
 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in cytotoxic medicines

MORPHINE HC III V 2.3


Strong, centrally acting opioid analgesic
Dosage forms
 Oral solution: 5 mg/5 ml, 50 mg/5 ml

 Concentrated oral solution: 20 mg/ml (NR)

 Injection: 10 mg/ml

Uses
 Severe pain (acute and chronic)

Dose and duration


SC injection is not appropriate for oedematous patients
 Acute pain

By SC or IM injection,
Adult and child over 12 years: 10 mg every 4 hours if
necessary (15 mg for heavier patients)
Child 6–12 years: 5–10 mg every 4 hours if required
Child 1–5 years: 2.5–5 mg every 4 hours if required
Infant 1 month–12 months: 200 micrograms /kg every
4 hours if required
Infant up to 1 month: 150 micrograms/kg every 4hours if
required
 Chronic pain

By mouth or by SC or IM injection
526 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
MORPHINE M
Adult: 5–20 mg regularly every 4 hours
Child: 1 mg/kg per day orally every 4 hours
Titrate the dose according to clinical response
Adjust the dose (but not the frequency) to achieve
satisfactory pain control
Contra-indications
 Asthma

 Head injuries and rib fractures

 Raised intracranial pressure

 Patients in coma or altered consciousness

 Uncontrolled epilepsy

 Prostate disorders

 Acute alcoholism

 Delayed gastric emptying

 Heart failure secondary to lung disease

 Acute respiratory depression

 Risk of paralytic ileus

Side effects
 Constipation, nausea and vomiting, dry mouth

 Euphoria, hallucinations, confusion, dependence

 Low blood pressure

 Headache, sedation, drowsiness

 Respiratory depression

Interactions
Increased sedation and respiratory depression can occur
with:
 Alcohol

 Diazepam

 Chlorpromazine, romethazine

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 527


M MONOGRAPHS

 Chlorpheniramine
 Phenobarbital
Pregnancy
rd
 Do not use in 3 trimester

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
 Store in a locked cabinet

Caution
 To prevent constipation, always give bisacodyl
 Do not stop long-term treatment abruptly; reduce dose
slowly to avoid withdrawal symptoms
 Morphine is a controlled medicine (narcotic) and should
be handled according to the regulations

MOXIFLOXACIN H E 6.2.4
Quinolone antibacterial with activity against Gram-positive
and Gram-negative organisms
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 400 mg

Uses
 Multi-drug-resistant tuberculosis (MDR-TB)

Dose and duration


 MDR-TB (second-line; in combination with other medi-

cines)
Adult: 400 mg once daily

528 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


MOXIFLOXACIN M
Contra-indications
 Electrolyte disturbances

 Acute myocardial infarction

 Heart failure

 Congenital long QT syndrome

 Concomitant use with other medicines that prolong QT

interval
 Bradycardia

History of symptomatic arrhythmias


 Hypersensitivity to quinolone

 History of tendon disorder due to quinolone use

Side effects
 Headache, dizziness

 Nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain, diarrhoea

 QT-interval prolongation, arrhythmias, palpitation,

angina, vasodilation
 Hyperlipidaemia, increase in liver transaminases

 Sweating

 Severe hepatotoxicity

 Gastritis, flatulence, constipation

 Anaphylaxis

 Stevens-Johnson syndrome

 Toxic epidermal necrolysis

Interactions
 Amiodarone, citalopram, amitriptyline, imipramine, mizo-

lastine, pimozide, haloperidol, zuclopenthixol, chlor-


promazine, promethazine, atomoxetine, sotalol, chloro-
quine, hydroxychloroquine, parenteral erythromycin,
mefloquine, pentamidine isetionate (increased risk of
ventricular arrhythmias)
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 529
M MONOGRAPHS

Patient instructions
 Swallow with plenty of water or other fluid

 May impair performance of some skilled tasks like driving

Pregnancy
 Can be used (see caution)

Breast-feeding
 Can be used (see caution)

Caution
 Use with caution in history of epilepsy or conditions that
predispose to seizures, in G6PD deficiency, myasthenia
gravis and in children and adolescents
 Avoid exposure to excessive sunlight (discontinue in case
photosensitivity occurs)
 Avoid use in severe hepatic impairment
 In MDR-TB, moxifloxacin can be used in pregnancy and
breast-feeding as benefits outweigh risks
 Other quinolones used for MDR-TB include ofloxacin and
levofloxacin

MULTIVITAMIN HC I N 27
Supplement to diet that contains various vitamins, usually A,
B1, B2, B3, C, D3
Dosage forms
 Tablet: BPC 73 formula

Uses
 Vitamin supplementation

Dose and duration


Adult: 3 tablets once daily
530 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
MUSTINE (MECHLORETHAMINE) M
Child >5 years: 2 tablets once daily
Child <5 years: 1 tablet once daily
Side effects
 Nausea

 Vomiting

Patient instructions
 Take with food

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 In cases of real deficiency, multivitamin tablets do not
have much effect. Sufficient amounts of the specific vit-
amins needed should be used

MUSTINE (MECHLORETHAMINE) NR E 8.2


Alkylating agent anticancer. Also known as chlormethine or
nitrogen mustard
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 10 mg

Uses
 Hodgkin’s disease

 Non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma

 Lung cancer

 Breast cancer

 Chronic lymphocytic leukaemia

 Chronic myeloid leukaemia

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 531


M MONOGRAPHS

Dose and duration


Consult product literature
Usually 0.4 mg/kg per day per cycle in as a single dose or
in divided doses
Contra-indications
 Severe infections

 Hypersensitivity to mustine

Side effects
 Myelosuppression (neutropenia, anaemia, leucopoenia

thrombocytopenia)
 Nausea and vomiting

 Tiredness, weakness, malaise

 Loss of appetite; taste changes

 Tinnitus

 Hair loss

 Loss of fertility, amenorrhoea (reversible)

 Injection site reactions (pain, redness, swelling)

 Diarrhoea

 Skin rash

 Numbness in fingers

Interactions
 Live vaccines (risk of developing disease)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breastfeeding

Caution
 Monitor full blood count before and during treatment

532 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


NALIDIXIC ACID N
 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in cytotoxic medicines

N
NALIDIXIC ACID H N 6.2.2
Quinolone antibacterial
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 500 mg

Uses
 Urinary tract infections

Dose and duration


 Urinary tract infections

Adult and child >12 years: 1 g every 6 hours for 7 days. In


chronic infections, reduce dose to 500 mg every 6 hours
Child 3 months–12 years: 12.5 mg/kg every 6 hours for 7
days reduced to 7.5 mg/kg every 6 hours in prolonged
therapy or 15 mg/kg twice daily for prophylaxis
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to quinolones

Side effects
 Nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain, diarrhoea

 Headache, dizziness, vertigo, weakness

 Rash, pruritus

 Stevens- Johnson syndrome

 Toxic psychosis

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 533


N MONOGRAPHS

Interactions
 Warfarin (enhanced anticoagulant effect)

 Artemether/ Lumefantrine (increased risk of arrhythmias)

 Ciclosporin (increased risk of nephrotoxicity)

 NSAIDs (increased risk of convulsions)

Patient instructions
 Take your medication at least one hour before a meal or

2 hours after a meal


Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Use with caution in liver and renal disease. Avoid if eGFR
is less than 20 ml/minute/1.73 m2

NALOXONE NR E 4.2
Antidote for narcotic analgesic poisoning
Dosage forms
 Solution for injection: 400 µg/ml

Uses
 Opioid over dosage

 Confirm if patient is opioid free before treatment with

naltrexone (Naloxone test)


Dose and duration
 Opioid over dosage

Adult and child over 12 years: by IV injection, 400 µg–


2000 µg repeated at intervals of 2–3 minutes if there is
534 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
NALOXONE N
no response; up to max 10 mg then review diagnosis
Neonate and child below 12 years: 10 µg/kg by IV injec-
tion; a subsequent dose of 100 µg/kg may be given if
there is no response then review diagnosis
In case IV injection is not possible, use the same dose as
an IM or SC injection
 Naloxone test

Adult ≥18 years: by IV administration, 0.2 mg followed by


0.6 mg if there are no withdrawal symptoms within 30
seconds. Observe patient for any withdrawal symptom
for 30 minutes
or by SC injection, 0.8 mg and observe patient for 30
minutes for any withdrawal symptoms
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity

Side effects
 Nausea, vomiting

 Hyperventilation

 Tachycardia

 Headache, dizziness

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Naloxone has a shorter duration of action than many

opioids, so close monitoring and repeated injections may


be required
 Acute withdrawal syndromes may be precipitated by use

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 535


N MONOGRAPHS

of naloxone in patients with physical dependence on


opioids or in over-dosage with large doses
 Withdrawal syndrome may occur in neonates of opioid-
dependent mothers
 Naloxone also antagonises the analgesic effect of opioids
 Use with caution in patients with cardiac irritability

NALTREXONE RR E 24
Opioid receptor antagonist that precipitates withdrawal
symptoms in opioid dependent patients
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 50 mg

Uses
 Adjunct to prevent relapse in formerly opioid-dependent

patients (opioid free for at least 7–10 days)


 Adjunct to prevent relapse in formerly alcohol-

dependent patients
Dose and duration
 Relapse prevention in opioid dependence

Base treatment on result of the ‘naloxone test’ (see


naloxone)
Adult above 18 years: initially, 25 mg once daily then 50
mg once daily. Total weekly dose 350 mg may be divided
and given on 3 days of the week for improved compliance
(max dose per day 150 mg) for 3 months or longer as may
be necessary
 Relapse prevention in alcohol dependence

Adult: 25 mg on first day, increased to 50 mg daily if


tolerated
536 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
NALTREXONE N
Contra-indications
 Patients currently dependent on opioids

 Acute hepatitis and severe hepatic impairment

 Severe renal impairment

Side effects
 Abdominal pain, nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea

 Constipation

 Anxiety, sleep disorders, loss of appetite

 Tachycardia, palpitations, abnormal ECG

 Dizziness, headache, fatigue, restlessness, weakness

 Increased lacrimation, sweating, chills, hot flushes

 Chest pain, dyspnoea

 Rash, dermatitis, pruritus

 Urinary retention

 Delayed ejaculation, libido disorders

 Joint and muscle pain

 Thirst, increased energy, weight loss, weight gain

Patient instructions
 Do not try to overcome effects of the medicine by over-

dosing on opioids; this will lead to acute opioid toxicity


 Do not take any opioid containing preparations like in

cough preparations and loperamide during treatment


 Swallow your tablets with water

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Review treatment monthly for the first 6 months, and

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 537


N MONOGRAPHS

then at reduced intervals


 Stop naltrexone if patient continues taking alcohol for
4–6 weeks after starting treatment
 Carry out liver function tests before and during treatment
 Test for opioid dependence using naloxone before com-
mencing treatment with naltrexone
 Avoid concomitant use of opioids. In case large dose of
opioid is needed for pain, monitor patient for intoxication
 Only use in pregnancy if benefit outweighs risk; risk of
acute withdrawal with possibly serious side effects to
mother and foetus

NEOMYCIN + BACITRACIN H N 13.2


Combination of two broad spectrum topical antibiotics.
Neomycin is an aminoglycoside and bacitracin is a polypep-
tide; both have bactericidal activity against Gram-positive and
many Gram-negative organisms
Dosage forms
 Ointment: 5 mg + 250 IU/g

Uses
 Superficial bacterial infections due to Staphylococci and

Streptococci
Dose and duration
 Superficial bacterial infections due to Staphylococci and

Streptococci
Adult and child over 2 years: apply sparingly to the
affected area 3 times daily
Contra-indications
 Neonates

538 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


NEOMYCIN + BETAMETHASONE N
Side effects
 Sensitisation

 Absorption may lead to irreversible ototoxicity

Patient instructions
 Do not apply to broken skin or mucous membranes

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Application to broken skin or large areas of the skin
increases risk of systemic absorption
 Prolonged use may lead to overgrowth of resistant
organisms

NEOMYCIN + BETAMETHASONE H E 21.2


Anti-infective and anti-inflammatory topical medicine
Dosage forms
 Eye/ear/nasal drops: 0.1% + 0.5%

Uses
 Inflammatory conditions of the eye, ear or nose where

antibiotic prophylaxis is required


Dose and duration
Give for maximum of 7 days unless under expert supervision
 Inflammatory conditions of the eye

Adult and child: apply 1–2 drops to the affected eye 3–6
times daily according to response

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 539


N MONOGRAPHS

 Inflammatory conditions of the ear or nose


Adult and child: instil 2–3 drops in the affected ear or
nostrils every 6–8 hour
Contra-indications
 Herpes simplex keratitis

 Varicella and other viral infection of the eyes

 Fungal diseases of the eyes

 Mycobacterial eye infections

 Fungal infections of ear and nose

 Perforated eardrum

 Hypersensitivity

Side effects
 Ocular discomfort, keratitis

 Irritation, burning, stinging, itching, dermatitis

Patient instructions
 See your doctor if eye pain, redness, swelling or irritation

worsens or persists
 Do not wear contact lenses or remove them before

treatment and replace them 15 minutes after treatment


 Discard remaining eye drops 1 month after first opening

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Exclude ocular viral and fungal disease before use
 Discontinue if serious reactions or hypersensitivity occur
 Prolonged use may result into ocular hypertension or

540 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


NEOMYCIN + DEXAMETHASONE N
glaucoma; risk is higher in diabetic patients
 May slow corneal wound healing
 Only use in pregnancy if benefit outweighs risk
 Ointments should be applied after the eye drops

NEOMYCIN + DEXAMETHASONE RR E 21.2


Anti-infective and anti-inflammatory topical medicine
Dosage forms
 Eye drops: 0.35% + 0.1%

 Eye ointment: 0.35% + 0.1%

Uses
 Inflammatory conditions of the eye requiring antibiotic

prophylaxis
Dose and duration
 Inflammatory conditions of the eye requiring antibiotic

prophylaxis
Adult and child: apply 1–2 drops up to 6 times a day
Ointment: apply a small amount of ointment into the
conjuctival sac 3–4 times a day, or once at bed time if
eye drops are used during the day
Contra-indications
 Herpes simplex keratitis

 Varicella and other viral infection of the eyes

 Fungal diseases of the eyes

 Mycobacterial eye infections

 Hypersensitivity

Side effects
 Ocular discomfort, keratitis, eye irritation

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 541


N MONOGRAPHS

Patient instructions
 Only use this medicine for your eyes

 See your doctor if eye pain, redness, swelling or irritation

worsens or persists
 Do not wear contact lenses or remove them before

treatment and replace them 15 minutes after treatment


 Discard remaining eye drops 1 month after first opening

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Exclude ocular viral and fungal disease before use
 Discontinue if serious reactions or hypersensitivity occur
 Prolonged use may result into ocular hypertension or
glaucoma; risk is higher in diabetic patients
 May slow corneal wound healing
 Ointments should be applied after the eye drops

NEOSTIGMINE HC IV N 20
Cholinesterase inhibitor. Enhances neuromuscular transmis-
sion by prolonging action of acetylcholine through inhibition
of acetylcholinesterase
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 15 mg

 Injection: 2.5 mg/ml

Uses
 Myasthenia gravis

542 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


NEOSTIGMINE N
 Reversal of non-depolarising muscle relaxants effects
 Post-operative non-obstructive urinary retention
Dose and duration
 Myasthenia gravis

Adult and child > 12 years: by mouth, initially 15–30 mg


at suitable intervals throughout the day; gradually in-
crease until desired response is obtained. Usual total dai-
ly dose, 75–300 mg. Most patients tolerate max 180 mg
By SC or IM injection, 1–2.5 mg as required up to a total
daily dose of 5–20 mg
Child 6–12 years: by mouth, initially 15 mg, gradually
increased to a usual total daily dose of 15–90 mg given in
divided doses at appropriate intervals
By IM or SC injection, 0.2–0.5 mg as required
Child 1 month–6 years: by mouth, initially 7.5 mg. By IM
or SC injection, 0.2–0.5 mg as required
Neonate: 1–2 mg by mouth or 0.05–0.25 mg by SC or IM
injection every 4 hours, 30 minutes before feeds
 Reversal of non-depolarizing block

Adult: by IV injection over 1 minute, 2.5 mg followed by


0.5 mg supplements if required to maximum total dose of
5 mg
Child: 0.04 mg/kg (titrate using peripheral nerve stimula-
tor). Max 2.5 mg
 Postoperative urinary retention

Adult: by SC or IM injection, 0.5 mg


Contra-indications
 Recent intestinal or bladder surgery

 Intestinal or urinary tract obstruction

 After suxamethonium

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 543


N MONOGRAPHS

 Pneumonia
 Peritonitis
Side effects
 Increased salivation

 Nausea and vomiting, abdominal cramps, diarrhoea

 Overdose: increased bronchial secretions, sweating and

tear production, bronchoconstriction, miosis, nystagmus,


involuntary defecation and micturition, bradycardia,
heart block, arrhythmias, hypotension, agitation, exces-
sive dreaming and weakness
Interactions
 Amikacin, gentamicin, streptomycin, polymixins (effect of

neostigmine antagonised)
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Large doses in 3rd trimester of pregnancy may lead to ne-
onatal myasthenia
 Reduce dose in moderate and severe renal impairment
 Use with extreme caution in asthma and in patients with
bradycardia, recent coronary occlusion, hypotension,
peptic ulcer, epilepsy or parkinsonism

544 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


NEVIRAPINE (NVP) N
NEVIRAPINE (NVP) HC IV V 30.2
Non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NNRTI) an-
tiretroviral medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 50 mg and 200 mg

 Syrup: 10 mg/ml

 FDC tablet: AZT 60 mg + 3TC 30 mg + NVP 50 mg

 FDC tablet: AZT 300 mg + 3TC 150 mg + NVP 200 mg

Uses
 HIV/AIDS

Dose and duration


A lead-in dose of NVP 200 mg once daily should be given for
the first 14 days in new adult patients on NVP. If no rash is
observed, increase dose to twice daily. Take normal dose of
the other two ARVs in the regimen in those first 14 days.
Switch to the triple FDC tablet after 14 days if applicable.

 HIV infection, alternative first line treatment (in combina-


tion with TDF + 3TC)
Adult and child >25 kg: 200 mg every 12 hours (lead-in
dose 200 mg once daily for 14 days)
Child <25 kg: Use NVP 50 mg tablet as in table below
Weight (kg) No. of NVP 50 mg tablets
20–24.9 3 tabs every 12 hours
14–19.9 2½ tabs every 12 hours
10–13.9 2 tabs every 12 hours
6–9.9 1½ tabs every 12 hours
3–5.9 1 tabs every 12 hours

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 545


N MONOGRAPHS

 HIV infection, first line treatment in children (in combi-


nation with ABC + 3TC)
Child <3 years: 4 mg/kg twice daily (lead-in dose 4
mg/kg once daily for first 14 days)
 eMTCT infant regimen (0–6 weeks)

Infant 2–2.49 kg: 10 mg once daily for 6 weeks


Infant ≥2.5 kg: 15 mg once daily for 6 weeks
Contra-indications
 CD4 count >350 cells/ml (greater risk of liver damage)

 Severe liver disease

 Post-exposure prophylaxis

Side effects
 Rash, allergic reactions

 Stevens-Johnson syndrome

 Liver damage

 Headache

 Stomach upset

Interactions
 Rifampicin (reduced effect of nevirapine)

 Efavirenz (increased risk of side effects)

 Lopinavir/ritonavir (reduced effect of lopinavir)

 Atazanavir/ritonavir (reduced effect of atazanavir)

 Ketoconazole (reduced effect of ketoconazole)

 Oral contraceptives (reduced contraceptive effect)

Patient instructions
 Take medicine at the same time every day

 A mild skin rash may develop within the first 6 weeks;

usually goes away on its own


 Report to health worker immediately in case any severe

546 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


NICLOSAMIDE N
skin rash, fever, feeling of sickness, weakness, muscle
pain, mouth ulcers, or swelling of face occur
 Stop taking the medicine and report to health worker
immediately in case any yellowing of skin and eyes,
swollen abdomen, or persistent nausea and vomiting
occur as this indicates liver damage
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Monitor closely for side effects of liver damage, especially
in first 18 weeks
 If liver disease occurs without allergic reactions, discon-
tinue medicine and restart after symptoms have resolved
 If liver disease occurs with allergic reactions, discontinue
medicine permanently
 Women using oral contraceptives should switch to
another contraceptive method (e.g. condoms or
medroxyprogesterone acetate depot injection)

NICLOSAMIDE HC IV N 6.1.1
Antihelminthic. Effective against adult cestode infections in
the intestines. It is not effective for neurocysticerosis.
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 500 mg

Uses
 Tapeworm infestation

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 547


N MONOGRAPHS

Dose and duration


 Tapeworm infestation

Adult and child > 6 years: 2 g single dose after a light


meal, followed after 2 hours by a laxative (bisacodyl)
Child 2‒6 years: 1 g single dose
Child < 2 years: 500 mg single dose
Contra-indications
 Chronic constipation

Side effects
 Nausea, stomach upset

Patient instructions
 Chew the tablet thoroughly or crush then swallow down

with water
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Not effective against larval form of the worms
 Give an antiemetic before treatment

NIFEDIPINE HC III E 12.1, 12.3, 22.2


Calcium channel blocker antihypertensive. Also used in low
doses as anti-oxytocic uterine relaxant
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 20 mg (usually labelled 'R' for prolonged release)

 Tablet: 10 mg

 Immediate release capsules: 10 mg for sublingual use

548 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


NIFEDIPINE N
Uses
 Moderate and severe hypertension

 Uncomplicated threatened premature labour between

24–33 weeks of pregnancy (labour can be delayed up to


72 hours)
Dose and duration
 Moderate or severe hypertension (in combination with

other antihypertensive)
20–40 mg every 12 hours for as long as necessary
 Threatened premature labour

Initially, 10 mg (1 capsule) placed under the tongue


every 15 minutes if necessary, up to a maximum of 40
mg in the first hour. Then 60–160 mg daily in 3–4
divided doses, adjusted to uterine activity
Contra-indications
 Severe heart disease

 Unstable angina

 Shock

 Recent heart attack

Side effects
 Headache, dizziness

 Swelling of legs, ankles, and feet

 Increased frequency of urination

 Low blood pressure, flushing

 Fast heartbeat

 Pain in the eyes

 Visual disturbances

 Nausea

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 549


N MONOGRAPHS

Interactions
 Beta blockers e.g. atenolol, propranolol (possible severe

hypotension and heart failure)


 Digoxin (increased plasma concentration of digoxin)

 Magnesium sulphate (risk of hypotension)

 Salbutamol (risk of hypotension)

 Other calcium channel blockers e.g. amlodipine (risk of

hypotension)
 Rifampicin (reduced effect of nifedipine)

Patient instructions
 Do not crush prolonged release tablets; swallow whole

 If sharp pain/tightness occurs in the chest, discontinue

use
Pregnancy
 Do not use for hypertension

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Never use the sublingual formulation (10 mg capsule) for
hypertension as it will cause excessive fall in blood
pressure and reduced blood flow to the brain and heart
 Methyldopa is the medicine of choice for treating hyper-
tension in pregnancy

550 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


NIFURTIMOX N
NIFURTIMOX RR E 6.4.4
Antitrypanosomal medicine efficacious during the early
stages of Trypanosoma cruzi
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 30 mg, 120 mg, 250 mg

Uses
 Sleeping sickness

 Chagas disease (acute American trypanosomiasis)

Dose and duration


 All uses (with aluminium hydroxide)

Adult: 2.67––3.33 mg/kg every 8 hours for 90 days


Child: 3.75–5 mg/kg every 6 hours for 90 days
Contra-indications
 Early pregnancy

Side effects
 Anorexia, weight loss

 Nausea, vomiting, gastric pain

 Insomnia, headache, vertigo, excitability

 Muscle pain, joint pain

Patient instructions
 Avoid taking alcohol during treatment in order to reduce

incidence and severity of side effects


Pregnancy
st
 Do not use in 1 trimester

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 551


N MONOGRAPHS

Caution
 Aluminium hydroxide reduces gastrointestinal irritation
 Use with caution in patients with history of convulsions
or psychiatric disease

NITROFURANTOIN HC II E 6.2.2
Nitrofuran antibacterial for acute and recurrent urinary tract
infections
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 100 mg

Uses
 Treatment of uncomplicated urinary tract infection

 Treatment of severe, recurrent urinary tract infection

 Prophylaxis of chronic urinary tract infection

Dose and duration


 Acute uncomplicated urinary tract infections

Adult: 100 mg every 12 hours for 7 days


Child >3 months: 3 mg/kg/day every 6 hours for 7 days
 Severe recurrent urinary tract infections

Adult: 100 mg every 6 hours for 7 days


If severe nausea occurs, reduce to 200 mg daily in di-
vided doses
 Prophylaxis of chronic urinary tract infections

Adult: 50–100 mg at night


Child >3 months: 1 mg/kg at night (with regular moni-
toring of lung and liver function)
Contra-indications
 Child less than 3 months

552 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


NITROUS OXIDE N
 Kidney disease
 Allergy to nitrofurantoin
Side effects
 Nausea and vomiting

 Allergic reactions

 Discolouration of urine

Patient information
 Take with food

 May colour urine yellow or darkish brown; do not worry

Pregnancy
rd
 Do not use in 3 trimester

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 May interfere with test results for urinary glucose

NITROUS OXIDE H E 1.1


Inhalation gas with weak anaesthetic action but strong
analgesic action
Dosage forms
 Medical gas: 99.999%

Uses
 Maintenance of anaesthesia in combination with other

anaesthetic agents and muscle relaxants


 Analgesia for obstetric practice

 Emergency management of injuries

 Postoperative physiotherapy

 Refractory pain in terminal illness

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 553


N MONOGRAPHS

Dose and duration


 Anaesthesia

Adult and child: nitrous oxide mixed with 25–30% oxygen


 Analgesia

Adult and child: 50% nitrous oxide with 50% oxygen


Contra-indications
 Middle ear occlusion

 Arterial air embolism

 Decompression sickness

 Chronic obstructive airway disease

 Emphysema

 Demonstrable collection of air in pleural, pericardial or

peritoneal space
Side effects
 Nausea, vomiting

 Megaloblastic anaemia

 Reduced white cell formation on prolonged use

 Peripheral neuropathy

Interactions
 Chlorpromazine, fluphenazine, haloperidol (enhanced

hypotensive effect)
 Methotrexate (increased antifolate effect)

 Verapamil (enhanced hypotensive effect and atrioven-

tricular delay)
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

554 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


NOREPINEPHRINE (NORADRENALINE) N
Caution
 May depress neonatal respiration if used in 3rd trimester
 Minimise staff exposure
 Give additional oxygen for several minutes after stopping
the flow of nitrous oxide to reduce risk of hypoxia
 Do not give continuously for longer than 24 hours or
more frequently than every 4 days without haematology
monitoring and close supervision

NOREPINEPHRINE (NORADRENALINE) RR V 12.4.2


Sympathomimetic medicine. Norepinephrine is a hormone
and neurotransmitter naturally produced by the body
Dosage forms
 Injection: 2 mg/ml

Uses
 Acute hypotension

Dose and duration


 Acute hypotension

Adult: by continuous IV infusion, via central venous cath-


eter, of a solution containing 0.04 mg/ml of noradrena-
line base (equivalent to 0.08 mg/ml of noradrenaline tar-
tarate) at an initial rate of 0.16–0.33 ml/minute, adjusted
according to response
Neonate and child: by continuous IV infusion 0.02–0.1
micrograms/kg/minute as the base (equivalent to
0.04–0.2 microgram of noradrenaline tartarate) adjusted
according to response up to a max of 1 microgram base
(2 microgram noradrenaline tartarate)/kg/minute

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 555


N MONOGRAPHS

 Preparation
For continuous IV infusion, dilute with dextrose 5% or so-
dium chloride and dextrose to a maximum concentration
of noradrenaline base 40 mg/l (i.e. 80 mg/l of noradrena-
line tartarate; higher concentrations can be used if pa-
tient is fluid-restricted) Incompatible with bicarbonate or
alkaline solutions
Contra-indications
 Hypotension due to hypovolaemia

Side effects
 Anorexia, nausea, vomiting

 Arrhythmias, peripheral ischaemia, palpitation, hyperten-

sion, bradycardia, tachycardia


 Dyspnoea, hypoxia

 Confusion, anxiety, psychosis, insomnia, headache

 Weakness, tremor

 Urinary retention

 Angle-closure glaucoma

Interactions
 Halothane, desflurane, isoflurane (increased risk of

arrhythmias)
 MAOIS (risk of hypertensive crisis)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Monitor blood pressure and rate of flow frequently

556 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


NORETHISTERONE N
 Only use in conjunction with appropriate blood volume
replacement fluids
 Check infusion site frequently for extravasation, which
can cause necrosis
 Use in pregnancy may reduce placental perfusion and in-
duce foetal bradycardia

NORETHISTERONE RR E 18.7
Progesterone
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 5 mg

Uses
 Endometriosis

 Menorrhagia

 Dysfunctional uterine bleeding

 Dysmenorrhoea

 Postponement of menstruation

 Premenstrual syndrome

Dose and duration


 Endometriosis

Adult (female): by mouth, 10–15 mg daily for 4–6 months


or longer, starting on day 5 of cycle (increased to 20–25
mg daily if spotting occurs and reduced once bleeding has
stopped)
 Menorrhagia and dysfunctional uterine bleeding

Adult(female): by mouth, 5 mg every 8 hours for 10 days


to stop bleeding; followed by 5 mg every 12 hours from
day 19 to day 26 of cycle to prevent bleeding

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 557


N MONOGRAPHS

 Dysmenorrhoea
Adult (female): by mouth, 5 mg every 8 hours from day 5
to day 24 for 3–4 cycles
 Postponement of menstruation

Adult (female): by mouth, 5 mg every 8 hours starting 3


days before expected onset of menstruation
 Premenstrual syndrome

Adult (female): 5 mg every 8–12 hours from day 19–26


for several cycles
Contra-indications
 Pregnancy

 Undiagnosed vaginal bleeding

 Hepatic impairment or active liver disease

 Severe arterial disease

 Breast or genital tract cancer

 Porphyria

 History of idiopathic jaundice, severe pruritus or pemphi-

goid infestations in pregnancy


Side effects
 Headache

 Nausea

 Amenorrhoea, spotting, hypomenorrhoea

 Uterine or vaginal bleeding

 Oedema

 Cholestasis

Interactions
 Carbamazepine, griseofulvin, nevirapine, phenobarbital,

phenytoin, rifampicin (reduced noerthisterone effect)


 Atazanavir (increased concentration of norethisterone)

558 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


NORMAL IMMUNOGLOBULIN, HUMAN N
 Ciclosporin (increased plasma ciclosporin concentration)
 Warfarin (antagonism of anticoagulant effect)
Patient instructions
 When taken for postponement of menstruation, men-

struation occurs 2–3 days after stopping


Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Use with caution in epilepsy, migraine, diabetes mellitus,
hypertension or cardiac or renal disease, susceptibility to
thromboembolism or depression
 Norethisterone may suppress lactation
 Should only be prescribed by a specialist (gynaecologist)

NORMAL IMMUNOGLOBULIN, HUMAN NR N 19.2


Concentrated antibodies recovered from pooled human
plasma or serum; contains immunoglobulin G and antibodies
to hepatitis A, measles, mumps, rubella, varicella or other
prevalent viruses
Dosage forms
 Solution for injection: 16%

Uses
 Protection of exposed patients against hepatitis A,

measles and rubella


Dose and duration
Give as SC infusion; if SC is not possible, give IM injection
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 559
N MONOGRAPHS

except in patients with thrombocytopenia or bleeding


disorders
 Consult manufacturer’s literature for doses

Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to any of the components

 IV administration

Side effects
 Anxiety

 Dizziness, migraine, tingling or pricking sensation, head-

ache, fatigue, increased sweating


 Flushing, increase in blood pressure, thromboembolic

events such as myocardial infarction, stroke, pulmonary


embolism and deep vein thrombosis, low blood pressure
 Wheezing/asthma

 Diarrhoea, mouth ulcer, abdominal pain, vomiting, nau-

sea
 Pruritus, rash, allergic reactions

 Musculoskeletal pain/ stiffness

 Chills, fever

 Joint pain, moderate low back pain

 Infusion site reactions (swelling, pain, redness, itching)

Interactions
 Live vaccine (impairment of immune response)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
o
 Store at 2–8 C in the dark. Do not freeze

560 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


NYSTATIN N
Caution
 Risk of shock if injection is given intravenously
 Formulations from different manufacturers vary and
should not be treated as equivalent
 Avoid use of live vaccine (except yellow fever vaccine)
during 3 weeks before or during 3 months after injection
of human normal immunoglobulin
 In exposure to hepatitis A, immunoglobulin should be
given within 14 days of exposure to a primary case,
though can still be given up to 28 days.
 In case of exposure to measles in immune compromised
individuals, give immunoglobulin immediately within 72
hours of exposure. Can still be given within 6 days
 If hepatitis A vaccine is given at the same time, it should
be injected at a different site
 Use with caution in patients with hypo- or agamma-
globulinaemia with or without IgA deficiency
 Monitor for acute renal failure and consider discontinua-
tion if renal function deteriorates.
 Always refer to the product information literature

NYSTATIN HC II E 6.3, 13.1


Antifungal medicine
Dosage forms
 Pessary: 100,000 IU

 Oral suspension: 100,000 IU/ml

 Tablet: 500,000 IU

 Cream/ointment: 100,000 IU/g

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 561


N MONOGRAPHS

Uses
 Candidiasis: Oral, oesophageal, intestinal, vaginal, skin

Dose and duration


 Oral candidiasis

Adult and child >12 years: Chew 500,000 IU tablet


every 6 hours for 10 days
Child 5–12 years: Chew 250,000 IU tablet every 6
hours for 10 days
Child <5 years: 100,000 IU oral suspension every 6
hours for 10 days
In immunosuppressed patients, give for 14–20 days
 Vaginal candidiasis

Insert 1 pessary vaginally each night for 10 days


Apply cream to the area around the vagina
Side effects
 Stomach upset, oral irritation

 Rash

Interactions
 Clotrimazole pessaries (cancelled effect)

Patient instructions
 Take the tablets after food

 Do not swallow the pessaries

 Do not interrupt treatment during menstruation

 For pessaries, lie on your back so as to insert pessary as

high as possible into the vagina


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

562 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


OFLOXACIN O
Caution
 For vaginal candidiasis, preferably use clotrimazole
pessaries
 In immunocompromised (e.g. HIV/AIDS patients),
nystatin is not highly effective for candidiasis; ketocona-
zole should be used if available

O
OFLOXACIN H E 6.2.4
Fluoroquinolone antibacterial
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 200 mg

Uses
 Urinary tract infections

 Acute or chronic prostatitis

 Lower respiratory tract infections

 Uncomplicated gonorrhoea

 Uncomplicated genital chlamydial infection

 Non-gonococcal urethritis

 Pelvic inflammatory disease

 Multi-drug resistant tuberculosis (MDR-TB) (specialist use

only)
Dose and duration
 Urinary tract infections

Adult: by mouth, 200−400 mg once daily preferably in


the morning. May be increased if necessary in upper uri-
nary tract infections to 400 mg twice daily for 5 days
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 563
O MONOGRAPHS

 Acute or chronic prostatitis


Adult: by mouth, 200 mg twice daily for 28 days
 Lower respiratory tract infections

Adult: by mouth, 400 mg preferably in the morning for 7


days
 Uncomplicated gonorrhoea

Adult: by mouth, 400 mg as a single dose


 Uncomplicated genital chlamydial infection, non-

gonococcal urethritis
Adult: by mouth, 400 mg daily in single or divided doses
for 7 days
 Pelvic inflammatory disease

Adult: by mouth, 400 mg twice daily for 14 days


 Multi-drug resistant tuberculosis (MDR-TB)

Adult and child: 15-20 mg/kg daily. Maximum 800 mg


Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to quinolones

 Children < 12 years

 History of tendon damage due to quinolones

Side effects
 Nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea

 Headache, dizziness

 Hepatic dysfunction

 Tendon damage

 Rashes, hypersensitivity

Interactions
 Ciclosporin (increased concentration of nephrotoxicity)

 Antacids (reduced absorption of ofloxacin)

 Warfarin (increased anticoagulant effect)

564 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


OLANZAPINE O
 Oral iron (reduced absorption of ofloxacin)
 Zinc (reduced absorption of ofloxacin)
 Theophylline (increased risk of convulsions)

Patient instructions
 Take at least two hours apart from iron, zinc, milk, dairy

products or magnesium trisilicate mixture (antacids)


Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Discontinue if psychiatric, neurological or hypersensitivity
reactions occur
 For MDR-TB, ofloxacin can be used in pregnancy, breast-
feeding and children as benefits outweigh risks

OLANZAPINE RR E 24
Psychotherapeutic medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 10 mg

Uses
 Schizophrenia

 Mania (monotherapy or combination therapy)

 Prevention of recurrence of bipolar disorder

Dose and duration


 Monotherapy for mania

Adult and child over 12 years: by mouth, 15 mg once


daily adjusted according to response to usual dose range
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 565
O MONOGRAPHS

of 5–20 mg once daily


In renal and hepatic impairment: initially 5 mg daily
 Other uses

Adult: by mouth, 10 mg once daily adjusted according to


response to usual dose range of 5–20 mg once daily (max
20 mg daily)
Child 12–18 years: initially, 5–10 mg once daily
In renal and hepatic impairment: initially 5 mg daily
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to olanzapine

 Known risk of narrow-angle glaucoma

Side effects
 Eosinophilia, neutropenia, leucopoenia

 Elevated lipid and glucose levels, glucosuria

 Increased appetite, weight gain

 Agitation, restlessness, somnolence

 Parkinsonism, impaired voluntary movement

 Orthostatic hypotension

 Constipation and dry mouth

 Transient elevation in hepatic aminotransferases

 Rash

 Joint pain

 Erectile dysfunction, decreased libido

 Physical weakness, fatigue

 Oedema, pyrexia

 Elevated plasma prolactin levels

 Neuroleptic malignant syndrome

Interactions
 Fluvoxamine (increased concentration of olanzapine)

566 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


OMEPRAZOLE O
 Valproate (increased risk of side effects)
 Parenteral benzodiazepines (increased risk of hypoten-
sion, bradycardia and respiratory depression when co-
administered with IM olanzapine)
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Only use olanzapine in pregnancy if benefit outweighs
risk. Risk of neonatal lethargy, tremor and hypertonia
when used in 3rd trimester
 May exacerbate ketoacidosis in diabetic patients

OMEPRAZOLE HC IV E 17.1
Proton-pump inhibitor (PPI). Inhibits gastric acid secretion
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 20 mg

Uses
 Peptic ulcer

 Duodenal ulcer

 Gastro-oesophageal reflux disease

 Prevention and treatment of NSAID-induced ulcers

 Helicobacter pylori eradication

 Zollinger-Ellison syndrome (specialist)

Dose and duration


 Peptic ulcer

Adult: 20 mg every 12 hours for 4 weeks; increase dose


Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 567
O MONOGRAPHS

to 40 mg in severe or recurrent case


 Gastric ulcer
Adult: 20 mg once daily for 8 weeks; increase dose to 40
mg in severe or recurrent case
 NSAID- induced ulcers, gastro-oesophageal reflux disease

Adult and child > 20kg: 20 mg once daily for 4 weeks,


continue for 8 weeks if not fully healed
Child > 1 year (10‒20 kg): 10 mg once daily increased if
necessary to 20 mg
 H.pylori eradication (in combination with two antibiotics)

20 mg every 12 hours for 1 week


 Zollinger-Ellison syndrome (specialist use only)

Adult: initially 60 mg once daily. Usual dose range, 20–


120 mg daily. Uses above 80 mg should be given in 2 di-
vided doses
Contra-indications
 Allergy to omeprazole

Side effects
 Stomach upset, flatulence

 Headache, agitation

 Impotence

Interactions
 Warfarin (enhanced anticoagulant effect)

 Atazanavir (reduced plasma concentration of atazanavir)

 Nelfinavir (reduced plasma concentration of nelfinavir)

 Raltegravir (increased plasma concentration of ralte-

gravir)
 Saquinavir (increased plasma concentration saquinavir)

 Clopidogrel (reduced antiplatelet effect of clopidogrel)

568 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ORAL REHYDRATION SALTS (ORS) O
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Omeprazole is used in combination with antibacterials in
Helicobacter pylori eradication
 Use the lowest effective dose for the shortest possible
duration
 May mask symptoms of gastric cancer; thorough investi-
gations need to be carried out
 Rebound acid hypersecretion and dyspepsia may occur
after stopping prolonged treatment with omeprazole
 Use in children should be initiated by paediatrician only
 Use in Zollinger-Ellison syndrome should be initiated by
specialist only

ORAL REHYDRATION SALTS (ORS) HC I V 17.6.1, 26.1


Fluid and electrolyte replacement powder containing sodium,
potassium, citrate, and glucose. Used to prevent and treat
dehydration
Dosage forms
 Powder for solution: WHO formula

Uses
 Diarrhoea

 Prevent dehydration where it has not yet occurred

 Treatment of dehydration and electrolyte disturbances

 Supplement IV rehydration in severe dehydration

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 569


O MONOGRAPHS

Dose and duration


Give according to the treatment plans below
 Plan A: Prevention of dehydration

Adult and child >10 years: 200–400 ml after each


loose stool
Child 2–10 years: 100–200 ml after each loose stool
Child <2 years: 50–100 ml after each loose stool
 Plan B: Treatment of moderate dehydration

Give 75 ml/kg in small amounts and at regular intervals


over 4 hours
Larger amounts may be given if a child continues to
have frequent loose stools
Continue ORS as long as diarrhoea or signs of dehydra-
tion continue
 Plan C: Severe dehydration (in combination with IV rehy-

dration)
Initially 20 ml/kg per hour (while IV infusion is being
prepared), then 5 ml/kg per hour (during IV infusion
administration)
Monitor patient and continue treatment as appropriate
with plan A, B, or C
Preparation
 Dissolve 1 sachet of ORS in 1 litre of drinking water

Side effects
 Vomiting

Patient instructions
 Dissolve one sachet in 1 L of clean, freshly boiled and

cooled drinking water


 Do not dissolve in less than 1 L of water

570 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ORAL REHYDRATION SALTS (ORS) O
 Do not give quickly, as it will cause vomiting. If a child
vomits, stop giving for 10 minutes then resume at a slow-
er rate
 Pour away leftover solutions after 24 hours from time of

preparation, then prepare a fresh solution


 ORS should always be a free-flowing white powder. If it is

a compact mass, brownish, and insoluble, it is unfit for


use even if the expiry date is not yet reached
 Continue breastfeeding and giving food as usual

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
 Dissolved ORS can be used for 24 hours. Pour away

leftover solution after 24 hours.


Caution
 ORS should always be given with zinc tablet to children
 Give 2 sachets of ORS to the caretaker for Plan A at
home, following rehydration at the health facility
 If IV rehydration is unavailable, use a nasogastric tube to
give ORS at a rate of 20 ml/kg every hour for 6 hours
 Reassess the child's status every 1–2 hours to classify the
degree of dehydration

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 571


O MONOGRAPHS

OSELTAMIVIR PHOSPHATE RR E 6.5


Antiviral medicine. Reduces replication of influenza A and B
viruses by inhibition of viral neuraminidase
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 75 mg

Uses
 Treatment of avian influenza type A H5N1

 Prevention of avian influenza type A H5N1

Dose and duration


 Treatment of avian influenza type A H5N1

Adult and child >13 years: 75 mg every 12 hours for 5


days
Child 1–13 years: give as below every 12 hours for 5 days
Body weight (kg) Dose every 12 hours
>40 75 mg
23–40 60 mg
15–23 45 mg
10–15 30 mg

Child 3–12 months: 3 mg/kg every 12 hours for 5 days


Child 1–3 months: 2.5 mg/kg every 12 hours for 5 days
Neonate: 2 mg/kg every 12 hours for 5 days
Renal impairment: eGFR 30–60 ml/minute/1.73 m2, 30
mg every 12 hours; eGFR 10–30 ml/minute/1.73 m2, 30
mg once daily
 Prevention of avian influenza type A H5N1
Give for 10 days in post exposure prophylaxis (PEP) or for
up to 6 weeks in an epidemic.
Adult and child over 13 years: 75 mg every 24 hours
572 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
OSELTAMIVIR PHOSPHATE O
Child 1–13 years: as in table below
Body weight (kg) Dose every 24 hours
>40 75 mg
23–40 60 mg
15–23 45 mg
10–15 30 mg

Child 3–12 months: 3 mg/kg every 24 hours for 10 days


Child 1–3 months: 2.5 mg/kg every 24 hours for 10 days
Neonate: 2 mg/kg every 24 hours for 10 days
Renal impairment: eGFR 30–60 ml/minute/1.73 m2, 30
mg once daily; eGFR 10–30 ml/minute/1.73 m2, 30 mg
every 48 hours
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to oseltamivir

Side effects
 Nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain, dyspepsia

 Cough, sore throat, rhinorrhoea, bronchitis, upper respir-

atory tract infections


 Insomnia, headache

 Herpes simplex

 Pain, fatigue, dizziness, pyrexia

 Anaphylactic reactions

 Hepatic failure

 Stevens-Johnson syndrome

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 573


O MONOGRAPHS

Caution
 Do not use in renal failure if eGFR is >10 ml/minute/m2
 Give within 48 hours of exposure
 May be ineffective in neonates since they may be unable
to metabolise it to its active form. Use under supervision
 Only use in pregnancy and breast-feeding if benefit out-
weighs risk

OXYGEN HC IV V 1.1
Medical gas used to prevent and treat hypoxia. It increases
alveolar oxygen tension and decreases the work of breathing.
Dosage forms
 Medical gas for inhalation: 99.80%

Uses
 Anaphylaxis

 Maintain adequate tissue oxygenation in inhalational an-

aesthesia
 Myocardial infarction

 Severe acute asthma

 Cardiac arrest

 Other conditions causing respiratory distress (e.g. pneu-

monia, pulmonary thromboembolism, pulmonary fibro-


sis, shock, severe trauma, sepsis, anaphylaxis, severe
anaemia)
Dose and duration
The concentration of oxygen required depends on the condi-
tion being treated.
It should be prescribed to achieve normal or near-normal ox-
ygen saturation (94‒98%).
574 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
OXYGEN O
 Conditions that require high concentration oxygen
(40‒60%)
Cardiac arrest
Carbon monoxide poisoning
Severe acute asthma
Pneumonia
Shock
Anaphylaxis
Severe trauma
Myocardial infarction
 Conditions that require low oxygen concentration (to

prevent respiratory failure due to accumulation/high


carbon dioxide levels). Give oxygen initially at 28%
aiming to achieve 88‒92% oxygen saturation
Chronic pulmonary obstructive disease
Advanced cystic fibrosis
Severe lung scarring due to tuberculosis
 With inhalation anaesthetics

Concentration should not be less than 21%


Side effects
 Concentrations greater than 80% have a toxic effect on

the lungs leading to pulmonary congestion, exudation


and partial or complete lung collapse
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Oxygen may be given by mask or nasal cannula
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 575
O MONOGRAPHS

 Nasal cannula can produce drying and dermatitis on


prolonged use

OXYTOCIN HC III E 22.1


Synthetic oxytocic medicine; causes the uterus to contract
Dosage forms
 Injection: 10 IU/ml

Uses
 Induction of labour

 Prevention and treatment of postpartum haemorrhage or

excessive bleeding after abortion


Dose and duration
 Induction of labour

− Initially, dissolve 2.5 IU in 500 ml of normal saline and


infuse at 10 drops per minute
− Then, increase infusion rate by 10 drops per minute
every 30 minutes until a good contraction pattern is
reached (3–4 contractions every 10 minutes, each last-
ing >40 seconds). Maintain this rate until delivery is
completed
− Maximum infusion rate is 60 drops per minute
If good contraction pattern is not established at a rate of
60 drops per minute:
− Increase oxytocin concentration to 5 IU in 500 ml of
normal saline and adjust infusion rate to 30 drops per
minute
− Then, increase infusion rate by 10 drops per minute
every 30 minutes until a good contraction pattern is
reached; maximum 60 drops per minute
576 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
OXYTOCIN O
If good contraction pattern is not established using high-
er concentration:
In multigravida women and women with previous
caesarean scars; refer for delivery by C-section
In primigravida women:
− Infuse oxytocin at a higher concentration of 10 IU in
500ml. If good contractions are not there at this rate,
refer for delivery by C-section
Monitor foetal heart rate and uterine contractions
If uterine hyperactivity or foetal distress occurs, discontinue
immediately
 Prevention of postpartum haemorrhage

10 IU by slow IV injection or IM single dose when the


anterior shoulder is delivered or immediately after
birth
 Treatment of postpartum haemorrhage

10–40 IU by slow IV injection as a single dose


Preparation
 Preferably use 0.9% sodium chloride (not glucose) to give

the infusion to avoid water overload and low blood sodi-


um levels (electrolyte disturbances)
Contra-indications
 Hypertonic uterine contractions

 Mechanical obstruction to delivery

 Foetal distress

 Conditions where spontaneous labour or vaginal delivery

is not recommended
 Severe eclampsia

 Severe heart disease

 Foetus with big head

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 577


O MONOGRAPHS

 Small maternal pelvis


 Severe hypertension
Side effects
 Uncontrolled uterine contractions, uterine rupture

 Nausea and vomiting

 Irregular heartbeat

 Foetal distress

Interactions
 Misoprostol (increased contractions)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
 Store at 2–8°C. Do not freeze

Caution
 If vaginal misoprostol had been given, do not give oxyto-
cin until at least 8 hours have passed
 Effective dose varies for different women
 If foetal heart rate is < 100 beats per minute, stop
infusion and manage for foetal distress
 If hyperactivity of uterus occurs (any contraction lasting >
60 seconds or > 4 contractions in 10 minutes), stop
infusion and relax uterus using IV salbutamol
 Do not use oxytocin concentration of 10 IU in 500ml in
multigravida and women with previous C-section
 Women using oxytocin should never be left alone
 Oxytocin is preferable to ergometrine as it produces

578 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


P-AMINOSALICYLIC ACID P
more controlled contractions
 Avoid prolonged use in oxytocin-resistant uterine
inactivity
 Avoid IV bolus injection during labour. Give only by IV
infusion

P
P-AMINOSALICYLIC ACID H E 6.2.4
A pro-drug with activity against Mycobacterium tuberculosis
Dosage forms
 Granules: 4 g of P-aminosalicylic acid (PAS)

Uses
 Multi-drug-resistant tuberculosis (MDR-TB)

Dose and duration


 MDR-TB (in combination with other drugs)

Adult: 4 g every 12 hours


Child: 150 mg/kg/day (max 4 g) of PAS divided into 2
separate and equal doses given every 12 hours
Contra-indications
 Severe renal disease

 Hypersensitivity to P-aminosalicylic acid

Side effects
 Nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain

 Hepatitis

 Rash, exfoliative dermatitis

 Hypothyroidism, goitre, hypoglycaemia

 Malabsorption syndrome

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 579


P MONOGRAPHS

 Leucopoenia, thrombocytopenia, eosinophilia


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Measure thyroid function at the start of treatment and
every 3 months thereafter
 Discontinue all treatment immediately at the first sign of
a rash, fever or other signs of intolerance as it may be a
sign of severe hypersensitivity that is sometimes fatal.
Desensitize patient thereafter
 Discontinue if liver toxicity occurs
 Only use in pregnancy if maternal condition justifies risk
to the foetus since some studies have suggested higher
levels of congenital defects
 If used in breast-feeding, monitor breast-fed infants

PANCURONIUM BROMIDE HC IV V 20
Aminosteroid non-depolarising neuromuscular blocker with
long duration of effect
Dosage forms
 Injection: 2 mg/ml

Uses
 Neuromuscular blockade during surgery

 Neuromuscular blockade during intensive care

Dose and duration


 Neuromuscular blockade during surgery

580 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


PANCURONIUM BROMIDE P
Adult and child over 1 month: by IV injection, initially 0.1
mg/kg then 0.02 mg/kg as required
Neonate: initially 0.1 mg/kg, then 0.05 mg/kg repeated as
necessary
 Neuromuscular blockade during intensive care

Adult: by IV injection, initially 0.1 mg/kg (optional) then


0.06 mg/kg every 60–90 minutes
Contra-indications
 Concurrent use of a depolarising neuromuscular agent

 Hypersensitivity to pancuronium

Side effects
 Prolonged post-operative apnoea (temporary cessation

of breathing)
 Tachycardia, hypertension, arrhythmias

 Salivation

 Anaphylactoid reaction

Interactions
 Gentamicin, clindamycin, polymixin B (effects of pancu-

ronium enhanced)
 Phenytoin (effect of pancuronium reduced by long-term

use of phenytoin)
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
o
 Store at 2–8 C. Do not freeze

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 581


P MONOGRAPHS

Caution
 Risk of allergic cross-sensitivity with other neuromuscular
blocking drugs
 Use lower doses in myasthenia gravis and hypothermia
 Use with caution in patients with other neuromuscular
disorders and fluid and electrolyte disturbances
 Patients with burns may require higher doses
 There may be higher dosage requirements in hepatic
impairment and prolonged recovery time
 Use with caution in renal impairment since there may be
prolonged duration of block
 Calculate dose on basis of ideal body weight in obesity to
avoid excessive dosage
 In patients receiving magnesium sulphate for toxaemia of
pregnancy, the reversal of neuromuscular block induced
by pancuronium may be unsatisfactory because
magnesium salts enhance neuromuscular blockade

PAPAVERETUM + HYOSINE RR N 2.2


A combination of hyoscine and papaveretum (mixture of 253
parts of morphine hydrochloride, 23 parts of papaverine hy-
drochloride and 20 parts of codeine hydrochloride)
Dosage forms
 Injection: 15.4 mg/ml of papaveretum+ 0.4 mg/ml of

hyoscine
Uses
 Postoperative analgesia

 Severe chronic pain

582 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


PAPAVERETUM + HYOSINE P
Dose and duration
 All uses

All doses are expressed as papaveretum dose


Give by SC, IM or IV injection, repeated every 4 hours prn
Adult and child over 12 years: 7.7–15.4 mg
Child 6–12 years: 3.85–7.7 mg
Child 1–5 years: 1.93–3.85 mg
Child 1–12 months: 0.154 mg/kg
Child up to 1 month: 0.115 mg/kg
Elderly: initially 7.7 mg
Contra-indications
 Heart failure

 Secondary chronic lung disease

 Pheochromocytoma

 All contraindications of morphine, hyoscine, codeine

Side effects
 Hypothermia

 All side effects of morphine, hyoscine, codeine

Interactions
 All interactions of morphine, hyoscine, codeine

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Respiratory depression and withdrawal symptoms can
occur in a neonate if used during delivery

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 583


P MONOGRAPHS

PARACETAMOL HC II E 2.1
Analgesic (relieves pain) and antipyretic (reduces fever); does
not have anti-inflammatory properties
Dosage forms
 Tablets: 500 mg

 Oral suspension: 125 mg/ml

 Rectal suppository: 125 mg

Uses
 Mild to moderate pain

 Acute migraine attack

 Fever (including post-immunisation fever)

Dose and duration


 Mild to moderate pain, acute migraine attack, fever

Adult and child >12 years: 0.5–1 g every 4–6 hours


(maximum 4 g daily)
Child 6–12 years: 250–500 mg every 4–6 hours
Child 1–5 years: 125–250 mg every 4–6 hours
Child 3 months–1 year: 60–125 mg every 4–6 hours
Child <3 months: 10 mg/kg; only when very necessary
No more than 4 doses should be given in 24 hours
Use suppositories in children who cannot swallow;
dose is the same as for oral paracetamol
Contraindications
 Severe liver disease

Side effects
 Severe liver damage in overdose

Patient instructions
 Take only for as long as pain lasts; avoid prolonged use

 Do not exceed 2 doses if used in post immunisation fever

584 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


PENICILLAMINE P
Bring the child back to the health facility if fever persists.
Wiping the child with a cool sponge or cloth (with water
at room temperature) is also good for reducing the fever
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Reduce dose in liver disease
 May be used with an NSAID to increase pain relief

PENICILLAMINE NR N 4.2
Disease modifying antirheumatic medicine and antidote to
copper and lead poisoning
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 250 mg

Uses
 Treatment of severe rheumatoid arthritis

 Copper poisoning and lead poisoning

 Wilson’s disease

 Cystinuria

Dose and duration


 Rheumatoid arthritis

Adult: by mouth, initially 125–250 mg once daily before


food for 1 month, then increased by the same amounts at
intervals of at least 4 weeks to a usual maintenance dose
of 500–750 mg daily in divided doses (max 1500 mg
daily). If remission occurs after 6 months, attempt dose
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 585
P MONOGRAPHS

reduction by 125–250 mg every 12 weeks


Child 8–12 years: initially 2.5–5 mg/kg daily, gradually in-
creased at least every 4 weeks to a usual maintenance
dose of 15–20 mg/kg daily over 3–6 months
Elderly: initially 125 mg daily before food for 1 month,
then increased with the same amounts at least every 4
weeks (max 1 g daily)
 Copper and lead poisoning
Adult: 1–2 g daily in divided doses before food, until
urinary lead is stabilized at less than 500 micrograms/day
Child: 20 mg/kg/day in divided doses
 Wilson’s disease
Adult and child over 12 years: 1.5–2 g daily in divided
doses before food (max 2 g daily for 1 year), thereafter
0.75–1 g daily
Child 1 month–12 years: 2.5 mg/kg every 12 hours
before food, increased at 1–2 week intervals to 10 mg/kg
every 12 hours
Elderly: 20 mg/kg daily in divided doses adjusted
according to response
 Cystinuria
Adult and child over 12 years: therapeutic, 1000–3000
mg daily in divided doses before food, adjusted to
maintain urinary cystine below 200 mg/l
Prophylactic (maintain urinary cystine below 300 mg/l)
500 mg–1000 mg at bedtime
Child 1 month–12 years: prophylaxis, 20–30 mg/kg/day
in 2–3 divided doses adjusted to keep urinary cystine
below 200 mg/l
Elderly: lowest dose to keep urinary cystine < 200 mg/l

586 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


PENICILLAMINE P
Contra-indications
 Lupus erythematosus

 Hypersensitivity to penicillamine

Side effects
 Nausea, taste loss

 Anorexia, fever

 Thrombocytopenia

 Proteinuria

 Rash

 Stevens-Johnson syndrome

Interactions
 Clozapine (increased risk of agranulocytosis)

Patient instructions
 Take your medicine before food or at bedtime

 Report to your doctor immediately if signs or symptoms

of bone marrow depression such as unexplained bruising


or bleeding, purpura, infection or sore throat occur
 When used for cystinuria, take at least 3 litres of water

per day
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Monitor blood and urine throughout treatment
 Avoid concomitant use of nephrotoxic drugs , gold,
chloroquine or immunosuppressive treatment
 Avoid administration of oral iron within 2 hours of a dose

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 587


P MONOGRAPHS

 Use with caution in penicillin-sensitive patients as they


may also react to penicillamine
 Reduce dose in mild renal impairment and avoid use in
moderate to severe renal impairment

PENTAMIDINE ISETHIONATE RR E 6.4.2, 6.4.4


Antileishmaniasis and antipneumocystis medicine
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 300 mg

Uses
 Pneumocystis carinii pneumonia (PCP)

 Leishmaniasis

 Human African trypanosomiasis

Dose and duration


 Visceral leishmaniasis (unresponsive to, or intolerant of

antimonial compounds)
Adult and child: by deep IM injection or by IV infusion, 4
mg/kg 3 times a week for 5–25 weeks or longer, until
consecutive splenic aspirates taken 14 days apart are
negative
 Cutaneous leishmaniasis (infections caused by L. aethiopi-

ca or L. guyanensis)
Adult and child: by deep IM injection or by IV infusion,
3–4 mg/kg once or twice a week until the lesion is no
longer visible
 Diffuse cutaneous leishmaniasis (infections caused by L.

aethiopica)
Adult and child: by deep IM injection or by IV infusion, 3–
4 mg/kg once a week, continued for at least 4 months
588 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
PENTAMIDINE ISETHIONATE P
after parasites are no longer detectable in slit-skin smears
 Mucocutaneous leishmaniasis unresponsive to antimonial
compounds
Adult and child: by deep IM injection or by IV infusion, 4
mg/kg 3 times a week for 5–25 weeks or longer, until
lesion is no longer visible
 Treatment of pneumocystis carinii pneumonia
Adult and child: by slow IV infusion or by deep IM
injection, 4 mg/kg daily for at least 14 days
 Prophylaxis of P.carinii pneumonia
Adult and child: 4 mg/kg once every 4 weeks
 Treatment of haemolymphatic stage of T. brucei gambi-
ense infection
Adult and child: by IM injection, 4 mg/kg daily or on
alternate days for a total of 7–10 doses
 Treatment of meningoencephalitic stage of T. brucei
gambiense (prior to melarsoprol)
Adult and child: by IM injection, 4 mg/kg daily on day 1
and day 2
Preparation
 Reconstitute according to manufacturer’s instructions

Contra-indications
 Severe renal impairment

Side effects
 Thrombocytopenia, leucopoenia, anaemia, azotemia

 Nephrotoxicity, pancreatitis

 Hypoglycaemia, hyperglycaemia, hyperkalaemia, hy-

pocalcaemia
 Nausea, vomiting, taste disturbance, abdominal pain

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 589


P MONOGRAPHS

 Confusion, hallucinations
 Arrhythmias
 Rash, Stevens-Johnson syndrome
 Acute hypotension with dizziness, headache, breathless-
ness, tachycardia and syncope after rapid IV injection
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Establish baseline blood pressure before administration
and administer when patient is lying down due to risk of
severe hypotension. Monitor blood pressure during ad-
ministration and during treatment
 Interrupt or discontinue treatment if severe deterioration
in bone marrow, renal or pancreatic function develop
 Can be used to treat in potentially fatal visceral leishman-
iasis in pregnancy and breast feeding

PETHIDINE HC IV V 2.3
Opioid analgesic
Dosage forms
 Injection: 50 mg/ml

Uses
 Moderate to severe pain

 Obstetric analgesia

 Pre-operative analgesia

590 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


PETHIDINE P
Dose and duration
 Moderate to severe pain

Adult: 25‒100 mg SC or IM every 6‒8 hours or 25‒50 mg


slow IV as required
Child > 6 months: 0.5‒2 mg/kg/dose as a single dose
Elderly: 25 mg IM or SC
 Analgesia in labour

50‒100 mg IM or SC. Repeat every 1‒3 hours as


required. Maximum 400 mg in 24 hours
 Pre-operative analgesia

Adult: 50‒100 mg IM one hour before the operation


Child > 6 months: 0.5‒2 mg/kg/dose as a single dose
Contraindications
 Pheochromocytoma

 Severe renal failure

 Head trauma or rib fracture injuries

 Raised intracranial pressure

 Acute asthma attack

 Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease

 Risk of paralytic ileus (e.g. in pancreatitis)

 Coma

 Severe liver impairment

 Acute alcoholism or delirium tremens

 Allergy to pethidine

 History of convulsive disorders (e.g. status epilepticus)

 Prostate hypertrophy

 Hypotension

Side effects
 Nausea, vomiting, constipation, dry mouth

 Respiratory depression

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 591


P MONOGRAPHS

 Restlessness
 Tremor
 Hypothermia
 Convulsions (in overdose)
 Pupil constriction and miosis
Interactions
 MAOIs e.g. phenelzine, moclobemide (CNS toxicity

causing hypotension or hypertension)


 Ritonavir (increased risk of pethidine toxicity)

 Selegiline (increased risk of CNS toxicity)

 Cimetidine (increased effect of pethidine)

 Phenytoin (reduced pethidine concentration; increased

risk of pethidine metabolites toxicity)


 Phenothiazine e.g. chlorpromazine, promethazine (may

induce severe hypotension)


Patient instructions
 Do not drive or operate machinery after taking medicine

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Do not use for severe continuing pain as accumulation of
metabolites may result in neurotoxicity
 In case of overdose, use antidote naloxone 40‒80 mi-
crograms slow IV as required
 Pethidine is a controlled medicine (narcotic) and should
be handled according to the regulations
 Repeated use can cause dependence
592 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
PHENOBARBITAL P
 Avoid or reduce dose in elderly, neonates, liver and renal
impairment patients as they are more prone to
respiratory depression and other side effects
 Use during labour may cause respiratory depression in
newborn infant

PHENOBARBITAL HC II V 5
Barbiturate used as anticonvulsant and antiepileptic
Dosage forms
 Tablets: 30 mg

 Injection: 200 mg/ml

Uses
 Convulsions due to high fever

 Grand mal epilepsy

 Nodding disease

Dose and duration


 Convulsions and grand mal epilepsy

Adult: by mouth, 60–180 mg once daily at night


By IM or SC injection, 50–200 mg as a single dose.
May be repeated after 6 hours if necessary
Child: by mouth, 5–8 mg/kg once daily at night
By IM injection, 3–5 mg/kg as a single dose
Preparation
 For use as an intravenous injection, dilute the solution

with 10 times its volume of water for injections


Contra-indications
 Absence seizures (petit mal)

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 593


P MONOGRAPHS

Side effects
 Drowsiness, sedation

 Depression

 Movement disorders

 Allergic skin reactions

 Mood changes

 Confusion in the elderly, irritability in children

Interactions
 Alcohol (increased sedation)

 Diazepam (increased sedation)

 Chlorpheniramine (increased sedation)

 Chlorpromazine (increased sedation)

 Oral contraceptives (reduced contraceptive effect)

 Amitriptyline (anticonvulsant effect cancelled)

 Carbamazepine (increased risk of toxicity)

 Prednisolone (reduced prednisolone effect)

 Warfarin (reduced anticoagulant effect)

 Saquinavir, indinavir, lopinavir (reduced plasma

concentration of ARVs)
Patient instructions
 May impair ability to perform skilled tasks, such as driving

or operating machinery
Pregnancy
st rd
 Do not use in 1 and 3 trimesters

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Do not stop treatment abruptly; reduce doses slowly to
avoid withdrawal symptoms (uncontrolled seizures)
594 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
PHENOXYMETHYLPENICILLIN P
 Identify and treat the underlying cause for convulsions
(e.g. malaria, pneumonia, etc.)
 Avoid using the injectable phenobarbital when patient
has been regularly taking oral phenobarbital to reduce
increased risk of side effects
 Decreases efficacy of oral contraceptives (advise patient
to use another method such as condoms or injectable
medroxyprogesterone)
 Give vitamin K to new born baby if mother has been
taking phenobarbital
 Reduce dose in severe liver and kidney disease

PHENOXYMETHYLPENICILLIN HC II N 6.2.1
Penicillin antibacterial also known as penicillin V
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 250 mg

Uses
 Rheumatic fever

 Rheumatic heart disease

 Bacterial tonsillitis

 Bacterial sore throat

 Acute kidney infection

 Mouth and teeth infection

Dose and duration


 All uses

Adult: 500 mg
Child 6– 12 years: 250 mg
Child 1–5 years: 125 mg
Child <1 year: 62.5 mg/kg
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 595
P MONOGRAPHS

Duration according to table below


Use Duration
Rheumatic fever Every 6 hours for 7 days
Rheumatic heart Every 12 hours for up to
disease 30 years of age
Bacterial tonsillitis, Every 6 hours for 10 days
sore throat, acute
kidney infection
Mouth and dental Every 6 hours for 5 days
infections
Contra-indications
 Penicillin allergy

 Cephalosporin allergy (possible cross-sensitivity)

 Severe infections

Side effects
 Allergic reactions

 Stomach upset

Interactions
 Methotrexate (increased methotrexate toxicity)

Patient instructions
 Take at least 30 minutes before or 2 hours after food

 Stop taking the medicine and report to the health worker

immediately in case any skin rash occurs


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

596 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


PHENYLEPHRINE EYE DROPS P
Caution
 Do not use for serious/severe infections. Use recom-
mended alternatives (e.g. amoxicillin, erythromycin)
 instead

PHENYLEPHRINE EYE DROPS HC IV N 21.8


Sympathomimetic mydriatic agent. Dilates pupils within
60‒90 minutes and effects last for 5‒7 hours
Dosage forms
 Eye drops: 10%

Uses
 Dilate pupil for diagnosis or pre-operative preparation

(mydriasis)
Dose and duration
 Mydriasis

Apply 1 drop to each eye. Repeat if necessary once only,


at least 1 hour after the first dose
Contra-indications
 Children and elderly (Do not use 10% solution due to risk

of systemic side effects)


 Heart disease

 Hypertension

 Hyperthyroidism

 Glaucoma

Side effects
 Pain and stinging in the eye, blurred vision, photophobia,

raised intraocular pressure


 Systemic effects: palpitations, arrhythmias, hypertension

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 597


P MONOGRAPHS

Interactions
 Antihypertensives (reversal of antihypertensive effect)

 Amitriptyline (increased risk of side effects)

 Halothane (increased risk of irregular heart beat)

 Digoxin (increased risk of arrhythmias)

Patient instructions
 Do not drive or operate machinery until your vision

becomes clear
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

PHENYLEPHRINE HYDROCHLORIDE H V 1.3


Sympathomimetic medicine which causes peripheral
vasoconstriction hence increasing arterial pressure
Dosage forms
 Injection: 10 mg/ml

Uses
 Acute hypotensive states

Dose and duration


 Treatment of hypotensive states

By SC or IM injection
Adult and child over 12 years: 2–5 mg followed by 1–10
mg if required, after at least 15 minutes
Child 1–12 years: 0.1 mg/kg every 1–2 hours as required
(max 5 mg)
By slow IV injection using a 1 mg/ml solution

598 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


PHENYLEPHRINE HYDROCHLORIDE P
Adult and child over 12 years: 0.1–0.5 mg repeated as
necessary after at least 15 minutes
Child 1–12 years: 0.005–0.02 mg/kg (max 0.5 mg)
repeated as required after at least 15 minutes
By IV infusion as a 20 micrograms/ml solution
Adult and child over 16 years: 0.18 mg/minute reduced
according to response to 0.03–0.06 mg/minute
Child 1–16 years: 0.1–0.5 mg/kg/minute, adjusted
according to response
Preparation
 For IV infusion, dissolve 10 mg in 500 ml of glucose 5% or

normal saline injection


Contra-indications
 Severe hypertension

 Hyperthyroidism

 Patients taking MAOIs or within 14 days of stopping

MAOI treatment
Side effects
 Tissue necrosis

 Headache

 Vomiting

 Hypertension, tachycardia, reflex bradycardia

Interactions
 Adrenergic neurone blockers (hypotensive effect of

adrenergic neurone blockers antagonised)


 MAOIs (risk of hypertensive crisis)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 599


P MONOGRAPHS

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
o
 Store between 2–25 C. Protect from light

Caution
 Administration in pregnancy may cause foetal
malformations and hypoxia or bradycardia
 Monitor blood pressure and rate of flow frequently

PHENYTOIN HC II V 5
Antiepileptic medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablets: 50 mg, 100 mg

 Injection: 50 mg/ml

Uses
 Epilepsy

 Neuropathic pain (stabbing type)

Dose and duration


 Grand mal epilepsy

Adult: Initially, 3–4 mg/kg (150–300 mg) daily as single


dose or 2 divided doses
Increase gradually at intervals of 2 weeks as necessary
to usually 200–500 mg daily
Child: Initially, 3–5 mg/kg daily in 2 divided doses In-
creased gradually according to clinical response to a
usual maintenance dose of 4–8 mg/kg daily (max 300
mg daily)

600 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


PHENYTOIN P
 Status epilepticus
Adult and child over 12 years: by slow IV injection or IV
infusion, 15 mg/kg at a rate not more than 50 mg/minute
as loading dose. Maintenance dose of 100 mg by mouth
or slow intravenous infusion every 6–8 hours
Child 1 month–12 years: 20 mg/kg as a loading dose at a
rate of 1 mg/kg/minute (max 50 mg/minute).
Maintenance dose of 2.5–5 mg/kg every 12 hours
Neonate: 20 mg/kg as a loading dose at rate of 1–3
mg/kg/minute. Maintenance dose of up to 100 mg every
6–8 hours
 Neuropathic pain

Adult: 200–400 mg daily in 1–2 divided doses


Up to 600 mg daily may be needed
Contra-indications
 Heart block

 Severe liver disease

Side effects
 Stomach upset

 Blood disorders

 Headache, sleepiness, restlessness, sedation, confusion

 Blurred vision, droopy eyelids

 Movement disorders

 Rash

 Slurred speech

 Behavioural disorders, hallucinations

 Acne

Interactions
 Amitriptyline (increased anticonvulsant effect)

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 601


P MONOGRAPHS

 Chlorpromazine (increased anticonvulsant effect)


 Carbamazepine (increased risk of side effects)
 Oral contraceptives (reduced contraceptive effect)

 Dexamethasone (reduced dexamethasone effect)

 Prednisolone (reduced prednisolone effect)

 Isoniazid (increased isoniazid effect)

 Protease inhibitors e.g. lopinavir (reduced plasma

concentration)
Patient instructions
 Take with or after food

 Stop taking medicine and report to the health worker

immediately in case any sore throat, rash, mouth ulcers,


bruising or bleeding occurs
 May impair ability to perform skilled tasks, such as driving

or operating machinery
Pregnancy
st rd
 Do not use in 1 and 3 trimesters

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Do not stop medicine abruptly; reduce dose slowly to
avoid withdrawal symptoms (continuous seizures)
 Always use the lowest effective dose
 Give vitamin K to new-borns if mother has been taking
phenytoin to prevent bleeding
 Reduce dose in liver disease
 Discontinue the medicine if patient develops severe
blood disorders
 Give folic acid 5mg daily to patients to minimise side
602 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
PHYTOMENADIONE (VITAMIN K) P
effect of blood disorders
 Flush intravenous line before and after administration to
prevent local venous irritation

PHYTOMENADIONE (VITAMIN K) HC II V 10.2, 27


Vitamin K and anti-haemorrhagic used to control and
prevent bleeding
Dosage forms
 Injection: 1 mg/ml; 10 mg/ml

Uses
 Prevention of neonatal bleeding in high risk neonates

 Treatment of haemorrhagic disease of the new born

 Warfarin poisoning/overdose

Dose and duration


 Prevention of neonatal bleeding in high risk neonates

1 mg IM immediately after birth as a single dose


 Treatment of haemorrhagic disease of the new born

1 mg IM every 8 hours as necessary


 Warfarin poisoning with severe or moderate bleeding

5 mg by slow IV injection as a single dose


 Warfarin poisoning with minor bleeding

5 mg orally
Side effects
 Allergic reactions

 Formation of blood clot at injection site

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 603


P MONOGRAPHS

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Vitamin K does not have an immediate effect; it
should not be used to stop bleeding due to trauma
 Vitamin K is not an antidote to heparin
 Reduce dose in elderly and patients with liver disease
 High risk neonates include: pre-term infants, neo-
nates with jaundice and neonatal diseases, neonate
whose mother is taking rifampicin or antiepileptics
(e.g. carbamazepine, phenytoin, phenobarbital)

PILOCARPINE RR N 21.7
Miotic with parasympathomimetic action
Dosage forms
 Eye drops: 2%, 4%

 Intracameral injection: 0.50%

Uses
 Chronic open-angle glaucoma

 Acute angle-closure glaucoma

Dose and duration


 Treatment of chronic open-angle glaucoma

Adult: apply 1–2 drops every 6 hours


 Acute angle-closure glaucoma (before surgery)

Adult and child: 1 drop of 2% solution every 10 minutes


for 30–60 minutes, then 1 drop every 1–3 hours until in-
traocular pressure subsides

604 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


PILOCARPINE P
Contraindications
 Acute iritis

 Hypersensitivity

 Anterior uveitis

 Acute uveitis

 Some forms of secondary glaucoma

Side effects
Systemic side-effects are rare following ocular application.
Ocular side effects include;
 Burning, itching, stinging, pain in the eyes

 Blurred vision

 Conjuctival vascular congestion

 Myopia

 Vitreous haemorrhage

 Retinal detachment

 Pupillary block

 Headache

 Brow ache

 Ciliary spasm

 Sensitisation of the eye lids

 Decreases in visual acuity in poor illumination

Patient instructions
 Do not exceed the stated dose

 Discard any remaining solution 28 days since first

opening of container
 In case of blurred vision, do not drive until vision is

clear
 The dropper tip should not touch any surface

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 605


P MONOGRAPHS

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Do not use after angle-closure surgery because of a risk
of posterior synechiae forming
 Ophthalmic pilocarpine may be systemically absorbed
 Only use in pregnancy and breast-feeding if potential
benefit outweighs risk
 Systemic absorption may occur in patients receiving high
doses. Therefore use with caution in patients with bron-
chial asthma, peptic ulceration, urinary tract obstruction,
Parkinson's disease, acute heart failure and hypertension
 Perform a fundus examination in all patients before
starting pilocarpine therapy since retinal detachment has
been associated with the use of miotics in susceptible
patients and those with existing retinal disease
 Carry out regular monitoring of visual fields and
intra-ocular pressure in patients on long-term therapy

PIOGLITAZONE RR N 18.5
Thiazolidinedione antidiabetic medicine which reduces pe-
ripheral insulin resistance
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 30 mg

Uses
 Type 2 diabetes mellitus

606 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


PIOGLITAZONE P
Dose and duration
 Type2 diabetes mellitus

Adult over 18 years: 15–30 mg once daily increased to 45


mg once daily according to response. Review treatment
after 3–6 months and regularly thereafter
Elderly: initiate with lowest possible dose and increase
gradually
Contra-indications
 Heart failure or history of heart failure

 Active bladder cancer

 History of bladder cancer

 Uninvestigated macroscopic haematuria

 Diabetic ketoacidosis

 Hypersensitivity to pioglitazone

Side effects
 Upper respiratory tract infection

 Weight gain

 Visual disturbances

 Hypoesthesia (reduced sensation)

 Bone fracture

Patient instructions
 Report to your doctor immediately if signs and symptoms

suggesting hepatic dysfunction such as nausea, vomiting,


abdominal pain, fatigue and dark urine develop
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 607


P MONOGRAPHS

Caution
 Monitor cardiac function closely and discontinue treat-
ment immediately if cardiac function deteriorates
 Monitor liver function. Consider discontinuing pioglita-
zone if signs of hepatic dysfunction or jaundice develop
 Avoid use in hepatic impairment
 Assess patient for risk of bladder cancer and review
treatment after 3–6 months. Discontinue in patient with
inadequate response

PIRACETAM NR E 29.1
Nootropic medicine in the racetam group that increases brain
perfusion and metabolism thereby improving mental
functioning
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 800 mg

 Injection: 125 mg/ml

Uses
 Adjunctive treatment of cortical myoclonus

Dose and duration


 Adjunctive treatment of cortical myoclonus

Adult and child over 16 years: 7.2 g daily in 2–3 divided


doses, increased by 4.8 g every 3–4 days, according to
response up to a max daily dose of 24 g in 2–3 divided
doses. In acute episodes, attempt to reduce dose every 6
months; by reducing by 1.2 g every 2 -4 days

608 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


PIRACETAM P
In renal impairment:
eGFR Dosing requirement
2
(ml/min/1.73 m )
50–80 2/3 normal dose in 2–3 divided
doses
30–50 1/3 normal dose in 2 divided doses
20–30 1/6 normal dose as a single dose

Contra-indications
 Cerebral haemorrhage

 Huntington’s chorea

 Hypersensitivity to piracetam and pyrrolidone derivatives

Side effects
 Weight gain

 Nervousness

 Hyperkinesia

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breast-feeding

Caution
 Avoid abrupt withdrawal since it may induce myoclonic
or generalised seizures in some myoclonic patients
 Use with caution in patients with gastric ulcer, history of
haemorrhagic stroke and in concomitant use of
medicines that increase bleeding
 Avoid use in severe renal failure with eGFR below 20
ml/min/1.73 m2
 Only use in pregnancy if benefit exceeds risk
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 609
P MONOGRAPHS

PNEUMOCOCCAL POLYSACCHARIDE
HC II V 19.3.1
CONJUGATE (PCV) VACCINE
Vaccine used in routine immunisation of children to prevent
pneumonia and meningitis caused by Streptococcus pneu-
moniae
Dosage forms
 Injection: 0.5 ml/dose in 2-dose vial

Uses
 Immunisation against Streptococcus pneumoniae for pre-

vention of pneumonia and meningitis


Dose and duration
Child 1–5 years: 0.5 ml IM in shoulder muscle (upper
outer arm) as a single dose
Child <1 year: 0.5 ml IM in outer upper thigh
First dose: At 6 weeks or 2 months
Second dose: At 10 weeks or 4 months
Third dose: At 14 weeks or 6 months
A booster dose may be given at 12 months
Contraindications
 Severe febrile illness

Side effects
 Pain, redness, swelling at injection site

Patient instructions
 If fever develops, give a single dose of paracetamol (60

mg) to the child. Wiping the child with a cool sponge or


cloth (with water at room temperature) is also good for
reducing fever
 Do not apply anything at the injection site

610 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


PODOPHYLLUM RESIN P
Pregnancy
 Not applicable

Breast-feeding
 Not applicable

Storage
 Store between 2–8°C. Do not freeze

Caution
 Vaccine can be given to HIV-infected patients

PODOPHYLLUM RESIN HC IV N 13.4


Caustic antimitotic agent
Dosage forms
 Solution: 15%

Uses
 Anogenital warts

 Plantar warts

Dose and duration


 Warts

Apply to warts twice daily for 3 consecutive days. Rinse


off after 1‒6 hours. Repeat treatment at weekly
intervals but no more than 4 times in total
Contraindications
 Inflamed or bleeding lesions

 Children under 12 years

Side effects
 Local irritation (itching, burning, pain)

 Systemic effects (nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea, abdominal

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 611


P MONOGRAPHS

pain, renal failure, neurotoxicity, delirium, hearing and


visual disturbances)
Patient instructions
 Do not apply to normal skin, face, eyes or open wounds

 Protect normal skin around wart with petroleum jelly be-

fore applying medicine


Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used. Do not apply to breasts

Caution
 Application to lesions greater than 4 cm2 and genital
warts in females should be done by a trained medical
professional
 Prolonged use or use on large areas can lead to local ne-
crosis and systemic toxicity. If lesions still not resolved
after using for 4 weeks, refer for surgical removal

POLIO VACCINE HC II V 19.3.1


Live attenuated vaccine of poliomyelitis virus types 1, 2, and 3
used in routine immunisation of children
Dosage forms
 Oral solution: 20-dose vial (2 ml)

Uses
 Immunisation against polio

Dose and duration


Four doses given as below:
Polio 0: 2–3 drops orally given at birth or within the
612 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
POLIO VACCINE P
first 2 weeks of life
Polio 1: 2–3 drops orally given at 6 weeks
Polio 2: 2–3 drops orally given at 10 weeks
Polio 3: 2–3 drops orally given at 14 weeks
Booster doses may be given at 3 years of age
Contraindications
 Immunocompromised patients and their close household

contacts
 Severe acute febrile illness

Side effects
 Mild stomach upset

Patient instructions
 Dispose of the child's faeces properly as the virus spreads

through the oral-faecal route


 Wash hands thoroughly after changing the baby's nappies

Pregnancy
 Not applicable

Breast-feeding
 Not applicable

Storage
 Store between 2–8°C

 The vaccine loses its effects once the container has been

opened; any vaccine remaining at the end of an immun-


isation schedule should be disposed
Caution
 Postpone vaccination in the event of severe acute febrile
illness (minor infections are not contraindications)
 Minimum interval between doses is 4 weeks

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 613


P MONOGRAPHS

 If child has diarrhoea or vomiting, give the vaccine and


then repeat dose 4 weeks later
 Read the manufacturer’s instructions leaflet that accom-
panies the vaccine to be sure whether to administer 2 or
3 drops in the child’s mouth

POLYGELINE SOLUTION HC IV N 11.1


Plasma expander used to expand and maintain blood volume
in shock arising from conditions such as burns or septicaemia
Dosage forms
 Solution for IV infusion: 3.5%

Uses
 Low blood volume

Dose and duration


 Low blood volume

Initially 500‒1000 ml by IV infusion. Adjust according to


patient’s response
Contra-indications
 Loss of plasma protein, water and electrolytes over sev-

eral days or weeks


 Severe congestive heart failure

 Bleeding disorders

Side effects
 Hypersensitivity reactions

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

614 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


POTASSIUM CHLORIDE P
Caution
 Do not use if shock is due to sodium and water depletion.
Use sodium chloride 0.9% instead
 Do not use in burns or peritonitis when there is loss of
plasma protein, water and electrolytes over several days
or weeks; use albumin solution instead
 Use cautiously in heart disease, severe liver disease or
renal impairment. Monitor urine output of the patient
closely

POTASSIUM CHLORIDE H V 26.2, 27


Potassium supplement
Dosage forms
 Sterile concentrate for dilution for injection: 150 mg/ml

 Solution for injection: 10%

 Tablet: 600 mg

Uses
 Management of potassium depletion

 Prevention of hypokalaemia

 Management of electrolyte imbalances

Dose and duration


 Management of potassium depletion

Adult: by slow IV infusion, 3000- 7500 mg daily in divided


doses after meals
 Prevention of hypokalaemia

Adult: by slow IV infusion, 2000- 4000 mg daily in divided


doses after meals
 Management of electrolyte imbalances

Adult and child: By slow IV infusion over 2- 3 hours,


Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 615
P MONOGRAPHS

depending on deficit or daily maintenance requirements.


Maximum dose 150- 225 mg/kg body weight in 24 hours
Preparation
 Dilute the concentrate with NOT less than 50 times its

volume of 0.9% sodium chloride and mix well


Contraindications
 Plasma potassium concentration above 5 mmol/litre

 Hyperchloraemia

 Severe renal impairment

 Addison’s disease

 Acute dehydration

 Heat cramps

Side effects
 Hyperkalaemia

 Cardiac toxicity on rapid infusion

 Nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain, diarrhoea, flatulence

Interactions
 Amiloride (increased risk of hyperkalaemia

 Ciclosporin (increased risk of hyperkalaemia)

 Enalapril (increased risk of severe hyperkalaemia)

 Spironolactone (risk of hyperkalaemia)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Only administer IV potassium chloride when sufficient
potassium cannot be taken by mouth

616 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE P
 Rapid infusion is toxic to the heart
 Using concentrated solution can cause instant cardiac
arrest
 Avoid routine use in moderate renal failure due to high
risk of hyperkalaemia
 Initial IV potassium should not involve glucose infusions,
because glucose may cause a further decrease in the
plasma potassium concentration
 Administer with caution in patients with cardiac disease

POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE HC IV N 13.2


Mild antiseptic with astringent properties. It has cleansing
and deodorising effects.
Dosage forms
 Aqueous solution: 0.01% (1:10,000)

Uses
 Wet lesions of ringworm and athletes foot

 Exudative eczematous lesions

 Pemphigus

 Tropical ulcers

 Impetigo

Dose and duration


 Wet lesions of skin wounds and infections

Apply 0.01% solution to affected area, followed by


debridement and removal of crusts
Change dressing 2‒3 times daily
Stop when lesions become dry
 Wet lesions of athletes foot

Soak feet in solution every 8 hours until lesions


Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 617
P MONOGRAPHS

become dry
Contra-indications
 Use with occlusive dressing (airtight, water-tight dressing

that completely covers skin)


Side effects
 Local irritation especially on mucous membranes

 Can stain skin, nails and clothing

Patient instructions
 Soak cloth in potassium permanganate solution then

gently apply on wound. Gently remove crusts.


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

POVIDONE IODINE HC II V 15.1, 28.3


Disinfectant that removes and kills microorganisms on skin
and mucous membranes. It is effective against bacteria,
fungi, viruses, protozoa, cysts, and spores. It releases iodine
upon contact with skin.
Dosage forms
 Aqueous solution: 10% (equivalent to 1% iodine)

 Mouthwash: 1%

 Eye drops: 5%

Uses
 Cleansing of skin and mucous membranes after injuries

and bites (wounds)


 Disinfection of skin at injection site and before surgical

618 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


POVIDONE IODINE P
procedures
 Local treatment of mouth infections
 Disinfection of rubber stoppers for infusion bottles,
medicine vials, and infusion sets (do not use for vaccines)
 Cutaneous peri-ocular and conjuctival antisepsis prior to
ocular surgery
Dose and duration
 Disinfection of minor wounds and burns

Apply undiluted solution to the affected area every 12


hours after cleaning
 Antisepsis of large wounds

Prepare an irrigation (see preparation)


Irrigate the affected area, then rinse with 0.9% sodium
chloride or sterile water
 Pre- and post- operative skin disinfection

Apply undiluted solution to the skin area every 12


hours
Allow skin to dry between each application (do not dab
to make the area dry faster)
 Local treatment of mouth infections

Prepare mouthwash (see preparation)


Adult: 2 rinses all over the mouth every 12 hours
 Cutaneous peri-ocular and conjuctival antisepsis prior to

ocular surgery
Adult and child: Instil 2–3 drops of the solution into
the affected eye and leave for 2 minutes, then rinse
with sterile 0.9% solution of normal saline until the
colour of iodine disappears
Preparation
 Irrigation: Dilute 1/4 of 10% povidone iodine with 3/4 of

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 619


P MONOGRAPHS

sodium chloride 0.9% or sterile water (e.g. add 10 ml of


povidone iodine to 30 ml of normal saline)
 Mouthwash: Dilute 1 or 2 teaspoons of 10% solution in

200 ml of water
Contra-indications
 Pre-term neonates and neonates <1.5 kg

 Disinfection of vaccine bottles or skin site before vaccina-

tion (inactivates vaccines)


 Intra-ocular or peri-ocular injection

 Concomitant use with topical eye preparations containing

mercury as a preservative
Side effects
 Local irritation

 Metabolic acidosis, high blood sodium levels, kidney

damage (after prolonged use or use on large areas)


Interactions
 Chlorhexidine-cetrimide (cancelled effect)

 Hydrogen peroxide (cancelled effect)

 Vaccines (inactivation of vaccines)

Patient instructions
 When using mouth wash, spit out solution after rinsing;

do not swallow
 Clean the wound to remove dirt and debris before using

the solution on wounds


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

620 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


PRALIDOXIME P
Storage
Store at 2–8oC. Use immediately once opened. Can be
stored at room temperature for 1 month
Caution
 Do not use for long periods or on large areas of skin, as
iodine will be absorbed into the body
 Disinfection effect begins after 30 seconds of contact. A
minimum contact time of 1 minute is necessary to ensure
bacteria are eliminated
 Do not use for irrigation of body cavities (organs inside
the body)
 Prolonged use may interfere with thyroid function tests
 Do not use with other medicines that are intended for
ocular administration, including other antimicrobial
agents, because of the potential for antagonism or
inactivation of povidone iodine

PRALIDOXIME RR E 4.1
Antidote for organophosphate poisoning
Dosage forms
 Powder for reconstitution for injection: 1 g

Uses
 Adjunct to atropine in organophosphate poisoning

 Adjunct to atropine in carbamate poisoning

Dose and duration


 Adjunct to atropine in organophosphate and carbamate

poisoning
Adult and child: by IV infusion, 30 mg/kg over 20 minutes

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 621


P MONOGRAPHS

followed by 8 mg/kg/hour (usual max 12 g in 24 hours)


By IV injection, loading dose 30 mg/kg over at least 5
minutes in pulmonary oedema or when IV infusion is not
possible
Preparation
 Dilute to a concentration of 50 mg/ml with water for

injection by dissolving the contents of the vial in 20 ml of


water
Contra-indications
 Poisoning with agents without anticholinesterase activity

Side effects
 Drowsiness, dizziness, headache

 Disturbances of vision

 Nausea

 Tachycardia

 Hyperventilation

 Muscular weakness

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Continue pralidoxime until the patient has not required
atropine for 12 hours
 Use with caution in renal impairment and myasthenia
gravis

622 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


PRAZIQUANTEL P
PRAZIQUANTEL HC IV E 6.1.3
Antischistosomal medicine effective against all forms of
human schistosomes e.g. liver, intestinal, lung and
urinary/bladder flukes
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 600 mg

Uses
 Schistosomiasis (bilharziasis)

Dose and duration


 Schistosomiasis

Adult: 40 mg/kg single dose


Contra-indications
 Ocular cysticercosis

Side effects
 Stomach upset

 Headache, dizziness

 Rectal bleeding

Patient instructions
 May impair ability to perform skilled tasks; do not drive

or operate machinery after taking this medicine


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Avoid breastfeeding while taking and for 72 hours after
taking this medicine

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 623


P MONOGRAPHS

 Hypersensitivity reactions may occur (due to dead and


dying parasites). Give prednisolone if reactions occur.

3, 6.2.3, 8.3,
PREDNISOLONE HC III V
18.1, 21.3, 25.1
Synthetic steroidal anti-inflammatory medicine with medium
duration of action
Dosage forms
 Tablets: 5 mg

 Eye drops: 0.5%, 1%

Uses
 Acute asthma attack

 Rescue course in chronic asthma

 Neuropathy due to leprosy

 Severe allergic reactions

 Stevens-Johnson syndrome

 Anaphylaxis

 Immune reconstitution inflammatory syndrome (IRIS)

 Inflammatory reactions during treatment of roundworm,

sleeping sickness, toxocariasis, systemic tapeworm


infestation, schistosomiasis, leprosy
 Allergic eye reactions

Dose and duration


 Acute asthma attack

Adult: 30–60 mg single dose or in 2–3 divided doses


Child 5–15 years: up to 40 mg daily
Child 1–4 years: up to 20 mg daily
Child <1 year: 1–2 mg/kg/day
After stabilisation, continue dose for 3 days
624 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
PREDNISOLONE P
 Rescue course in chronic asthma
Give a 3-day course
Adult: 40 mg-60 mg daily
Child 5–15 years: up to 40 mg daily
Child 1–4 years: up to 20 mg daily
Child <1 year: 1–2 mg/kg/day
 Severe allergic and inflammatory reactions, Stevens-
Johnson syndrome, anaphylaxis, IRIS
Up to 60 mg once daily in the morning for 5–10 days
 Allergic eye reactions
Apply 1 drop every 1‒2 hours until symptoms reduce;
then apply 1 drop every 8 hours
Contra-indications
 Active peptic ulcer disease

 Acute viral infection (e.g. hepatitis, herpes zoster, herpes

simplex)
 Untreated systemic infections

 Do not use eye drops for undiagnosed “red eye”

 Do not use eye drops for glaucoma

Side effects
 Stomach upset

 Hiccups

 Can cause or make peptic ulcers worse

 Allergic reactions

 Difficulty in sleeping

 Stops body's natural production of corticosteroids (after

prolonged use or with high doses) causing: increased risk


and severity of infections, Cushing’s syndrome, muscle
wasting, moon face, acne, oedema, high blood pressure,
bones easily fractures, thinning of skin and easy bruising,
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 625
P MONOGRAPHS

mental disturbances, diabetes mellitus, menstrual dis-


turbances, inhibition of growth in children, glaucoma
Interactions
 Anti-diabetic medicines (reduced effectiveness of

anti-diabetic medicines)
 Carbamazepine (reduced prednisolone effect)

 Phenobarbital (reduced prednisolone effect)

 Phenytoin (reduced prednisolone effect)

 Rifampicin (reduced prednisolone effect)

 Live vaccines (e.g. BCG, polio, prednisolone impairs

immune response)
Patient instructions
 Take medicine in the morning with food for the once a

day prescriptions
 Take rescue course of prednisolone provided when pa-

tient feels worsening of chronic asthma symptoms


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Where treatment lasts more than 10 days, initial high
doses must be reduced as soon as possible
 Always use the smallest effective dose
 Give prednisolone rescue course for chronic asthma
patients for them to keep at home
 Do not stop medicine abruptly where treatment lasts
more than 21 days; reduce dose gradually
 Use hydrocortisone cream for mild allergic skin reactions
626 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
PROCAINAMIDE P
instead of prednisolone
 Use with caution in patients with hypertension and
diabetes

PROCAINAMIDE RR N 12.2
Antiarrhythmic medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 250 mg

Uses
 Severe ventricular arrhythmias resistant to lidocaine or

after a myocardial infarction


 Atrial tachycardia

 Atrial fibrillation

 Maintenance of sinus rhythm after cardioversion of atrial

fibrillation
Dose and duration
 Ventricular arrhythmias

Adult: by mouth, up to 50 mg/kg daily in divided doses


every 3–6 hours, preferably controlled by monitoring
plasma procainamide concentration (therapeutic concen-
tration usually within the range of 3–10 micrograms/ml)
 Atrial arrhythmias

Adult: higher doses may be required


Contra-indications
 Torsades de pointes

 Systemic lupus erythematosus

 Heart block

 Heart failure

 Hypotension

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 627


P MONOGRAPHS

Side effects
 Nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea

 Anorexia

 Rash, pruritus, urticaria

 Flushing, fever

 Myocardial depression, heart failure

 Angioedema

 Depression, dizziness

 Psychosis

Interactions
 Alcuronium, suxamethonium, vecuronium (enhanced

muscle relaxant effect)


 Amitriptyline, chlorpromazine, clomipramine, fluphe-

nazine, haloperidol (increased risk of ventricular


arrhythmias)
 Artemether + lumefantrine (risk of arrhythmias)

 Atenolol, lidocaine, timolol, propranolol (increased

myocardial depression)
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Use with caution in the elderly, renal impairment, hepatic
impairment, asthma and myasthenia gravis
 Avoid use or reduce dose in renal or hepatic impairment

628 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


PROCAINE BENZYLPENICILLIN (PPF) P
PROCAINE BENZYLPENICILLIN (PPF) HC III V 6.2.1
Broad spectrum penicillin antibacterial with both immediate
effect of benzylpenicillin and prolonged effect due to
procaine benzylpenicillin (12–24 hours); commonly abbrevi-
ated as PPF (procaine penicillin fortified)
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 3 MU procaine benzylpenicillin and

1 MU benzylpenicillin
Uses
 Severe bacterial infections

 Neurosyphilis

 Congenital syphilis

Dose and duration


 All uses

Adult: 1–1.5 MU IM once daily


Child: 50,000 IU/kg (50 mg/kg) IM once daily
Use Duration
Severe pneumonia 5–10 days
Diphtheria 7 days
Neurosyphilis 10–14 days
Congenital syphilis 10 days
Preparation
 Dissolve in water for injection

Contra-indications
 Allergy to penicillin or procaine

 Give with caution if patient has cephalosporin allergy

(cross-sensitivity may occur)


 Intravenous injection

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 629


P MONOGRAPHS

Side effects
 Pain at injection site

 Allergic reactions

 Stomach upset

 Seizures

 Restlessness

 Jarisch-herxheimer reaction (see caution)

Interactions
 Methotrexate (increased risk of methotrexate toxicity)

Patient instructions
 Report to health worker immediately in case any severe

rash occurs while on treatment


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
 Once reconstituted, use suspension immediately

Caution
 For IM injection only. Never use for IV injection or
infusion
 Give with caution to children below 1 year old as seizures
and allergy due to procaine may occur
 Reduce dose in severe kidney disease
 Jarisch-herxheimer reaction can be prevented with 3
doses of oral prednisolone 20 mg every 12 hours
 For treatment of severe bacterial infections, PPF is third
line to ampicillin and gentamicin

630 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


PROCARBAZINE P
 For acute ear infection or pneumonia, only use PPF if
azithromycin is not available or child is not able to
swallow oral medication

PROCARBAZINE NR V 8.2
Alkylating agent anticancer
Dosage forms
 Capsule: 50 mg

Uses
 Hodgkin’s disease

Dose and duration


 Hodgkin’s disease (monotherapy)

Adult and child: Initially, 50 mg by mouth, increased


daily by 50 mg up to a maximum daily dose of 250−300
mg. After the greatest remission, reduce to mainte-
nance dose of 50−150 mg daily
 Hodgkin’s disease (in combination regimen)

Adult: 100 mg/m2 daily on the 10−14 days of a 4−6


week cycle
Contra-indications
 Pre-existing leucopoenia or thrombocytopenia

 Severe hepatic damage

 Severe renal damage

Side effects
 Nausea and vomiting

 Loss of appetite

 Myelosuppression

 Infections

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 631


P MONOGRAPHS

 Allergic reactions
 Reduced fertility; infertility
 Liver damage

Interactions
 Live vaccines (risk of developing disease)

 Clozapine (risk of agranulocytosis)

 Alcohol (disulfiram-like reaction)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breastfeeding

Caution
 Monitor full blood count during treatment. If total white
cell count falls to 3000/mm3 or platelet count to
80,000/mm3, suspend treatment until the levels recover
 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in cytotoxic medicines

PROCHLOPERAZINE MALEATE HC IV E 17.2


Phenothiazine antiemetic medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 5 mg

 Injection: 12.5 mg/ml

Uses
 Severe nausea and vomiting

 Vertigo

 Labyrinthitis

632 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


PROCHLOPERAZINE MALEATE P
Dose and duration
 Nausea and vomiting

Adult: 5‒10 mg orally every 8 hours


OR 12.5 mg by deep IM every 6 hours when necessary
Contra-indications
 Children <12 year

 Glaucoma

 Bleeding disorders

 Allergy to prochlorperazine

Side effects
 Drowsiness, sedation, headache, agitation

 Extrapyramidal symptoms

 Bleeding disorders

 Dry mouth

 Allergic reaction

Interactions
 Alcohol (increased risk of side effects)

 Antiarrhythmics (increased risk of arrhythmias)

 Antiepileptics (reduced anticonvulsant effect)

Patient instructions
 Causes sleepiness; do not operate machinery or drive

while taking the medicine


 Do not drink alcohol during treatment

 Do not take larger doses than prescribed

Pregnancy
rd
 Do not use in 3 trimester

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 633


P MONOGRAPHS

Caution
 Do not stop treatment abruptly to prevent withdrawal
symptoms. Reduce dose gradually
 Use with caution in liver disease, epilepsy, the elderly,
and children as they are more susceptible to side effects

PROGUANIL HC IV N 6.4.3
Antimalarial medicine. Tissue schizonticide
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 100 mg

Uses
 Malaria prophylaxis in non-immune visitors to malaria-

endemic countries
Dose and duration
 Malaria prophylaxis

Adult and child > 14 years:200 mg once daily


Child 9‒14 years: 150 mg once daily
Child 5‒8 years: 100 mg once daily
Child 1‒4 years: 50 mg once daily
Child < 1 year: 25 mg once daily
Start 1 week before entering endemic area and con-
tinue for 4 weeks after leaving
Side effects
 Stomach upset, mouth ulcers

 Hypersensitivity reactions

Patient instructions
 Take after food

 Side effects mild and usually go as treatment continues

634 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


PROMETHAZINE P
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Pregnant women must be given adequate folate supple-
ments while taking proguanil

PROMETHAZINE HC II V 3, 17.2, 24
Phenothiazine with antihistamine, anti-emetic, anti-allergic,
and sedative activity
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 25 mg

 Injection: 25 mg/ml

Uses
 Relieve itching in allergic reactions

 Nausea and vomiting (drug-induced, excessive vomiting

in pregnancy, post-operative nausea)


 Motion sickness

 Vertigo

 Anaphylactic shock

Dose and duration


 Allergic reactions and itching, nausea, vomiting, vertigo

Adult: 25 mg orally at night, increased if necessary to


every 12 hours
Child: 1 mg/kg daily in 1–2 divided doses
 Excessive vomiting of pregnancy

25 mg IM once daily OR by mouth, every 8 hours prn

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 635


P MONOGRAPHS

 Motion sickness prevention


Adult: 20–25 mg orally
Child 2–5 years: 5 mg
Child 5–10 years: 10 mg
Take at bedtime on the night before travel and repeat
the following morning if necessary
 Anaphylactic shock
Adult: 25–50 mg by deep IM or slow IV over 1 minute
(max 100 mg in 24 hours). Use diluted solution.
Child 5–10 years: 6.25–12.5 mg by deep IM
Child 1-5 years: 0.5 ml/kg by deep IM
Repeat dose every 8 hours for 24–48 hours
Preparation
 Dilute each 1 ml of promethazine injection 25 mg/ml with

9 ml of water for injection


Contra-indications
 Children <1 year

 Glaucoma

 Urinary and prostate disorders

 Severe liver disease

Side effects
 Drowsiness, dizziness, sedation, headache

 Nightmares, confusion

 Movement disorders

 Dry mouth, constipation

 Urinary retention

 Blurred vision

 Rash

 Jaundice

636 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


PROMETHAZINE P
 Blood disorders
 Pain at injection site
 Risk of limb gangrene after injection

 Respiratory depression

Interactions
Increased risk of sedation and respiratory depression when
given with:
 Morphine

 Diazepam

 Alcohol

 Amitriptyline

Patient instructions
 Take medicine preferably at night in a single dose

 Causes sleepiness; do not operate machinery or drive

while taking the medicine


 Do not drink alcohol during treatment

 Do not take larger doses than prescribed

Pregnancy
rd
 Do not use in 3 trimester

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Promethazine has little effect in nausea and vomiting
caused by anti-cancer medicines
 Use with caution in liver disease, epilepsy, the elderly,
and children as they are more susceptible to side effects

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 637


P MONOGRAPHS

PROPANTHELINE H N 17.4
Antimuscarinic quaternary ammonium medicine used for
smooth muscle spasms
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 15 mg

Uses
 Gastrointestinal disorders with smooth muscle spasms

 Adult enuresis

 Gustatory sweating

Dose and duration


 All uses

Adult and child over 12 years: 15 mg every 8 hours at


least 1 hour before meals and 30 mg at night (max 120
mg daily). adjust dose according to response
 Gastrointestinal disorders characterised by smooth mus-

cle spasms
Child 1 month–12 years: 0.3 mg/kg (max 15 mg) every 6–
8 hours at least 1 hour before food
Contra-indications
 Myasthenia gravis

 Paralytic ileus

 Pyloric stenosis

 Toxic megacolon

 Intestinal atony

 Prostatic enlargement

 Hypersensitivity to propantheline

Side effects
 Constipation

 Transient bradycardia

638 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


PROPOFOL P
 Reduced bronchial secretions
 Urinary urgency and retention
 Dilatation of pupils, loss of accommodation, photophobia
 Dry mouth
 Flushing, dryness of skin
Patient instructions
 Take your medicine at least 1 hour before meals

 Do not drive or operate machinery if the medicine causes

drowsiness or blurring of vision


Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Propantheline may suppress lactation
 Use with caution in Down’s syndrome, in children and the
elderly, patients with diarrhoea, severe heart disease, ul-
cerative colitis and in gastrointestinal reflux disease

PROPOFOL H V 1.1
General anaesthetic
Dosage forms
 Emulsion for injection: 10 mg/ml

Uses
 Induction of anaesthesia

 Maintenance of anaesthesia

 Sedation

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 639


P MONOGRAPHS

Dose and duration


 Induction of anaesthesia

Adult under 55 years and child over 17 years: by slow IV


injection or infusion, 1.5–2.5 mg/kg at a rate of 20–40 mg
every 10 seconds until response
Adult over 55 years or debilitated: 1–1.5 mg/kg at a rate
of 20 mg every 10 seconds until response by slow IV in-
jection or IV infusion
Child 1 month–17 years: 2.5–4 mg/kg adjusted according
to age, weight and response
 Maintenance anaesthesia

Adult and child over 17 years: by IV infusion, 4–12


mg/kg/hour
By slow IV injection, 25–50 mg repeated according to
response
Child 1 month–17 years: by IV infusion, 9–15 mg/kg/hour
adjusted according to weight, age and response
Elderly and debilitated: by IV infusion, 3–6 mg/kg/hour
or 25–50 mg by slow IV injection
Pregnancy: max 6 mg/kg/hour
 Sedation of ventilated patients in intensive care

Adult and child over 16 years: by IV infusion, 0.3–4


mg/kg/hour adjusted according to response
 Induction of sedation for surgical and diagnostic proce-

dures
Adult and child over 17 years: initially by slow IV injec-
tion over 1–5 minutes, 0.5– 1 mg/kg, dose and rate of
administration adjusted according to desired level of se-
dation and response
Child 1 month–17 years: 1–2 mg/kg by slow IV injection

640 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


PROPOFOL P
over 1–5 minutes adjusted according to response
 Maintenance of sedation for surgical and diagnostic
procedures
Adult and child over 17 years: by IV infusion, 1.5–4.5
mg/kg/hour, dose and rate of administration adjusted
according to desired level of sedation and response. If
rapid increase in sedation is required, give an additional
10–20 mg by slow IV injection
Child 1 month–17 years: by IV infusion, 1.5–9
mg/kg/hour (if rapid sedation required, add by slow IV
injection, max 1 mg/kg)
Contra-indications
 Children < 16 years of age for sedation in intensive care

 Hypersensitivity to propofol

Side effects
 Pain on injection

 Transient apnoea

 Hypotension

 Bradycardia

 Headache

 Nausea, vomiting

 Anaphylaxis

Interactions
 Suxamethonium (increased risk of myocardial depression

and bradycardia)
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 641


P MONOGRAPHS

Storage
o
 Store between 2–25 C. Do not freeze

Caution
 Use with extreme caution if used for surgery of the
mouth, pharynx, larynx and in patients with acute
circulatory failure or fixed cardiac output
 Use with caution in cardiac impairment, respiratory
impairment, hypovolemia, epilepsy, hypotension, raised
intracranial pressure, renal and hepatic impairment
 Monitor blood-lipid concentration if there is risk of fat
overload or if sedation is longer than 3 days
 May depress neonatal respiration if used during delivery.
Do not use for obstetric anaesthesia unless clearly
necessary
 Patient should not breast-feed for 24 hours after use of
propofol as it is excreted in breast milk in small quantities
 Use of a microbiological filter during infusion is not
recommended

PROPRANOLOL HC IV V 7.2, 12.2,12.3


Non-selective beta –blocker antihypertensive
Dosage forms
 Tablets: 40 mg

Uses
 Hypertension

 Angina

 Arrhythmias

 Migraine

 Hyperthyroidism (specialist use only)

642 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


PROPRANOLOL P
Dose and duration
 Hypertension

Adult: 40‒80 mg every 8‒12 hours daily


 Angina

Adult: initially 40‒80 mg every 8‒12 hours daily;


maintenance 120‒240 mg daily
 Arrhythmias

Adult: initially 10‒40 mg every 6‒8 hours daily;


maintenance 120‒240 mg daily
 Migraine prophylaxis

Adult: initially 40 mg every 8‒12 hours, increased by


same amount at weekly intervals if necessary. Usual
maintenance dose is 80‒160 mg daily
Child < 12 years: 20 mg every 8‒12 hours daily
 Hyperthyroidism

Adult: 40‒80 mg every 12 hours for at least 1 month


Child: 250‒500 micrograms/kg every 6‒8 hours daily
Contra-indications
 Asthma

 Diabetes mellitus

 Heart failure

 Marked bradycardia

 Hypotension

 Cardiogenic shock

 AV block

 Sick sinus syndrome

 Metabolic acidosis

 Severe peripheral arterial disease

 Pheochromocytoma

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 643


P MONOGRAPHS

Side effects
 Fatigue, sleep disturbances

 Cold hands and feet, bradycardia, hypotension,

peripheral vasoconstriction, conduction disorders


 Bronchospasm

 Stomach upset

 Worsening of intermittent claudication

Interactions
 Bupivacaine (increased risk of bupivacaine toxicity)

 Chlorpromazine (enhanced hypotensive effect)

 Epinephrine (severe hypertension)

 Lidocaine (increased risk of lidocaine toxicity)

 Nifedipine (increased hypotensive effect; may be severe)

 Procainamide (increased risk of myocardial depression)

 Verapamil (severe hypotension and heart failure)

Patient instructions
 Report to health worker in case any severe rash occurs

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Can induce an asthma attack in asthmatic patients
 May mask hypoglycaemic symptoms in diabetic patients
 Patients on beta-blockers with anaphylaxis may not re-
spond to epinephrine, and epinephrine may cause severe
hypertension in these patients. Use salbutamol IV instead
 Reduce dose in liver or kidney impairment

644 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


PROTAMINE P
PROTAMINE H E 10.2
Antidote for heparin over dose
Dosage forms
 Solution for injection: 10 mg/ml

Uses
 Reversal of the anticoagulant effect of unfractionated or

low molecular weight heparin


Dose and duration
 Reversal of over dosage with intravenous injection of

unfractionated heparin
Administer by slow IV injection at a rate not exceeding 5
mg/ minute (max 50 mg)

Time since Dose of protamine (adult and


heparin (min) child)
0–15 I mg neutralizes 100 IU
15–30 I mg neutralizes 100 IU
30–60 0.5–0.75 mg neutralizes 100 IU
60–120 0.375–0.5 mg neutralizes 100 IU
Over 120 0.25–0.375 mg neutralizes 100 IU
 Reversal of over dosage with intravenous infusion of
unfractionated heparin
Adult: stop infusion of heparin, then administer 25–50
mg of protamine by slow IV injection
Child 1 month–18 years: dose same as for over dosage
of heparin by intravenous injection
 Reversal of over dosage with subcutaneous injection of
unfractionated heparin
Adult: 1 mg of protamine neutralises 100 IU of heparin
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 645
P MONOGRAPHS

Administer 25–50 mg by slow IV injection then the


remaining dose by IV infusion over 8–16 hours
Child 1 month–18 years: 1 mg neutralises 100 IU of
heparin. Give 50–100% of total dose by IV injection then
the remainder by IV infusion over 8–16 hours
 Reversal of over dosage with subcutaneous injection of
low molecular weight heparin
Adult and child: 1 mg neutralizes 100 IU by intermittent
IV injection or by continuous IV infusion (consult
product literature)
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity

Side effects
 Nausea, vomiting

 Back pain, tiredness

 Dyspnoea

 Bradycardia, flushing, hypotension, hypertension

 Hypersensitivity

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Do not administer too rapidly
 Not suitable for reversal of effects of oral anticoagulants
 Increased risk of allergic reactions in patients who have
been previously treated with protamine or protamine
insulin, patients with fish allergies and men who are
infertile or who have had a vasectomy
646 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
PROTHIONAMIDE P
 Protamine has an anticoagulant effect if used in excess
 Put into consideration the duration of action of the
heparin used

PROTHIONAMIDE H E 6.2.4
Thioamide antituberculosis medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 250 mg

Uses
 Multi-drug-resistant tuberculosis (MDR-TB)

Dose and duration


 MDR TB (in combination with other anti-TB drugs)

Adult and child: 15–20 mg/kg (max 1 g) once daily.


Can be given in 2 divided doses to improve tolerance
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to prothionamide

 Severe liver disease

 Porphyria

Side effects
 Transient elevation of liver function tests

 Nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea, excessive salivation,

metallic taste, stomatitis, abdominal pain


 Anorexia

 Acute hepatitis

 Dizziness, encephalopathy, peripheral neuropathy

Patient instructions
 Take your medicine with or after a meal to reduce

gastrointestinal adverse effects

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 647


P MONOGRAPHS

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Reduce dose in severe renal impairment
 Monitor hepatic function once every 3 months during
treatment or once every month if used concomitantly
with P-aminosalicylic acid
 Monitor blood glucose in diabetic patients

PYRAZINAMIDE (Z) HC III V 6.2.4


Antituberculosis antibacterial. Abbreviated as Z in treatment
regimens
Dosage forms
 Tablet: Pyrazinamide 500 mg

 FDC tablet: Rifampicin 70 mg + isoniazid 50 mg +

pyrazinamide 150 mg
 FDC tablet: Rifampicin 150 mg + isoniazid 75 mg +

pyrazinamide 400 mg + ethambutol 275 mg


Uses
 Tuberculosis (TB)

Dose and duration


 Intensive phase TB treatment (in combination with rifam-

picin, isoniazid and ethambutol)

Give for 2–3 months as in the table below (2RHZE)

648 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


PYRAZINAMIDE (Z) P
Adult and child ≥ 12 years:
Weight (kg) Pyrazinamide (mg)
30–37 800
38–54 1200
55–70 1600
>70 2000
Child 0–12 years:
Weight (kg) Pyrazinamide (mg)
4–7 150
8–11 300
12–15 450
16–24 600
>25 Use adult formulation
Contra-indications
 Severe liver disease

Side effects
 Joint pain

 Gout

 Pain on urination

 Stomach upset

 Liver disorders (jaundice, fever, anorexia, enlarged liver,

enlarged spleen)
 Allergic reactions

 Low platelet count, anaemia

Patient instructions
 Take with a small meal or the last thing at night to reduce

risk of stomach upset


 Take plenty of fluids during treatment

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 649


P MONOGRAPHS

 Do not take alcohol during treatment


 Report to health worker immediately in case of persistent
nausea, vomiting, feeling of sickness, yellowing of skin
and eyes, or severe joint pain that does not go away after
taking paracetamol
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Pyrazinamide is not used in the continuation phase of TB
treatment
 For severe joint pain or arthralgia, change to a regimen
without pyrazinamide

PYRIDOXINE (VITAMIN B6) HC III E 27


Vitamin B6 essential for the proper functioning of nerves
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 25 mg, 50 mg

Uses
 Treatment of pyridoxine deficiency

 Prevention and treatment of nerve pain in hands and legs

due to isoniazid
Dose and duration
 Pyridoxine deficiency

25–50 mg every 8 hours until deficiency resolves


 Prevention of nerve pain due to isoniazid

Adult and child: 25 mg once daily


650 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
PYRIMETHAMINE P
Child <5 kg: 5 mg once daily
Give for as long as isoniazid treatment continues
 Treatment of nerve pain due to isoniazid

Adult: 50 mg every 8 hours


Child: 50 mg once daily
Take until symptoms resolve, then reduce dose to the
preventive doses for as long as isoniazid treatment
continues
Side effects
 Nerve disturbances (on prolonged use)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Give pyridoxine to children receiving isoniazid prophylaxis
against tuberculosis
 Do not use high doses for long periods. Change to
prevention doses as soon as possible

PYRIMETHAMINE H E 6.4.5
Folate antagonist antimicrobial agent
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 25 mg

Uses
 Toxoplasmosis (with sulfadiazine)

 Malaria (with sulfadoxine)

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 651


P MONOGRAPHS

Dose and duration


 Prevention of congenital transmission of toxoplasmosis

(in 2nd and 3rd trimesters of pregnancy)


Adult: by mouth, 25 mg daily for 3–4 weeks
 Treatment of toxoplasmosis in neonates

Neonate: by mouth, 1 mg/kg daily. Continue treatment


for 6 months in overt disease or treat for 4 weeks if born
to mother infected during pregnancy, followed by further
courses if infection is confirmed
 Treatment of toxoplasmosis in immunodeficiency

Adult: by mouth, 200 mg in divided doses on day 1, fol-


lowed by 75–100 mg daily for at least 6 weeks. Continue
treatment with a suppressive dose of 25–50 mg daily
 Chorioretinitis

Adult: by mouth, 75 mg daily for 3 days, then 25 mg daily


for 4 weeks. If patient is unresponsive, give 50 mg daily
for a further 4 weeks
 Treatment of malaria (with sulfadoxine)

See sulfadoxine + pyrimethamine


Contra-indications
 History of pyrimethamine sensitivity

Side effects
 Leucopoenia, thrombocytopenia, megaloblastic anaemia

 Headache, dizziness

 Vomiting, nausea, diarrhoea

 Rash

Interactions
 Artemether + lumefantrine (avoid concomitant use)

 Citalopram (risk of ventricular arrhythmias)

652 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


PYRIMETHAMINE P
 Methotrexate (antifolate effect of methotrexate
increased)
 Phenytoin (antagonism of anticonvulsant effect;
increased antifolate effect)
 Silver sulfadiazine, sulfadiazine, sulfamethoxazole +
trimethoprim, trimethoprim (increased antifolate effect)
Pregnancy
st
 Do not use in 1 trimester

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Use with caution in hepatic and renal impairment
 Pyrimethamine is present in significant amounts in breast
milk. Avoid administration of other folate antagonists to
infant. Avoid breast-feeding in toxoplasmosis treatment
 In prolonged treatment, give folate throughout and carry
out blood counts weekly (twice weekly in immuno-
compromised) and for a further 2 weeks after stopping
treatment. Discontinue treatment if signs of folate
deficiency develop and give high dose calcium folinate
 Avoid large loading doses in patients with a history of
seizures

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 653


Q MONOGRAPHS

Q
QUININE HC III E 6.4.3
Anti-malarial medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 300 mg

 Injection: 300 mg/ml (600 mg quinine in 2 ml ampoule)

Uses
 Uncomplicated malaria (second line alternative to

dihydroartemisinin + piperaquine; first line for children


<5 kg or <4 months and 1st trimester pregnancy)
 Severe/complicated malaria (second line to IV

artesunate)
 Pre-referral treatment of severe malaria (second line to

rectal artesunate)
Dose and duration
 Uncomplicated malaria

Give every 8 hours for 7 days as in the table below:


Age Weight Dose every 8 hours
0–3 months <5 kg 10 mg/kg
3 months–1 year 5–10 kg 75 mg (=¼ tab)
1 year–5 years 10–18 kg 150 mg (=½ tab)
5 years–7 years 18–24 kg 225 mg (=¾ tab)
7 years–10 years 24–30 kg 300 mg (=1 tab)
10 years–13 years 30–40 kg 375 mg (1 ¼ tab)
13 years–15 years 40–50 kg 450 mg (=1 ½ tab)
15 years and over >50 kg 600 mg (=2 tabs)

654 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


QUININE Q
 Severe/complicated malaria; pre-referral treatment for
severe malaria
10 mg/kg as IV infusion over 2–4 hours
Start new infusion every 8 hours
If IV infusion is not possible, give IM quinine 10 mg/kg
every 8 hours. Use diluted solution
If IM volume required is >3 ml, give half into the front
part of the right thigh and the other half into the front
part of the left thigh
Once patient is able to take orally, change to a full course
of artemether + lumefantrine; start 8 hours after the last
quinine dose
Preparation
 Solution for IM injection

Dilute to a concentration of 100 mg/ml. For example,


for an ampoule of 600 mg/2 ml, add 4 ml of water for
injection to get 600 mg in 6 ml (=100 mg/ml)
 Solution for IV infusion

Dissolve in glucose 5% or sodium chloride 0.9%.


To prevent hypoglycaemia, preferably use glucose 5%
Contra-indications
 Tinnitus

 Presence of haemoglobin in urine

 Optic neuritis

Side effects
 Low blood glucose, hot flushed skin

 Headache

 Blurred vision

 Itching

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 655


Q MONOGRAPHS

 Stomach upset, bitter taste in the mouth


 Hearing problems
 Kidney damage

 Irregular heartbeat

Patient instructions
 Drink plenty of sugary fluids during treatment with qui-

nine
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 A loading dose of 20 mg/kg quinine injection is not neces-
sary as it does not provide any significant benefits over
the usual dose of 10 mg/kg
 Do not give IM quinine in the buttocks; use the outer
front part of the thigh
 WHO recommends that quinine be given with doxycy-
cline when treating malaria. Doxycycline is contraindicat-
ed in pregnant women and children <8 years; clindamycin
can be used instead
 Do not use quinine for prophylaxis against malaria
 If patient vomits within 1 hour of taking tablets, repeat
the full dose
 Do not give by IV injection as it is very fatal; always give
as IV infusion

656 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


RABEPRAZOLE R
R
RABEPRAZOLE H N 17.1
Substituted benzimidazole proton pump inhibitor that
prevents gastric acid secretion
Dosage forms
 Injection: 20 mg

Uses
Only use when oral administration is not possible and in
acute or severe attacks of:
 Active duodenal ulcer

 Active benign gastric ulcer

 Gastro-oesophageal reflux disease

Dose and duration


 All uses

Adult and child over 12 years: by slow IV injection or IV


infusion over 15–30 minutes, 20 mg once daily
Preparation
 Reconstitute with 5 ml of water for injections. Dilute with

normal saline to be used as an infusion


 Compatible with water for injections and sodium chloride

0.9% (normal saline) solutions only


Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to rabeprazole

Side effects
 Infection

 Insomnia, headache, dizziness

 Cough, pharyngitis, rhinitis

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 657


R MONOGRAPHS

 Diarrhoea, vomiting, nausea, abdominal pain


 Constipation, flatulence
 Non-specific pain, back pain
 General weakness, influenza-like syndrome
 Stevens-Johnson syndrome
 Hepatic encephalopathy
Interactions
 Atazanavir (reduced plasma concentration of atazanavir)

Patient instructions
 Consult your doctor if signs of hypomagnesaemia such as

fatigue, convulsions, intermittent muscular spasms


(tetany) or dizziness occur
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Use with caution in severe hepatic dysfunction
 Risk of cross-sensitivity with other proton pump inhibi-
tors or substituted benzimidazoles
 Serious hypomagnesaemia requiring discontinuation of
rabeprazole and magnesium supplementation may occur
after treatment for 3 months to 1 year. Signs include
fatigue, tetany, delirium, convulsions, dizziness and
ventricular arrhythmia

658 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


RANITIDINE R
RANITIDINE H E 17.1
H2 receptor antagonist that prevents secretion of gastric acid
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 150 mg

 Injection: 25 mg/ml

Uses
 Gastritis

 Peptic ulcer disease

 NSAID-associated ulcer

 Reflux oesophagitis

 Prophylaxis of stress ulceration

Dose and duration


 Gastritis and peptic ulcer disease

By mouth,
Adult: 150 mg every 12 hours or 300 mg once daily at
night for 4–8 weeks in benign gastric and duodenal ulcera-
tion, up to 6 weeks in chronic episodic dyspepsia, and up
to 8 weeks in NSAID-associated ulceration (in duodenal
ulcer 300 mg can be given every 12 hours for 4 weeks to
achieve a higher healing rate)
By IM injection,
Adult: 50 mg every 6–8 hours
By slow IV injection
Adult: 50 mg diluted to 20 ml and given over at least 2
minutes, may be repeated every 6–8 hours
 Prophylaxis of NSAID-associated gastric or duodenal ulcer

Adult: 300 mg every 12 hours until completion of NSAIDs


 Prophylaxis of stress ulceration

Adult: 50 mg every 8 hours by slow IV injection over at

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 659


R MONOGRAPHS

least 2 minutes, then adjusted to 150 mg every 12 hours


by mouth when oral feeding commences
 Reflux oesophagitis

Adult: by mouth, 150 mg every 12 hours or 300 mg once


at night for up to 8–12 weeks as necessary, increased in
moderate to severe disease to 600 mg daily in 2–4 divided
doses for up to 12 weeks
Long-term treatment of healed gastro-oesophageal reflux
disease, 150 mg every 12 hours
 All uses

By mouth,
Child 12–18 years: 150 mg every 12 hours or 300 mg once
at night; increased if necessary to 300 mg every 12 hours
or 150 mg every 6 hours for up to 12 weeks in moderate
to severe gastritis
Child 3–12 years: 2–4 mg/kg (max 150 mg) every 12 hours,
increased up to 5 mg/kg (max 300 mg) every 12 hours in
severe gastritis
Child 6 months–3 years: 2–4 mg/kg every 12 hours
Child 1–6 months: 1 mg/kg every 8 hours (max 3 mg/kg
every 8 hours)
Neonate: 2 mg/kg every 8 hours (max 3 mg/kg every 8
hours)
By slow IV injection,
Child 1 month–18 years: 1 mg/kg (max 50 mg) every 6–8
hours (may be given as an intermittent infusion at a rate
of 25 mg/hour)
Neonate: 0.5–1 mg/k g every 6–8 hours
Preparation
 For slow IV injection dilute to a concentration of 2.5

660 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


REMIFENTANIL R
mg/ml with glucose 5% or sodium chloride 0.9%
Contraindication
 Hypersensitivity

 Porphyria

Side effects
 Abdominal pain, constipation, nausea, diarrhoea

 Headache

Interactions
 Atazanavir (reduced plasma concentration of atazanavir)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Oral absorption in neonates is not reliable
 Use half normal dose in severe renal failure
 Reduce dose in hepatic failure

REMIFENTANIL NR V 1.3
Opioid analgesic with quick onset and short duration of
action
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 1 mg

Uses
 Analgesia

 Enhancement of anaesthesia during induction

 Maintenance of anaesthesia

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 661


R MONOGRAPHS

 Analgesia and sedation in ventilated, intensive care


patients
Dose and duration
 Induction of anaesthesia

Adult and child over 12 years: by IV infusion, 30–60 mi-


crograms/kg/hour, with or without an initial dose by IV
injection of 0.25–1 micrograms/kg over at least 30 sec-
onds
Elderly: starting dose, ½ adult dose adjusted according to
response
 Maintenance of anaesthesia in ventilated patient

Adult and child over 12 years: initially 0.1–1 micrograms


by IV injection if required, then 3–12 mi-
crograms/kg/hour by IV infusion according to anaesthetic
technique used and adjusted according to response. In
light anaesthesia, give supplemental doses by IV injection
every 2– 5 minutes
Elderly: starting dose, ½ adult dose adjusted according to
response
Child 1 month–12 years: initially by IV injection 0.1–1
micrograms/kg over at least 30 seconds (omit if not
required) then by IV infusion 0.05–1.3 micrograms
/kg/minute according to anaesthetic technique and ad-
justed according to response. Additional doses can be
given by IV injection during infusion
Neonate: by IV infusion 0.4–1 micrograms/kg/minute.
Additional doses of 1 microgram/kg can be given by IV
injection during the infusion
 Maintenance of anaesthesia in spontaneously breathing

anaesthetized patient with a secured airway


662 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
REMIFENTANIL R
Adult: by IV infusion, initially 2.4 micrograms/kg/hour
adjusted according to response, usual dose range 1.5–6
micrograms/kg/hour
Elderly: starting dose, ½ adult dose adjusted according to
response
 Sedation and analgesia in intensive care patient on as-

sisted ventilation
Adult over 18 years: for max 3 days, by IV infusion, initial-
ly 6–9 micrograms/kg/hour adjusted according to re-
sponse in steps of 1.5 micrograms/kg/hour at intervals of
at least 5 minutes. Usual range 0.36–44.4 mi-
crograms/kg/hour. If an infusion rate of 12 mi-
crograms/kg/hour does not produce adequate sedation
add another sedative (consult product literature)
 Additional analgesia during stimulating or painful proce-

dures in intensive care patients on assisted ventilation


Adult over 18 years: by IV infusion, maintain infusion rate
of at least 6 micrograms/kg/ hour for at least 5 minutes
before procedure and adjust every 2–5 minutes accord-
ing to requirements, usual range 15–45 micrograms per
kg/hour
Preparation
 Reconstitute with infusion fluid (dextrose 5%, normal

saline or water for injections) to a concentration of 1


mg/ml then dilute further to a concentration of 20–250
micrograms/ml
 50 micrograms/ml is the recommended concentration for

general anaesthesia, 20–25 micrograms/ml for children


1–12 years and 20–50 micrograms/ml when used with
target controlled infusion (TCI) device
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 663
R MONOGRAPHS

Contra-indications
 Analgesia in conscious patients

 Epidural and intrathecal use

 Hypersensitivity to remifentanil or fentanyl analogues

 As a sole agent for induction of anaesthesia

Side effects
 Skeletal muscle rigidity

 Bradycardia, hypotension, post-operative hypertension,

AV block
 Acute respiratory depression, apnoea

 Nausea, vomiting

 Pruritus

 Post-operative shivering

Patient instructions
 Do not drive until you know how remifentanil affects you

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
o
 Store below 25 C. Reconstituted solution should be used

immediately
Caution
 Calculate dose on basis of ideal body-weight in obese pa-
tients to avoid excessive dosage
 Avoid breast-feeding for 24 hours after administration
 Remifentanil should be administered in a setting fully
equipped for monitoring and support of respiratory and

664 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


RETINOL (VITAMIN A) R
cardiovascular function
 Risk of cross-sensitivity in patients hypersensitive to
other opioids of a different class
 In surgical procedures where post-operative pain is antic-
ipated, administer an analgesic prior to discontinuation of
remifentanil since residual opioid activity does not last
for more than 5–10 minutes. Allow sufficient time to
reach the therapeutic effect of the longer acting analgesic

RETINOL (VITAMIN A) HC II V 27
Vitamin required for proper functioning of the eyes
Dosage forms
 Capsule with oily liquid: 200,000 IU and 100,000 IU

Uses
 Treatment and prevention of vitamin A deficiency and

dryness of eyes due to failure to produce tears


 Treatment and prevention of xerophthalmia (dryness of

eyes due to failure to produce tears)


 Prophylactic treatment vitamin A deficiency in breast-

feeding mothers
 Prevention of complications of measles

 Prophylactic treatment in children with pneumonia,

diarrhoea, whooping cough, or malnutrition


 Supplementation in children 6 months–6 years

Dose and duration


Given as drops in the mouth
 Vitamin A deficiency, dryness of the eyes

Give 3 doses on day 1, 2, and 14


Child >12 months: 200,000 IU
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 665
R MONOGRAPHS

Child 6–12 months: 100,000 IU


Child <6 months: 50,000 IU
 Breastfeeding mothers

200,000 IU single dose immediately after delivery or


within 2 months after delivery
 Prevention of complications of measles

Give 200,000 IU
1st dose is at diagnosis
2nd dose is the next day
3rd dose is 2–4 weeks later
 Prophylactic treatment in children with whooping cough,

pneumonia, diarrhoea and malnutrition


Child 1–6 years: 200,000 IU single dose
Child 6–11 months: 100,000 IU single dose
 Supplementation in children >6 months

Child 1–6 years: 200,000 IU single dose every 6 months


Child 6–11 months: 100,000 IU single dose every 6 months
Record the dose on the child's immunisation card
Side effects
 No side effects when given in recommended doses

Patient instructions
 Pierce a hole in the capsule carefully and give as drops in

the mouth
 Discard the shell

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

666 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


RIFAMPICIN (R) R
Caution
 Unless specifically indicated, do not give vitamin A within
4 weeks of any previous dose the child may received
 Overdose or accumulation in the liver causes rough skin,
dry hair, and enlarged liver
 For eye dryness in pregnancy, with less severe symptoms,
use very small doses, no more than 5000–10,000 IU/day
for at least 2 weeks or 25,000 IU weekly as a single dos
 Excessive dose in pregnancy may be teratogenic. Should
not be given except on expert advice

RIFAMPICIN (R) HC III V 6.2.3,6.2.4


Antituberculosis, anti-leprotic, and antibacterial properties.
Abbreviated “R” in treatment regimens
Dosage forms
 Tablets/capsules: 150 mg and 300 mg

 FDC tablet: Rifampicin 60 mg + isoniazid 30 mg

 FDC tablet: Rifampicin 75 mg + isoniazid 50 mg

 FDC tablet: Rifampicin 150 mg + isoniazid 75 mg

 FDC tablet: Rifampicin 300 mg + isoniazid 150 mg

 FDC tablet: Rifampicin 60 mg + isoniazid 30 mg +

pyrazinamide 150 mg
 FDC tablet: Rifampicin 1500 mg + isoniazid 75 mg +

pyrazinamide 400 mg + ethambutol 275 mg


 FDC tablet: Rifampicin 150 mg + isoniazid 75 mg

 Capsule: 150 mg, 300 mg

Uses
 Paucibacillary leprosy

 Multibacillary leprosy

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 667


R MONOGRAPHS

 Tuberculosis
Dose and duration
 PB (with dapsone) and MB leprosy (with dapsone and

clofazimine)
Adult and child >15 years: 600 mg once monthly
Child 10–14 years: 450 mg once monthly
Child under 10 years: 10 mg/kg once monthly
For PB leprosy, treatment is for 6 months
For MB leprosy, treatment is for 12 months
 Tuberculosis (fixed dose combination with isoniazid,

ethambutol, pyrazinamide)
Initial phase: Dose as in tables below once daily for
2–3 months
Adult and child over 12 years:
Weight (kg) Rifampicin (mg)
30–37 300
38–54 450
55–70 600
>70 750
Child >12 years:
Weight (kg) Rifampicin (mg)
4–7 70
8–11 140
12–15 210
16–24 280
>25 Use adult formulation

Continuation phase: Dose as below once daily for 4 months

668 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


RIFAMPICIN (R) R
Adult and child over 12 years: see table below
Weight (kg) Rifampicin (mg)
30–37 300
38–54 450
55–70 600
>70 600
Child >12 years:
Weight (kg) Rifampicin (mg)
4–7 75
8–11 150
12–15 225
16–24 300
>25 Use adult doses and
formulations
Contra-indications
 Allergy to rifampicin

 Jaundice

Side effects
 Orange-red discoloration of urine, tears, saliva, sputum

 Stomach upset

 Headache, drowsiness

 Liver disorders (jaundice)

 Rash

 Fever

 Influenza-like symptoms, shortness of breath

 Shock

 Haemolytic anaemia

 Acute kidney failure

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 669


R MONOGRAPHS

Interactions
 Nevirapine (reduced effect of nevirapine)

 Oral contraceptives (reduced contraceptive effect)

 Fluconazole (reduced effect of fluconazole)

 Nifedipine (reduced effect of nifedipine)

 Warfarin (reduced warfarin effect)

 Phenytoin (reduced phenytoin effect)

 Prednisolone (reduced effect of prednisolone)

Patient instructions
 Take on an empty stomach

 Report to the health worker immediately in case of

yellowing of skin or eyes, persistent nausea, vomiting and


feeling of sickness, or weakness
 May cause urine to be orange/reddish; this is harmless,

so do not worry
 Take fluconazole at least 12 hours apart from rifampicin

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 If jaundice develops, rifampicin should be discontinued
until the symptoms resolve, then re-introduced. If severe
reactions re-occur, discontinue permanently
 If patient is taking oral contraceptives, advise her to use
another method of contraception (e.g. condoms,
medroxyprogesterone injection)

670 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


RIFAMPICIN + CLOFAZIMINE + DAPSONE R
RIFAMPICIN + CLOFAZIMINE + DAPSONE HC III V 6.2.3
Anti-leprotic antibacterial used in the treatment of multibacil-
lary (MB) leprosy
Dosage forms
 FDC tablets: Rifampicin 600 mg + clofazimine 300 mg +

dapsone 100 mg (pack for 28 days)


 FDC tablets: Rifampicin 450 mg + clofazimine 150 mg +

dapsone 50 mg (pack for 28 days)


For more information, see individual medicines monographs

RIFAMPICIN + DAPSONE HC III V 6.2.3


Anti-leprotic medicines used for paucibacillary (PB) leprosy
Dosage forms
 FDC tablets: Rifampicin 600 mg + dapsone 100 mg (pack

for 28 days)
 FDC tablets: Rifampicin 450 mg + dapsone 50 mg (pack

for 28 days)
For more information, see individual medicine monographs

RIFAMPICIN + ISONIAZID HC III V 6.2.4


Anti-tuberculosis antibacterial used in the continuation phase
of the tuberculosis treatment regimen
Dosage forms
 FDC tablets: Rifampicin 600 mg + isoniazid 30 mg

 FDC tablets: Rifampicin 150 mg + isoniazid 75 mg

 FDC tablets: Rifampicin 300 mg + isoniazid 150 mg

For more information, see individual medicine monographs

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 671


R MONOGRAPHS

RIFAMPICIN + ISONIAZID + PYRA-


HC III V 6.2.4
ZINAMIDE
Fixed-dose combination of 3 anti-tuberculosis medicines used
in the intensive phase of TB treatment
Dosage forms
 FDC tablets: Rifampicin 60 mg + isoniazid 30 mg +

pyrazinamide 150 mg
For more information, see individual medicines

RIFAMPICIN + ISONIAZID + PYRA-


HC III V 6.2.4
ZINAMIDE + ETHAMBUTOL
Anti-tuberculosis antibacterial used in the intensive phase of
tuberculosis treatment
Dosage forms
 FDC tablets: Rifampicin 150 mg + isoniazid 75 mg +

pyrazinamide 275 mg + ethambutol 400 mg


For more information, see individual medicine monographs

RISPERIDONE NR N 24
Second generation antipsychotic medicine with dopamine D2,
5-HT2A, alpha1-adrenoceptor and histamine-1 receptor
antagonistic activity
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 2 mg

Uses
 Schizophrenia

 Moderate to severe manic episodes in bipolar disorder

 Persistent aggression in patients with moderate to severe

672 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


RISPERIDONE R
Alzheimer’s dementia
 Conduct disorder in children above 5 years and
adolescents
Dose and duration
 Schizophrenia

Adult and child over 12 years: 2 mg in 1–2 divided doses


on day 1 increased on day 2 to 4 mg daily in 1 –2 divided
doses if required. Usual dose range 4–6 mg/day. Only use
doses above 10 mg if potential benefit outweighs risk
(max 16 mg/day)
Elderly: starting dose of 0.5 mg every 12 hours increased
by increments of 1 mg/day to 1–2 mg every 12 hours
In renal and hepatic impairment: ½ adult dose, with
slower titration
 Manic episodes of bipolar disorder

Adult: 2 mg once daily increased at intervals of at least 24


hours in dose increments of 1 mg/day (max 6 mg/day)
Child 12–18 years: initially 0.5 mg once daily adjusted in
steps of 0.5–1 mg daily according to response. Usual dose
2.5 mg daily in 1–2 divided doses (max 6 mg daily)
Elderly: same dose as for schizophrenia above
 Persistent aggression in Alzheimer’s dementia

Adult: 0.25 mg every 12 hours individually increased at


intervals of at least 48 hours by increments of 0.5 mg/day
to a usual optimal dose of 0.5 mg every 12 hours (max 1
mg every 12 hours) for a max of 6 weeks
 Conduct disorder (max 6 weeks)

Child 1–18 years ≥ 50 kg: initially, 0.5 mg once daily


increased at intervals of at least 48 hours by 0.5 mg once
daily if required. Optimum dose, 1 mg once daily.
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 673
R MONOGRAPHS

Dose range 0.5–1.5 mg once daily


Child 1–18 years ≤ 50 kg: initially 0.25 mg once daily
increased by 0.25 mg at least after 48 hours, if required.
Optimum dose 0.5 mg once daily. Usual dose range
0.25–0.75 mg once daily
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to risperidone

Side effects
 Hyperprolactinaemia

 Weight gain, increased appetite, decreased appetite

 Insomnia, sleep disorder, agitation and anxiety,

depression, sedation, headache


 Parkinsonism, extrapyramidal symptoms, tremor, tardive

dyskinesia
 Blurred vision, conjunctivitis

 Tachycardia, hypertension

 Pharyngolaryngeal pain, nose bleed, nasal congestion,

dyspnoea, cough, respiratory tract infections


 Gastrointestinal disturbances

 Muscle spasms and pain, joint pain

 Urinary incontinence

 Oedema

 General weakness, pyrexia

 Rash, anaphylactic reaction

 Neuroleptic malignant syndrome

Patient instructions
 Do not drive until you know how risperidone affects you

Pregnancy
 Do not use

674 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


RITUXIMAB R
Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Risperidone is excreted in breast-milk. The advantage of
breast feeding should be weighed against the potential
risk to the child
 Only use in pregnancy if potential benefit outweighs risk
 Do not withdraw abruptly. Reduce doses gradually
 Use with caution in patients with dementia with Lewy
bodies, parkinsonism, prolactin-dependent tumours,
dehydration, cataract surgery and in acute porphyria

RITUXIMAB NR E 8.2
Antilymphocyte monoclonal antibody anticancer
Dosage forms
 Concentrate for IV infusion: 10 mg/ml

Uses
 Non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma

 Chronic lymphocytic leukaemia

 Severe rheumatoid arthritis (second-line therapy)

 Granulomatosis

 Microscopic polyangitis

Dose and duration


Usually 375 mg/m2 by IV infusion per cycle; frequency
depends on the type and severity of cancer
Refer to product literature for recommended doses
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to rituximab

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 675


R MONOGRAPHS

 Severe infections
 Severe immunocompromised state
 Severe heart failure

Side effects
 Myelosuppression

 Infections

 Infusion-related reactions; angioedema

 Hypersensitivity

 Hyperglycaemia, weight loss, oedema

 Paraesthesia, agitation, insomnia, dizziness

 Lacrimation disorder, conjunctivitis, tinnitus, ear pain

 Cardiac disorders, myocardial infarction, arrhythmias

 Hypertension, hypotension

 Bronchospasm, respiratory distress, cough, rhinitis

 Nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea, abdominal pain

 Urticaria, sweating, night sweats

 Muscle , joint, back and neck pain

 Malaise, weakness, shivering, fatigue, chills, headache

 Decreased IgG levels

Patient instructions
 Use effective contraception during and for 12 months

after treatment
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breastfeeding during and for 12 months after

treatment
Storage
 Store in a refrigerator at 2−8°C. Protect from light

676 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ROCURONIUM BROMIDE R
Caution
 Pre-medication with glucocorticoid, anti-pyretic and anti-
histamine is necessary before administering rituximab
 Adequate hydration before treatment is necessary
 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in cytotoxic medicines

ROCURONIUM BROMIDE H E 17.1


Aminosteroid non-depolarising neuromuscular blocker medi-
cine with quick onset and intermediate duration of action
Dosage forms
 Injection 10 mg/ml

Uses
 Neuromuscular blockade of intermediate duration for

surgery or during intensive care


Dose and duration
Dose should be individualised for each patient
 Neuromuscular blockade in surgery

Adult and child over 1 month: by IV injection, 0.6 mg/kg,


then maintenance dose of 0.15 mg/kg
By IV infusion, give a loading dose of 0.6 mg/kg, then
0.3–0.6 mg/kg/hour adjusted according to response
Elderly: loading dose of 0.6 mg, then maintenance dose
0.075–0.1 mg/kg by IV injection or 0.3–0.4 mg/kg/hour
by IV infusion
 Neuromuscular blockade in intensive care

Adult and child over 1 month: by IV injection 0.6 mg/kg,


then maintenance by IV infusion, 0.3–0.6 mg/kg/hour for
the first hour, then adjusted according to response
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 677
R MONOGRAPHS

Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity

Side
 Injection site reactions

 Tachycardia, hypotension

 Prolonged neuromuscular block

 Anaphylaxis

Interactions
 Aminoglycosides (increased effect of rocuronium)

 Clindamycin (increased effect of rocuronium)

 Vancomycin (increased effect of rocuronium)

 Polymixins (increased effect of rocuronium)

 Phenytoin (long term use reduces effect of rocuronium)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Reduce dose in hepatic failure
 Reduce maintenance dose in renal failure
 To avoid excessive dosage in obese patients, calculate
doses on the basis of ideal bodyweight
 Use with caution in patients with sensitivity to other neu-
romuscular blocking medicines due to cross- sensitivity
 Use with caution in patients with neuromuscular disease
or after poliomyelitis
 In people with burns, titrate dose with response since
they often develop resistance

678 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ROTAVIRUS VACCINE R
ROTAVIRUS VACCINE HC II V 19.3.1
Live attenuated vaccine containing rotavirus gastroenteritis
human strain. Rotavirus vaccine is used in the routine
immunisation of children
Dosage forms
 Oral suspension: 1.5 ml prefilled oral syringe

Uses
 Immunisation against rotavirus infection

Dose and duration


 Give drops in the mouth

First dose: At 6 weeks of life


Second dose: At 10 weeks
Minimal time interval between doses is 4 weeks
Contra-indications
 Immunocompromised patients

Side effects
 Mild, short-lived gastrointestinal symptoms (pain,

diarrhoea, irritation)
Interactions
 Dexamethasone (reduced effect of vaccine)

 Hydrocortisone (reduced effect of vaccine)

 Prednisolone (reduced effect of vaccine)

Patient instructions
 Dispose of the child's faeces properly as the virus spreads

through the oral-faecal route


 Wash hands thoroughly after changing the baby's nappies

Pregnancy
 Not applicable

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 679


S MONOGRAPHS

Breast-feeding
 Not applicable

Storage
 Between 2–8°C. Do not freeze

Caution
 Postpone immunisation in infants with acute gastro-
enteritis or serious febrile illness
 Booster doses after the primary schedule are not rec-
ommended

S
SALBUTAMOL HC III V 25.1
Short-acting beta2 receptor agonist bronchodilator that
makes breathing easier
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 4 mg

 Aerosol inhalation: 100 µg/metered inhalation

 Nebuliser solution: Vial 2 mg/ml

 Respirator solution: 5 mg/ml

Uses
 Acute asthma attacks

 Asthma maintenance therapy -Step 1

 Asthma-like symptoms in anaphylaxis

 Difficulty in breathing in bronchiolitis

Dose and duration


 Acute asthma attack, asthma-like symptoms

680 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


SALBUTAMOL S
Adult: 5 mg by nebuliser OR by inhaler 2 puffs (200 µg)
every 10 minutes for 30–60 minutes
Child >18 months–12 years: 2.5 mg by nebuliser.
Monitor response 30 minutes after the dose. Repeat if
necessary
 Mild to moderate acute asthma attack

Adult: 2.5 mg by nebuliser repeated after 15 minutes


OR by inhaler 2 puffs (200 µg) every 2‒5 minutes for
20 puffs
Review every 3–4 hours and continue same dose if
necessary every 3–4 hours
Child <2 years: Tablets 100 µg/kg 3–4 times daily
Child 2–6 years: Tablets 1–2 mg 3–4 times daily
Child 6–12 years: Tablets 2 mg 3–4 times daily
 Relief of wheezing/difficulty in breathing in bronchiolitis

Child: tablets 100 µg/kg


 Chronic asthma maintenance therapy

Inhale 1‒2 puffs (100‒200 µg) when necessary


OR if inhaler not available, give tablets in doses
indicated below
Adult: 2–4 mg every 6–8 hours (Max single dose 8 mg)
Child 6–12 years: 2 mg every 6–8 hours
Child 2–5 years: 1–2 mg every 6–8 hours
Child <2 years: 100 µg/kg every 8 hours
Preparation
 Dilute salbutamol nebules with 2 ml of sodium chloride

0.9% to obtain a total volume of 4 ml in the reservoir of


the nebuliser
 Disperse diluted solution with oxygen at a flow rate of

5 to 8 L/min. Stop nebulisation when reservoir is empty


Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 681
S MONOGRAPHS

 Respirator Solution is diluted with sterile sodium chloride


0.9% to contain 50-100 micrograms of salbutamol per ml
(i.e. 1-2 ml solution made up to 100ml with diluents). The
diluted solution is administered by nebuliser
Contraindications
 Allergy to salbutamol

Side effects
 Palpitations

 Shaking of hands

 Allergic reactions

 Headache

Interactions
 Methyldopa (risk of acute hypotension)

 Theophylline (risk of low potassium blood level)

 Aminophylline (risk of low potassium blood level)

 Hydrocortisone (risk of low potassium blood level)

Patient instructions
 Always report to health worker when you feel worsening

of symptoms
Pregnancy
 Can be used; preferably use inhaled route

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Do not use oral salbutamol for management of acute
asthma as its onset of action is 30 minutes
 Only use oral route when the inhaled route is not
possible. Inhaled route is preferred as the medicine is

682 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


SALICYLIC ACID S
delivered directly to site of action so it acts faster, and
smaller doses are used so there are less systemic side
effects
 The nebuliser should always be driven by oxygen to avoid
worsening of low oxygen levels
 Educate the patient on how to use the inhaler, and let
them demonstrate. Incorrect use of inhaler leads to
inadequate delivery of dose and hence treatment failure

SALICYLIC ACID HC II N 13.4


Keratolytic agent that removes dead skin due to excess
formation of skin
Dosage forms
 Ointment: Salicylic acid 2%

 Ointment: Salicylic acid 2% + sulphur 2%

 Ointment: Benzoic acid 6% + salicylic acid 3%

Uses
 Psoriasis

 Warts

 Ringworm

 Dandruff

 Acne

Dose and duration


 Psoriasis

Apply thin layer every 8 hours until symptoms im-


prove. Use with lotion to moisturise the skin
 Warts

Apply to wart once daily until response occurs


 Ringworm (use formulation with benzoic acid)

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 683


S MONOGRAPHS

Apply thin layer every 12 hours


Continue for 14 days after lesions has healed
 Dandruff (use formulation with sulphur), acne

See sulphur + salicylic acid


Contra-indications
 Children <2 years

 Broken skin

 Wet lesions on the skin

Side effects
 Skin irritation and inflammation

 Excessive drying of skin

 Salicylism

Patient instructions
 When applying on warts, protect the surrounding skin by

applying Vaseline® or petroleum jelly. File warts with a


pumice stone once per week.
 Avoid contact with eyes, mouth, and mucous membranes

 Do not apply to broken or infected skin or open wounds

 Avoid application to large areas

 Wash hands thoroughly before and after using the

ointment (unless lesion is hands)


 Do not apply on breasts if breast-feeding

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

684 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


SEVOFLURANE S
SEVOFLURANE NR V 1.1
Rapid acting volatile liquid anaesthetic
Dosage forms
 Liquid for inhalation: 100%

Uses
 Induction of anaesthesia

 Maintenance of anaesthesia

Dose and duration


Give in oxygen or nitrous oxide-oxygen using a specially cali-
brated vaporiser and doses adjusted according to response
 Induction of anaesthesia

Adult and child over 1 month: 0.5–1%, increasing


gradually to 8%
Neonate: up to 4%
 Maintenance of anaesthesia

Adult and child over 1 month: 0.5–3%


Neonate: in oxygen or, 0.5–2%
Contra-indications
 Known or suspected hypersensitivity to sevoflurane or

other halogenated anaesthetics


 History of hepatitis induced by halogenated inhalational

anaesthetic
 Genetic susceptibility to malignant hyperthermia

Side effects
 Agitation, somnolence, headache

 Bradycardia, tachycardia, hypotension, hypertension

 Nausea, vomiting, salivary hypersecretion

 Chills, pyrexia, hypothermia

 Abnormal blood glucose and liver function tests

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 685


S MONOGRAPHS

 Anaphylactic reactions
Interactions
 Levodopa, doxapram, adrenaline, noradrenaline

(increased risk of arrhythmias)


 Methylphenidate (increased risk of hypertension)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 May depress neonatal respiration if used during delivery
 Breast-feeding can be resumed as soon as mother has
sufficiently recovered from anaesthesia
 Patients may require early post-operative pain relief since
emergence following sevoflurane is fairly rapid
 Use with caution in patients with coronary disease,
seizures, renal impairment or down syndrome

SILVER NITRATE HC III N 13.7


Used to remove warts on the hands and feet
Dosage forms
 Caustic pencil: 40%

Uses
 Warts on hands and feet

 Umbilical granuloma (overgrowth of tissue) in new-borns

Dose and duration


 Warts on hands and feet

Moisten the tip of the pencil with a small amount of


686 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
SILVER SULPHADIAZINE S
water and apply directly to affected area for 1–2
minutes every 24 hours. Do not use more than 3 times
 Umbilical granuloma
Apply moistened pencil tip to granuloma for 1−2
minutes. Protect surrounding skin with petroleum jelly
Contra-indications
 Warts in the genital and anal area

Side effects
 May cause burns on normal skin

 Stains skin and fabric

Patient instructions
 Remove dead skin by gently filing before applying pencil

 Protect surrounding skin by applying Vaseline or

petroleum jelly before using the pencil


 Can stain skin and clothes

 Not suitable for use on the face, genitals or around anus

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

SILVER SULPHADIAZINE HC III N 13.2


Topical anti-infective
Dosage forms
 Cream: 1%

Uses
Prophylaxis and treatment of
 Wound infections

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 687


S MONOGRAPHS

 Leg ulcers
 Pressure sores
 Burns

Dose and duration


 Infected burn wounds, leg ulcers, pressure sores

Apply a 3–5 mm thick layer daily


Use more frequently if volume of the fluid coming out
of the wound is large
Cover with sterile gauze after applying the cream
Continue use until satisfactory wound healing occurs
Contra-indications
 Allergy to cotrimoxazole and sulfadoxine (in SP)

 Infants <1 month

Side effects
 Skin rash, burning, itching

 Nausea and vomiting

 Haemolytic reactions

Patient instructions
 Wash hands thoroughly with soap and water before and

after applying the cream


 Close the jar properly immediately after use to avoid

contamination and exposure to light


 For external use only

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

688 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


SODIUM BICARBONATE S
Caution
 Haemolytic side effects can occur when large areas of
burns are involved or during prolonged use
 Do not apply other topical treatments where silver
sulfadiazine has been applied

SODIUM BICARBONATE RR E 26.2


Sodium salt used to control metabolic acidosis (pH < 7.1)
especially that caused by loss of bicarbonate through urine or
excessive gastrointestinal losses
Dosage forms
 Solution for injection: 8.4%

Uses
 Correcting acidosis

 Alkalinisation of urine

Dose and duration


 Correcting acidosis due to volume depletion unresponsive
to fluid replacement
Adult and child: administer an amount appropriate to the
body base deficit by continuous intravenous infusion of a
weaker solution, usually 1.26% over 3−4 hours
 Correcting acidosis due to severe shock e.g. in cardiac

arrest
Adult and child: administer an amount appropriate to the
body base deficit by slow IV injection
 Alkalinisation of urine

Adult: by mouth, 3 g in water every 2 hours until urinary


pH exceeds 7; maintenance of alkaline urine 5–10 g daily

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 689


S MONOGRAPHS

Contraindications
 Hypersensitivity to sodium bicarbonate

 Metabolic or respiratory alkalosis

 Hypocalcaemia

 Hypochlorhydria

 Congestive heart failure

Side effects
 Stomach cramps, flatulence, vomiting, belching

 Malaise, alkalosis with prolonged use

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Mild acidosis due to volume depletion should first be
resolved by appropriate fluid replacement as acidosis
usually resolves as tissue and renal perfusion are restored
 Use with caution in patients with cardiac disease, patients
on sodium-restricted diets and the elderly
 Restrict use in impaired renal function
 Avoid prolonged use

SODIUM CHLORIDE HC III V 26.2


Intravenous replacement fluid for replacing loss of blood,
plasma, and other extracellular fluids. Also used for
preparation of parenteral medicines
Dosage forms
 Solution for infusion: sodium chloride 0.9%

690 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


SODIUM CHLORIDE S
Also known as normal saline
Uses
 Correcting severe dehydration

 Correcting water, electrolyte, and acid-base disturbances

 Shock and hypovolemia

 Dilution of medicines for injectable use

Dose and duration


 Severe dehydration

Adult: 0.5–1 L by infusion in the 1st hour and not more


than 2–3 L in 4 hours
Child >1 year: 30 ml/kg over the first 30 minutes, then
70 ml/kg over the next 2½ hours
Child <1 year: 30 ml/kg over 1 hour, then 70 ml/kg
over the next 5 hours
Reassess rehydration status and continue treatment
Plan A, B, or C as necessary (see under ORS)
 Shock

Give 20 ml/kg by fast IV infusion (over 60 minutes)


 Blood loss

Always give 3 times the estimated fluid loss


Only use if fluid loss does not exceed 1500 ml and
there is no cardiac or renal impairment
 Fluid and electrolyte imbalance (alternating with 5%

glucose)
Infusion given over 1–2 hours
Adult: 1 L/day
Child: 50 ml/day
Duration is according to patient's condition

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 691


S MONOGRAPHS

Contra-indications
 High blood pressure

 Heart failure

 Ascites

 Severe kidney disease

 Oedema

 Other conditions associated with sodium retention

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Always examine each bottle against light for clearness.
Discard any bottle with particles or cloudiness
 Risk of pulmonary oedema and sodium retention if
infusion is given too rapidly or when excessive amounts
are given
 For fluid replacement in severe dehydration, preferably
use Ringer's Lactate as sodium chloride 0.9% does not
contain potassium and lactate

SODIUM CROMOGLYCATE RR N 21.3


Anti-inflammatory medicine
Dosage forms
 Eye drops: 2%

Uses
 Allergic conjunctivitis

692 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


SODIUM HYALURONATE S
Dose and duration
 All uses
Adult and child over 6 years: instill 1–2 drops in the eye
every 6 hours for up to 14 days
Contraindications
 Hypersensitivity

Side effects
 Burning, stinging

 Transient blurred vision

Patient instructions
 Remove soft contact lenses during treatment. Other

types of contact lenses can be removed before instillation


and worn at least 15 minutes after instillation
 Seek medical attention if there is no sign of improvement

within 48 hours
 Discard any remaining solution 28 days since first opening

of container
 Do not drive until you can see clearly

 The dropper tip should not touch any surface

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

SODIUM HYALURONATE RR N 21.7


Ophthalmic lubricant
Dosage forms
 Intraocular liquid: 12 mg/ml

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 693


S MONOGRAPHS

 Eye drops: 0.1%, 0.15%, 0.18%, 0.2%


Uses
 Management of tear deficiency

 Eye surgery(specialist use only)

Dose and duration


 Management of tear deficiency
Adult and child: apply as required
Contraindications
 Hypersensitivity to hyaluronate

Patient instructions
 Wash hands well with water and soap before instillation

 Ensure the tip of the dispensing bottle does not touch the

eyelid or any part of the body or surface at any time


 Discard remaining solution after 28 days from opening

 If blurring occurs, do not drive until you can see clearly

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

SODIUM LACTATE COMPOUND HC IV E 26.2


Intravenous replacement fluid for replacing loss of blood,
plasma, and other extracellular fluids. Commonly known as
Ringer’s Lactate or Hartmann’s Solution)
Dosage forms
 Solution for infusion: sodium chloride 0.6%, sodium

lactate 0.32%, potassium chloride 0.04%, calcium chloride


0.027%

694 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


SODIUM LACTATE COMPOUND S
Uses
 Correcting severe dehydration

 Correcting water, electrolyte, and acid-base disturbances

 Shock and hypovolaemia

Dose and duration


 Severe dehydration

Adult: 0.5–1 L by infusion in the 1st hour and not more


than 2–3 L in 4 hours
Child >1 year: 30 ml/kg over the first 30 minutes, then
70 ml/kg over the next 2½ hours
Child <1 year: 30 ml/kg over 1 hour, then 70 ml/kg
over the next 5 hours
Reassess rehydration status and continue treatment
Plan A, B, or C as necessary (see under ORS)
 Shock

Give 20 ml/kg by fast IV infusion (over 60 minutes)


 Blood loss

Always give 3 times the estimated fluid loss


Only use if fluid loss does not exceed 1500 ml and
there is no cardiac or renal impairment
 Fluid and electrolyte imbalance (alternating with 5%

glucose)
Infusion given over 1–2 hours
Adult: 1 L/day
Child: 50 ml/day
Duration is according to patient's condition
Contra-indications
 Metabolic and respiratory alkalosis

 Hypocalcaemia

 Hypochlorhydria

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 695


S MONOGRAPHS

Side effects
 Oedema

 Metabolic alkalosis on excessive administration

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Monitor electrolytes and plasma pH
 Always examine each bottle against light for clearness.
Discard any bottle with particles or cloudiness
 Risk of pulmonary oedema and sodium retention if
infusion given too rapidly or when excessive amounts are
given
 In metabolic acidosis, sodium lactate may cause lactic ac-
idosis especially in seriously ill patients with poor tissue
perfusion or impaired hepatic function. Use sodium bi-
carbonate instead

SODIUM STIBOGLUCONATE RR E 6.4.2


Organic pentavalent antimony medicine for leishmaniasis
Dosage forms
 Injection: 100 mg/ml

Uses
 Visceral leishmaniasis (kala-azar)

 Cutaneous leishmaniasis

Dose and duration


 Visceral leishmaniasis, cutaneous leishmaniasis

696 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


SODIUM STIBOGLUCONATE S
Adult and child: 20 mg/kg daily (max 850 mg) by IM in-
jection or slow IV injection over 5 minutes for 28 days in
visceral leishmaniasis and 20 days in cutaneous infection
Contra-indications
 Moderate to severe renal impairment

 History of serious adverse reaction following sodium

stibogluconate
Side effects
 Anorexia, nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain, diarrhoea

 ECG changes

 Cough

 Headache, lethargy

 Muscle and joint pain

 Anaphylaxis

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Filter injection immediately before administration using a

filter of 5 microns or less


 Stop IV injection if coughing or substernal pain develops

during administration as an IV injection


 Monitor ECG before and during treatment. If a patient

with heart disease develops conduction abnormalities,


withdraw medicine
 Successful treatment of mucocutaneous disease may

induce inflammation around lesions which may be life


threatening if there is pharyngeal or tracheal involvement
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 697
S MONOGRAPHS

and may require corticosteroids


 Use with caution in hepatic impairment and avoid in
significant renal impairment
 Only use in pregnancy if potential benefit outweighs risk

SODIUM THIOSULPHATE NR N 4.2


Antidote for cyanide poisoning
Dosage forms
 Injection: 250 mg/ml

Uses
 Cyanide poisoning

Dose and duration


 Cyanide poisoning (after sodium nitrite)

Adult and child: by slow IV injection over about 10


minutes, 12.5 g followed by 6.25 g after 30 minutes if
symptoms recur
Child: 400 mg/kg (max 12.5 g) repeated in severe
poisoning after 30 minutes
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

SODIUM VALPROATE H V 5
Antiepileptic medicine
Dosage forms
 Enteric coated tablet: 500 mg

 Tablet (crushable): 100 mg

698 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


SODIUM VALPROATE S
Syrup: 200 mg/5 ml
Uses
 Epilepsy

 Manic episodes associated with bipolar disorder

 Nodding disease

Dose and duration


To be taken after a meal
 Treatment of epilepsy

Adult and child over 12 years: 600 mg daily in 2 divided


doses, increased by 200 mg every 3 days until control is
achieved. Usual dose range 1000–2000 mg daily i.e.
20–30 mg/kg daily (max 2500 mg per day)
Child 1 month–12 years: 10–15 mg/kg (max 600 mg)
daily in 1–2 divided doses; usual maintenance dose 25–30
mg/kg daily in 2 divided doses
Neonate: 20 mg/kg once daily; usual maintenance dose
10 mg/kg every 12 hours
 Manic episodes associated with bipolar disorder

Adult: 750 mg daily in 2–3 divided doses, increased


according to response, usual dose 1–2 g daily
Contraindications
 Family history of severe hepatic dysfunction

 Acute porphyria

 Active liver disease

 Pancreatitis

 Hypersensitivity

Side effects
 Nausea, gastric irritation, diarrhoea

 Weight gain

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 699


S MONOGRAPHS

 Thrombocytopenia, anaemia
 Transient hair loss
 Liver damage with increased liver enzymes
 Tremor, extrapyramidal disorder
 Stupor, somnolence, memory impairment, headache
 Convulsion
 Nystagmus
 Hyponatremia
 Hypersensitivity
 Dysmenorrhoea
 Haemorrhage
 Deafness
Interactions
 Amitriptyline (antagonism of the anticonvulsant effect)

 Chloroquine (possibly increased risk of convulsions)

 Chlorpromazine (antagonism of anticonvulsant effect)

 Clomipramine (antagonism of anticonvulsant effect)

 Fluphenazine (antagonism of anticonvulsant effect)

 Mefloquine (antagonism of anticonvulsant effect)

 Olanzapine (increased risk of side effects)

 Orlistat (possible increased risk of convulsions)

 Cimetidine (increased plasma concentration of valproate)

 Lamotrigine (increased concentration of lamotrigine)

 Haloperidol (antagonism of anticonvulsant effect)

 Imipenem (reduced plasma concentration of valproate)

Patient instructions
 Do not remove tablets from the foil until immediately

before they are to be taken


 The crushable tablet can be crushed and mixed with cold

soft food or drink and taken immediately


700 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
SODIUM VALPROATE S
 Take your medication after a meal
 The enteric coated tablet should not be crushed or
chewed but swallowed whole with a glass of water
 Seek immediate medical attention if blood or liver
disorders signs such as loss of seizure control, weakness,
anorexia, oedema, vomiting, abdominal pain, drowsiness,
jaundice, or spontaneous bruising or bleeding develop
 Seek immediate medical attention if symptoms of
pancreatitis such as abdominal pain, nausea and vomiting
develop
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Avoid sudden withdrawal. Reduce dose gradually over at
least 1 month when stopping valproate
 Valproate is associated with the high risk congenital mal-
formations and growth delays when used in the 1st and
3rd trimesters. Only prescribe in pregnancy if there are no
safer alternatives and after careful discussion of risks
with patient. Risk of teratogenicity is greater if more than
one antiepileptic is used; folic acid may reduce risk of
neural tube defects. Give effective contraception in
women of child-bearing potential.
 Reduce dose in mild to moderate renal impairment
 Avoid use in hepatic impairment due to risk of hepatotox-
icity and hepatic failure usually in the first 6 months
 Monitor liver function before and during first 6 months of
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 701
S MONOGRAPHS

therapy in patients most at risk of hepatic impairment


 Care should be taken when switching between different
brands of valproate in the treatment of epilepsy
 Discontinue use if patient develops pancreatitis
 Assess risk of bleeding before starting, and also before
major surgery or anticoagulant therapy
 Valproate may cause false positive urine ketone tests

SPIRONOLACTONE H N 16
Potassium sparing diuretic
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 50 mg

Uses
 Oedema and ascites in hepatic cirrhosis

 Malignant ascites

 Nephrotic syndrome

 Congestive heart failure

 Primary aldosteronism

Dose and duration


 Oedema and ascites in liver cirrhosis

Adult: 100–400 mg daily, adjusted according to response


Child 12–18 years: 50–100 mg daily in 1–2 divided doses;
up to 9 mg/kg daily (max 400 mg daily) in resistant cases
Child 1 month–12 years: 1–3 mg/kg daily in 1–2 divided
doses; up to 9 mg/kg daily in resistant ascites
Neonate: 1–2 mg/kg daily in 1–2 divided doses; up to 7
mg/kg daily in resistant ascites
 Malignant ascites

Adult: 100–200 mg once daily, increased to 400 mg once


702 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
SPIRONOLACTONE S
daily if required; maintenance dose adjusted to response
Child and neonate: dose same as in cirrhosis
 Nephrotic syndrome
Adult: 100–200 mg once daily
Child and neonate: dose same as in cirrhosis
 Congestive heart failure with oedema
Adult: 100 mg in single or divided doses. Dose ranges
from 25 mg to 200 mg. Maintenance dose is determined
according to response
Child and neonate: dose same as in cirrhosis
 Moderate to severe heart failure
Adult: 25 mg once daily increased to 50 mg once daily
according to response
Child and neonate: dose same as in cirrhosis
 Resistant hypertension
Adult: 25 mg once daily
 Primary hyperaldosteronism in patients awaiting surgery
Adult: 100–400 mg daily; use lowest effective dose for
long-term maintenance
Contraindications
 Hyperkalaemia

 Acute renal insufficiency, severe renal impairment, anuria

 Concomitant use with potassium sparing diuretics

 Addison’s disease

 Hypersensitivity to spironolactone

Side effects
 Hyperkalaemia

 Hyponatraemia

 Hyperchloraemic acidosis

 Dehydration

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 703


S MONOGRAPHS

Interactions
 Digoxin (increased plasma concentration of digoxin)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Use in pregnancy only if benefits outweigh risks
 Start treatment with the lowest dose and titrate upwards
as required in the elderly to achieve maximum benefit

STILBOESTROL (DIETHYLSTILBESTROL) RR N 18.4


Oestrogen anticancer
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 5 mg

Uses
 Prostate cancer (third line treatment)

 Breast cancer in post-menopausal women

Dose and duration


 Prostate cancer

Adult: 1–3 mg daily


 Breast cancer in post-menopausal women

Adult: 10–20 mg daily


Side effects
 Nausea

 Fluid retention, venous and arterial thrombosis

 Jaundice

 Impotence and gynaecomastia in men

704 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


STREPTOKINASE S
 Withdrawal bleeding in women
 Bone pain
 Vaginal carcinoma (in high dose)

Pregnancy
st
 Do not use in 1 trimester

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breast-feeding

Caution
 Use with caution in cardiovascular disease
 Avoid use in hepatic impairment
 When given in high doses in the 1st trimester, vaginal
carcinoma, urogenital abnormalities, and reduced fertility
in female offspring, and increased risk of hypospadias in
male offspring can occur
 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in cytotoxic medicines

STREPTOKINASE RR V 10.3
Fibrinolytic medicine. Enzyme secreted by several species of
Streptococci that can bind and activate human plasminogen,
which degrades fibrin and so breaks up thrombi
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 250,000 IU

Uses
 Acute myocardial infarction

 Deep vein thrombosis

 Pulmonary embolism

 Acute arterial occlusion

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 705


S MONOGRAPHS

 Central retinal venous or arterial thrombosis


Dose and duration
 Acute myocardial infarction

Adult: by IV infusion, 1,500,000 IU over 60 minutes


preferably within 1 hour of infarction, though can be
used within 12 hours
 Thrombosis

Adult and child over 12 years: by IV infusion, 250,000 IU


over 30 minutes followed by 100000 IU every hour for
12–72 hours
Child 1 month–12 years: by IV infusion, 2,500–4,000
IU/kg over 30 minutes followed by 100,000 IU every hour
for 12–72 hours
Adjust dose based on condition and monitoring
parameters
Preparation
 Reconstitute with normal saline solution and dilute

further with normal saline or dextrose 5%


Contra-indications
 Repeat use of streptokinase beyond 4 days of first use

 Recent haemorrhage, surgery (including dental),

parturition or trauma
 Heavy vaginal bleeding

 Haemorrhagic stroke

 History of cerebrovascular disease

 Coma

 Severe hypertension

 Coagulation defects

 Bleeding diatheses

706 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


STREPTOKINASE S
 Aortic dissection
 Risk of gastrointestinal bleeding
 Acute pancreatitis
 Severe liver disease
 Acute pulmonary disease with cavitation
 Previous allergic reactions
Side effects
 Nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea, epigastric pain

 Bleeding (usually limited to site of injection)

 Hypotension, arrhythmias, tachycardia, bradycardia,

heart failure, cardiogenic shock, pericarditis


 Development of antistreptokinase antibodies

 Anaphylaxis

 Recurrent ischaemia

 Pulmonary oedema

 Headache

 Musculoskeletal pain, chills, general weakness

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
o
 Store below 25 C and do not freeze. Store reconstituted

solution in a refrigerator at 2–8oC for only 24 hours


Caution
 Antibodies to streptokinase appear 4 days after use, and

do not give streptokinase to the patient after this time


 Use with caution in diabetic retinopathy, abdominal an-

eurysm and recent or concurrent anticoagulation therapy


Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 707
S MONOGRAPHS

 Discontinue if bleeding is serious and treat as necessary


 Can cause premature separation of placenta in first 18
weeks and possible foetal haemorrhage throughout
pregnancy
 In breast-feeding mothers, discard breast milk during the
first 24 hours following thrombolytic therapy

STREPTOMYCIN (S) HC III V 6.2.4


Broad spectrum aminoglycoside antibacterial
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 1 g in vial

Uses
 Plague

 Retreatment cases of tuberculosis

Dose and duration


 Plague

Adult: 1 g by deep IM injection every 12 hours for 7–10


days
Child: 15 mg/kg by deep IM injection every 12 hours
for 7–10 days. Maximum 1 g daily
 Initial phase retreatment of tuberculosis (in combination

with rifampicin, isoniazid, pyrazinamide, ethambutol)


Give daily doses as in table below for 2 months
Weight (kg) Streptomycin (mg)
5–10 250
11–30 500
31–50* 750
>50 1000

708 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


STREPTOMYCIN (S) S
*Or patient above 60 years
The total dose (for 2 months) should not exceed 60 g
Preparation
 Dissolve streptomycin powder in 5 or 10 ml of water for

injection
Contra-indications
 Hearing impairment

 Severe kidney disease

Side effects
 Painful injection

 Abscess at injection site

 Hearing impairment

 Balance impairment

 Kidney damage

 Neurotoxicity

 Hypersensitivity reactions (withdraw treatment)

 Rash

Interactions
 Furosemide (increased risk of kidney damage and hearing

impairment)
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
 Reconstituted solution can be kept for maximum 24

hours below 25°C

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 709


S MONOGRAPHS

Caution
 Never give as IV injection
 Stop and withdraw treatment if severe nerve pain occurs
 Other aminoglycosides used in drug-resistant tuberculosis
include kanamycin and amikacin

SULFADOXINE + PYRIMETHAMINE (SP) HC II V 6.4.3


Antimalarial specifically used for prevention of malaria in
pregnancy
Dosage forms
 Tablet: Sulfadoxine 500 mg and pyrimethamine 25 mg

Uses
 Intermittent preventive treatment of malaria in pregnan-

cy (IPTp)
Dose and duration
 3 tablets taken at once, 2 times during pregnancy

First dose: Between weeks 16–24


Second dose: Between weeks 28–36
Contra-indications
 Allergy to Co-trimoxazole

 Severe kidney disease

 Severe liver disease


st
 1 trimester pregnancy

 HIV patients on Co-trimoxazole prophylaxis

Side effects
 Stomach upset

 Blood disorders

 Rash

710 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


SULPHUR + SALICYLIC ACID S
 Sore throat, mouth ulcers
 Cough or shortness of breath
 Fatigue, headache

Interactions
 Folic acid (cancelled effect)

 Co-trimoxazole (increased risk of side effects)

 Methotrexate (increased risk of methotrexate toxicity)

Patient instructions
 Report to health worker immediately in case of shortness

of breath
Pregnancy
st
 Do not use in 1 trimester

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Discontinue immediately if blood disorders occur
 SP is no longer recommended for use as treatment for
P. falciparum malaria due to resistance of parasites
 When IPTp is given in pregnancy, withhold folic acid for
one week after taking SP, then resume with folic acid

SULPHUR + SALICYLIC ACID HC III N 13.1


Sulphur is bactericidal and salicylic acid is a keratolytic that
promotes peeling off of dead skin
Dosage forms
 Ointment or cream: 2% sulphur and 2% salicylic acid

Uses
 Dandruff

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 711


S MONOGRAPHS

 Acne
 Eczema
 Psoriasis

Dose and duration


 Dandruff, acne, eczema

Apply to the affected area at least 2 times per week


In severe cases, it may be applied daily for 3 days, then
twice weekly
 Psoriasis

See salicylic acid


Side effects
 Skin irritation

Patient instructions
 Wash hands thoroughly before and after using the

ointment (unless lesions are on the hands)


 Avoid contact with eyes, mouth, and mucous membranes

 Do not apply to breasts if breast-feeding

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

SURAMIN SODIUM RR N 6.4.4


Microfilaricide and antitrypanosomal for use against
Onchocerca volvulus and Trypanosoma brucei respectively
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 1 g

712 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


SURAMIN SODIUM S
Uses
 Curative treatment of onchocerciasis (River blindness)

 Treatment of haemolytic stage of trypanosomiasis due to

T. brucei rhodesiense
Dose and duration
 Onchocerciasis

Adult: by slow IV injection, initially 3.3 mg/kg as a single


test dose (inject a few microlitres and wait for at least 1
minute, then inject the next 0.5 ml over 30 seconds and
wait for 1 minute, then inject the remainder over several
minutes), followed by incremental doses at weekly
intervals of 6.7 mg/kg, 10.0 mg/kg, 13.3 mg/kg, 16.7
mg/kg, and 16.7 mg/kg on weeks 2 to 6 respectively
(total dose, 66.7 mg/kg over 6 weeks)
 Trypanosomiasis

Adult and child: by slow IV injection, 5 mg/kg on day 1,


10 mg/kg on day 3, and 20 mg/kg on days 5, 11, 17, 23,
and 30
Preparation
 Reconstitute with water for injections to 10% solution

Contra-indications
 Previous anaphylaxis or suramin sensitivity

 Severe liver or renal function impairment

 Elderly or debilitated

Side effects
st
 Immediate and potentially fatal reaction with 1 dose

with nausea, vomiting, shock and loss of consciousness


 Albuminuria

 Abdominal pain, severe diarrhoea, stomal ulceration

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 713


S MONOGRAPHS

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 In pregnancy, delay treatment until after delivery in
onchocerciasis but treat if meningoencephalopathic
involvement in T. brucei rhodesiense is involved
 Suramin sodium is very toxic and should only be used in a
hospital under medical supervision
 There is a risk of loss of consciousness with first dose
 Maintain satisfactory food and fluid intake
 Urine tests should be done before and weekly during
treatment. Reduce dose if there is moderate albuminuria.
Discontinue immediately if severe albuminuria or casts
develops

SUXAMETHONIUM (SUCCINYLCHOLINE) HC IV V 20
Depolarising neuromuscular blocking medicine
Dosage forms
 Injection: 50 mg/ml

Uses
 Brief muscular paralysis during endotracheal intubation,

endoscopy and electroconvulsive therapy


Dose and duration
 Neuromuscular blockade

Adult and child over 12 years: by IV injection, 1 mg/kg


followed if necessary by supplements of 0.5–1 mg/kg at

714 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


SUXAMETHONIUM (SUCCINYLCHOLINE) S
5–10 minute intervals
Or by IV infusion for prolonged procedures, 2.5–4
mg/minute of a solution of concentration of 1–2 mg/ml
(max 500 mg/hour)
Child 1–12 years: by IV injection, 1 mg/kg followed if
necessary by supplements of 0.5–1 mg/kg at 5–10 minute
intervals
Or by IM injection, up to 4 mg/kg (max 150 mg)
Neonate and child up to 1 year: by IV injection, 2 mg/kg
Or by IM injection, up to 4–5 mg/kg
Contra-indications
 Inability to maintain clear airway

 Personal or family history of malignant hyperthermia

 Hyperkalaemia

 Major trauma

 Neurological disease involving acute wasting of muscles

 Prolonged immobilization

 Personal or family history of congenital myotonic disease

 Duchenne muscular dystrophy

 Severe burns

 Low plasma cholinesterase activity

 Severe liver disease

Side effects
 Post-operative pain

 Myoglobinuria, myoglobinaemia

 Prolonged apnoea

 Increased intraocular pressure

 Hyperkalaemia

 Increased intra-gastric pressure

 Flushing

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 715


S MONOGRAPHS

 Bradycardia, tachycardia
 Malignant hyperthermia
 Rash, anaphylactic reactions

Interactions
 Amikacin, clindamycin, vancomycin, polymixins

(enhanced effects of suxamethonium)


 Gentamicin, procainamide, streptomycin

(enhanced muscle relaxant effect)


 Paromomycin (enhanced effects of suxamethonium)

 Propofol (increased risk of myocardial depression and

bradycardia when given concomitantly)


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
o
 Store between 2–8 C. Do not freeze. Protect from light

Caution
 Use with caution in hepatic impairment due to risk of
prolonged apnoea in severe liver disease
 In pregnancy, suxamethonium may mildly prolong
maternal paralysis.
 Prolonged administration or high doses produce a phase
II (dual) block associated with prolonged neuromuscular
blockade and apnoea
 Continue assisted ventilation until muscle function is
restored
 Use with caution in patients with history of sensitivity to
other neuromuscular blocking medicines
716 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
TAMOXIFEN T
T
TAMOXIFEN NR E 8.3
Oestrogen-receptor antagonist
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 20 mg

Uses
 Adjuvant treatment of estrogen-receptor-positive breast

cancer
 Metastatic breast cancer

 Anovulatory infertility

Dose and duration


 Adjuvant in breast cancer treatment

Adult: 20 mg daily in 1–2 divided doses for 5 years


 Metastatic breast cancer

Adult: 20–40 mg daily in 1–2 divided doses


 Anovulatory infertility

Adult: 20 mg daily from day 2 to day 5 of the cycle, dose


increased if necessary to 40 mg then 80 mg in subsequent
cycles. If cycles are irregular, start initial course on any
day with subsequent course 45 days later or on day 2 if
menstruation occurs
Contra-indications
 Pregnancy

 Breast-feeding

 Porphyria

 Treatment of infertility if personal or family history of idi-

opathic venous thromboembolism or genetic pre-

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 717


T MONOGRAPHS

disposition to thromboembolism
Side effects
 Hot flushes

 Vaginal bleeding discharge, suppression of menstruation

 Pruritus vulvae

 Nausea

 Headache, light-headedness

 Tumour flare

 Decreased platelet counts

 Visual disturbances

 Alopecia

 Stevens-Johnson syndrome

Interactions
 Warfarin (enhanced anticoagulant effect)

 Fluoxetine, paroxetine, droperidol (metabolism of tamox-

ifen to active metabolite possibly inhibited)


Patient instructions
 Report sudden breathlessness or pain in the calf of one

leg
Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breastfeeding

Storage
o
 Store below 25 C in original package to protect from

light. Do not refrigerate or freeze


Caution
 Monitor endometrial changes due to an increased risk of

718 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


TEMOZOLOMIDE T
hyperplasia, polyps, cancer and uterine sarcoma. Examine
patients promptly if abnormal vaginal bleeding occurs
 Increased risk of thromboembolism particularly during
and immediately after major surgery or periods of immo-
bility. Risk is increased when tamoxifen is given together
with antineoplastic drugs
 Use with caution in pre-menopausal women with cystic
ovarian swellings
 Ensure appropriate contraception in women during
treatment and for at least 2 months following treatment
 Tamoxifen suppresses lactation and should be avoided
during breast-feeding unless potential benefits risk
 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in cytotoxic medicines

TEMOZOLOMIDE NR V 8.2
Alkylating agent anticancer
Dosage forms
 Capsule: 250 mg

Uses
 Glioblastoma multiforme

 Malignant glioma (brain cancer)

Dose and duration


 Glioblastoma multiforme (in combination with radio-

therapy)
Adult: 75 mg/m2 daily for 42 days (concomitant with
focal radiotherapy); followed by up to 6 cycles of
monotherapy at 150 mg/m2 for 5 days every 4 weeks.
Weekly haematological and non-haematological
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 719
T MONOGRAPHS

toxicity criteria determine dose continuation or escala-


tion
 Glioblastoma multiforme (in combination with radio-

therapy)
Adult and children > 3 years: In previously untreated
patients, 200 mg/m2 once daily for the first 5 days fol-
lowed by a 23 day treatment interruption.
In patients previously treated with chemotherapy, the
initial dose is 150 mg/m2 once daily, to be increased in
the second cycle to 200 mg/m2 once daily, for 5 days if
there is no haematological toxicity
Contra-indications
 Children < 3 years

 Hypersensitivity to temozolomide

 Hypersensitivity to dacarbazine

 Severe bone marrow suppression

Side effects
 Myelosuppression

 Infections

 Nausea and vomiting, anorexia, abdominal pain, stomati-

tis, constipation, diarrhoea


 Rash, allergic reaction, fever, pain

 Alopecia

 Hyperglycaemia, weight loss

 Hepatotoxicity; increased ALT

 Anxiety, insomnia, depression

 Headache, convulsions, blurred vision

 Hearing impairment, tinnitus

 Haemorrhage, oedema, thrombosis

 Dyspnoea, coughing

720 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


TENOFOVIR (TDF) T
 Urinary frequency and incontinence
 Muscle and joint pain
 Fatigue

Interactions
 Clozapine (increased risk of agranulocytosis)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breastfeeding

Caution
 Monitor full blood count weekly
 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in cytotoxic medicines

TENOFOVIR (TDF) HC IV V 30.1


Nucleotide reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NtRTI)
anti-retroviral medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 300 mg

 FDC tablet: TDF 300 mg + 3TC 300 mg

 FDC tablet: TDF 300 mg + FTC 200 mg

 FDC tablet: TDF 300 mg + FTC 150 mg

 FDC tablet: TDF 300 mg + 3TC 300 mg+ EFV 600 mg

 FDC tablet: TDF 300 mg + FTC 200 mg + EFV 600 mg

Uses
 HIV/AIDS

 Chronic hepatitis B

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 721


T MONOGRAPHS

Dose and duration


 HIV infection, first line treatment, EMTCT (in combination

with 3TC + EFV)


Adult and adolescents: 300 mg once daily
Child 10–15 years ≥35 kg: 300 mg once daily
 HIV infection, alternative second line (in combination

with 3TC + ATV/r or 3TC + LPV/r)


Adult and adolescents: 300 mg once daily
 Hepatitis B

Adult and child over 12 years and ≥35 kg: 300 mg


once daily
Contra-indications
 Allergy to tenofovir

 Severe kidney disease

Side effects
 Kidney damage

 Stomach upset, flatulence

 Dizziness

 Rash

 Liver damage

 Reduced bone density

 Lactic acidosis

Patient instructions
 Take medicine at the same time every day

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

722 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


TENOFOVIR + EMTRICITABINE (TDF+FTC) T
Caution
 Monitor kidney function every 6 months
 TDF also has activity against Hepatitis B
 For TB patients taking rifampicin, first line regimen is
composed of a triple NRTI, e.g. TDF + 3TC + AZT or AZT +
3TC + ABC

TENOFOVIR + EMTRICITABINE (TDF+FTC) HC IV V 30.4


Combination of 1 NtRTI and 1 NRTI antiretroviral medicine
Dosage forms
 FDC tablet: TDF 300 mg + FTC 200 mg

For more information, see individual medicine


monographs

TENOFOVIR + LAMIVUDINE (TDF+3TC) HC IV V 30.4


Combination of an NtRTI and an NRTI antiretroviral medicine
Dosage forms
 FDC tablet: TDF 300 mg + 150 mg 3TC

For more information, see individual medicine


monographs

TENOFOVIR + EMTRICITABINE + EFAVI-


HC IV V 30.5
RENZ (TDF+FTC+EFV)
Combination of 1 NtRTI, 1 NRTI, and 1 NNRTI antiretroviral
medicine
Dosage forms
 FDC tablet: TDF 300 mg + FTC 200 mg + EFV 600 mg

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 723


T MONOGRAPHS

For more information, see individual medicine


monographs

TENOFOVIR + LAMIVUDINE + EFAVIRENZ


HC IV V 30.5
(TDF+3TC+EFV)
Combination of 1 NtRTI, 1 NRTI, and 1 NNRTI antiretroviral
medicines
Dosage forms
 FDC tablet: TDF 300 mg + 3TC 300 mg + EFV 600 mg

For more information, see individual medicine


monographs

TESTOSTERONE ENANTATE RR N 18.2


Androgen for replacement therapy in hypogonadism
Dosage forms
 Oily solution for injection: 250 mg/ml

Uses
 Hypogonadism

Dose and duration


 Hypogonadism

Adult (males): by slow IM injection, initially 250 mg every


2–3 weeks. Usual maintenance 250 mg every 3–6 weeks
Contra-indications
 Breast cancer in men

 Prostate cancer

 Hypercalcaemia

 Nephrotic syndrome

 History of primary liver tumours

724 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


TESTOSTERONE ENANTATE T
Side effects
 Prostate abnormalities and prostate cancer

 Headache, depression, anxiety, physical weakness

 Gastrointestinal bleeding, nausea

 Increased haematocrit, red cell count and haemoglobin

 Cholestatic jaundice

 Changes in libido, gynaecomastia

 Paraesthesia (tingling or pricking sensation)

Interactions
 Warfarin (enhanced anticoagulant effect)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Testosterone does not induce fertility
 Use with caution in treatment of boys with delayed
puberty since it can lead to hastened fusion of epiphyses
hence short stature
 Examine prostate and breasts regularly during treatment
 Monitor blood testosterone concentrations before and
during treatment
 Use with caution in hypertension, epilepsy, migraine,
diabetes mellitus or skeletal metastases
 Do not use for enhancing muscular development in
healthy individuals or for increasing physical ability

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 725


T MONOGRAPHS

TETANUS TOXOID (TT) HC II V 19.3.1


Tetanus vaccine
Dosage forms
 Suspension for injection: ≥ 40 IU/0.5 ml

Uses
 Prophylaxis in patients at risk of tetanus as a result of

contaminated wounds, bites, and burns


 Prevention of maternal and neonatal tetanus

Dose and duration


 Prophylaxis in patients at risk of tetanus

For unimmunised or never fully immunised patients:


Give a full course of vaccination
3 doses of 0.5 ml deep SC or IM at intervals of 4 weeks
Fully immunised patients but last booster >10 years
ago: Give 1 booster dose of 0.5 ml deep SC or IM
 Prophylaxis against maternal and neonatal tetanus

Give vaccine 0.5 ml IM into the left upper arm or upper


outer thigh as follows
1st dose (TT1): At first contact with the woman (e.g. 1st
antenatal visit or as early as possible during pregnancy)
2nd dose (TT2): At least 4 weeks after TT1*
3rd dose (TT3): At least 6 months after TT2*
4th dose (TT4): At least 1 year after TT3*
5th dose (TT5): At least 1 year after TT4*
*Or as early as possible during a subsequent pregnancy
Contra-indications
 Allergy to the vaccine

 Severe acute febrile illness

726 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


TETRACAINE (AMETHOCAINE) T
Side effects
 Irritation at injection site

 Fever, malaise

Patient instructions
 Side effects may occur within 1–2 days of immunisation;

they are usually mild and should not cause worry


 Report to health worker immediately any severe allergy

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
 Store at 2–8°C. Do not freeze

Caution
 Postpone vaccination in severe acute febrile illness (do
not postpone in case of minor illness)
 If a serious adverse event occurs following a dose of the
vaccine, subsequent doses should not be given
 Following an injury, preferably use combined diphtheria
and tetanus vaccine (DPT) to prevent both diphtheria and
tetanus

TETRACAINE (AMETHOCAINE) HC IV E 21.6


Short-acting local anaesthetic to prevent pain during minor
surgical procedures on the eyes. Anaesthesia lasts for about
15 minutes
Dosage forms
 Eye drops: 0.5%, 1%

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 727


T MONOGRAPHS

Uses
 Local anaesthesia of the cornea and conjunctiva

Dose and duration


 Anaesthesia

Adult and child: Apply 1 drop to the eye


Contra-indications
 Pre-term neonates

 Hypersensitivity to tetracaine

 Eye inflammation

 Eye infection

Side effects
 Local irritation (burning, stinging, redness)

 Temporary disruptive effect on corneal epithelium

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Avoid prolonged use as it can cause severe keratitis,
permanent corneal opacification, scarring and delayed
corneal healing
 Protect eye from dust and bacterial contamination until
sensation is fully restored

728 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


TETRACYCLINE T
TETRACYCLINE HC II V 21.1
Broad spectrum ophthalmic antibacterial used to treat
bacterial eye infections
Dosage forms
 Ointment: 1% tube

Uses
 Eye infection

 Trachoma

 Ophthalmia of the new born

 Prevention of chlamydial and gonococcal neonatal eye

infection
 Stye

 Prevention of eye infection complication in measles

Dose and duration


 Eye infection, prevention of eye infection complication in

measles patients
Apply gently directly to the eye every 6–8 hours for 7
days
 Trachoma

Apply gently directly to the eye every 6–8 hours for


4–6 weeks
 Ophthalmia of the new born

Apply gently directly to the eye every 6 hours for at


least 21 days
 Prevention of neonatal eye infection

1 application directly to both eyes immediately after


birth after washing eyes
 Stye

Apply gently directly to the eye every 6–12 hours until

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 729


T MONOGRAPHS

two days after symptoms have disappeared


Contra-indications
 Allergy to tetracycline

Side effects
 Local irritation

 Allergic reaction

Patient instructions
 Wash the eyes with boiled and cooled water before each

application
 Slightly lower the lower eyelid, then apply the medicine

 Close eyelids and massage eyelid gently to aid spread of

ointment
 Avoid touching the tip of the tube and close tube properly

after use to prevent contaminating the ointment


 Use within 1 month of opening the tube

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Stop treatment immediately if any serious allergic reac-
tions occur
 Avoid prolonged use

730 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


THALIDOMIDE T
THALIDOMIDE NR N 6.2.3, 8.2
Immunomodulatory medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 50 mg

Uses
 Multiple myeloma (first line in untreated patients ≥ 65

years)
 Erythema nodosum leprosum (a complication of leprosy)

Dose and duration


 All uses

Adult over 18 years: 200 mg once daily at bedtime for


6-week cycle (max 12 cycles)
Child below 18 years: not recommended
Contraindications
 Pregnancy

 Hypersensitivity

 Women of child bearing potential

 Patients unable to comply with the required

contraceptive measures
Side effects
 Weakness, drowsiness, dysaesthesia, tingling or pricking

sensation, headache, dizziness


 Joint pain, muscle pain, peripheral neuropathy

 Constipation, dyspepsia, dry mouth, vomiting

 Cardiac failure, deep vein thrombosis, hypotension,

syncope
 Depression

 Dry skin, fever

 Haematuria

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 731


T MONOGRAPHS

 Hepatic disorders
 Myelosuppression
 Peripheral oedema
 Pneumonia, pulmonary embolism, interstitial lung disease
 Rash, Stevens-Johnson syndrome, toxic skin eruption
Patient instructions
 Seek medical advice if you develop fever, sore throat,

chest pain, bleeding or swelling of a limb


 Seek medical advice if signs such as paraesthesia, abnor-

mal coordination or weakness develop


Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Monitor white blood cell and platelet count. Reduce dose
or interrupt treatment if neutropoenia or thrombocyto-
penia develop
 Thromboprophylaxis may be required in the first 5
months in patients with other risk factors to thrombosis
 Rule out pregnancy before starting treatment. Thalido-
mide is teratogenic. Women and men must practice
effective contraception at least 1 month before, during,
and for at least 1 month after treatment
 Avoid using combined oral contraceptives and copper-
releasing intrauterine devices
 Use with caution in severe hepatic failure and severe
renal failure. Monitor liver function

732 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


THIAMINE (VITAMIN B1) T
THIAMINE (VITAMIN B1) HC IV E 27
Vitamin B
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 100 mg

 Injection: 100 mg/ml

Uses
 Thiamine deficiency

 Beriberi

 Wernicke’s encephalopathy(specialist use only)

Dose and duration


 Mild deficiency

Adult and child over 3 years: 25‒100 mg PO daily


 Severe deficiency

Adult and child over years: 200‒300 mg PO daily in


divided doses
OR by IV infusion over 30 minutes
 Wernicke’s encephalopathy (specialist use)

Adult and child over years: by slow IV injection over


10 minutes, 300 mg daily in divided doses
Side effects
 Anaphylaxis following parenteral administration

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Mothers with severe thiamine deficiency should not
breast feed as toxic methyl-glyoxal is present in milk
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 733
T MONOGRAPHS

THIOGUANINE (TIOGUANINE) NR V 8.2


Antimetabolite anticancer
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 40 mg

Uses
 Acute leukaemias

 Chronic myeloid leukaemia

Dose and duration


Adult and child: 100−200 mg/m2 daily
Side effects
 Bone marrow suppression

 Stomatitis, gastrointestinal intolerance

 Liver toxicity

Interactions
 Clozapine (increased risk of agranulocytosis)

 Live vaccines (risk of developing disease)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breastfeeding

Caution
 Monitor liver function weekly; discontinue medicine if
liver toxicity occurs
 Do not use for long term treatment due to liver toxicity
 Men and women of child-bearing age should use
adequate contraception while taking tioguanine
 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in cytotoxic medicines
734 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
THIOPENTAL SODIUM T
THIOPENTAL SODIUM HC IV V 1.1
Intravenous anaesthetic. Very short-acting barbiturate; does
not have analgesic properties
Dosage forms
 Powder for injection: 500 mg

Uses
 Induction of general anaesthesia

 Anaesthesia of short duration

 Status epilepticus

 Reduction of raised intracranial pressure in controlled

ventilation
Dose and duration
 Induction of anaesthesia

Adult: by slow IV injection using a 25 mg/ml solution,


initially 100–150 mg over 10–15 seconds followed by
another dose if required according to response after
30–60 seconds or up to 4 mg/kg (max 500 mg)
Elderly and debilitated: reduce dose
Child 1–18 years: by slow IV injection, initially, up to 4
mg/kg, then 1 mg/kg repeated as necessary (max total
dose 7 mg/kg)
Neonate: by slow IV injection, initially up to 2 mg/kg,
then 1 mg/kg repeated as necessary (max total dose
4mg/kg)
 Raised intracranial pressure

Adult: 1.5–3 mg/kg repeated as required


 Status epilepticus

Adult: by slow IV injection of a 25 mg/ml solution,


75–125 mg as a single dose

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 735


T MONOGRAPHS

Child 1 month–18 years: initially 4 mg/kg by slow IV


injection, then up to 8 mg/kg/hour by continuous IV
infusion, adjusted according to response
Neonate: initially 2 mg/kg by slow IV injection, then up to
8 mg/kg/hour by continuous IV infusion, adjusted
according to response
Preparation
 For IV injection, dilute powder to a concentration of 25

mg/ml. Dilute 500 mg with 20 ml of water for injections


 For IV infusion, dilute to a concentration of 2.5 mg/ml

with normal saline solution


Contra-indications
 Acute porphyria

 Myotonic dystrophy

 Inability to maintain airway

 Hypersensitivity to barbiturates

 Dyspnoea or obstructive respiratory disease

Side effects
 Hypotension and hiccup with rapid injection

 Arrhythmias, myocardial depression

 Laryngeal spasm

 Cough, sneezing

 Headache

 Hypersensitivity reactions, rash

 Injection-site reactions

Interactions
 Chlorpromazine, fluphenazine, haloperidol (enhanced

hypotensive effect)
 Verapamil (enhanced hypotensive effect and AV delay)

736 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


THIOPENTAL SODIUM T
Patient instructions
 Do not perform skilled tasks such as driving for at least 24

hours after administration


 Do not take alcohol within 24 hours of administration

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
o
 Store powder below 25 C. Store reconstituted solution

between 2−8oC and use it within 7 hours


Caution
 Sedative effects can last up to 24 hours although
awakening is rapid
 Reconstituted solution is very alkaline and extravasation
causes severe pain and tissue necrosis
 Avoid intra-arterial injection because it causes intense
pain and may result into arteriospasm
 Use with caution in cardiovascular disease, hypovolemia,
severe haemorrhage, burns, status epilepticus,
myasthenia gravis, adrenocortical insufficiency, cachexia
and raised blood urea nitrogen
 Use with caution and reduce dose in hepatic impairment
 Use with caution in severe renal impairment
 Thiopental may depress neonatal respiration when used
during delivery. Do not exceed 250 mg in pregnancy
 Large or repeated doses severely depress respiration and
delay recovery

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 737


T MONOGRAPHS

TIMOLOL MALEATE RR N 21.7


B-blocker with topical antiglaucoma activity
Dosage forms
 Eye drops: 0.25%

 Eye drops: 0.50%

Uses
 Open-angle glaucoma

 Ocular hypertension

 Some cases of secondary glaucoma

Dose and duration


 All uses

Adult: instil 1 drop into affected eye every 12 hours


Dose may be increased to 1 drop of 0.5% solution if
the clinical response is not adequate. Usual mainte-
nance dose is 1 drop once a day
Child: 1 drop instilled in the affected eye once a day,
titrated to a maximum of 1 drop every 12 hours
Contra-indications
 Bradycardia

 Second and third degree atrioventricular block not con-

trolled by a pace-maker
 Uncontrolled heart failure

 Reactive airway disease including bronchial asthma

 Sick sinus syndrome, sino-atrial block

 Sinus bradycardia

 Cardiogenic shock

 Presence or history of severe chronic obstructive

pulmonary disease
 Severe peripheral circulatory disturbances

738 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


TIMOLOL MALEATE T
Side effects
 Ocular stinging, burning, pain, itching, erythema

 Dry eyes

 Allergic reactions

 Diplopia, ptosis

Interactions
 Epinephrine (severe hypertension)

 Lidocaine (increased myocardial depression)

 Nifedipine (enhanced hypotensive effect)

 Procainamide (increased myocardial depression)

 Verapamil (severe hypotension and heart failure)

Patient instructions
 Close your eyes for at least 2 minutes after instillation of

the drops
 Discard remaining solution after 28 days from opening

 Wash hands well with water and soap before instillation

 Ensure the tip of the dispensing bottle does not touch the

eyelid or any part of the body or surface at any time


 Remove soft contact lenses before instillation of timolol

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 If timolol eye drops are used till delivery, carefully
monitor neonate for the first few days of life
 Use with caution in patients with corneal diseases

 Use with caution in the elderly due to risk of keratitis

 Systemic absorption may follow topical use in the eyes

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 739


T MONOGRAPHS

 Nasolacrimal occlusion or closing the eyelids for 2–3


minutes after instillation of the eye drops reduces
systemic absorption and increases local activity
 Reassess intra-ocular pressure at four weeks after
starting treatment as response may take a few weeks to
stabilize
 In case of switch from other topical beta- blocking agents,
discontinue for 24 hours and start treatment with timolol
thereafter. For other non-beta- blocker agents,
discontinue agent after 2 doses of timolol

TINIDAZOLE H N 6.4.1, 6.4.5


Nitroimidazole antimicrobial medicine active against amoeba,
protozoa and anaerobic bacteria
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 500 mg

Uses
 Amoebiasis

 Trichomoniasis

 Bacterial vaginosis

 Giardiasis

 Anaerobic infections

Dose and duration


 Intestinal amoebiasis

Adult and child >12 years: 2 g once daily for 2–3 days
Child 1 month–12 years: 50–60 mg/kg (max 2000 mg)
once daily for 3 days
 Amoebic involvement of the liver

Adult and child >12 years: 1500–2000 mg once daily


740 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
TINIDAZOLE T
for 3–6 days
Child 1 month–12 years: 50–60 mg/kg (max 2000 mg)
once daily for 5 days
 Trichomoniasis, bacterial vaginosis and giardiasis
Adult and child > 12 years: 2000 mg as a single dose
Child 1 month–12 years: 50–75 mg/kg (max 2 g) as a
single dose
 Anaerobic infections
Adult: 2 g, followed by 1000 mg daily or 500 mg 2 times
daily for 6 days
Contraindications
 Blood dyscrasia or history of blood dyscrasia

 Organic neurological disorder

 Hypersensitivity

Side effects
 Nausea, vomiting, taste disturbances, anorexia

 Oral mucositis, furred tongue

Patient instructions
 Take your medication during or after meal

 Do not take alcohol during and for 72 hours after

stopping this medicine


Pregnancy
st
 Do not use in 1 trimester

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Avoid breast feeding during and for 3 days after
treatment

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 741


T MONOGRAPHS

 Stop therapy if abnormal neurological signs develop

TRAMADOL RR V 2.3
Opioid analgesic. Produces analgesia by opioid effect as well
as by enhancement of serotonergic and adrenergic pathways
Dosage forms
 Capsule: 50 mg

 Injection: 50 mg/ml

Uses
 Management of moderate to severe pain

 Post-operative pain

Dose and duration


 Management of moderate to severe pain

Adult and child over 12 years: by mouth, 50–100 mg not


more often than every 4 hours (max 400 mg daily)
By IM injection, slow IV injection over 2–3 minutes, or IV
infusion, 50–100 mg every 4–6 hours
 Post-operative pain

Adult: initially, 100 mg then 50 mg every 10–20


minutes if necessary during the first hour to a total of
250 mg (includes initial dose). Then, 50–100 mg every
4–6 hours (max 600 mg daily)
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to tramadol

 Acute intoxication with alcohol, hypnotics, analgesics,

opioids or psychotropic drugs


 Patients taking MAOIs currently or in the past 2 weeks

 Epilepsy uncontrolled by treatment

742 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


TRIAMCINOLONE ACETONIDE T
Side effects
 Vertigo, headache, drowsiness, fatigue

 Nausea, vomiting, constipation, dry mouth

 Sweating

Interactions
 Fluoxetine, imipramine, amitriptyline (increased risk of

CNS toxicity)
 MAOIs (increased risk of convulsions)

 Warfarin (enhanced anticoagulant effect)

Patient instructions
 Do not drive till you know how this medicine affects you

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Do not use in opioid-dependent patients
 Use with caution in impaired consciousness and excessive
bronchial secretions
 Do not use for longer than is absolutely necessary
 Give bisacodyl to prevent and treat constipation

TRIAMCINOLONE ACETONIDE RR N 28.3


Corticosteroid with significant glucocorticoid activity
Dosage forms
 Oral paste: 0.10%

Uses
 Mouth sores due to injury

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 743


T MONOGRAPHS

Dose and duration


 Mouth sores due to injury

 Adult and child over 6 years: Dab or press (do not rub)
a small amount of paste onto the area to be treated
until the paste sticks forming a smooth, slippery film,
2–3 times a day after meals or at bed time
Contraindications
 Hypersensitivity

 Infected wounds

Side effects
 Candidiasis

 Increased susceptibility to and severity of infection

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Prolonged use predisposes the patient to risk of develop-
ing or increasing severity of infections

TRIFLUOPERAZINE H E 24
Phenothiazine psychotherapeutic medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 5 mg

Uses
 Mania

 Delirium with features of psychosis

 Severe nausea and vomiting unresponsive to other

744 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


TRIFLUOPERAZINE T
antiemetics
Dose and duration
 Mania and delirium with features of psychosis

Adult and child over 12 years: 5 mg twice daily, increased


to 15 mg daily in 2 divided doses after 1 week, then at
intervals of 3 days by 5 mg increments until satisfactory
control is achieved. Then reduce dose gradually until an
effective maintenance dose is achieved
Children ˂12 years: initial oral dose should not exceed 5
mg a day in divided doses
 Severe nausea and vomiting

Adult: 2–4 mg every 12 hours (max 6 mg a day)


Child 12–18 years: 1–2 mg every 12 hours (max 6 mg a
day)
Child 6–12 years: up to 2 mg every 12 hours
Child 3–5 years: up to 0.5 mg every 12 hours
Contra-indications
 Comatose states

 CNS depression

 Pheochromocytoma

 Liver damage

Side effects
 Drowsiness, insomnia, restlessness

 Dry mouth, anorexia

 Blurred vision

 Mild postural hypotension

 Muscular weakness, parkinsonian symptoms, dystonia,

tardive dyskinesia, muscle weakness

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 745


T MONOGRAPHS

Interactions
 Amiodarone (increased risk of ventricular arrhythmias)

 Citalopram (increased risk of ventricular arrhythmias)

 Saquinavir (increased risk of ventricular arrhythmias)

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Caution
 Only use in pregnancy and lactation if it is essential
 Start with small doses in severe renal failure due to
increased cerebral sensitivity
 Discontinue use at the first clinical symptom of tardive
dyskinesia
 Reduce initial dose in elderly patients due to increased
sensitivity to hypotensive and extrapyramidal effects
 May mask nausea and vomiting due to organic disease
 Restlessness due to large initial doses may resemble
exacerbation of the condition being treated
 Clinical improvement may not be evident for several
weeks after starting treatment, and there may also be
delay before recurrence of symptoms after stopping
treatment.
 There is a high risk of relapse if medication is stopped af-
ter 1–2 years. Withdrawal after long-term therapy should
always be gradual and closely monitored to avoid the risk
of acute withdrawal syndromes or rapid relapse. Observe
patient for up to 2 years after withdrawal

746 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


TOBRAMYCIN T
TOBRAMYCIN RR N 21.1
Broad spectrum aminoglycoside antibiotic
Dosage forms
 Eye drops: 0.3 %

Uses
 Superficial bacterial eye infections

Dose and duration


 Superficial bacterial eye infections

Adult and child over 1 year: instill 1 drop every 12 hours


for 6–8 days; in severe infection, apply 1 drop every 6
hours on the first day, then every 12 hours for 5–7 days
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to tobramycin

Side effects
 Ocular discomfort

 Ocular hyperaemia

 Eye allergy

 Eyelid pruritus

Patient instructions
 Discard remaining solution 1 month from first opening

 Do not wear your contact lenses

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Risk of cross-hypersensitivity to other aminoglycosides

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 747


T MONOGRAPHS

 Prolonged overuse may result into over-growth of


non-susceptible organisms including fungi
 May mask clinical signs of bacterial, fungal, or viral
infections and may suppress hypersensitivity reactions

TUBERCULIN, PURIFIED PROTEIN


HC IV N 19.1
DERIVATIVE (PPD)
Heat-treated products of growth and lysis of appropriate
Mycobacterium species used for the Mantoux test, which
tests hypersensitivity to tuberculoprotein
Dosage forms
 Injection: 100 IU/ml

Uses
 Hypersensitivity to tuberculoprotein

Dose and duration


 Diagnosis of hypersensitivity to tuberculoprotein

Give 0.1 ml (10 IU) by intradermal injection


Contra-indications
 Do not use within 4 weeks of receiving a live viral vaccine

Side effects
 Nausea

 Headache, malaise

 Rash

 Local reactions (swelling, pain, redness)

Interactions
 Live vaccines (reduced response to tuberculin)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

748 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


VANCOMYCIN V
Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 A positive tuberculin test indicates previous exposure to
mycobacterial antigens, which could have been through
infection with one of the tubercle bacilli or through BCG
vaccination
 The tuberculin test is of limited diagnostic value as it does
not distinguish between tuberculosis and other mycobac-
terial infections, between active and silent disease or
between acquired infection and BCG vaccination-induced
seroconversion
 Viral infection, sarcoidosis, corticosteroid therapy or
immunosuppression may also suppress response to the
tuberculin test

V
VANCOMYCIN RR E 6.2.1
Antibacterial agent with bactericidal activity against aerobic
and anaerobic Gram-positive bacteria including methicillin-
resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA)
Dosage forms
 Powder for solution for infusion: 500 mg

Uses
 Endocarditis

 Osteomyelitis

 Pneumonia

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 749


V MONOGRAPHS

 Soft- tissue infections


 Antibiotic associated colitis
 Surgical prophylaxis

Dose and duration


 Antibiotic associated colitis

By mouth
Adult and child over 12 years: 125–500 mg every 6 hours
for 7–10 days
Child 5–12 years: 62.5 mg every 6 hours and 250 mg
every 6 hours in life threatening infections for 7–10 days
Child 1 month–5 years: 5 mg/kg every 6 hours and 10
mg/kg in life-threatening infections for 7–10 days
 Surgical prophylaxis

Adult: by slow IV infusion over at least 60 minutes, 1 g


 Other uses

By slow IV infusion over at least 60 minutes. May be


given for up to 4–6 weeks depending on condition
Adult and child above 12 years: 500 mg every six hours
or 1 g every 12 hours
Elderly > 65 years: 500 mg every 12 hours or 1 g once
daily
Neonate over 35 weeks postmenstrual age and child 1
month–12 years: 15 mg/kg every 8 hours
Neonate 29–35 weeks postmenstrual age: 15 mg/kg
every 12 hours, adjusted basing on plasma concentration
Neonate less than 29 weeks postmenstrual age: 15
mg/kg every 24 hours, adjusted according to plasma
concentration
Preparation
 Consult product literature

750 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


VANCOMYCIN V
 Injection can be used to prepare solution for oral admin-
istration
Contraindications
 Hypersensitivity to vancomycin

Side effects
 Decrease in blood pressure

 Thrombophlebitis

 Dyspnoea, stridor (high-pitched breath sound)

 Exanthema and mucosal inflammation

 Pruritus, urticaria

 Increased serum creatinine

 Redness of upper body and face

 Pain and spasm of the neck and back muscles

Interactions
 Ciclosporin (increased risk of nephrotoxicity)

 Suxamethonium (enhanced effects of suxamethonium)

 Gentamicin (increased risk of nephrotoxicity and

ototoxicity)
 Furosemide (increased risk of ototoxicity)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Vancomycin should not be given by mouth for systemic
infections because it is not absorbed significantly
 Avoid rapid infusions due to increased risk of
anaphylactoid reactions

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 751


V MONOGRAPHS

 Rotate infusion sites


 Avoid in patients with a history of deafness
 Monitor auditory function in elderly or in patients with
renal impairment
 Reduce dose in renal impairment and monitor renal
function regularly
 Measure plasma concentration of vancomycin after 3 or 4
doses in patients with normal renal function or earlier in
renal impairment
 Only use in pregnancy if clearly needed and after careful
risk/benefit evaluation
 If used in a breast feeding mother, consider temporarily
discontinuing breast feeding

VECURONIUM BROMIDE NR V 20
Non-depolarising neuromuscular blocking medicine belonging
to the aminosteroid group
Dosage forms
 Powder for solution for injection: 10 mg

Uses
 Neuromuscular blockade

Dose and duration


 Neuromuscular blockade

Adult and child over 1 month: initially, 0.08–0.1 mg /kg


by IV injection, then maintenance dose of 0.02–0.03
mg/kg (max 0.1 mg/kg in caesarean section) by IV
injection or 0.8–1.4 µg/kg/minute by IV infusion, adjusted
according to response
Neonate: 0.08 mg/kg by IV injection, then maintenance
752 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
VECURONIUM BROMIDE V
dose of 0.03–0.05 mg/kg by IV injection or 0.8–1.4
µg/kg/minute adjusted according to response
Preparation
 Reconstitute each vial with 5 ml water for injections to

give 2 mg/ml solution; alternatively reconstitute with up


to 10 ml glucose 5% or sodium chloride 0.9% or water for
injections
 Solutions reconstituted without water for injections are

unsuitable for further dilution


 For continuous intravenous infusion, dilute to a

concentration up to 40 micrograms/ml
Contraindications
 Hypersensitivity to rocuronium or bromide

Side effects
 Changes in vital signs

 Prolonged neuromuscular block

 Anaphylactic and anaphylactoid reactions

Interactions
 Aminoglycosides (effect of vecuronium enhanced)

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Storage
o
 After reconstitution, store at 2–8 C for not ≥ 24 hours

Caution
 Use with caution in significant renal failure and hepatic
impairment
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 753
V MONOGRAPHS

 Use with caution in patients with hypersensitivity to


other neuromuscular blocking medicines
 Patients with burns may require higher doses due to
resistance to vecuronium
 Use lower doses in hyperthermia and myasthenia gravis
 Calculate doses on basis of ideal body weight in obese
patients
 Duration of action is shorter in children, therefore
maintenance doses are required more frequently
 Vecuronium causes paralysis of respiratory muscles
therefore respiratory support is required until adequate
spontaneous respiration is restored

VINCRISTINE RR V 8.2
Vinca alkaloid anticancer
Dosage forms
 Injection: 1 mg/ml

Uses
 Leukaemias

 Lymphomas

 Breast cancer

 Lung cancer

 Head and neck carcinoma

 Soft tissue sarcomas

 Ewing’s sarcoma

 Embryonal rhabdosarcoma

 Neuroblastoma

 Wilms’ tumour

 Retinoblastoma

754 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


VINCRISTINE V
 Medulloblastoma
 Idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura
Dose and duration
Adult: 1.4−1.5 mg/m2 (max 2mg) by IV infusion weekly
Child: 1.4−2 mg/m2 (max 2mg) by IV infusion weekly
For children < 10kg, starting dose is 0.05 mg/kg
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to vincristine

 Intrathecal administration

 Demyelinating form of Charcot-Marie-Tooth syndrome

Side effects
 Alopecia

 Constipation, abdominal cramps, paralytic ileus

 Diarrhoea, weight loss, nausea, vomiting

 Leucopoenia

 Severe local reaction and extravasation

 Rash

 Neurotoxicity (nerve pain, sensory loss, paraesthesia, dif-

ficulty in walking, loss of reflexes, movement disorders)


 Hearing impairment

 Hypertension, hypotension

 Shortness of breath; bronchospasm

 Muscle pain; generalised body pain

 Urinary retention, dysuria, polyuria

 Fever

 Headache

Interactions
 Itraconazole (increased risk of neurotoxicity)

 Clozapine (increased risk of agranulocytosis)

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 755


V MONOGRAPHS

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Discontinue breastfeeding

Storage
 Store between 2−8°C

Caution
 Monitor white cell count weekly
 Reduce dose in liver disease
 Men and women should use adequate contraception
while taking vincristine
 For intravenous use only; use of other routes is fatal
 Anticancer medicines should only be handled by health
workers trained and experienced in cytotoxic medicines

VITAMIN A (RETINOL) HC II V 27
See retinol

VITAMIN B1 (THIAMINE) HC IV E 27
See thiamine

VITAMIN B6 (PYRIDOXINE) HC III E 27


See pyridoxine

VITAMIN B9 (FOLIC ACID) HC II N 10.1


See folic acid

756 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


VITAMIN B COMPOUND V
VITAMIN B COMPOUND RR V 27
Combination tablet of vitamin B3, B2 and B1 used as a
nutritional supplement
Dosage forms
 Tablet: B3 15 mg + B2 1 mg + B1 1 mg

Uses
 Prevention of vitamin B deficiency

Dose and duration


 Vitamin B deficiency prophylaxis

1‒2 tablets daily


Side effects
 None

Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

VITAMIN B COMPOUND (STRONG) HC IV N 27


Combination tablet of vitamin B3, B6, B2 and B1
Dosage forms
 Tablet: B3 20 mg + B6 2 mg + B2 2 mg + B1 5mg

Uses
 Vitamin B deficiency

Dose and duration


 Vitamin B deficiency

1‒2 tablets every 8 hours daily

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 757


W MONOGRAPHS

Contra-indications
 Children < 3 years

Side effects
 None when used in therapeutic doses

Interactions
 Levodopa (pyridoxine increases metabolism of levodopa

leading to reduced effect of levodopa)


Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

VITAMIN K1 (PHYTOMENADIONE) HC II V 27
See phytomenadione

W
WARFARIN H V 10.2
Oral anticoagulant medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 1 mg, 5 mg

Uses
 Deep vein thrombosis

 Pulmonary embolism

Dose and duration


 All uses

Adult: induction dose 10 mg once daily for 2 days


758 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
WARFARIN W
adjusted to meet individual requirements. Daily
maintenance dose is usually 3 to 9 mg taken at the
same time each day, determined based on the
prothrombin time
Child 1 month–18 years: 0.2 mg/kg (max 10 mg) as a
single dose on first day, reduced to 0.1 mg/kg (max 5
mg) once daily for following 3 days. If INR is still below
1.4, use 0.2 mg/kg (max 10 mg) once daily. If INR is
above 3 use 0.05 mg/kg (max 2.5 mg) once daily. If INR
is above 3.5, omit dose, then adjust according to INR,
usual maintenance 0.1–0.3 mg/kg once daily
Neonate: specialist use only
Contra-indications
 Haemorrhagic stroke

 Within 48 hours post–partum

 Clinically significant active bleeding

 Within 72 hours of major surgery with risk of severe

bleeding
Side effects
 Haemorrhage

 Nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea, melaena, vomiting blood

 Jaundice, hepatic dysfunction

 Alopecia

 Fever

 Hypersensitivity, rash

Interactions
 Acetylsalicylic acid, diclofenac (increased risk of bleeding)

 Alcohol (enhanced anticoagulant effect)

 Amitriptyline, corticosteroids, nevirapine (enhanced or

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 759


W MONOGRAPHS

reduced anticoagulant effect)


 Azathioprine, mercaptopurine (anticoagulant effect pos-
sibly reduced)
 Carbamazepine, griseofulvin, phenobarbital, rifampicin,
phenytoin (reduced anticoagulant effect)
 Azithromycin, cefazolin, cefixime, ceftazidime,
ceftriaxone, doxycycline, fluorouracil, fluoxetine,
ibuprofen, levamisole (enhanced anticoagulant effect)
 Glibenclamide (possibly enhanced hypoglycaemic effect
and changes to anticoagulant effect)
 Levonorgestrel, medroxyprogesterone, norethisterone,
phytomenadione (antagonism of anticoagulant effect)
 Ritonavir (concentration possibly increased by ritonavir)
 Chloramphenicol, cimetidine, ciprofloxacin, clomipra-
mine, clopidogrel, erythromycin, fluconazole, levothyrox-
ine, metronidazole, miconazole, ofloxacin, silver sulfadia-
zine, simvastatin, sulfadoxine + pyrimethamine, sulfa-
methoxazole +trimethoprim, tamoxifen, tramadol,
testosterone (enhanced anticoagulant effect)
Pregnancy
st rd
 Do not use in 1 and 3 trimester

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Effect takes 48–72 hours to develop fully. Use with hepa-
rin in the first 3 days to allow for warfarin effect to set in
 Females of child-bearing age on warfarin should use ef-
fective contraception during treatment
 Reduce induction dose in the elderly

760 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


WHITFIELD'S’OINTMENT X
 Avoid in severe hepatic failure especially if prothrombin
time is already prolonged
 Use with caution in mild to moderate renal failure. Avoid
use in severe renal failure

WHITFIELD'S’OINTMENT HC II N 13.1
See benzoic acid + salicylic acid

X
XYLOMETAZOLINE HC IV E 28.2
Sympathomimetic nasal decongestant medicine
Dosage forms
 Nasal drops: 0.05% (paediatric)

 Nasal drops: 0.1% (adult)

Uses
 Decongestion of nostrils

Dose and duration


 Decongestion of nostrils

Adult and child > 12 years: 2‒3 drops of 0.1% prepara-


tion into each nostril every 8 hours
Child < 12 years: 2‒3 drops of 0.05% preparation into
each nostril every 8 hours
Do not use for longer than 7 days
Contra-indications
 Hypersensitivity to xylometazoline or other sympatho-

mimetic agents

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 761


Y MONOGRAPHS

Side effects
 Local irritation

 Nausea

 Rebound congestion with excessive/prolonged use

 Headache

 Restlessness

 Sleep disturbances

Patient instructions
 Discard bottle within 1 month of opening

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Repeated or prolonged use can cause rebound
congestion and alter the nasal environment hardening
the structures

Y
YELLOW FEVER VACCINE H N 19.3.2
Live attenuated yellow fever virus
Dosage forms
 Powder for reconstitution: ≥ 1000 IU of 17D–204 strain of

yellow fever virus with 0.5 ml diluent; single dose


Uses
 Immunisation against yellow fever

762 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


YELLOW FEVER VACCINE Y
Dose and duration
Given as a deep SC injection,
 Immunisation against yellow fever

Adult and child above 9 months: 0.5 ml


Contra-indications
 Children under 6 months

 History of thymus dysfunction

 Hypersensitivity to eggs or chicken proteins

 History of serious hypersensitivity to yellow fever vaccine

 HIV infection

 Current severe febrile illness

Side effects
 Headache

 Nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea

 Muscle pain

 Weakness

 Injection site reactions

 Fever

Interactions
 Azathioprine (impairment of immune response; avoid

concomitant use)
 Ciclosporin (impairment of immune response; avoid

concomitant use)
 Corticosteroids (high doses of corticosteroids impair

immune response; avoid concomitant use)


Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Do not use

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 763


Z MONOGRAPHS

Storage
 Store at 2– 8°C. Do not freeze. Protect from light

 Use immediately after reconstitution

Caution
 Should not be given during pregnancy, but if significant
risk of exposure cannot be avoided, then delay vaccina-
tion to the third trimester if possible (but the need for
immunisation usually outweighs risk to the foetus)
 In breast-feeding, only use vaccine if mother is at a real
risk of yellow fever disease
 Do not mix with another vaccine or medicinal product in
the same syringe. If there is need to inject another
vaccine at the same time, use separate sites
 Do not give to HIV- positive people. Seek specialist advice
if yellow fever risk is unavoidable
 Immunity starts from 10 days after primary immunization
up to about 10 years

Z
ZIDOVUDINE (AZT) HC IV V 30.1
Nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NRTI) antiretrovi-
ral medicine
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 300 mg

 FDC tablet: AZT 300 mg + 3TC 150 mg

 FDC tablet: AZT 60 mg + 3TC 30 mg

 FDC tablet: AZT 300 mg + 3TC 150 mg + NVP 200 mg

764 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ZIDOVUDINE (AZT) Z
FDC tablet: AZT 60 mg + 3TC 30 mg + NVP 20 mg
Uses
 HIV/AIDS (second line to tenofovir)

Dose and duration


 HIV infection, alternative first line treatment (in combina-

tion with 3TC + NVP or 3TC + EFV)


Adult and child > 25 kg: 300 mg every 12 hours
Child < 25 kg: use tablets with 60 mg AZT tablet as in
table below:
Weight (kg) No. of AZT 60 mg Tablets
20–24.9 3 tabs every 12 hours
14–19.9 2½ tabs every 12 hours
10–13.9 2 tabs every 12 hours
6–9.9 1½ tabs every 12 hours
3–5.9 1 tabs every 12 hours
Contra-indications
 Anaemia

 Low white blood cell count

 Neonates with high blood bilirubin levels (jaundice)

Side effects
 Anaemia

 Taste disturbances, stomach upset

 Low platelet count, low white blood cell count

 Muscle aches

 Headache

 Liver damage

 Blue/black discoloration of nails and mouth

Interactions
 Stavudine (cancelled effect)

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 765


Z MONOGRAPHS

 Fluconazole (increased side effects of zidovudine)


Patient instructions
 Take medicine at the same time every day

 Report to health worker immediately if any signs of

tiredness, feeling weak and dizzy with little energy, easily


breathless occur or if you have pale palms and nails
Pregnancy
 Can be used

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 If patient is anaemic, first correct anaemia before starting
AZT or use a regimen with TDF instead
 Reduce dose in severe kidney disease
 Discontinue medicine if severe liver disease occurs

ZIDOVUDINE + LAMIVUDINE HC IV V 30.4


Combination of 2 NRTIs antiretroviral medicines
Dosage forms
 FDC tablet: AZT 300 mg + 3TC 150 mg

For more information, see individual medicine


monographs

766 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ZIDOVUDINE + LAMIVUDINE + NEVIRAPINE Z
ZIDOVUDINE + LAMIVUDINE + NEVI-
HC IV V 30.5
RAPINE
Combination of two NRTI and one NNRTI antiretroviral
medicines
Dosage forms
 FDC tablet: AZT 300 mg + 3TC 150 mg + NVP 200 mg

For more information, see individual medicine monographs

ZINC SULPHATE HC I V 17.6.2


Reduces severity, duration and reoccurrence of diarrhoea
Dosage forms
 Tablet: 30 mg

 Effervescent tablet: 20 mg

 Eye drops: 0.20%

Uses
 Diarrhoea in children

Dose and duration


Child 6 months–5 years: 20 mg once daily for 10–14 days
Child <6 months: 10 mg once daily for 10–14 days
Side effects
 Stomach upset

 Weakness, headache

 Irritability

Interactions
 Ferrous salts(reduced absorption)

Patient instructions
 Place ½ or 1 tablet on a teaspoon, then add a little

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 767


Z MONOGRAPHS

drinking water, ORS, or breast milk. Dissolve and give to


child
 Older children may chew the tablet and swallow with or
without drinking water
 If the child vomits within 30 minutes of taking the
medicine, give another dose
 Give at least 2 hours apart from iron medicines
Caution
 Zinc sulphate is not a replacement for ORS
 Not recommended in malnourished children taking
therapeutic food as it already contains the right amount
of zinc

ZUCLOPENTHIXOL DECANOATE RR N 24
Thioxanthene first generation antipsychotic medicine
Dosage forms
 Injection (oily): 200 mg/ml

Uses
 Maintenance in schizophrenia and paranoid psychoses

Dose and duration


 Schizophrenia and paranoid psychoses

Adult: by deep IM injection into upper buttock or lateral


thigh, test dose 100 mg, followed at least 7 days later by
200–500 mg or more, then repeat at intervals of 1–4
weeks adjusted according to response (max 600 mg
weekly)
Elderly: ¼ to ½ of usual starting dose
In hepatic and renal impairment: ½ adult dose

768 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


ZUCLOPENTHIXOL DECANOATE Z
Contra-indications
 Circulatory collapse

 Depressed level of consciousness

 Coma

 Hypersensitivity to zuclopenthixol

Side effects
Side effects are dose dependent and occur mostly in early
phase of treatment
 Thrombocytopenia

 Weight gain or loss

 Anaphylactic reaction

 Hyperprolactinaemia

 Insomnia, somnolence

 Extrapyramidal side effects, tardive dyskinesia

 Neuroleptic malignant syndrome

 Urinary frequency or incontinence

 Injection site reactions

 Gastrointestinal disturbances

 Weakness, muscle pain

 Visual disturbances

 Vertigo

Interactions
 Amiodarone, disopyramide, parenteral erythromycin,

moxifloxacin, sotalol, vandetanib (increased risk of


ventricular arrhythmias)
 Imipramine, amitryptyline (risk of ventricular arrhythmi-

as; manufacturer advises avoid concomitant use)


 Clozapine (avoid concomitant use; cannot be withdrawn

quickly in case of neutropenia)

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 769


Z MONOGRAPHS

Patient instructions
 Do not drive if vision is blurred or if you feel drowsy

Pregnancy
 Do not use

Breast-feeding
 Can be used

Caution
 Injection volume greater than 2 ml should be distributed
between 2 injection sites
 Consider serum-level monitoring in hepatic impairment
 Avoid concomitant use of medicines which prolong QT
interval
 Risk of extrapyramidal or withdrawal effects in neonate
when zuclopenthixol is used in the 3rd trimester of
pregnancy. Only use if benefit to patient outweighs risk
to foetus

770 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Calculation of Doses for Children

Calculation of Doses for Children


A. Weight-for-age
For many medicines, doses for children are usually written
as mg/kg or ml/kg. The child's actual weight should be
measured and used to calculate the dose. However, if that
is not possible, the chart in Figure 8 contains mean values
for weight-by-age, which can be used to determine the
dose.

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 771


Calculation of Doses for Children
Figure 8: Weight-by-age chart

772 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Calculation of Doses for Children
B. Body surface area in children
For some antiretroviral medicines and anticancers, the
dose recommendations for children are in mg/m2 or
ml/m2. The "m2" stands for body surface area of the per-
son. The following estimations of body weight and corre-
sponding body surface area can be used to calculate re-
quired dose.

Body Weight (kg) Surface area (m2)


1 0.10
1.5 0.13
2 0.16
2.5 0.19
3 0.21
3.5 0.24
4 0.26
4.5 0.28
5 0.30
5.5 0.32
6 0.34
6.5 0.36
7 0.38
7.5 0.40
8 0.42
8.5 0.44
9 0.46
9.5 0.47
10 0.49
11 0.53
12 0.56

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 773


Calculation of Doses for Children
Body Weight (kg) Surface area (m2)
13 0.59
14 0.62
15 0.65
16 0.68
17 0.71
18 0.74
19 0.77
20 0.79
21 0.82
22 0.85
23 0.87
24 0.90
25 0.92
26 0.95
27 0.97
28-29 1.0
30-34 1.1
35-38 1.2
39-43 1.3
44-48 1.4
49-53 1.5
54-58 1.6
59-64 1.7
65-69 1.8
70-75 1.9
76-81 2.0
82-87 2.1
88-90 2.2

774 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Integrated Management of Childhood Illness (IMCI)
Medicines

Integrated Management of Child-


hood Illness (IMCI) Medicines
This section is based on the latest IMCI guidelines rather
than the UCG 2012. Please refer to the IMCI guidelines for
further details on management of childhood illnesses.
The medicines are listed in alphabetical order. Refer to the
monographs for dosing information.
CHILDREN 2 MONTHS TO 5 YEARS
Albendazole
 Elimination of intestinal worms

Amoxicillin
 First line treatment of pneumonia, acute ear infection

 Initial pre-referral dose for severe bacterial infection in

case injectable medicines unavailable


Ampicillin
 First line treatment of severe bacterial pneumonia (in

combination with gentamicin)


Artemether + lumefantrine
 First line treatment of uncomplicated malaria

Artesunate
 First line initial pre-referral treatment of severe

malaria (rectal)
 First line treatment of severe malaria (injection)

Ceftriaxone
 First line treatment of acute bacterial meningitis

 Second line treatment of dysentery in severely ill

children

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 775


Integrated Management of Childhood Illness (IMCI)
Medicines
 Second line treatment of very severe pneumonia after

failure on first line treatment


Chloramphenicol
 Pre-referral dose for possible serious bacterial infec-

tion (PSBI) when child cannot take oral antibiotic


Ciprofloxacin
 First line treatment of bacterial dysentery

Diazepam
 Febrile convulsions due to severe malaria, respiratory

tract infections and urinary tract infections


Erythromycin
 Second line treatment of cholera

Folic acid
 Anaemia in children with sickle cell disease (with

ferrous salt)
Ferrous salt
 Iron-deficiency anaemia (children without sickle-cell

disease)
Gentamicin
 First line treatment of severe bacterial pneumonia (in

combination with ampicillin)


Mebendazole
 Elimination of intestinal worms

Oral rehydration salts (ORS)


 Prevention and treatment of dehydration

Paracetamol
o
 Treatment of fever >38.5 C and/or pain

Procaine benzylpenicillin (PPF)

776 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Integrated Management of Childhood Illness (IMCI)
Medicines
 Third line treatment of acute ear infection, very severe
disease, and pneumonia
Quinine
 Second line initial pre-referral treatment of severe ma-

laria. Use only if rectal artesunate is not available


Retinol (Vitamin A)
 Prevention of complications of measles

 Prophylactic treatment in persistent diarrhoea, severe

malnutrition, pneumonia
 Dietary supplement for all children 6 months–5 years

INFANTS 0 MONTHS TO 2 MONTHS


Amoxicillin
 First line treatment of local bacterial infection

Benzylpenicillin
 Initial pre-referral dose for treatment of severe bacte-

rial infection
 Initial pre-referral treatment of PSBI (with chloram-

phenicol)
Ceftriaxone
 First line treatment of acute bacterial meningitis

 Second line treatment of dysentery in severely ill in-

fants
Chloramphenicol
 Initial pre-referral dose for pneumonia

 Initial pre-referral treatment of PSBI (in combination

with benzylpenicillin)
 If referral is not possible

Procaine penicillin
 Third line treatment of local bacterial infection

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 777


Medicines for Integrated Community Case Management
(ICCM) of Childhood Illness
Vitamin K
 Prevention of neonatal bleeding in all new-borns

Medicines for Integrated Commu-


nity Case Management (ICCM) of
Childhood Illness
The following medicines are given to village health teams
for use in ICCM. Refer to doses in the monographs for
dosage information.
1. Artemether/Lumefantrine
2. Amoxicillin
3. ORS
4. Zinc
5. Artesunate (rectal)

UN Life Saving Commodities for


Mothers and Children
In line with the recommendations of the United Nation's
Commission on Life-Saving Commodities (UNCoLSC), the
Ministry of Health has identified 13 high priority commodi-
ties to be used to save and improve mothers’ and chil-
dren’s lives. The commodities are in the areas of reproduc-
tive, maternal, neonatal, and child health (RMNCH).
Efforts are already underway to ensure that there is in-
creased access to and utilisation of these items in appro-
priate dosage forms. Refer to the monographs for dosing
information.
778 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
UN Life Saving Commodities for Mothers and Children
Reproductive health commodities
1. Female condom to prevent unwanted pregnancies
and sexually transmitted infections
2. Contraceptive implants for family planning
3. Emergency contraceptive pill to prevent unwanted
pregnancies
Maternal health commodities
4. Misoprostol for prevention and treatment of
postpartum haemorrhage (PPH)
5. Oxytocin injection for prevention and treatment of
PPH
6. Magnesium sulphate for prevention and treat-
ment of severe pre-eclampsia and eclampsia
New born health commodities
7. Antenatal corticosteroids (e.g. dexamethasone or
betamethasone) for foetal lung maturation in
preterm labour
8. Injectable antibiotics (e.g. ceftriaxone) for
neonatal sepsis
9. New born resuscitation devices to aid new born
breathing
10. Chlorhexidine for cord care to prevent umbilical
cord infections
Child health commodities
11. Oral rehydration salts for diarrhoea treatment
12. Zinc for diarrhoea treatment
13. Amoxicillin dispersible tablets for treatment of
pneumonia

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 779


Adverse Drug Reaction Reporting

Adverse Drug Reaction Reporting


Any medicine may cause unwanted or unexpected adverse
reactions. Rapid detection and recording of adverse drug
reactions (ADR) is of vital importance so that unrecognised
hazards are identified promptly and appropriate regulato-
ry action is taken to ensure medicines are used safely and
future events are prevented. Health workers are urged to
report suspected ADRs directly to the National Drug
Authority Pharmacovigilance Centre using the ADR form
bound in this book. Encourage your patients to report
suspected ADRs to you.

Suspected ADRs to any medicine should be reported (in-


cluding self-medication medicines), vaccines and herbal
products.
Adverse reactions may be prevented as follows:
 Never use a medicine unless it is indicated
 If a patient is pregnant, do not use a medicine unless it
is very necessary
 Ask the patient if they have any allergies or hypersen-
sitivity to any medicine before you give out medicines
 Ask if patient is taking other medicines including self
medication medicines, health supplements, herbal
products as interactions can occur
 Age and liver or kidney disease may affect the way
medicines behave in the body so that smaller than
usual amounts are needed
 Always prescribe as few medicines as possible
 Warn the patient if serious adverse reactions are liable
to occur
780 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
Adverse Drug Reaction Reporting

The following regional pharmacovigilance centres at regis-


tered hospitals can be contacted for further information.
The telephone number provided is for the regional phar-
macist/coordinator:
Hospital Box no. Phone no. Email
Mulago 7051 0772507017 dmh@uga.healthnet
Kampala .org
Masaka 18 0772188993
Masaka
Kabale 7 0772455173 klehosp@ ut-
Kabale lonline.co.ug
Kabarole 10 0772659531 fortportalhospi-
Fort Portal tal@yahoo.com
Hoima 5 077244276 hoimareg@utl.co.ug
Hoima
Arua 3 0782927403
Arua
Gulu 160 0790878209 guluhospital
Gulu @yahoo.co.uk
Lira 2 0704815448
Lira
Soroti 289 0775489311 shosp@utlonline.co.
Soroti ug
Mbale 921 0774123023 mbalehosp
Mbale @utlonline.co.ug
Jinja 3 0772455256 jinjahosp
Jinja @utlonline.co.ug
Mbarara 40 0782007251 mreferral. hospi-
Mbarara tal@gmail.com
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 781
Adverse Drug Reaction Reporting
Mubende 4 0704297460
Mubende
Butabika 707 0772507017 info@ butabikahos-
Kampala pital.com
Moroto 0752868699

The following NDA offices can also be contacted for further


information:
NATIONAL DRUG AUTHORITY Head Office
Plot 46/48 Lumumba Avenue
P.O.Box 23096
Kampala, Uganda
Tel. 0414255665/0414347391/0414344052
Email: ndaug@nda.or.ug
NATIONAL DRUG AUTHORITY
South-Western Regional Office
House No. 29, Mbaguta Estates Kamukuzi
P.O. Box 1886
Tel. 0485-421088
MBARARA – UGANDA
NATIONAL DRUG AUTHORITY
Eastern Regional Office
South Bukedi Cooperative Building
Plot No. 6 Busia Road
P.O. Box 453
Tel/Fax 045-45185
TORORO – UGANDA
NATIONAL DRUG AUTHORITY
Northern Region Office
Erute Road
P.O. Box 235
Tel./Fax 0473-420652
LIRA – UGANDA

782 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Adverse Drug Reaction Reporting
NATIONAL DRUG AUTHORITY
South-Eastern Regional Office
Stanley Road, Jinja Municipality
P.O. Box 1710
Tel. 0465-440688
JINJA – UGANDA
NATIONAL DRUG AUTHORITY
Central Regional Office
Premier Complex Building
Tel. 0312-261548
NAKAWA - KAMPALA
NATIONAL DRUG AUTHORITY
Western Regional Office
Main Road
Tel. 0465440688
HOIMA - UGANDA

Note: Please attach additional pages to the ADR reporting


form below if necessary. Even if you do not know some
details in the form, do not be put off reporting the sus-
pected adverse event.

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 783


Adverse Drug Reaction Reporting

784 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Adverse Drug Reaction Reporting

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 785


Glossary

Glossary
Abscess Painful collection of pus caused by
bacterial infection
Acne Skin disease characterized by scaly
red skin, swellings/nodules, black
spots, white spots, pimples, and
sometimes scars. Commonly affects
the face, upper part of chest, and
the back
Akathisia Involuntary movements induced by
antipsychotics that drive a person to
restless over activity especially as
restless legs syndrome
Allergy, allergic reac- Stimulation of the immune system
tion to produce symptoms such as itch-
ing rash, hives, sneezing, difficulty in
breathing, or shock. Occurs when
specific things are eaten, breathed
in, touched, or injected
Anaphylaxis Severe life threatening allergic reac-
tion that develops rapidly. Symp-
toms include breathing difficulty,
light-headedness, itchy skin or rash,
sometimes shock, and swelling of
certain body parts (angioedema)
Angioedema Swelling of the deeper layers of the
skin due to fluid building up. It usu-
ally affects the lips, eyes, genitals,
hands, and feet
Anorexia Lack or loss of appetite
Anorexia nervosa Psychological disorder characterised
by avoidance of food intake leading
to severe weight loss
786 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
Glossary
Antacid Medicine used to control too much
stomach acid and to calm stomach
upset
Anticholinergic A substance that blocks the action
of the neurotransmitter acetylcho-
line in nervous system
Antibiotic Medicine used to prevent or fight
bacterial infection
Antihelminthic, de- Medicine that kills or expels parasit-
wormer ic intestinal worms (helminths)
Antihistamine Medicine that inhibits the action of
histamine causing relief of allergic
symptoms
Antimicrobial Medicine used to prevent or fight
microorganisms, such as bacteria,
fungi, and viruses
Antimuscarinic Medicine that blocks the activity of
the muscarinic acetylcholine recep-
tor. This results in effects such as
dry mouth, widening of pupils, in-
creased intraocular pressure, hot
and flashed skin, constipation, uri-
nary retention, and irregular heart-
beat
Antipsychotic Medicine used to treat mental ill-
ness
Apathy Lack of interest or enthusiasm in
one’s surroundings
Arrhythmia Problem with the rhythm or rate of
the heartbeat; it can beat too fast,
too slow, or irregular
Arthralgia Severe joint paint without swelling
or other signs of arthritis
Bactericidal Antibiotic that kills bacteria

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 787


Glossary
Bacteriostatic Antibiotic that stops the growth of
bacteria
Blood disorders Anaemia, low white blood cell
count, low neutrophil count, low
platelet count
Blurred vision Not able to see objects clearly
Broad spectrum For antimicrobials, killing a wide
range of microorganisms. For anti-
biotics, killing both gram positive
and gram negative bacteria
Bulimia nervosa Episodic binge eating often followed
by behaviour designed to prevent
weight gain such as purging, fasting,
laxative use or excessive exercise
Cardiac To do with the heart
Cardiac tamponade Compression of the heart due to
collection of fluid or blood in the
pericardium
Cerebrovascular dis- Conditions that develop as a result
ease of problems with blood vessels in
the brain (e.g. stroke, transient is-
chaemic attack)
Charcot-Marie-Tooth An inherited neurologic disorder
syndrome characterised by neuropathies
without known metabolic derange-
ments
Congenital Disease or condition that is present
from birth (child was born with it)
Contraindication Situations in which a certain medi-
cine should not be used
Cross-sensitivity Situation where sensitivity to one
substance makes the person at risk
of sensitivity to another substance
that is related in chemical structure

788 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Glossary
Croup Common childhood ailment associ-
ated with upper respiratory symp-
toms, arising from viral infection of
the larynx
Cushing’s syndrome Group of signs and symptoms
caused by prolonged use of cortico-
steroids (hydrocortisone, dexame-
thasone, prednisolone)
Delirium tremens Acute episode of severe shaking
caused by withdrawal from alcohol
Dependence Also called addiction. A compulsive
need to use drugs in order to func-
tion normally. In the absence of the
drugs, the user suffers from with-
drawal
Dermatologic To do with the skin
Difficulty in sleeping Failure to fall asleep, bad dreams,
interrupted sleep
Diluent Substance used to dilute another
substance
Disinfectant Substance that kills microorganisms
or inhibits their growth when ap-
plied to living tissues
Disulfiram-like Nausea, vomiting, skin-flushing, fast
reaction heartbeat, shortness of breath that
can occur when a person taking
metronidazole takes alcohol at the
same time
Dyscrasia An abnormal state of the body or
part of the body especially one due
to abnormal development or me-
tabolism
Dyskinesia A group of involuntary movements
that appear to be a fragmentation

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 789


Glossary
of the normal smoothly controlled
limb and facial movements
Dysphagia A condition where swallowing is
either difficult or painful
Eclampsia Serious complication of pregnancy
in which a pregnant woman with
hypertension has one or more sei-
zures
Effervescent Escape of gas/bubbles in an aque-
ous solution. Some tablets are
made to quickly dissolve in wa-
ter/diluent to form a solution that is
then drunk (e.g. zinc sulphate tab-
lets)
Effusion Abnormal, excessive collection of
fluid
Electrolyte imbalance High or low sodium, potassium, cal-
cium and acid levels in blood
Ergotism Poisoning due to ingestion of ergot,
characterised by cerebrospinal
symptoms, spasm, cramps, necrosis
of the extremities and burning pain
due to intense peripheral vasocon-
striction
Euphoria Mental and emotional condition in
which a person experiences intense
feelings of happiness, excitement,
and joy
Extrapyramidal side Parkinson-like symptoms (involun-
effects tary shaking); abnormal face and
body movements; restlessness;
rhythmic involuntary movements of
tongue, face, and jaw
Extravasation A discharge or escape of blood from

790 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Glossary
the vessel into the tissues
Filariasis Infection with any of the several
varieties of filaria, nematode worms
in the Filariodea family
Foetus The term referred to a growing ba-
by in the womb after the embryo
stage (at about 11 weeks of preg-
nancy)
Folinic acid rescue Speeded up recovery from metho-
trexate-induced mucositis or myelo-
suppression by administration of
folinic acid to counteract the folate-
antagonist action of methotrexate
Gastric To do with the stomach
Glue ear Infection of the middle ear with flu-
id
Gout An inflammation disorder causing
severe pain in the joints due to
deposition of uric acid crystals
Grey baby syndrome Vomiting, greenish diarrhoea, swell-
ing of the abdomen, low body tem-
perature, pale and bluish skin and
mucous membranes, irregular
breathing, circulatory collapse, es-
pecially in neonates. Possible side
effect of chloramphenicol
Haemoglobinuria Presence of haemoglobin in urine
Haemolysis The breakdown of red blood cells
Hallucinations Experiences of sight, sound, smell,
taste, or touch that do not exist
outside of a person’s mind
Hawkinsinuria A rare form of tyrosinaemia with
urinary excretion of hawkinsin, a
cyclic amino acid metabolite of ty-

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 791


Glossary
rosine
Hepatitis Inflammation of the liver
Hyperoxaluria Excessive urinary excretion of oxa-
late which can lead to kidney stones
Hypersensitivity Undesirable reaction by the normal
reaction immune system involving overreac-
tion of certain body functions. Ex-
amples are allergy and autoimmune
disease (e.g. gout). Symptoms can
include rash, fever, nausea, vomit-
ing, diarrhoea, abdominal pain, dif-
ficulty in breathing, cough, feeling
of sickness and weakness, headache
and muscle pain
Hypertension High blood pressure
Hypodermoclysis Subcutaneous injection of fluids
Hypotension Low blood pressure
Hypovolemia Low blood volume
Immuno- Condition in which the immune sys-
compromised tem is weakened so the body can-
not easily fight against diseases and
the person can easily develop infec-
tion. Can occur in patients with
HIV/AIDS, on anti-cancer medicines
or during pregnancy
Immunosuppressed See immunocompromised
Inactivate To make vaccine or medicine inac-
tive and therefore prevent it from
working
Inflammation Immune system response to infec-
tion, irritation, or injury. The pro-
cess produces symptoms such as
pain, heat, redness, swelling
Interactions Situation in which a substance

792 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Glossary
(medicine, food, condition) affects
the activity of another medicine
when both are given at the same
time. The medicine’s effects may be
increased, decreased, or eliminated;
or a new reaction may occur.
Intracranial pressure The pressure inside the skull and
hence the brain
Intramuscular Into the muscle
Intravenous Into the vein
Irregular heartbeat Fast heartbeat, slow heartbeat, un-
even heart beat
Irrigation Washing the affected area/wound
with a large amount of disinfectant
Jarisch-herxheimer Unpleasant reaction that occurs
reaction when large numbers of the bacteria
that cause syphilis are being killed
(when treatment has just started);
symptoms are feeling of sickness,
rash, fast breathing, fever. It occurs
within 1–12 hours of treatment and
resolves within 12–24 hours
Keratolytic Substance that can remove excess
skin that occurs in conditions such
as warts, psoriasis, dandruff
Lactic acidosis Condition of low pH in blood and
body tissues due to accumulation of
lactate. Signs include deep and rap-
id breathing, severe nausea and
vomiting, abdominal pain, feeling of
sickness/weakness, low blood pres-
sure and confusion. It is a possible
side effect of NRTI ARVs
Lesion Localised patch of injury to the liv-

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 793


Glossary
ing tissue or organ
Menstrual disturb- Conditions such as dysmenorrhoea
ances (painful menstruation), amenor-
rhoea (no menstruation), spotting
(light bleeding from the vagina that
occurs when it is not yet time for
the expected menstrual period),
very heavy bleeding, reduced num-
ber of bleeding days or prolonged
number of bleeding days
Monograph Piece of writing on a single subject;
a medicine monograph gives all the
details concerning a single medicine
or combination of medicines
Motion sickness Dizziness, nausea, feeling sick, and
vomiting associated with travelling
in a vehicle
Movement disorders Staggering, swaying from side to
side, involuntary shaking of body
parts
Mucous membranes Lining of the mouth, eyes, vagina
and rectum
Mucositis Inflammation of mucosa as a side-
effect of chemotherapy or radio-
therapy of the head and neck char-
acterised by burning sensation, red-
ness and sometimes ulceration
Myalgia Muscle pain
Myelosuppression Depression of bone marrow func-
tion resulting in reduced production
of all blood cells, resulting in anae-
mia, neutropenia, thrombocytope-
nia, leucopoenia
Mydriasis Widening of the pupil

794 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Glossary
Neuritis Inflammation of a nerve. Symptoms
include pain, feeling of pins and
needles punching the skin or inside
the body, weakness in limb move-
ment, numbness, paralysis, lack of
feeling, disappearance of reflexes.
Neuropathy Damage to the nervous system
Neurotoxic Substance that can damage the
nerves
Obsessive Disorder characterised by persis-
compulsive disorder tent, intrusive and senseless
thoughts (obsessions) or compul-
sions to perform repetitive 795be-
haviours that interfere with normal
functioning
Onchocerciasis Chronic filarial worm infection
transmitted by blackfly, which caus-
es fibrous nodules in dermal tissue
which ulcerate. If often invades
eyeballs destroying the aqueous
and vitreous humour hence irre-
versible blindness
Ophthalmia Inflammation of the eyes
Optic To do with the eyes
Osteoarthritis Degenerative disease characterised
by inflamed joints which become
stiff and painful
Osteomalacia Condition of the skeleton character-
ised by softening of bones because
of reduced mineralisation usually
due to deficiency of vitamin D
Osteomyelitis Inflammation of the bone due to
infection
Osteoporosis Condition that affects the bones

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 795


Glossary
causing them to become weak, frag-
ile, and more likely to break
Panhypopituitarism Diminished or absent secretion of
all the anterior pituitary hormones
Paraesthesia Spontaneously occurring tingling
sensation, sometimes described as
pins and needles which may be due
to partial and temporary damage to
a peripheral nerve
Parenteral To be injected directly into the
body. Parenteral routes include in-
travenous, intramuscular, subcuta-
neous
Pediculicide Substance that can kill lice
Pessary Tablet/capsule meant to be inserted
into the vagina
Pheochromocytoma A tumour of tissues derived from
embryological neuroectoderm, of-
ten of the adrenal medulla
Polycythaemia An increase in packed cell volume
(haematocrit) in the blood
Porphyria Genetic disorder characterised by a
disturbance in porphyrin metabo-
lism with resultant increase in for-
mation and excretion of porphyrins
or their precursors
Pre-eclampsia Combination of pregnancy-induced
hypertension and proteinuria with
or without oedema
Prophylaxis Treatment given or action taken to
prevent disease
Quinsy Abscess between the tonsils and the
pharynx. Also known as peritonsillar
abscess.

796 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Glossary
Renal To do with the kidneys
River blindness See onchocerciasis
Rosacea Chronic skin condition characterised
by facial redness, papules or pus-
tules and small visible spider-like
veins
Salicylism Toxic condition characterised by
ringing in the ears, nausea, vomit-
ing, and dizziness. Caused by aspirin
poisoning or prolonged treatment
of large areas of skin with salicylic
acid ointment
Scabicide Medicine that destroys the itch mite
that causes scabies
Sedative Medicine that reduces excitability
or anxiety; makes a person calm
Side effect Unwanted effect of a medicine that
occurs along with the desired effect
Stevens-Johnson Severe and potentially fatal hyper-
syndrome sensitivity disorder with mild to se-
vere skin and mucous membrane
lesions
Strongyloidiasis Infestation of small intestine with
parasitic nematode worm Strongy-
loides stercoralis
Subcutaneous Just beneath the skin
Sublingual Under the tongue. Used as a route
of administration for medicines,
which diffuse into the blood
through the tissues under the
tongue
Suppository Tablet/capsule for inserting into the
rectum
Systemic Route of administration of medicine

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 797


Glossary
so that the whole body is affected
(oral, parenteral, and rectal). Oppo-
site of topical
Tardive dyskinesia A condition characterised by invol-
untary repetitive movements of fa-
cial muscles and the tongue; usually
resembling continued chewing mo-
tions and the muscles of the limbs
Thrombocythaemia A blood disorder in which the body
produces excess platelets (throm-
bocytes)
Thrombocytosis See thrombocythaemia
Thrombosis Blood clot within a blood vessel.
Blood clots can form and block a
vein or an artery, thus obstructing
or stopping the flow of blood.
Thyrotoxicosis Excessive amounts of thyroid hor-
mones in the blood stream causing
rapid heartbeat, sweating, tremor,
anxiety, increased appetite, weight
loss and heat intolerance
Tinnitus Perception of sound coming from
within the body/head; ringing in the
ears
Tolerance Situation where a person’s response
to a medicine decreases over time,
so that they need larger and larger
doses to have the same effect
Topical Substances that are applied directly
to body surfaces, such as skin, eyes,
ears, nose, scalp, mucous mem-
branes. Medicine delivered directly
to affected parts. Opposite of sys-
temic

798 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Glossary
Torsades de pointes Paroxysms of ventricular tachycar-
dia in which the ECG shows a steady
undulation in the QRS axis in runs of
5–20 beats and with progressive
changes in direction
Tyrosinaemia An aminoacidopathy consisting of
defective metabolism of tyrosine
and its build up in the body, as well
as urinary excretion of related me-
tabolites
Trimester The division of pregnancy into three
periods of three months each: first,
second, and third trimesters
Vertigo Feeling that the environment or
world around you is spinning. Pa-
tient may feel sick, nauseated, dizzy
and feel like falling
Visual disturbances Difficulty in seeing, unclear images,
double vision, pain in the eyes when
in bright lights
Wilson’s disease An inherited disorder of copper me-
tabolism characterised by cirrhosis,
degeneration of the basal ganglia of
the brain and deposition of a green
pigment in the periphery of cornea
Withdrawal Severe symptoms of a disease that
symptoms occur when the medicine used for
treatment is stopped abruptly.
Commonly occurs with antiepileptic
and antipsychotic medicines (e.g.
chlorpromazine, phenobarbital,
morphine, and prednisolone)
Zollinger-Ellison Disorder where there is excessive
syndrome production of gastrin

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 799


References

References
 BMJ Group and the Royal Pharmaceutical Society of
Great Britain, 2014. British National Formulary 66,
2013-2014. London, UK
 BMJ Group and the Royal Pharmaceutical Society of
Great Britain, 2014. British National Formulary for
Children 2013-2014. London, UK
 Datapharm, 2015. Summary of Product Characteris-
tics. Electronic Medicines Compendium (eMC). Data-
pharm. London, UK. Available at:
(https://www.medicines.org.uk/emc/)
 Management Sciences for Health, 2012. MDS-3:
Managing Access to Medicines and Health Technolo-
gies. Arlington, USA. Available at:
(http://www.msh.org/sites/msh.org/files/mds3-
jan2014.pdf
 Ministry of Health Uganda, 2012. Essential Medicines
and Health Supplies List of Uganda 2012. Ministry of
Health, Kampala Uganda
 Ministry of Health Uganda, 2012. Management of Medi-
cines and Health Supplies Manual, Ministry of Health,
Pharmacy Division. Kampala, Uganda.
 Ministry of Health Uganda, 2012. Uganda Clinical
Guidelines, 2012. Ministry of Health, Kampala,
Uganda.

800 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


References
 World Health Organisation, 2009. WHO Model For-
mulary 2008. Geneva, Switzerland. Available at:
(http://apps.who.int/medicineds16879e/s16879e.pd
focs/documents/)
 World Health Organisation, 2010. WHO Model For-
mulary for Children, 2010. Geneva, Switzerland.
Available at:
http://www.who.int/selection_medicines/list/WMF
 World Health Organisation, 1995. Guide to Good Pre-
scribing. Geneva, Switzerland

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 801


Amendment Form

Amendment Form
Your feedback for the Practical Guidelines for Dispensing is
very important to improve the next version. Please use the
form on the next page to propose amendments to any
part of the guidelines. The suggested amendments can
relate to inaccurate information or sections that are hard
to understand.
The amendment form should be, if necessary, submitted
with relevant supporting documentation or references.
You may use extra additional papers if needed. Submit the
form by post, fax, or e-mail to:
Ministry of Health
PO Box 7272
Kampala
Assistant Commissioner Health Services
Pharmacy Division
Tel: (+256) 772 570869
E-mail: serumorries@gmail.com

Thank you for your feedback!

802 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Amendment Form

-------------------------------------------------------

Practical Guidelines for Dispensing for Higher Level 2015


Amendment form
Names: Position:

Phone number: Email address:

Health facility:

Medicine name/Formulation:

Suggested amendments or concerns:

-------------------------------------------------------
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 803
Index

Index
Abdominal infection, 82 AIDS, 90, 91, 446, 721,
Abnormal vaginal 765
discharge syndrome, Albendazole, 775
180, 315, 316 Alcohol dependence, 536
Abortion, 320, 328, 522, Allergic angioedema, 402
523, 576 Allergic reaction, 88, 290,
Absence seizures, 593 432, 625, 635
Acetazolamide, 301, 466 Allergic reactions, 432,
Acetylsalicylic acid, 759 625, 635
Acne, 137, 683, 684, 712 Allergic skin reaction, 96,
Acne vulgaris, 137 402
Acromegaly, 151, 152 Allergy, 187, 258
Acute bronchitis, 80, 289 Allergic angioedema, 402
Acute kidney infection, Allergic reactions, 624,
80, 81, 368, 369, 595 635
Acute lymphoblastic Allergic skin reaction,
402
anaemia, 108
Anaphylaxis, 70, 71, 623,
Acute pain, 526 624, 625, 680
Acute pyelonephritis, 87, Nasal, 200
208, 209 Skin, 156, 200
Addison's disease, 232 Allopurinol, 123, 351,
Adenocarcinoma, 366 492
Adrenal hyperplasia Aluminium overload,
Congenital, 232 253, 254
Adrenal insufficiency, Alzheimer's dementia,
144, 232 673
Adrenaline, 177, 308, Amikacin, 206, 544, 716
309, 327, 394, 418
804 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
Index
Aminophylline, 58, 316, Angina, 78, 175, 378,
440, 682 433, 642, 643
Amiodarone, 75, 112, Angle closure glaucoma,
177, 231, 443, 487, 51
529, 746, 769 Angle-closure glaucoma,
Amitriptyline, 120, 170, 378, 604
201, 355, 390, 502, Animal bites, 83, 513
594, 598, 601, 628, Anogenital warts, 611
637, 700, 759 Anovulatory infertility,
Amnionitis, 87 717
Amoebiasis, 513, 740 Anthrax, 208, 289, 455
Amoxicillin, 775, 777, Anxiety, 66, 76, 264, 265,
778, 779 417, 472
Amphotericin B, 233, Artemether, 100, 125,
259, 346, 404 198, 210, 345, 487,
Ampicillin, 89, 775 628, 652, 775, 778
Anaemia, 195, 337, 339, Arterial occlusion, 705
356, 357, 475, 776 Artesunate, 102, 775,
Macrocytic, 406 778
Pernicious, 406 Arthritis
Anaesthesia, 256, 326, Pyogenic, 419
393, 428, 436, 639, Ascites, 359
685 Ascorbic acid, 106
Anal itching, 148 Aspergillosis, 84
Analgesia, 335 Aspirin, 304, 420
Intra-operative, 334 Assisted reproduction,
Anaphylactic shock, 307, 383
402, 455, 632, 635, Asthma, 58, 70, 71, 128,
636 402, 624, 625, 680,
Anaphylaxis, 71, 94, 258, 681
259, 574, 575, 624,
678
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 805
Index
Atenolol, 113, 308, 462, Bipolar disorder, 448,
628 465, 565, 672
Athletes foot, 386, 508, Bite
617 Animal, 196, 513
Atopic dermatitis, 204 Insect, 156, 199, 200
Atrial fibrillation, 271, Snake, 199, 200
627 Bites, 80
Atrial tachycardia, 627 Bladder cancer, 213, 366
Attention deficit Bladder tumour, 524
hyperactivity disorder, Blastomycosis, 85
503 Bleeding, 54, 333, 334
Autoimmune disease, Bleomycin, 214
121 Bone marrow
Avian influenza, 572 depression, 389, 524
Azathioprine, 65, 760, Bowel colic, 380, 410
763 Bradycardia, 58, 685, 738
Azithromycin, 101, 206, Breast cancer, 238, 280,
294, 313, 760 350, 366, 524, 531,
Bacteraemia, 89 704, 717, 754
Bacterial tonsillitis, 80, Breast infection, 314
81, 124, 125, 595, 596 Bronchiolitis, 141, 193,
Bacterial vaginosis, 513, 194, 680, 681, 689,
514, 740 702
Bendroflumethiazide, Bronchitis, 70, 80, 81,
423 124, 125
Benzhexol, 203 Bronchopneumonia, 89
Benzodiazepine toxicity, Brucellosis, 208, 209,
348 234, 288, 289, 368
Benzoyl peroxide, 137 Bubo
Benzyl benzoate, 141 see Inguinal swelling,
289
Benzylpenicillin, 777
Bulimia nervosa, 352
806 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
Index
Bupivacaine, 155, 644 Cellulitis, 80, 82
Burn, 687, 688 Cerebral oedema, 481,
Burn wound, 425 505
Burns, 358, 688 Cerebrovascular disease,
Calcium deficiency, 162 53, 54
Calcium gluconate, 478 Cervical cancer, 213,
Cancer, 415, 499 408, 409
Candidiasis, 223, 342, Chagas disease, 551
562, 744 Chicken pox, 156, 199,
Oesophageal, 440 200
Oral, 440, 508, 562 Chloramphenicol, 760,
Vaginal, 440, 562 776, 777
Candiduria, 342, 343 Chlorhexidine, 195, 196,
Carbamate poisoning, 405, 779
621 Chloroquine, 199, 207,
Carbamazepine, 52, 199, 275, 295, 487, 700
206, 232, 487, 594, Chlorpromazine, 120,
602, 626, 760 170, 201, 265, 275,
Carboplatin, 416 594, 602, 644, 700,
Carcinoma 736
Head and neck, 754 Cholera, 208, 209, 288,
Cardiac arrest, 574, 575 289, 315
Cardiac stress testing, Chronic bronchitis, 70,
278 454
Cardiac surgery, 278 Chronic mycetoma, 85
Cardiogenic shock, 78, Chronic pain, 526
278 Ciclosporin, 86, 164, 168,
Cardiomyopathies, 278 177, 231, 301, 345,
Cardiopulmonary arrest, 464, 616, 751, 763
307 Ciprofloxacin, 71, 101,
Carvedilol, 178 162, 338, 776
Ceftriaxone, 775, 777
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 807
Index
Cisplatin, 69, 150, 500 Cyanide poisoning, 698
Clindamycin, 678 Cycloplegia, 118
Clotrimazole, 223 Cycloserine, 242
Cloxacillin, 89 Cystinuria, 585, 586
Coccidioidomycosis, 85 Cytomegalovirus
Codeine, 229 infection, 363
Colchicine, 75, 231 Dandruff, 683, 684, 711,
Colorectal cancer, 159, 712
160, 350, 427 Decongestion, 761
Conduct disorder, 673 Deep vein thrombosis,
Congenital syphilis, 629 302, 394, 705, 758
Congestive heart failure, Deficiency
359 Calcium, 162
Conjuctivitis, 692 Iron, 337
Conscious sedation, 472, Pyridoxine, 650
518, 519 Vitamin A, 665
Constipation, 146, 147, Dehydration, 249, 375,
444, 731 569, 570, 691, 695
Plan A, 570, 691, 695
Convulsions, 264, 593
Plan B, 570, 691, 695
Copper poisoning, 585 Plan C, 570, 691, 695
Corneal ulcers, 208, 209 Delirium, 201, 202, 388,
Cortical myoclonus, 608 744
Cotrimoxazole, 123, 236, Dental abscess, 80, 81
492 Deodorisation, 513, 515
Cramps Depression, 76, 157, 158,
Muscle, 162
417, 502
Croup, 258, 259
Dexamethasone, 86, 261,
Cryptococcal meningitis,
602, 679
84, 342, 346
Diabetes mellitus, 371,
Cutaneous leishmaniasis,
373, 421
696

808 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Index
Diabetes Mellitus, 495, Ear infection, 193, 194,
606 368
Diarrhoea, 228, 375, 468, Echinococcosis, 484
569, 570, 660, 665, Eclampsia, 264, 265, 476,
666, 767 477
Diazepam, 201, 203, 266, Eczema, 144, 199, 712
345, 594, 637, 776 Efavirenz, 111, 312, 313
Digoxin, 52, 75, 86, 158, Electrolyte imbalance,
198, 207, 231, 273, 615
361, 598, 704 Emergency
Diphtheria, 290, 292, 629 contraception, 456,
Disinfection, 62, 188, 457
196, 376, 404, 405, Emtricitabine, 447
424, 618, 619, 621 Enalapril, 52, 207, 361,
Disseminated 616
cryptococcosis, 85 Endocarditis, 225, 368,
Dopamine, 282 494, 749
Doxorubicin, 207 Endometrial thinning,
Doxycycline, 338, 371, 383
656 Endometriosis, 383, 557
DPT-HepB-Hib, 292 Enuresis, 417
Dryness of eye, 665 Adult, 638
Duodenal ulcer, 567, 657 Ephedrine, 306
Dysentery, 182, 183, Epilepsy, 169, 221, 324,
208, 209 593, 600, 699
Dysfunctional uterine Epinephrine, 94, 112,
bleeding, 557 443, 644, 739
Dysmenorrhoea, 419, Epistaxis, 80
557, 558 Erythema multiforme,
Dyspepsia, 283 505

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 809


Index
Erythema nodosum Typhus, 193, 194, 288,
leprosum, 731 289
Erythromycin, 71, 170, Filariasis, 435
283, 776 Flucloxacillin, 341
Ethambutol, 317, 318, Fluconazole, 71, 336,
430, 431 670, 766
Ethinylestradiol, 319 Fluid replacement, 249,
Ethosuximide, 198, 390, 374, 375
487 Fluoxetine, 354, 390,
Etomidate, 327, 328 467, 718, 743
Ewing sarcoma, 247 Focal seizures, 448
Ewing's sarcoma, 754 Folic acid, 236, 711, 776
Excessive bleeding after Folinic acid, 501
childbirth, 523 Framycetin, 358
Excessive respiratory Fungal infection, 386
secretions, 380, 410 Fungal skin infections,
Extrapyramidal 223, 342
symptoms, 133 Furosemide, 69, 162,
Extravasation, 246, 248, 301, 370, 423, 709,
252, 399 751
Eye infection, 368, 729 Galactorrhoea, 151
Febrile convulsions, 264, Ganciclovir, 365
518, 776 Gastric adenocarcinoma,
Fentanyl, 337 281
Ferrous salt, 276, 290, Gastric ulcer, 568, 657
767, 776 Gastritis, 659
Ferrous sulphate, 337, Gastrointestinal cancer,
339 524
Fever, 53, 54, 208, 209, Gastro-oesophageal
413, 584, 593, 763 reflux, 283
Rheumatic, 53, 54, 595,
596
810 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
Index
Gastro-oesophageal Graft-versus-host
reflux disease, 567, disease, 204
657 Granulomatosis, 675
Genital ulcer disease, Griseofulvin, 320
208, 209 Gum infection, 314
Genitourinary infection, Gustatory sweating, 638
82 Haemophilia, 332, 333,
Gentamicin, 581, 716, 334
751, 776 Haemophilia A, 332
Giardiasis, 513, 514, 740 Haemophilia B, 333, 334
Glaucoma, 200 Haemophilus influenza,
Secondaary glaucoma, 83, 292
738 Haemophilus influenzae,
Glibenclamide, 345, 760 292
Glioblastoma Haemorrhagic disease of
multiforme, 719, 720 the newborn, 603
Glucose, 376 Haemorrhoids, 148, 513,
Glue ear, 200 514
Glutaraldehyde, 377 Haloperidol, 420, 488,
Glutathione synthase 700
Deficiency, 106 Halothane, 199, 355,
Glyceryl trinitrate, 120, 390, 394, 453, 598
396 Hawkinsinuria, 106
Gonococcal eye Head and neck cancer,
infection, 124, 182, 213, 281
183 Head and neck tumour,
Gonorrhoea, 563 350
Gout, 54, 130, 230, 267, Head and neck tumours,
419 350
Prophylaxis, 63 Headache, 195, 413, 510,
Graft rejection, 204 527, 535, 762, 763

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 811


Index
Heart burn, 478 Hodgkin's disease, 149,
Heart failure, 163, 164, 191, 531
166, 175, 271, 300, Hodkin's disease, 245,
400, 401, 463, 474, 631
702 Hyaluronidase, 399
Helicobacter pylori, 80, Hydrocortisone, 86, 679,
81, 513, 514, 567, 569 682
Heparin, 255, 379 Hydrogen peroxide, 189,
Hepatic encephalopathy, 197
444 Hyperbilirubinaemia, 61,
Hepatitis, 292 510
Hepatitis B, 397, 398, Hypercholesterolemia,
722, 723 113
Hepatitis B vaccine, 398 Hyperkalaemia, 157, 475
Herpes, 156, 199, 200, Hyperlipidaemia, 113,
404 529
Herpes labialis, 56 Hypertension, 78, 112,
Herpes simplex, 55, 362, 130, 163, 166, 175,
541 300, 400, 401, 438,
Herpes zoster, 55, 156, 441, 442, 463, 474,
199 501, 549, 642, 643,
Hiccup, 202 676
Histoplasmosis, 84 Hypertensive crisis, 441
HIV, 49, 110, 235, 296, Hyperthyroidism, 171,
298, 446, 447, 469, 642, 643
545, 546, 609, 627, Hyperuricaemia, 63
674, 721, 722, 765 Hypoalbuminaemia, 60
HIV/AIDS, 49, 110, 296, Hypocalcaemic tetany,
298, 446, 469, 545, 157
721, 765 Hypodermoclysis, 399
Hypoglycaemia, 375, 589

812 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Index
Hypogonadism, 151, 152, Bladder, 81
724 Breast, 193, 194, 314,
Hypokalaemia, 615 315
Hypomagnesaemia, 476 Chlamydia, 124
Ear, 193, 194, 234
Hypotension, 305, 555
Eye, 124, 182, 183, 193,
Hypotensive states, 598 194, 729, 747, 750
hypothyroidism, 459 Fungal, 386
Hypothyroidism, 579 Gonococcal, 182, 183
Hypovolaemia, 691, 695 Gum, 314, 315
Ibuprofen, 210 Kidney, 80, 81, 368, 369,
Idiopathic 595, 596
thrombocytopenic Mouth, 80, 81, 513, 514,
purpura, 755 595, 596, 619
Imipramine, 769 Nose, 234
Oral, 196
Immune reconstitution
Respirarory tract, 264
inflammatory Rotavirus, 679
syndrome, 624 Sinus, 80
Immunisation, 90, 491, Skin, 80, 81, 196, 223,
610, 612, 679, 762, 386
763 Teeth, 513, 514, 595,
Yellow fever, 762 596
Impetigo, 508, 617 Throat, 141, 193, 194,
Incomplete abortion, 234, 288, 289
522, 523 Tonsillitis, 81, 124, 125,
Indomethacin, 421 595, 596
Urethritis, 125
Induction of labour, 311,
Urinary bladder, 208,
523, 576 209
Infection Urinary tract, 80, 81,
Anaerobic, 740 234, 264, 552
Bacterial, 80, 81, 141, Wound, 687
142, 193, 235, 288, Infertility, 219
289, 629
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 813
Index
Inflammation of the Ketoconazole, 111, 313,
gums, 405 428
Inflammatory bowel Labetalol, 444
disease, 121, 204, 205 Labour, 591
Influenza, 367 Labyrinthitis, 632
Inguinal swelling, 289, Lactulose, 445
315 Lamivudine, 299
Insect bite, 200 Lamotrigine, 700
Insomnia, 472, 674 Larva migrans, 269
Insulin, 259, 373, 421, Laryngitis, 80, 81
424, 497 Lead poisoning, 585
Intensive care, 348 Left ventricular failure,
Intestinal worms, 483, 433
484 Leg ulcer, 513, 688
Intra-operative Leg ulcers, 513, 688
bradycardia, 119, 380 Leishmaniasis, 588
Iodine, 424 Lennox Gastaut
Iritis, 120 syndrome, 448
Iron excretion, 106 Leprosy
Iron poisoning, 253, 254 Multibacillary, 217, 218,
Iron-deficiency anaemia, 250, 262, 667, 668,
337, 776 671
Ischaemic heart disease, Paucibacillary, 250, 667,
668, 671, 677
54
Lesch-Nyhan syndrome,
Isoflurane, 280, 430
64
Isoniazid, 170, 323, 325,
Leukaemia, 191, 242,
431, 432, 602
251, 408, 492, 499,
Itching, 105, 402, 635
531, 734, 754
Joint pain, 731
Lymphocytic, 675
Ketamine, 199, 439
Levonorgestrel, 760
Ketoacidosis, 371, 373
Lice, 139, 140, 479
814 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
Index
Lice infestation, 139, Malignant lymphoma,
140, 479 238
Lidocaine, 52, 112, 155, Malignant melanoma,
361, 644, 739 245
Liver disease, 105, 440 Mania, 201, 202, 388,
Liver tumours, 350 465, 565, 744, 745
Loiasis, 269, 270 Manic episodes, 673, 699
Lopinavir/ritonavir, 312 Mastoiditis, 87
Lower abdominal pain MDR-TB, 68, 69, 70, 165,
syndrome, 180 241, 322, 454, 528,
Lung cancer, 213, 280, 530, 564, 565, 579,
366, 531, 754 647
Lung maturation, 144, Measles, 482, 660, 665,
258 666, 729
Lyme disease, 124 Mebendazole, 776
Lymphoma, 754 Medulloblastoma, 755
Magnesium sulphate, Mefloquine, 198, 325,
550, 779 700
Magnesium sulphate Megaloblastic anaemia,
overdose, 157, 158, 554
161 Meningitis, 80, 87, 141,
Magnesium trisilicate 181, 182, 193, 491,
compound, 210, 290, 493, 610
338 Meningococcal, 89, 209
Malaria, 99, 100, 101, Neonatal, 87, 368
102, 198, 264, 356, Menorrhagia, 557
486, 634, 651, 654, Menstrual cycle
655, 710 disorders, 151
Malignant ascites, 702 Mercaptopurine, 65
Malignant effusion, 149 Metabolic disorders, 106
Malignant glioma, 719

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 815


Index
Metastatic melanoma, Motion sickness, 635,
245, 247, 248 636
Methaemoglobinaemia, Mouth sores, 743, 744
510 Mucormycosis, 85
Methotrexate, 55, 82, Mucositis, 159, 244, 287,
88, 109, 132, 143, 159, 350, 409, 500
207, 226, 236, 260, Multibacillary leprosy,
414, 596, 630, 653, 217, 218, 250, 667
711 Multiple myeloma, 238,
Methotrexate overdose, 286, 287, 731
159 Muscle cramps, 162
Methyldopa, 467, 550, Muscle pain, 763
682 Muscle relaxation, 211
Methylphenidate, 257, Myasthenia gravis, 69,
429, 686 121, 542, 543, 638
Metoclopramide, 120, Mycosis fungiodes, 238
512 Myeloid leukaemia, 492
Microscopic polyangitis, Myelosuppression, 159,
675 239, 243, 246, 252,
Midazolam, 522 287, 331, 350, 367,
Migraine, 76, 77, 202, 409, 415, 492, 631,
267, 312, 413, 584, 676, 720, 732
642, 643 Myocardial infarction,
Mild pain, 53 463, 574, 575
Miscarriage, 522 Naloxone, 534, 535, 536
Misoprostol, 578, 779 Nasal allergy, 128, 200
Mitomycin, 525 Nasal congestion, 305
Monoblastic leukaemia, Nausea, 283, 384, 511,
330 633, 744
Morphine, 201, 265, 528, Neomycin, 538
637

816 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Index
Neonatal meningitis, 87, Norethisterone, 559
368 Nystatin, 224
Neostigmine, 69 Obsessive compulsive
Nephropathy disorder, 352
Hyperuricaemic, 64 Occult filariasis, 269
Nephrotic syndrome, Ocular hypertension, 738
204, 205, 702, 703 Oedema, 359, 702
Nerve pain, 169 Pulmonary, 359
Neuroblastoma, 238, 754 Olanzapine, 473, 700
Neuromuscular Oliguria, 359
blockade, 115, 116, Omeprazole, 111, 569
580, 581, 677, 714, Onchocerciasis, 435, 713
752 Open-angle glaucoma,
Neuropathic pain, 76, 51, 604, 738
600, 601 Ophthalmia of the new
Neuropathy, 624 born, 193, 194, 315,
Neurosyphilis, 629 729
Nevirapine, 111, 345, Opioid dependence, 536
440, 670 Opioid over dosage, 534
Nifedipine, 112, 177, Oral candidiasis, 508,
272, 443, 644, 670, 516, 562
739 Oral rehydration salts,
Nitrous oxide, 390 776, 779
Nodding disease, 593, Organophosphate
699 poisoning, 118, 119,
Non-gonococcal 621
urethritis, 124, 563 ORS, 249, 569, 570, 571,
Non-Hodgkin’s 691, 695, 768, 776,
lymphoma, 191, 499, 778
531, 675 Osteomyelitis, 83, 225,
Norepinephrine, 555 419, 749

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 817


Index
Otitis media, 80, 81, 82, Pelvic inflammatory
124, 178, 184 disease, 180, 182, 183,
Ovarian 289, 315, 513, 514,
adenocarcinoma, 238 563, 564
Ovarian cancer, 172, 213, Pemphigus, 617
286, 366 Peptic ulcer, 54, 396,
Oxygen, 575 478, 567, 659
Oxytocin, 523, 578, 779 Pethidine, 592
Pain, 53, 54, 228, 267, Pharyngitis, 287
413, 461, 526, 527, Phenobarbital, 79, 195,
582, 584, 591 201, 203, 206, 266,
Headache, 53, 413, 421 507, 595, 626
Joint, 413 Phenytoin, 117, 170,
Menstruation, 53, 413, 195, 345, 488, 581,
419 592, 626, 653
Nerve, 76, 169, 600, 650,
Pheochromocytoma,
651
279, 355, 389
P-aminosalicylic acid,
Plague, 193, 194, 288,
579, 648
289, 368, 369, 708
Pancreatic cancer, 366
Plantar warts, 611
Para coccidioidomycosis,
Pneumocystis carinii
85
pneumonia, 588
Paracentesis, 61
Pneumocystis Jiroveci
Paracetamol, 497, 498,
pneumonia, 216
776
Pneumonia, 80, 81, 87,
Paracetamol overdose,
88, 141, 142, 181, 182,
497, 498
193, 194, 208, 209,
Parkinsonism, 452
225, 288, 289, 292,
Parkinson's disease, 138,
314, 315, 368, 369,
151
575, 610, 629, 660,
Paucibacillary leprosy,
665, 666, 749
250, 667
818 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
Index
Polycythaemia, 408 Procainamide, 113, 155,
Possible serious bacterial 355, 644, 739
infection, 141, 142, Procaine benzylpenicillin,
193 776
Post-operative pain, 267, Prolactinoma, 151, 152
742 Promethazine, 120, 201,
Post-operative wounds, 266, 637
89 Propantheline, 639
Postpartum Propofol, 716
haemorrhage, 311, Propranolol, 155, 308,
576, 577 462
Postponement of Prostate cancer, 280,
menstruation, 557, 281, 383, 704
558 Prostatitis, 563
Potassium depletion, 615 Protamine, 647
PPF, 142, 629, 630, 631, Psoriasis, 204, 205, 227,
776 499, 683, 712
Prednisolone, 86, 109, Vulgaris, 277
594, 602, 670, 679 Psoriatic arthritis, 121
Pre-eclampsia, 476 Psychosis, 354, 388
Premature labour, 549 Puerperal fever, 89
Premedication, 119, 380, Pulmonary embolism,
472, 518, 519 302, 394, 705, 758
Premenstrual syndrome, Pulmonary infection, 89
557, 558 Pyelonephritis, 454
Pressure sores, 688 Pyomyositis, 225
Prevention of neonatal Pyrazinamide, 648, 649,
bleeding, 603, 778 650
Prevention of unwanted Pyridoxine, 650
pregnancy, 319, 328, Pyridoxine deficiency,
456, 485 650

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 819


Index
Pyrimethamine, 653 Rheumatoid arthritis, 53,
Quinine, 111, 272, 275, 54, 121, 198, 204, 205,
488, 777 419, 499, 585
Quinsy, 141, 142 Rifampicin, 110, 317,
Rabies 323, 345, 430, 431,
Immunisation, 95 432, 451, 488, 550,
Prophylaxis, 93 626, 648, 667, 668,
Raised intracranial 669, 671, 672
pressure, 393, 398, Ringworm, 135, 223,
735 386, 617, 683
Raised intraocular Risperidone, 675
pressure, 481 Ritonavir, 79, 229, 336,
Regional anaesthesia, 353, 355, 390, 469,
154 592, 760
Remifentanil, 664 River blindness, 713
Respiratory tract Salbutamol, 550
infection, 82, 178, 184 Salicylic acid, 683
Respiratory tract Scabies, 139, 435
infections, 180 Schistosomiasis, 623
Retinoblastoma, 238, Schizophrenia, 354, 388,
754 391, 565, 672, 673,
Retinol, 777 768
Reversible airways Scurvy, 106
obstruction, 70 Sedation, 639
Rhabdomyosarcoma, Seizures, 448, 630
247 Septic shock, 278
Rhesus, 91 Septicaemia, 87, 141,
Rhesus-negative, 91 181, 182, 193, 225,
Rheumatic fever, 53, 54, 368, 369, 491, 493
595, 596 Severe allergic reaction,
Rheumatic heart disease, 307, 624
595, 596
820 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
Index
Severe malaria, 102 Sporotrichosis, 85
Severe refractory Squamous cell
eczema, 121, 122 carcinoma, 149
Shock, 375, 575, 691, Stable heart failure, 175
695 Status asthmaticus, 144
Sickle-cell disease, 408 Status epilepticus, 264,
Sinus infection, 80 472, 473, 518, 601,
Sinusitis, 178, 185, 454 735
Skin allergy, 156, 200 Stevens-Johnson
Skin and soft tissue syndrome, 179, 235,
infections, 178 236, 301, 455, 505,
Skin infection, 80 587, 590, 624, 625
Sleeping sickness, 551 Stomach cancer, 350
Small cell lung cancer, Streptomycin, 370, 708
172, 330 Strongyloidiasis, 60, 435
Smooth muscle spasm, see worm infestation,
638 59, 60, 484
Snake bite, 199, 200 Stye, 729
Sodium chloride, 506 Sulfadoxine +
Soft tissue sarcoma, 245, pyrimethamine, 236,
754 357
Soft tissue sarcomas, Superficial bacterial
245, 754 infection, 538
Sore throat, 131, 132, Suppression of lactation,
314, 315, 462, 595, 151
596 Supraventricular
Spasms, 264 arrhythmia, 72, 271
Tetanus, 201, 202, 264 Supraventricular
Spasms in tetanus, 264 tachycardia, 57
Spironolactone, 272, Suramin sodium, 714
301, 616

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 821


Index
Surgical prophylaxis, 83, Thyrotoxicosis, 171, 425,
368, 369, 750 426, 438
Suxamethonium, 69, Tobramycin, 261
217, 240, 641, 751 Tonic-clonic seizures,
Syphilis, 131, 132 448
Congenital, 131, 132, Tonsillitis, 131, 132
629 Toxoplasmosis, 216, 651
Neurosyphilis, 629 Trachoma, 124, 315, 729
Systemic candidiasis, 84, Tramadol, 353, 418
346 Transplant rejection, 121
Systemic lupus Trichomoniasis, 740
erythematosus, 121 Trophoblastic tumour,
Systemic lymphatic 247
filariasis, 269 Tropical ulcer, 234, 289,
Tamoxifen, 719 513, 617
Tape worm, 147 Trypanosomal infection,
Tapeworm infestation, 489
547 Trypanosomiasis, 588,
Tear deficiency, 694 713
Testicular cancer, 213 Tuberculoprotein
Testicular carcinoma, Hypersensitivity, 748
247 Tuberculosis, 126, 165,
Testicular teratoma, 149 317, 430, 431, 432,
Tetanus, 141, 142, 290, 648, 668, 671, 672,
291, 292, 513, 514, 708
726 Typhoid, 193, 194, 208,
Prophylaxis, 97 209
Treatment, 97 Typhoid fever, 80, 81,
Tetanus toxoid, 290 208, 234
Thalidomide, 732 Typhus fever, 193, 194,
Thiamine, 733 288, 289
Thiamine deficiency, 733
822 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015
Index
Tyrosinaemia, 106 Vascular shock, 284
Ulcer, 358 Ventricular arrhythmia,
Genital, 315 72, 627
Leg, 513, 688 Ventricular fibrillation,
Mouth, 461, 462, 508 72, 73
Peptic, 81, 478, 625 Ventricular tachycardia,
Tropical, 234, 289, 513,
72
514
Vertigo, 632, 635
Ulcerative colitis, 468,
Vincristine, 109
505
Visceral leishmaniasis,
Umbilical cord stump
Cleaning, 196
85, 588, 696
Umbilical granuloma, Vitamin A, 665, 777
686, 687 Vitamin A deficiency, 665
Uncomplicated malaria, Vitamin B
Deficiency, 757
102, 104, 274, 654
Vitamin B6, 324, 650
Urethral discharge
Vitamin D deficiency,
syndrome, 180, 181,
309, 310
182, 289, 315, 316,
Vitamin K, 603, 604, 778
513, 514
Vitamin
Urinary bladder
supplementation, 530
infection, 208, 209
Volume depletion, 689
Urinary retention, 543
Vomiting, 201, 202, 283,
Urinary tract infection,
375, 384, 511, 633,
178, 184, 533, 563
635, 744
Uterine fibroids, 383
Vulval candidiasis, 223,
Uveitis, 120, 237
516
Vaginal candidiasis, 223,
Warfarin, 123, 181, 183,
342, 562
492, 594, 603, 718
Valproate, 451, 495, 701,
Warfarin poisoning, 603
702
Vancomycin, 361, 751
Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 823
Index
Warts, 611, 683, 686, Tapeworm, 59, 484, 624
687 Threadworm, 483
Wernicke's Whipworm, 59, 484
encephalopathy, 733 Wounds, 196, 358, 404,
Whooping cough, 290, 405, 424, 618, 619,
292, 660, 665, 666 688, 726
Wilms' tumour, 754 Yellow fever vaccine,
Worm infestation 173, 214
Echinococcosis, 484 Zidovudine, 345, 362,
Hookworm, 59, 483 365
Intestinal, 59, 483, 484 Zinc sulphate, 162, 768
Ringworm, 223, 386, Zollinger-Ellison
408, 683 syndrome, 567, 568,
Roundworm, 483, 624 569
Strongyloidiasis, 59, 60,
484

824 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


Notes

Notes

Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015 825


Notes

826 Practical Guideline for Dispensing (PGD HL) 2015


PGD HL 2015
Practical Guideline for Dispensing at Higher Level Health Centres

You might also like